ChannelBuzz.ca

Anthony Tanoury, senior director of distribution at Dell Technologies Distribution doesn’t get a lot of editorial love. It’s easy to treat it as the background infrastructure of the channel – the warehousing, the credit lines, the logistics layer that keeps product moving. But as anyone who’s been paying attention knows, that picture is well out of date. At Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas this week, In the Channel sat down with Anthony Tanoury, Dell’s senior director of distribution, to talk about what distribution actually looks like in 2026 – and the conversation ranged from supply chain strategy to AI-assisted deal registration to the shifting economics of the partner ecosystem. The headline number: Dell moved approximately ten thousand partners to a distribution-led buying model last year. Partners who previously purchased direct from Dell now route exclusively through distribution. The more interesting data point is what happened next – those partners are growing faster than the ones who remained on a direct model. Tanoury attributes it to the enablement depth that distributors can offer at a scale that Dell simply can’t replicate directly. On the Modern Partner Platform rollout – one of the bigger announcements at DTW this week – the conversation came down to speed. Deal registration that today takes two to three days is being redesigned, with AI-assisted automation in the pipeline to bring that down to two to three hours. The plumbing involves integrating Dell’s systems tightly with distributor platforms, streamlining the multi-system, multi-email-thread process that currently slows everything down. And when asked for the single most underutilized resource available to partners through distribution, Tanoury didn’t hesitate: the AI accelerator programs that distributors have built to help partners get started in the AI practice space. With every partner asking “where do I begin,” the answer may already be sitting in the distributor’s enablement catalogue. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor at ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. We’re continuing our coverage from Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas this week, and I wanted to close the series of Dell execs with a conversation that I think will resonate with pretty much anyone who moves Dell product – which, let’s be honest, is a lot of you. Distribution is one of the topics that often gets taken for granted. It’s the plumbing, it’s the logistics, it’s the credit line. Except that’s not really what distribution is anymore, and Anthony Tanoury has about as good a vantage point as anyone to explain why. He spent 30 years in the industry on both the vendor and distributor side of the table, and he’s now Dell’s senior director of distribution, which means he’s the person responsible for making the relationship between Dell and its distributor partners actually work at scale. This week at DTW, Dell announced some significant changes to how it’s thinking about its partner ecosystem, and distribution’s right at the center of that. We talked about the evolution of distribution from warehouse and financing shop to AI enablement engine, what it actually means for partners that Dell moved 10,000 of them to distribution-led buying last year, and what the promise of deal registration in hours rather than days actually requires to make real. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Anthony Tanoury. Anthony, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it.Anthony Tanoury: Thanks for having me. Robert Dutt: To kick things off – the definition of distribution, and the definition from distributors themselves of what they do, has changed so dramatically over the last few years, as you’ve been party to on both sides of the fence, vendor and distributor, with your background. Sitting where you are now as senior director of distribution, how do you define the core value proposition for your distribution partners today compared to the way it may have looked a few years ago if you were in the seat, or in a previous seat managing distribution? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, I think 30 years in distribution – dating myself here. The idea of a distributor was warehousing, finance, so on. Really, the way that that’s evolved – and still evolving, because not everyone fully understands distribution and the value of distribution – but it’s really become the engine for all of us OEMs to really dive deep into the mid-market, and as lead generation for all of us. So SMB, mid-market, and then really leveraging their enablement platforms for our partners. So as an example, this week here at Dell Technologies World, we’ve launched our full AI portfolio. And really at the end of the day, it’s a platform to build off of. And our distributors, through our partners, are really enabling those partners – especially in the mid-market. The enterprise partners have hired data scientists and so on. And those mid-market and SMB partners, they need our help. And we really rely on our distributors, who have AI accelerator programs and can really take a partner through the journey of how to look at AI, how to start, and then how to implement and really get started in this space. We’ve met with multiple partners at this show and we’ve had our partner advisory boards. And that’s the number one takeaway when we’re talking to our partners: “How do I get started?” And I think Jeff Clarke and Michael Dell talked about that on stage – it’s really, we’ve got the platform to build off of, and then really rely on our distributors to go enable all of our partners out there to have those conversations, and then to build the proof, the POCs for us with their customers and take it to the next step. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about this moment in time and managing distribution right now. Whenever I think of running a hardware vendor, running distribution, or being on the purchasing side of the solution provider right now – boy, that’s an interesting challenge – with the supply chain issue, with the pricing issue, with all of that. I guess it boils down to, from your perspective: how are you leaning on distribution differently to help you guys and your partners ultimately, especially the smaller ones, handle this issue of availability, of supply chain, of capacity, as we’ve seen the component price challenges across the industry? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, so that’s not unique to Dell. We’re all challenged with the supply chain challenges, and it’s really about having a consistent message to our partner community, to our customers, on how – or why – to partner with Dell in these times. And our distributors have really leaned in with us right now and are getting that message out to our partners that “Dell’s got a plan. Here’s the plan.” And this is how we want you to message that and relay that to your partner community. So as an example, I did a keynote speech at one of our large partner events recently, and my talk track was based on how to navigate those supply challenges with us. I spent a lot of time on that, and had multiple partners come up afterwards, catching me outside. And the comment was, “That’s what we need to hear. That’s our challenge today, and you’re tackling that head on.” So to get back to your question from a distribution perspective – they enabled me to take that message to them, and then they’re expanding on that to their 20,000 partners in their ecosystem. Robert Dutt: As you bring up an interesting thread there – I don’t have time obviously to go through the whole keynote, but the elevator pitch, boiled-down version of it – what’s the advice to partners on tackling it from where you sit and from where Dell sits? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, really leaning in with us and going deeper with your customers. And so that’s where you’re going to work with Dell and get priority allocation – looking long-term versus short-term, “I just need this product in the next week to get through this phase.” Now, let’s look at a long-term solution together and let’s plan two years out. Let’s plan longer in some cases, and then we’ll take it from there. Robert Dutt: And that’s something we heard also from Jeff Clarke in Q&A – that idea of build out those long-term plans, put your hand up as early as you can. Because it sounds like if you’ve got your hand up early, you’ve obviously got the best chance of getting that list fulfilled. Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, whether it’s a customer or a partner – I mean, that’s a true partnership and we’ll lean in when customers want to lean in with Dell. Robert Dutt: I wanted to touch on the changes that are coming to the partner program, specifically as it involves your interactions with distribution. The Dell portal is getting redone and the Dell program is getting redone with the modern partner platform rolling out this year. You guys are baking agentic AI into your partner platform. Meanwhile, your distributors are doing the same thing with their partner platforms. I’m curious – obviously very early in the game – but how are you and your distribution partners thinking long-term about how those various platforms interact with each other, in terms of delineating who covers what base, when it comes to serving the partner and what you may be able to do down the road as a result of having those platforms? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, so the key is cutting down on SLAs. How do we take getting pricing out to a partner, out to a customer, from two to three days down to a matter of hours, right? And we’ve worked closely with all of our distributors over the last year or two, because our partners rely on our distributors’ platforms. And how does that integrate with ours? But the key is speed. How do we do things faster? And that is, as you stated, embedding AI into that. And so again, can’t get too far ahead, because we’re still going down this path and things sometimes get pushed out. But we’ve been working on this for a long time with them. We’ve had a lot of meetings with them here. We’ve gone deep into their platforms. They’re all rolling out new platforms as well. So making sure we’re doing it all at the same time, and together, has been key. Robert Dutt: One area I did want to double-click on there. One of the big promises of the new platform is deal-reg approval in minutes, AI-generated demand signals, those kinds of things. As Dell is accelerating its own systems, how does distribution plug into that? How does the distributor help manage and act on those AI-driven demand signals and facilitate a faster quote-to-deal-reg? Anthony Tanoury: Without getting too deep into deal-reg, there are a lot of nuances there. But yes, today where you’ve got multiple partners of record and you’ve got multiple partner IDs – simplifying that down to one or two partner IDs versus 20 today that we have – and then with deal registration, having partner of record is key in that mix, and we do have that today. But the distributors are really where it starts. So a partner comes to the distributor, says, “Hey, I need pricing on this and I want deal registration.” Today it might take the full SLA – the two to three days we just talked about – to get deal registration approved, with multiple systems flowing back and forth. In the future – and when I say future, we’re close, we’ll get there – is having that one stream go, starting from the distributor, through AI, plays into that, where it’ll do the work of looking in and making sure: here’s the partner of record. Is there a partner on record? Does the end user qualify? And without multiple people, multiple email streams going back and forth, it locks it in. And so now you’ve got an answer back in two to three hours versus two to three days. Robert Dutt: A lot of MSPs prefer to consume technology as a service, because it’s kind of in what they do – the name’s kind of on the tin – and bundle that with vendors like Microsoft or security or what have you. How are you working with distributors to make APEX and infrastructure solutions seamlessly consumable within distribution, and particularly on their marketplace? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, so that’s a good question. So there’s APEX, right? We have Dell APEX, and our competitors have their own, but we have Dell APEX. But our distributors also have their own versions of APEX, or as-a-service models. And at the end of the day, we leverage theirs just as well as we do our own. And it depends on the customer, depends on the contract situation, but there are multiple vehicles to get an as-a-service deal done today that didn’t exist a year ago, didn’t exist two years ago, right? And then there’s – moving to another topic, and really the same topic – device as a service, right? And that was something we’ve been talking about for a few years now and hasn’t really taken off, but that’s all part of this now. Because the device at the edge is co-mingled now – especially in the new AI world – with your server infrastructure. So it could all become part of a recurring revenue stream for MSPs. Robert Dutt: And I think it makes potentially hardware more compelling to the MSP. When you’ve gotten that tie-in – I know it’s early days and it’s a way off from being fully operationalized – but what you’re talking about, and what Jeff Clarke was talking about today about basically acting as the arbiter, sort of an open orchestration layer, saying “all right, this particular bit is best handled in the infrastructure and the data center, this particular bit is best handled right here on the machine sitting by the desk side.” Anthony Tanoury: Absolutely. Robert Dutt: We’ve heard a lot this week about the focused accounts incentive, rewarding partners for selling across lines of business. And it’s kind of a cliche almost, in that vendors such as yourselves who have multiple lines of business are always looking for great ways to get partners to sell across those businesses. And certainly incentives are a classic way of doing that. How are you using distribution to train, enable, and facilitate partners making that leap across the portfolio – especially as this seems to be something that Denise Millard and the team are putting a lot of the wood behind? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, so you mentioned the partner program – and that’s really what we leverage with the push coming from distribution. You typically focus where you can earn the most dollars. And so we’re putting the dollars on driving all lines of business for us. So today you may have a lot of infrastructure-focused partners – like MSPs, they don’t want to sell the client the edge device. But again, with AI driving from both ends now, it’s become an imperative that they don’t ignore the edge devices anymore. So really leveraging distribution both ways. We’ve got CSG partners that don’t sell storage and infrastructure, and then we’ve got partners that are trying to move in that direction. And then we’ve got other partners saying, “Hey, I’ve got to get on board too,” that are in the infrastructure space and have got to move in the other direction. And that’s where we leverage distribution – they have multiple enablement engines, all of our distributors, to enable those partners to do that. So for us – and again, to the partner program – we’ve announced some changes here at this event, with our partner advisory board meeting coming up. Partner programs, you want to keep them simple, predictable for partners, with tweaks along the way. And AI is one of those tweaks where we’ve got to pull the levers in different directions to get partners and distributors moving in that motion. So yeah, it’s an exciting time to be at Dell with this opportunity in front of us. Robert Dutt: That’s a big tweak – or more accurately, a big series, whole family, whole universe of tweaks to be made. But you don’t want to pull a whole program apart. You’ve got partners that have invested and distributors that have invested in that program. So you’ve got to make sure you do those incremental tweaks when you need them, but not blow up the whole program. Anthony Tanoury: Absolutely. Robert Dutt: You mentioned off the top the classic framing of distribution as the warehouse and the bank kind of structure. Let’s touch on the bank side of things a little bit there. In light of everything that’s going on today, in light of the infrastructure refresh opportunity that’s out there, the constraints in the marketplace – financial engineering is probably more critical than ever. Dell Financial Services is doing a lot of heavy lifting, but how do you view the role of the distributor when it comes to PO financing, terms, bridging the financing gap for complex projects, and helping partners manage this whole multiple-balls-in-the-air situation? Anthony Tanoury: You can’t look at a partner just through the lens of what they do with Dell. The business they have with Dell – partners procure from many places. We love them to only sell Dell for us, but they have other options, other solutions, other areas of the business that we’re not focused on. They procure through distribution. Distributors have huge businesses with a lot of these partners. They have financial terms through the distributors that maybe we can’t offer them through Dell – and leveraging our partner programs to deliver extended terms in this environment. With the supply shortages and lead times getting pushed out, really leveraging distribution with terms that we can’t give them today. There are multiple levels, and they have much higher credit lines with the distributors than maybe we have with them. And then going back to the as-a-service model – really leveraging distributors who have all those options in place for them today, that maybe they don’t have with us. Robert Dutt: When you’re looking at distribution, what’s the one metric you look at first to judge whether a distributor is meeting the bar – is delivering net new value to Dell? Anthony Tanoury: New partner recruitment, right? Multiple lines of business – not just focused in one area of our business, but selling across all lines of business. Then we rely on distribution. We just moved 10,000 partners last year over to distribution-led. Where those partners could procure direct from Dell in the past, now they can’t, and they buy strictly through distribution. Those are our authorized partner community – and potentially in the future, expanding that to other levels of our business and offloading them to distribution. Dell is a more channel- and distribution-friendly company than we get credit for. I think that doesn’t always get seen, and we’re moving that way. Robert Dutt: How did that process go, and any learnings from moving those 10,000 partners that may inform what you do in moving the next group, if there is a next group to be moved? Anthony Tanoury: Exactly, a lot. A lot of that is in data transfer and making sure that the distributors have the right data to target those partners and give those partners the service they need. The distributors all had to ramp up their infrastructure to support those partners – credit line facilities with those partners – because they didn’t do business with those partners before. Onboarding some of those partners as net new to distribution, who had never bought from distribution before. And then again, really letting those partners know the value of distribution. Since we’ve moved those partners over, those partners that have embraced distribution are growing faster than the partners that haven’t. It’s sometimes a lot easier to get that additional support, that additional attention from a disti, than it is to try to navigate that directly. In some cases, they can support them better than we can, and it’s proven out in the last year. Robert Dutt: What’s the single most underutilized resource that you guys have through distribution, in terms of what partners are using? Anthony Tanoury: I would say the AI accelerator programs I spoke about earlier. That’s key. Going back to the enablement piece – I just don’t think a lot of partners understand the value. They come to these events, they make the statements, “Hey, we need help here. We need to leverage distribution for that help.” Especially when you come to a Dell Technologies World, or you go to one of our competitors’ or peers’ events. Our distributors have that enablement piece for you to get started, that you need to leverage, because it’s not just a point-solution type of conversation, it’s broad. Really leveraging them to help. Robert Dutt: Along the same lines, but a little bit different – obviously we’ve touched on the idea of cross-selling, and the idea that, surprise surprise, Dell would like partners to sell more of the portfolio, better together, all that kind of stuff. For an MSP or VAR whose primary look at Dell to date has been selling end devices – laptops, desktops, et cetera – sourced through distribution, what do you see as the most likely next logical step to expand that relationship? To get thinking across lines? What are some of the common threads for the best ways to approach that? Anthony Tanoury: Yeah, that’s a tough question. Common ways to approach how to sell across lines of business – take it back to the customer level. Your customer is buying these products, and they may be buying them from somebody else or they may be buying them online, depending on the size of the organization, so on. Again, the service model – going back to it, it’s another service revenue stream that they can leverage. But I think when you look at the distributors, they have a lot of talk tracks with the partners on how to do that, and frankly do it better than we do. So that’s why we really leverage them. When we say, “Hey, we want to sell more of our client and peripheral devices,” we start with distribution. We start with the partner community, and it’s paid off. I think it’s just – really, don’t leave revenue on the table. We’ve been saying it for years and I think it’s starting to resonate, and leveraging distribution to push that message forward. And I think partners are starting to catch on. Robert Dutt: All right, great insights. Anthony, I thank you for taking the time. I’m sure it’s been a busy week for you here. Thanks for joining us. Anthony Tanoury: Thanks for having me. I appreciate it. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Anthony Tanoury from Dell Technologies. I’d like to thank Anthony for carving out some time in what I’m sure was a very busy week on the show floor here at DTW. Few things from the conversation that I thought were worth pulling out. First, the 10,000 partners that Dell moved to distribution-led buying last year – that’s not a small number, and the fact that those partners are outgrowing the ones who haven’t yet made that transition should be a data point for anyone still on the fence about how they structure their Dell relationship. Second, when Anthony named net new partner recruitment as his primary metric for judging distributor performance – not revenue, not attach rate, net new – that tells you something about where Dell thinks its distribution channel still has room to grow. And third, if you haven’t looked at the AI accelerator programs your distributor is running, that came up twice as the single most underutilized resource available to partners right now. Probably worth a phone call. I’d like to thank you as always for listening to the show. Please follow or subscribe wherever you get your podcasts – Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, most directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated as well. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Zscaler launches Project AI-Guardian: Zscaler announced a new initiative on Tuesday called Project AI-Guardian, partnering with global systems integrators Cognizant, EY, HCL, Infosys, TCS, and Wipro to help enterprises secure AI deployments. The program leverages Zscaler’s AI Protect portfolio – covering AI asset discovery, access controls for AI services, and real-time guardrails for AI infrastructure – to address what the company describes as the security blind spots created by autonomous AI agents acting with delegated permissions. According to CEO Jay Chaudhry, the initiative is designed to “ensure that AI adoption does not come at the cost of security.” Jamf names Beth Tschida CEO: Jamf named Beth Tschida as chief executive officer, effective immediately, on May 20. Tschida moves from interim CEO and former CTO to the permanent role, becoming the first woman to lead the company in its more than 20-year history. The appointment comes roughly four months after Francisco Partners completed its $2.2 billion acquisition of Jamf in January 2026; Tschida’s tenure as CTO saw Jamf’s security ARR grow 40 percent year over year to represent more than 30 percent of total revenue. Aura + TD SYNNEX: Aura Business has partnered with TD SYNNEX to bring its identity-centric BYOD security solution to MSPs through distribution. Aura debuted the offering at MSP Summit 2026, with Omdia research finding that demand for BYOD security among MSP clients is surging. SOCRadar AI agents: SOCRadar launched an AI Agent Marketplace and Identity Intelligence platform designed to help security teams automate detection and response against identity-driven attacks, positioning the agents as additions to existing security stacks. Akamai acquires LayerX: Akamai Technologies announced a definitive agreement to acquire browser security vendor LayerX, extending its workforce security strategy with browser-level visibility and governance over AI usage. Cisco Canada marketing: Jennifer Rideout has rejoined Cisco as head of Canada marketing, noting on LinkedInthat she is about a week into the new role. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Thursday, May 21, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. On Tuesday, Zscaler announced Project AI-Guardian – a formalized initiative that brings together six major global systems integrators under a common framework for securing enterprise AI deployments. The partners are Cognizant, EY, HCL, Infosys, TCS, and Wipro, and together they’ll leverage Zscaler’s AI Protect portfolio to deliver what the company describes as a full 360-degree view of an organization’s AI footprint. The program is designed to address what Zscaler calls the “agentic world” problem – the reality that AI models don’t just respond to queries anymore. They act autonomously, connect to data and apps, trigger downstream actions with delegated permissions, and in doing so, create blind spots that traditional security tools simply aren’t built to see. According to Zscaler’s CEO Jay Chaudhry, “AI adoption does not come at the cost of security” – and the GSI partnerships are meant to scale that posture across the largest enterprises in the world. The GSI framing is enterprise-scale, but the underlying framework – discover your AI assets, control who accesses AI services, secure what AI builds and runs – is a blueprint that maps directly onto the conversations solution providers at every level are already having with their clients. As more organizations ask harder questions about what’s actually running on their networks, the partners who have this conversation early will have an edge. Jamf named Beth Tschida as its permanent chief executive officer yesterday, effective immediately. Tschida has served as interim CEO since March, and before that was the company’s chief technology officer. She becomes the first woman to lead Jamf in its more than 20-year history. The announcement lands about four months after Francisco Partners completed its $2.2 billion acquisition of Jamf in January, taking the company private. Strosahl, who shepherded that transition, has stepped away. Brian Decker of Francisco Partners cited Tschida’s “technical depth, operational discipline, and strategic vision” in a statement. The headline number from her CTO tenure: Jamf’s security ARR grew 40 percent year over year under her watch and now accounts for more than 30 percent of total company revenue. Her stated priorities going forward include autonomous device management, opening the platform for third-party AI tools, and building out an AI governance layer – all of which signal where the product is heading. The Francisco Partners angle is worth a second look. The PE firm also owns SonicWall, BeyondTrust, and Boomi – a portfolio of security and integration assets that, taken together, creates interesting possibilities for cross-platform plays. Channel partners who move Apple devices, or who sell into environments where Apple is a growing presence, should keep an eye on where this leadership takes the product roadmap. In Brief – Aura Business partners with TD SYNNEX to bring its identity-centric BYOD security solution to MSPs through distribution. SOCRadar launches an AI Agent Marketplace and Identity Intelligence platform targeting identity-driven cyberattacks. Akamai announces a definitive agreement to acquire LayerX, a browser-based AI usage control and workforce security vendor. Jennifer Rideout has rejoined Cisco as head of Canada marketing. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, Anthony Tanoury from Dell Technologies joins me to talk about how distribution has become the primary on-ramp for mid-market AI, and what that means as Dell’s Modern Partner Platform takes shape. It’s the last of three conversations I had at Dell Technologies World this week and a good one to end on. And if you haven’t caught Wednesday’s episode yet, Rob Emsley from Dell makes the case that the backup is the target – and why data protection needs to be reframed as a full cyber resilience practice. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Rob Emsley, director of cyber resilience marketing at Dell Technologies For most of the history of managed services, backup has been foundational but frankly unremarkable. You back up the data. Customers sleep better. Everyone moves on. That model needs to evolve. In this episode of In The Channel, recorded at Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas, Rob Emsley, director of cyber resilience marketing at Dell Technologies, makes a compelling case for why MSPs need to reframe their entire backup practice around cyber resilience – and why the opportunity to do so has never been bigger or more urgent. The stat that sets the table: 97% of cyber attacks now involve targeting the backup infrastructure directly. Attackers know that if they can compromise the backup, the game is essentially over. An MSP whose backup practice is not built around isolated, immutable copies is not selling a last line of defense – it’s selling false assurance. Central to the conversation is the idea of the “minimum viable company”: a framework Emsley encourages MSPs to bring to their customers, ideally at the board level. The question is deceptively simple – if everything goes down, what are the absolute minimum systems and data sets required to bring the business back online? Building a resilience strategy around that answer changes how you architect backup, and how you price and position it. Emsley walks through Dell’s PowerProtect portfolio, including the Data Domain platform and its multi-tenant capabilities for MSP environments, the Workspace Protection endpoint play, and the new premium rebate incentives for cyber resilience solutions in Dell’s Modern Partner Platform. His most practical advice for the mid-market? Have an incident response plan – and print it out. Because when ransomware strikes, the runbook sitting on the encrypted server is not going to help anyone. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. We’re still coming to you from Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas this week, where AI Factory and agentic AI have understandably grabbed most of the headlines. But while I was on the show floor, I also wanted to bring you a conversation that I think is going to resonate long after the conference fades. The question of how MSPs should be thinking about cyber resilience – not just backup or data recovery, but the full picture of what it actually takes to bring a customer’s business back to life after a ransomware attack – sits at or near the top of virtually every board-level buying agenda right now. And with AI increasingly in the hands of the bad guys as much as the good guys, the calculus around protecting data is changing fast. I sat down with Rob Emsley, director of cyber resilience marketing at Dell Technologies, for a conversation about the difference between disaster recovery and cyber recovery, the concept of the minimum viable company, and why MSPs who are still selling backup the old-fashioned way may be leaving both value and their customers seriously exposed. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Rob Emsley. Robert Dutt: Rob, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Rob Emsley: Yeah, great to meet you, Robert. Robert Dutt: Director of cyber resilience marketing. You’re sitting in a pretty fascinating place right now, I have to think. Let’s start by sort of setting the table a little bit for an MSP and solution provider audience. How do you define cyber resilience at Dell today and how is that different from what it looked like even a couple of years back? Rob Emsley: Yeah, I mean, for many years, what the portfolio that I market was really the data protection portfolio. And like many vendors in the industry, one of the things that’s dramatically changed over probably the last decade, I would say, is the increase in cyber attacks and really the concern over things like ransomware, over things like insider threats, basically anything where bad actors are going after your data. And over the last probably 10 years, you’ve seen a lot more interest in cyber recovery as opposed to disaster recovery. Disaster recovery has been around forever. Bad things happen to good people. Do I have a set of infrastructure that I can restart from, whether it’s a natural disaster or human error, et cetera, et cetera. And the interesting thing with cyber recovery is the frustrating reality is that your hardware is probably still in good shape. You’re not under five feet of water or your infrastructure hasn’t been destroyed by a tornado. So everything looks as if it’s recoverable, but you know it isn’t because it’s been impacted, it’s been infected, and your good data is now bad data. So many MSPs that work with vendors in this market have seen an evolution of those vendors changing their messaging to certainly become more security companies. And some of that, you could argue, is based on vendor evaluations, especially private companies that are looking to go public or be acquired, et cetera, et cetera. So Dell Technologies was probably one of the last to really make a hard pivot from the products that we sell, predominantly delivering backup and recovery, but really to position those products and market those products as cyber resilience offerings. And cyber resilience really drives us to have new conversations with different parts of the customer’s team. Certainly it’s the old adage that when you’re selling data protection, you take the elevator to the basement to talk to the infrastructure team. When you’re selling cyber resilience, you take the elevator to the top floor to talk to the board, and it really has become a board-level discussion. So I think for managed service providers, the topic of cyber resilience is a much broader conversation that they can have with prospective customers. I think that customers know that there’s only two things that they’re afraid of losing. One is their employees, and two is their data. Losing either of them is really a bad day. So I think that when you look at buying intentions from many analyst firms that do those types of research projects – Omdia, for instance, is one – cyber resilience tops the top three, if not the top two or even top one, buying intentions for the coming years. And it has done for many, many years. So I think that’s why cyber resilience is an opportunity for managed service providers to expand the conversations and the people that they’re talking to, because it’s a horizontally required discipline. One of the things that customers, unfortunately over the years, have overspent on – maybe not overspent, but maybe not got the balance correct – is they’ve spent a lot of their budgets on cybersecurity products, trying to make their environments more secure. Basically build a wall. Firewalls fall into that category of technology, ransomware detection, those types of things. The area where we’ve tried to get a better balance in IT budgets is on recovery and resilience, based on the premise that there’s no such thing as absolute security. So you need to be prepared to have a good copy of your data to bring back to life, to bring your company back to life. Robert Dutt: Obviously, a lot of talk about AI because it’s the 2020s and we’re at a tech conference. Everyone’s going that way, which is good news in some regards and bad news in other regards in the security sphere, because it turns out the bad guys have access to it. Rob Emsley: Yeah. And that’s true for, as you imagine, a lot of technology. If you think about just life in general, there’s a lot of things that are available in the market that can be used for good and can also be used for bad. It all depends on what hands those technologies are in. And certainly, if you look at the use of AI to manufacture more sophisticated cyber attacks, certainly if you think about the use of AI to provide more sophisticated phishing emails, that’s certainly one thing I think we’ve seen. And certainly the concern around using AI to more quickly identify vulnerabilities – that’s been something that’s been top of mind in the news over the last few weeks, a couple of months. But again, I think both of those just reinforce the importance of having a surety that you have a good known copy of your data that you can take to the bank to bring the company back online. And I think from an MSP perspective, offering an infrastructure that gives their customers that assurance is really beneficial to customers. The old adage of customers want to sleep well at night – and if an MSP can help them do that, then a good night’s sleep is worth a fortune sometimes. Certainly my wife would say so. Robert Dutt: I think after 365, backup has been a fundamental underpinning of managed services for such a long time. I’m curious what you think is most common for MSPs to miss in terms of evolving and doing more than just the old-fashioned backup technology and getting more out of that. Rob Emsley: Yeah, I think if you look at a lot of the backup technologies that are available, certainly backup has always been that last line of defense. And unfortunately, being that last line of defense, the bad actors realize that if you compromise the backup infrastructure, you can pretty much do whatever you want. All bets are off. The customer doesn’t have a last line of defense. So if you think about some of the research that’s in the industry, 97% of cyber attacks involve attacking the backup infrastructure. And that doesn’t matter whether or not it’s managed by the customer or managed by an MSP. So I do think that MSPs need to become much more conversant in explaining what they are doing and how they have implemented a backup infrastructure that really is that last line of defense. And that’s something which you start getting into the concept of offering isolated copies of backups – maybe not for every single data type, but certainly we believe wholeheartedly in the concept of the minimum viable company, which really is a discussion to have with the board about when everything is gone, what needs to come back in order for you to be viable. Because I think that’s the killer – some people have a laissez-faire attitude to, well, everything’s important. But if everything’s important, then nothing’s important. So I do think that the MSPs that are in the backup industry need to realize that the backup value has changed. It used to be very much around being there for operational recovery. Having backups is just good hygiene, but having backups that aren’t secure is a no-no in today’s market. So that becomes a very important shift for MSPs that are in the backup market. Because I do agree with you – backup, God bless it, has been a great value creator for MSPs. Many customers realize that they need to back up their data. Subscribing to a service to do that is certainly an easy way to use your resources for more productive work to drive revenue. But at the end of the day, if you’re not secure, it’s difficult to innovate with confidence. Robert Dutt: All right. How does the portfolio that you guys are offering today help partners position their customers to be able to bounce back based on what really happens when they get attacked, breached, when their backup is part of that? Rob Emsley: Yeah. So within the Dell Technologies portfolio, this occurred probably about seven years ago. When I came back to Dell in 2018, we were simplifying the infrastructure portfolio of the company – storage predominantly, servers, and at the time data protection and cyber resilience. So many of our customers and our partners realized we have a portfolio of Power-branded products: PowerEdge, PowerStore, PowerMax, PowerSwitch. And probably in 2019, we introduced PowerProtect. So PowerProtect is the umbrella portfolio for everything we do in that backup and recovery, data protection, and cyber resilience space. Within there, we sell software to create copies of data and store them on hardware. And the hardware that we sell is something that we’ve been very lucky to have ownership of for literally 20 years. It’s an acquisition that was made by Dell Technologies, actually prior to the acquisition of EMC – it was an EMC acquisition, a company called Data Domain. And Data Domain has been really foundational for delivering cyber resilience. It falls into the category of what IDC calls the purpose-built backup appliance market. So unlike general purpose storage that many backup vendors use, this is a storage tier that was specifically developed for the purpose of storing backups. So it was developed with three attributes in mind. One was performance – how fast can I back up, how fast can I recover? It was built on efficiency – backup is a very repetitive process, so how can I store multiple backups in less physical capacity? So data reduction, deduplication. And then scalability – how can I start small and scale? But then overarching to that is how can you make it rock solid and secure? So the security features of our PowerProtect Data Domain appliances are something that’s very advantageous. And many of our managed service providers have stood that up in their data centers and offered that as the foundation for cyber resilience. The nice thing is that Data Domain, as well as supporting Dell Technologies software – so PowerProtect Data Manager, and other software assets that we’ve had for even longer, products like Networker and Avamar – it also has a very healthy ecosystem. There’s a protocol called Data Domain Boost that we use to allow third parties to integrate with Data Domain directly. Because the reality is that an MSP, when they go and talk to a customer, that customer has more than likely already made choices around the backup software that they’re using. And it’s more than likely not just one. And sometimes when they go to the MSP, they’ll say, well, can you basically choose a backup software application? But even the nice thing is, from an MSP perspective, Data Domain is multi-tenant. So you can slice up Data Domain into an ability to serve many MSP customers using different software if the customer so chooses. So if you look at our expo floor this year, we’ve got companies like Commvault exhibiting, companies like Veeam exhibiting. That’s the way that our portfolio is set up to provide that backup infrastructure for MSPs to leverage. Robert Dutt: Obviously, one of the big occurrences here from a partner point of view is the Modern Partner Platform that’s rolling out. And in part of all of those changes, you got the specific call out for cyber resilience solutions as one of the differentiated product areas for premium rebates. That’s a pretty big carrot. What does it say about the signal to the channel about where you see the biggest growth opportunities across Dell? Rob Emsley: Yeah, we have historically done the majority of our business through the channel, but we also recognize that the channel has a lot of choices. Many of our competitors, in fact most of our competitors in that cyber resilience backup solution space, are all pure-play individual companies, most of which have very little direct sales capabilities. So very channel-focused and therefore have blanketed the channel to sell their wares, sell their products. We wholeheartedly believe that the Dell Technologies portfolio, either standalone from a cyber resilience solutions perspective, but also taken in context of the other key elements – you think about things like private cloud and AI – gives a channel partner the concept of delivering secure infrastructure and the opportunity to take advantage of that broader portfolio. And as we talked about earlier, you can’t deny that cyber resilience is top of mind. It’s as high on the board’s agenda as, hey, how are we going to take advantage of artificial intelligence? Some could argue that cyber resilience is either on par or if not, for many customers, more of a concern, because it’s that ever-present danger of – is the infrastructure that I have now, even before I’ve implemented AI, secure enough to allow us to sleep at night? We certainly see the pivot from data protection to cyber resilience fitting well with the other vendors that our MSPs talk to. We certainly have a portfolio that addresses small customer needs to large customer needs, can absolutely be leveraged by our MSP partners to build a practice behind. And also, with cyber resilience solutions, there’s that upfront services component built in – identifying what is the minimum viable company that needs to be the most secure, the most isolated, to give those customers the peace of mind and actually show the MSPs as valued trusted partners. Robert Dutt: So much of the focus is obviously on enterprise data, on the data center, on the infrastructure side. But you also have the Workspace Protection offering going on. How important is securing the endpoint in the overall resilience strategy, and what’s the play there for partners from a resilience point of view? Rob Emsley: Yeah, certainly if you think about the entry point into most networks, the endpoints are clearly the most numerous, just by the volume of endpoints compared to the volume of elements in the data center. So certainly when we look at cyber resilience, we look holistically – not only at the data center infrastructure, but absolutely the endpoints that we sell. We continually look at the elements of security across the portfolio. And there’s a lot of foundational technology across the Dell product line, whether it be in the client space or in the server or storage space. The concept of trusted boot, secure BIOS, really carries forward through the PC line all the way into our server line and then the leverage of those servers into our storage portfolio. And then from an MSP standpoint, when you engage with Dell from a purchase perspective, you gain the advantage of the secure supply chain that Dell uses to its advantage. Our supply chain forever has been an incredible value, not only to ourselves, but also to anybody that buys from us, including our partners. But the fact that the way that we leverage that supply chain securely gives a lot of peace of mind. Because many of our partners, when they’re working with security companies, those security companies are not manufacturing their devices. Certainly they’re not manufacturing endpoints. Most of the time, they’re not manufacturing data center servers and data center storage solutions. They’re buying from somebody else. So the concept of a secure supply chain becomes harder to rationalize when you have multiple suppliers providing your solution. So at the end of the day, one of the advantages when it comes to Dell is that if you choose to work holistically with Dell, you get this foundational benefit across the portfolio of a lot of commonality when it comes to security and resilience. That’s one take-it-to-the-bank benefit that an MSP can achieve when they work with Dell Technologies across the entire portfolio. We’re fortunate enough to be in a position to have that entire portfolio, and long may that continue. And certainly that’s one of the advantages – when we look at security and resilience, we can look at it from the endpoint all the way to the data center and beyond. And I think that’s something that is a big benefit for MSPs to lean into the whole portfolio, as well as the advantages of aggregation of benefits and different tier levels by having a single-vendor, multi-portfolio opportunity, as opposed to slicing and dicing their vendor engagements across half a dozen different vendors. Robert Dutt: What do you see as the most common gap, especially in the mid-market, in terms of incident response plans today? Rob Emsley: I think it’s one, having one that is documented and printed out. That may seem very basic, but… Robert Dutt: Until your systems are locked down by ransomware. Rob Emsley: Exactly. So the very basic advice of have a plan and print it out may sound very old-fashioned and simplistic, but in the mid-market, that is probably something that people should consider. Certainly, practice does make perfect is not a trite saying. Practice, practice, practice in the mid-market becomes important. You don’t want to be developing a plan or using a plan for the first time when the house is on fire. You want to know where the exits are, where the fire extinguisher is, and you want to know how to use it. You want to make sure that when you use it, they work. Something which we can probably all think about in our own home lives, to be honest. So I think that’s probably something which, no matter what size company you are, it comes back to – you don’t want to lose your employees, you don’t want to lose your data. And when it comes to cyber resilience, you’re never too small or too big to take a fresh look at what you do and what your plan is. Robert Dutt: Once again, I appreciate you taking the time. Great chat. Rob Emsley: Great. Thanks, Robert. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Rob Emsley from Dell. I’d like to thank Rob for carving out some time during what has been a very busy week on the show floor at DTW. A couple of things from the conversation that I think are worth mentioning. First, that 97% figure – 97% of cyber attacks now involve targeting the backup infrastructure directly. If you’re an MSP and your backup practice is still built on the assumption that the backup is the safe harbor, that’s a foundational problem. The attackers know exactly where the life raft is. And second, the idea of the minimum viable company sounds simple, even obvious, but it’s actually a board-level conversation that most MSPs probably aren’t having and probably should be. What are the absolute minimum systems, data sets, and processes that a business needs to restart their operations? Answering that question and then building a resilience stack around that answer is the real difference between selling backup and selling business continuity. And his parting advice – have a plan and print it out – almost laughably basic until you consider how many organizations discover their incident response runbook is sitting on the encrypted server when they need it the most. I’d like to thank you as always for listening to the show. Please follow or subscribe wherever you get your podcasts – Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, most directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated and always help. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Dell PowerStore Elite and the reimagined data center: Yesterday at Dell Technologies World, Dell Technologiesintroduced Dell PowerStore Elite, a new enterprise storage platform delivering up to 3x performance over the prior generation and an industry-best 6:1 data reduction guarantee. The platform packs 5.8 petabytes into a single 3U chassis using standards-based E3 NVMe flash, and introduces Dell Cyber Detect, which identifies ransomware with 99.99% accuracy and pinpoints the last known clean copy for recovery. PowerStore Elite ships in July 2026; Cyber Detect for PowerStore follows in Q3. The broader Day 2 announcement also included 11 new PowerEdge servers, expanded Dell Private Cloud support for Broadcom, Microsoft, and Nutanix stacks, Dell PowerProtect One for simplified cyber resilience, and two new automation products: the Dell Automation Platform and Dell Automation Studio. Jeff Clarke’s tokenomics keynote: In Tuesday’s Day 2 keynote at DTW, Dell COO Jeff Clarke presented a set of ten fundamental shifts from the past year whose through-line is what he called tokenomics. The math: model prices fell 80% per token; token consumption is up 10x; GenAI software spend tripled. Net effect – AI is getting more expensive for most organizations, not less. Clarke illustrated the stakes with a concrete example: one developer running a single agentic use case on the public cloud can burn approximately $3,400 per day in token costs; the same workload runs at zero incremental cost on on-premises infrastructure. Clarke confirmed Dell moved its own operations to on-prem after internal token costs became untenable, and described work underway on what he called “token routing” – an orchestration layer that would automatically direct tasks to either a deskside AI workstation or data center hardware based on workload. He closed with three imperatives: know your token consumption, find your super users, and lead the operating model change or be disrupted by it. Intezer launches Amplify Partner Program: Intezer has officially launched its Intezer Amplify Partner Program, naming channel veteran Mark Daggett as vice president of global channels and alliances. The program formalizes Intezer’s channel investment as demand for AI-driven security operations grows and the talent gap in security operations continues to widen. According to Intezer, the program is designed to help MSSPs and solution providers step in where internal security teams lack the capacity to operationalize AI-powered alert triage and threat investigation, translating the company’s platform capabilities into managed and co-managed service offerings. Check Point agentic network security orchestration: Check Point announced an agentic network security orchestration platform on Monday designed to replace decades of rule-based complexity, reducing network policy management from months of manual effort to minutes of verified, automated action. The announcement is part of a broader Check Point push into agentic security capabilities across its Infinity platform. Zendesk unveils Autonomous Service Workforce: At its annual Relate conference, Zendesk announced the Autonomous Service Workforce, a product vision built around specialized AI agents priced per resolution rather than per seat. Key launches include a no-code Agent Builder, omnichannel coverage with shared context, and a real-time Quality Score applied to every interaction – human or AI. Riverbed extends Aternity AIOps: Riverbed has released new Aternity digital experience (DEX) capabilities positioning AIOps as proactive disruption prevention rather than reactive monitoring, giving IT teams predictive intelligence before end-user experience degrades. WinMagic brings zero trust to legacy OT: WinMagic has introduced Continuous Identity Assurance, a hardware-bound approach to endpoint identity that extends zero trust controls to air-gapped systems and legacy operational technology environments traditionally outside the reach of modern identity platforms. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, May 20, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Continuing coverage from Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas, where yesterday’s Day 2 product announcements shifted the spotlight from the partner program to the infrastructure portfolio. The headline item was Dell PowerStore Elite, which Dell is positioning as a new class of enterprise storage platform built for what it calls an AI-era data center. According to the company, PowerStore Elite delivers up to three times the performance of the previous generation through software-driven improvements, and backs it all with what Dell describes as an industry-best 6:1 data reduction guarantee – up from 5:1 – a number it says carries real weight in today’s supply-constrained flash market. The platform packs up to 5.8 petabytes of effective capacity into a single 3U chassis using industry-standard E3 NVMe flash rather than proprietary drives, giving partners and their customers more flexibility on cost and sourcing. The cyber resilience angle is where it gets interesting for MSPs. Dell is introducing Dell Cyber Detect for PowerStore, which inspects data at the byte level and is positioned as being able to identify ransomware with 99.99% accuracy – surfacing the last known clean copy so organizations can recover fast. That capability will be available in Q3 2026. PowerStore Elite itself is set for global availability in July. The broader data center announcement also included 11 new PowerEdge servers spanning both air-cooled and liquid-cooled environments, expanded Dell Private Cloud support for Broadcom, Microsoft, and Nutanix software stacks, and two new automation products: the Dell Automation Platform, which pairs AI agents with a conversational interface for infrastructure deployment and management, and Dell Automation Studio for building custom, full-stack orchestration workflows. Nearly 20,000 customers already run PowerStore globally, and Dell is emphasizing that existing deployments can cluster with PowerStore Elite without disruption – a meaningful selling point for partners managing live customer environments. The second big story out of Las Vegas yesterday is one that deserves some unpacking. During his keynote, Dell’s chief operating officer Jeff Clarke laid out what he called ten fundamental changes in the past twelve months – and the thread running through the whole list is a single concept: tokenomics. The numbers Clarke presented tell a story that’s easy to miss if you only hear the headline. Model prices have fallen roughly 80% per token in the last year – sounds like great news. Except token consumption is simultaneously up ten times. And GenAI software spend has tripled in twelve months. The net effect is that AI is actually getting more expensive for most organizations, not less. Clarke made it concrete with a single example: one developer, one agentic use case, building a software tool. On the public cloud, that use case can run up roughly $3,400 a day in token costs. Running the equivalent workload on on-premises infrastructure with local models? Zero incremental dollars. Clarke went further and confirmed that Dell itself made the shift to on-premises AI after its own token costs became untenable – which is a different kind of endorsement than anything you hear from a keynote stage. He also flagged something worth watching: Dell is working on what he called token routing, an orchestration layer that would automatically determine whether a given task is better handled by a deskside AI workstation or by data center infrastructure. He was clear it’s still in development, but it signals where Dell sees the intersection of its PC and server businesses heading. Clarke closed his keynote with three actionable imperatives: know your token consumption, find your super users, and lead the operating model change or be disrupted by it. That first one is the real challenge for most organizations – and the one an MSP or trusted advisor can walk into and own. Away from Las Vegas now, and Intezer has officially launched its Intezer Amplify Partner Program, naming industry veteran Mark Daggett as vice president of global channels and alliances to lead the effort. The program formalizes the company’s channel investment at a moment when demand for AI-driven security operations is accelerating. Intezer’s pitch to the channel is essentially a gap-filling argument: internal security teams are drowning in alert volume while the talent required to triage and investigate those alerts remains in short supply. The Amplify program is designed to equip partners to step into that gap, delivering Intezer’s automated alert triage and threat investigation capabilities as a managed or co-managed offering. The appointment of a dedicated channel VP is the clearest signal yet that Intezer is treating the channel as a primary route to market, not a secondary one. Partners building out managed security or MSSP practices looking to differentiate around AI-augmented SOC capabilities have another option worth a closer look. In Brief –  Check Point launches an agentic network security orchestration platform it says collapses months of manual policy work into minutes of verified action.  Zendesk unveils its Autonomous Service Workforce at the Relate conference, introducing per-resolution AI agent pricing and a no-code Agent Builder.  Riverbed announces new Aternity digital experience capabilities designed to shift AIOps from reactive visibility to proactive disruption prevention.  WinMagic introduces Continuous Identity Assurance, anchoring identity verification in hardware to extend zero trust protocols to air-gapped and legacy OT environments.  Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, still from the show floor at Dell Technologies World, I sit down with Rob Emsley, director of cyber resilience marketing at Dell Technologies, on why 97% of cyber attacks now specifically target the backup infrastructure – and what it actually means to build a resilience strategy around the concept of the minimum viable company. And if you haven’t heard yesterday’s episode yet, check out my conversation with Alan Ashby, Dell’s senior director of Americas data center presales and specialty sales, on the practical infrastructure realities of the AI boom – from a deskside AI workstation for an SMB to consolidating 13 legacy servers into one. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Alan Ashby, senior director of Americas data center presales and specialty sales at Dell. Today’s episode of In The Channel comes to you from the floor of Dell Technologies World 2026, where the expansion of the Dell AI Factory has been dominating the headlines. But what does that mean for partners who aren’t selling multi-million dollar deployments to the Fortune 500? To find out, we sat down with Alan Ashby, senior director of Americas data center presales and specialty sales at Dell. Ashby breaks down the practical realities of the AI infrastructure boom, explaining how partners can start small by deploying “AI supercomputers” like the Dell Pro Max GB10 directly to SMB desktops to unlock local, highly secure agentic AI workflows. We also dive into the economics of on-prem AI versus the public cloud, how partners can help customers escape “prototype purgatory” by narrowing their focus, and the massive opportunity remaining in traditional data center modernization—including the staggering claim that Dell’s new 18G platforms can consolidate 13 legacy servers into one. We also touch on how Dell is leveraging its Customer Solution Centers to help partners de-risk these complex deployments before the customer signs the PO. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In the Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. We’re coming to you today from the floor of Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas where the expansion of the Dell AI Factory and new agentic AI capabilities have completely dominated the Day 1 headlines. But as we know, the keynote hype doesn’t always translate immediately to the loading dock. To understand how partners are supposed to actually size, architect, and sell these new AI infrastructure solutions, I sat down with Alan Ashby. He’s the senior director of Americas Data Center pre-sales and specialty sales at Dell. We dig into the economics of on-prem AI versus the public cloud, how partners can get mid-market customers started with an AI supercomputer right at their desk, and why the traditional data center refresh is still a massive and highly lucrative play for the channel. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Alan Ashby. Alan, thanks for taking the time. Appreciate it. Alan Ashby: Absolutely. Thanks for having us. Robert Dutt: Americas Data Center pre-sales and specialty sales. That’s a broad title. A lot of ground to cover there. To set the stage for MSPs, solution providers, folks listening to this, what can you tell me about what your team actually does kind of day-to-day when it comes to working with partners around infrastructure and AI solutions? Alan Ashby: Yeah, absolutely. So we’ve got a handful of folks that, you know, we’re aligned and dedicated to the partner ecosystem focused across the Americas. We have a couple of primary roles. So from a pre-sales perspective, helping support our partners from a technical enablement, understanding our product portfolio, understanding how to position the products correctly, both amongst the portfolio itself, but also kind of competitively in the marketplace. We also run what we call a technical account plan with our partners. So, you know, supporting them on their certifications, their enablement motions, etc. And then we also run what we have a program we call Heroes for our partners. So Heroes is our foundational enablement motion for partners. We run in the Americas somewhere between 15 and 30 regional face-to-face sessions every single quarter. Those we’d love to see partners participate in, try to do them all over the country. And those are deep dive sessions, you know, going through products and roadmaps and futures and how to position products, etc. And, you know, those have been an enablement motion for the last several years and been incredibly successful. Robert Dutt: All right. We’re hearing a lot this week, obviously, about the expansion of Dell AI Factory and the idea of bringing AI on-premise to the edge, closer to the enterprise itself. And from an infrastructure perspective, you’ve got PowerRack, the pitch there being you go to live customer workloads from kind of the box to deployed in six hours and change. For a partner who’s trying to sell into the mid-market or the enterprise, you know, how does that kind of speed of value fundamentally change the conversation that they’re having with their customer, whether that’s the CEO, CIO, or the business leader? Alan Ashby: Yeah, I don’t think there’s been a more exciting time for our partners with what the market’s putting out there for us. You know, when we look at, you know, you mentioned the mid-market space, I actually think there’s a massive opportunity for partners to go support those customers, especially with some of the agentic workflow processes that we announced today with some of the platforms. You know, it may not be those 100 million, 200 million dollar opportunities, but almost every single small business and medium business, you know, you start with maybe a product like the Dell Pro Max GB10, and you start there and you start building out that agentic workflows, you know, building out automated dashboards with AI assistance built into it. You know, a lot of great things that a partner could go deliver that everybody can see value in. Sometimes in that mid-market space and small business space, it’s easier to get started on some of these agentic flows because they don’t have data that’s kind of messy. They don’t have legacy debt from a data center infrastructure perspective. And then from a larger enterprise or commercial customer, you know, we have seen a number of very good successes across our partner ecosystem with delivering services and value to our customer sets collectively, you know, to help customers really try to find value through their AI journeys. Understanding and identifying key use cases or workloads that they think they can get value out of it, understanding the infrastructure, the architecture that’s designing it right. You know, early days, you know, we had a lot of times where, you know, customers and partners struggle with just, you know, how do we deploy this thing because power and cooling needs are maybe bigger than what I was expecting and, you know, managing through that challenge. So partners have a phenomenal opportunity, I think, to help provide that value to our customers collectively together. You know, every one of our partners, they bring a unique skill set and differentiators on their own to the marketplace and help support those customers to that kind of their own journeys together. Robert Dutt: What is that infrastructure pitch down to that, especially that mid-market or even SMB customer? In the past, there was interest in doing it, I think often they would end up, if they were going to do it, doing it on public cloud, because the alternative was a big old infrastructure solution that doesn’t really fit them, unless maybe a partner can bring it on and kind of do a multi-tenant kind of situation there. But where are we at in terms of having right-fit infrastructure to make that work? Alan Ashby: Yeah, I think, you know, even the stuff that we announced today on stage, you know, products we announced at GTC, I think really helped kind of build out that situation and story for a small customer to be able to scale. You think about going back to the Dell Pro Max GB10, you know, you can take that device and you can, you know, run a small business basically off that depending on the concurrent users and be able to move up from that to some of our Pro workstations all the way up to the GB300. You know, we can run a model as big as a trillion parameters, it’s kind of crazy what you can do on a desktop, you know, and that doesn’t require any unique power requirements, I can plug that into a normal outlet. And then I could scale into, you know, actual infrastructure depending on the size of what the need is. And that’s where I think there’s a lot of opportunity for partners to think through, you know, how do they help customers scale through that. And so we talked a lot today at the show around, you know, the economics of everything. And in the long term, it’s going to be very challenging economically to run things in a public cloud. Yeah, on-prem is going to be a massive opportunity. And the fact that Michael today even talked about things about running foundation models and open source models on-prem, you know, your data is fully secure, you manage it all yourself. You know, it’s a lot easier to think about how I actually, you know, pull and extract value out of those different solutions. Robert Dutt: Well, and that’s the pitch right for the desk-side agentic AI solution is the idea, I think that the number was 87% reduction in token cost and in terms of comparing the cost of acquiring, deploying, running the solution on-prem. I think the break-even was three months or something like that against running the same kind of solution in public cloud. Alan Ashby: Yeah, I think that’s where customers are challenged today is, you know, you can have a lot of different, you know, foundational models and, you know, some of the agentic tools that are out there today that are subscription-based, cloud-based. And you can run through usage real fast without getting a lot of value out of it. When you start thinking about deploying stuff on-prem, you know, you know exactly what your output per day could be, and you can scale accordingly. Robert Dutt: How does that change how a partner approaches both selling and thinking about running, maintaining that infrastructure as opposed to something that’s all outsourced to the cloud and has those significant question marks of cost attached? Alan Ashby: I think there’s a lot of stuff we’re still figuring out, to be honest. You know, I think a lot of partners are trying to understand that and every customer is going to be a little bit in a different spot in their journey. And I think, you know, that’s where some of our partner ecosystems have tremendous value to help meet them where they are and help them take that first or second step forward to try to be able to deliver overall value to the company. Robert Dutt: Do you see that kind of time to value, that reduction in overall costs being something that can get unstuck some of those classic cases of AI workloads that are getting put into prototype, into test phase, but never quite see the light of day, partially perhaps because of that economic headwind that you discover when you start trying to scale these things? Alan Ashby: I think there’s that. I also think sometimes some customers probably try to maybe bite off more than they can chew at one time. And I think when we start thinking about these AI use cases, sometimes we’ll talk with some customers and partners helping them through them. They have, you know, two, three dozen things they want to try to accomplish out of one solution or one opportunity. It’s how do we narrow that down a little bit to where we actually extract value out of that particular use case that you’re trying to drive value with. And we’ve seen some really great success with some of our partners being able to help, you know, negotiate and navigate partner customers through that journey. You know, I think it takes a skill set that’s unique, and we’re starting to see more and more of our partners, you know, invest in and put attention to building out dedicated AI practice teams, helping them understand the skill set. The market’s moving incredibly fast, unlike ever before. And so, you know, it takes somebody who has a real passionate interest and a lot of curiosity to understand how these things all work together and all the pieces fit together and how do you take advantage of everything as you go forward. Robert Dutt: How do you see the co-delivery model evolving over time as you say, things are moving fast. When it comes to deploying AI factories, I think we heard earlier that, you know, the model is sort of Dell handling deployment and management of the overall environment while partners are being asked to focus on the application, the vertical, those kinds of things. How do you see the role of the channel, I guess, especially professional services and advisory-type partners evolving? Alan Ashby: Yeah, I think that to your point, I think it’s evolving. And I think that, you know, there’s a lot of opportunities here from an educational services perspective, consulting services perspective, services for our partners, you know, very few customers, especially when you think about, you know, a traditional commercial customer, mid-market customer, know exactly what to do and what to do next. You know, they might have started a pilot out in the public cloud. And then they’re trying to figure out where to go from here. And like, there’s a lot of service opportunity for our partners there. When it comes from, you know, other deployment services, I think there’s opportunities there for our partners, you know, depending on the solutions. When you look at post-delivery of the product into the customer, I think that there’s even more opportunity for partners of how, once things are deployed and installed, what’s next? And how do you help customers really extract value out of the infrastructure they spent a lot of money on, and have pretty high expectations of the ROI and the benefits they get out of it? I think there’s a massive opportunity for partners to help those customers through that journey. I think there’s a big opportunity for partners to take a product like our GB10, GP300 products and say, how do I go show you how to build an agentic workflow on those systems that can deliver value for your customers? You know, those are all going to be partner-delivered opportunities. Robert Dutt: All right. It sounds like even though it’s relatively early in the process, we are at the point where some of those next steps are becoming clear then. Alan Ashby: Yeah, I would say so. I mean, the question is, how fast do things change? You know, and it’s one of those things like I look at the agentic opportunities, probably one of the biggest things that can bring value for our partners. We’re really looking for a partner ecosystem that has the skill sets to deliver those for customers. Robert Dutt: Speaking of things changing, moving from traditional virtualization workloads to AI is a pretty big shift in how you think about structure, infrastructure, especially around storage, IO, networking, GPUs, needless to say. How’s the pre-sales team helping partners to figure out what the right size is for these solutions, both for current state and future state, so that you’re not either over-provisioning or under-provisioning customers? Alan Ashby: That’s a great question, actually. I mean, we’ve done a lot of things internally at Dell to get better ourselves and have the right talent and resources to support the partner ecosystem. You know, we have teams that can help support partners, both from a sizing, scoping of the opportunity, all the way down to configuring and deploying that solution if the partner needs that help. We’re also trying to help up-level our partners to be able to do it on their own. It’s kind of self-service and building the tools to help them through that motion. A couple of years ago, we started launching AI workshops, the different skill sets to help up-level and help that motion for a lot of our partners. The partners that have participated in those have seen a lot more success than those that didn’t. We do those multiple times a quarter and encourage partners to participate through those motions. We have an AI workshop multiple times a quarter in North America, and we go through every step of the phase from how do you have a conversation with a customer all the way through, how do you narrow down use cases, to all the way to how do you actually develop, design, and build the systems for what you need. Robert Dutt: Along those same lines, but a little bit more customer-facing and kind of looking at the economics of it, AI projects carry a lot of financial and technical risk for CIOs. What resources are there, whether it’s proof of concept, technical validation, or specialty engineering teams that partners can tap in to kind of prove the math and de-risk a solution such as AI Factory for customers? Alan Ashby: Yeah, there’s a couple of them actually, and I encourage all partners to kind of look at the options. We have at Dell, we have what we call our Customer Solution Centers, and those Customer Solution Centers have the ability to be able to work with a pre-sales specialist, a pre-sales expert on various different solutions. We have data centers where partners can take advantage of and leverage to be able to do proof of concept for customers, proof of value with those folks, and that can vary from any size of the architecture, from small all the way up to very large, and help support them through that. Also encourage partners to reach out to their Dell teams and how do you take advantage of those CSC resources. It’s a very simple process, but work through Dell teams. Same thing would be to go spend time with us in our labs. We have a great lab up in the Hopkinton area where AI factories are manufactured and built, and love to take partners through that facility to be able to see what’s possible there. We have an AI lab down in Austin to help them through that as well. So there’s a lot of opportunities. I would say the other one is we have a lot of partners also building out their own capabilities, their own labs, and we’ve helped support them through that as well. I think that they’re providing some amazing value to their customers, being able to do their own POCs and demonstrations and whatever it might be to help support that customer throughout the process. Robert Dutt: AI obviously gets the big headlines because it’s the 2020s as it is. But customers still have traditional enterprise apps and aging infrastructure that is going to need a refresh. I guess, how does your team handle guiding partners around going after the new shiny thing, the big opportunity that’s out there versus the kind of day-to-day operational challenge of standard data center modernization and refresh? Alan Ashby: Yeah, it’s hard when they have two of these really big shiny objects out there that have a lot of potential value for customers, both with AI but also just traditional data center modernization. We’ve seen a really great success over the last year of helping customers, I would say, clean up the data center, think through what they’ve got today in there and how to modernize it and right-size everything. When you look at some of the things that we’ll announce here at the show, it’s pretty exciting, honestly. There’s some great announcements we had in the Day 1 keynote, Day 2 keynote will be just as exciting, more from an infrastructure perspective of things. I’m really excited what we’re doing just with traditional servers and we’ve seen a lot of great success by our partner ecosystem over the last several quarters with them going in and helping customers look at consolidation of those environments. Our 18G server platforms, which we’ll announce, can consolidate 13 legacy servers into one. That’s kind of crazy math when you think about that. It’s easy now to think about how do I help customers free up space and modernize things that makes it so AI is possible in their own data centers; consolidating racks in the servers is kind of a crazy concept. Then you think of how we’re looking at modernizing just traditional architecture with HCI architecture and the disaggregated architecture providing real value for customers with right-sizing, both compute capacity and storage capacity to be able to extract as much value as possible across the ecosystem of the portfolio. Robert Dutt: Along those lines, any other, I guess hidden opportunities for partners, things that maybe don’t get the big attention of the desk-side AI or PowerRack or some of those things, but still represent—sort of along the lines of the data center example you just gave—opportunities that are worth pursuing, that are worth looking at, but maybe not quite the highest profile? Alan Ashby: I mean, 100%. It’s easy to get excited with what we’re doing in AI. The market’s obviously kind of dictating a lot of that, but there’s a lot of opportunity, a lot of money to be made for our partners to be able to focus on classical data center architecture. We’ve got some great solutions. Our Dell Private Cloud is one that’s extremely exciting for partners, the opportunity to be able to help those customers through that process and think through that. I also am extremely excited with what we’re doing around the security front with our data protection portfolio, our PowerProtect product lines. Security is one that I think in the age of AI, we need to think through security differently. There’s some additional opportunities for partners to think about how do they provide those services, those extra value pieces to help make sure all of these customers are ready for what could be an AI security threat. Robert Dutt: I assume there’s a better together story to be told there between the hardware, the infrastructure, and the cyber protection. Alan Ashby: 100%. That’s one of the biggest values that we have at Dell. There’s inherent value between the products themselves being able to support each other differently, but also they have the large Dell value prop with the Dell supply chain, our security chain, how we build products. Everything provides value across the entire portfolio. Robert Dutt: What’s the single biggest misconception you see customers have around the idea of deploying on-prem AI in particular? Alan Ashby: That’s interesting. The big one I would say is where do I get started and how big do I need to get started? I think that we saw early days, a lot of customers thought initially you had to just get in line for supply on large GPU systems when you could run a lot of workloads, really interesting and exciting AI workloads on a server with a PCIe-based GPU, and now even more so with some of the other platforms with workstations or GB300, GB10. The biggest misconception is just thinking about how big I have to get started. I would encourage almost every executive, every leader of every company to start thinking differently about you probably should have an AI PC in your office and on your desk. You should have one of our, I always call it an AI supercomputer on your desk with the GB10. It’s about who’s going to be the most curious. There’s nothing that limits you from capabilities with what the models can do today. We really just need people to start using and playing and practicing and helping support the overall value to the customers and to our partners. Robert Dutt: It’s an interesting concept that a computer with a better NPU or GPU on board can unlock that curiosity towards AI and ultimately drag to infrastructure refresh down the road, I think. Alan Ashby: I think the key thing is you don’t have to be a coder. You don’t have to be a developer. Really today, anybody could be a developer. You could build your own application if you wanted to. You can build your own dashboards if you wanted to. You can run it 100% on-prem if you wanted to. You can use a coding assistant to help you manage through that. All you have to do is understand how to talk to it. How do you manage it like an individual and how do you manage it like an agent? It’s a secondary employee that helps you basically give you superpowers. Robert Dutt: If an MSP wants to get serious about the data center and AI with Dell, what’s the first step if they’re already in terms of certification, competency, that kind of thing that they should be looking at? Alan Ashby: Yeah, again, the portfolio is changing very quickly. I would say that table stakes obviously is having a good understanding of our compute platforms with what we’ve got put together with NVIDIA. That’d probably be step one. Step two would be thinking about what you can provide from a storage perspective and how you take advantage of both PowerScale and ObjectScale and all the way up through our lightning file systems, having good understanding how you can deploy that for your customers at scale. Then the other one would be how do you work closely with the Dell teams? That’s one of the things that is always encouraging for partners to think through is Dell has this incredibly large sales force that can help give them scale, give them opportunity. How do you share as a partner? How do you share your value back to the Dell teams? Make sure that they understand where you can be supportive of their customer experience. How do you work collaboratively with the Dell teams across the ecosystem? So forth. Tons of opportunity. We’re always looking for partners that have the right skill sets and the right capabilities. Our Dell teams want to bring them into customer accounts because we need their support. We need their help. Robert Dutt: Acknowledging this might be a wide range, what are some of those common threads that make for a good partner for you in terms of skill sets, areas of focus, that kind of thing? Alan Ashby: Yeah, I think it’s evolving over time. Today, I look at partners that have unique skill sets are incredibly important. Partners that have a competency across our portfolio. Table stakes of having competencies around our compute platform, our storage platforms, but then thinking even deeper, how do you have competency around some of our more isolated platforms like what we do in our unstructured storage space with PowerScale and ObjectScale and access scale that we announced today? Same thing with our data protection portfolio, our cyber resilience platforms, our SRP platforms, like partners that have deep technical specialty expertise in those areas, they’re always going to be needed and valued in our partner ecosystem. AI is one other area to differentiate a partner from, but there’s a lot of those opportunities. Even today with our Dell Private Cloud, I always tell partners that whenever you see a pivot change in our portfolio, like we did when we launched the Dell Private Cloud, this is an opportunity to differentiate yourself as a partner from other partners. To jump in early and be able to build the skill sets that our Dell team is looking for out of a partner to support their customers. Our Dell teams are always looking for those partners that can help lead the charge, especially from a technical perspective with the customers to validate the solution themselves to be able to provide that extensive value to the customer themselves. Robert Dutt: All right. Last one for me, without naming any names or with naming names, should you feel like doing so? What’s the most creative, unexpected, surprising use case for a Dell AI factory that you’ve seen a customer deploy thus far? Alan Ashby: Wow, that’s a hard one. I mean, there’s a lot of really interesting ones I’ve seen. I mean, early days, some of the ones I thought was some of the most exciting stuff that we did with Amarillo County in Texas. It’s a county that there’s a lot of languages natively spoken there and the community there needed to provide basically language services to a very large broad-based set of individuals in the community in their native tongue. And the Dell team worked closely with those folks to make that happen. All the way down there to where we got a number of partners helping small entities, both commercial and public entities, really think about how they can drive agentic workflows and some of the things that are dealing around that with dashboarding. Chat, agents, obviously is an easy one. And then helping customers through kind of how do you do code assist models. Those are probably the really big ones that we see from a use case perspective from our partners. Robert Dutt: No shortage of opportunities. Alan Ashby: Oh my gosh, it’s unbelievable how many there are today. Robert Dutt: Thank you for taking the time. Alan Ashby: Absolutely. This is great. Thank you. Robert Dutt: There you have it. Alan Ashby from Dell. I’d like to thank Alan for his time, carving out a few minutes for me amidst the chaos of day one here at DTW. My big takeaway from that conversation is that you don’t have to be deploying a multimillion dollar PowerRack system to get into the AI game with Dell right now. Between the new desktop workstations running localized agentic workflows and the massive 13 to one server consolidation plays they’re seeing in the traditional data center, there’s a very practical immediate path towards revenue here for partners in the mid market. I’d like to thank you as always for listening to the show. If you’re enjoying our coverage from Dell Technologies World, please do take a second and follow or subscribe in the podcast app of your choice. You can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, wherever you get your audio. And if you have a moment to leave a rating or review, always hugely appreciated. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for channelbuzz.ca and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: The AI supply chain squeeze: Yesterday, we brought you a special mid-day look at the new partner platform and AI Factory announcements from Dell Technologies World. But if you look past the glitz of the main stage, there was a sobering reality check delivered during the partner-specific keynote. Pete Trizzino, president of global sales at Dell Technologies, warned partners that supply constraints are officially back. Driven by voracious hyperscaler demand for AI infrastructure, the squeeze on GPUs, CPUs, and memory is tightening rapidly. In fact, Trizzino warned that the supply chain issues we are starting to see now could be significantly worse in 2027. For Canadian MSPs and VARs, this is the klaxon sounding for hardware lifecycle planning. Partners need to be having capacity conversations with their clients today, locking in orders, and potentially leveraging IT financing to bridge the gap while hardware makes its way through a congested supply chain. CIRA targets the MSP model: Closer to home, the Canadian Internet Registration Authority (CIRA) is preparing to launch a new channel-oriented product platform at the ChannelNEXT conference in Toronto later this month. Led by channel executive Tim Brien, the upcoming platform marks a dedicated pivot toward a managed service provider model. As Canadian organizations face an increasingly complex threat landscape complicated by strict data privacy regulations like Law 25 and PIPEDA, the demand for sovereign, domestic cybersecurity infrastructure is accelerating. By embracing a multi-tenant channel model, CIRA aims to provide Canadian solution providers with a localized alternative for DNS and enterprise security services, removing the administrative friction of scaling broad deployments. PraisonAI zero-day and Operation Ramz: In the cybersecurity space, threat actors are actively exploiting a critical authentication bypass vulnerability in PraisonAI (CVE-2026-44338). The zero-day flaw was targeted within hours of its disclosure, meaning anyone building agentic AI pipelines with the framework needs to apply patches immediately. On a positive note, INTERPOL has announced the results of Operation Ramz, a massive cybercrime crackdown across 13 countries in the Middle East and North Africa that resulted in 201 arrests and the seizure of dozens of malware and phishing servers. In Brief: Lumina emerges from stealth: Cybersecurity startup Lumina has officially launched an AI-native platform designed to reduce alert noise by 87 percent across cloud, identity, and endpoint environments. With security operations centers overwhelmed by false positives, Lumina is using AI to automatically triage and contextualize threats, freeing up analysts to focus on genuine incidents. Nordian and Starlink partner up: Connectivity provider Nordian has signed a reseller agreement with Starlink to embed high-speed satellite internet directly into industrial equipment. Targeted at the agriculture, mining, and transportation sectors, this allows Canadian edge deployments in remote areas to maintain constant connectivity, enabling real-time telemetry and predictive maintenance. Noah Labs builds local AI: Software developer Noah Labs is building Sentinel, an AI-native integrated development environment designed to run 100 percent on-device. As data sovereignty becomes critical, Sentinel allows developers to build and test AI models locally, removing the risk of exposing sensitive proprietary data to public cloud APIs during the development phase. NSF’s deep-tech initiative: The United States National Science Foundation has announced a $1.5 billion X-Labs initiative to fund deep-tech research. The massive influx of capital is expected to heavily influence cross-border commercialization and innovation in North America, focusing on autonomous systems, quantum networking, and advanced materials. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, May 19, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Yesterday, we brought you a special mid-day look at Dell’s new Modern Partner Platform and the massive expansion of the Dell AI Factory. But if you look past the glitz of the main stage, there was a very sobering reality check delivered during the partner-specific keynote. Pete Trizzino, president of global sales at Dell Technologies, took the stage to warn partners that supply constraints are officially back. Driven by the voracious hyperscaler demand for AI infrastructure, the squeeze on GPUs, CPUs, and memory is tightening rapidly. In fact, Trizzino warned that the supply chain issues we are starting to see now could be significantly worse in 2027. For Canadian MSPs and VARs, this is the klaxon sounding for hardware lifecycle planning. If you are waiting until the quarter a client needs a server refresh, you are going to be too late. Partners need to be having these capacity conversations with their clients today, locking in orders, and potentially leveraging IT financing and distribution partners to bridge the gap while hardware makes its way through a congested supply chain. Closer to home, the Canadian Internet Registration Authority, or CIRA, is preparing to launch a new, heavily channel-oriented product platform later this month at the ChannelNEXT conference in Toronto. Led by channel executive Tim Brien, the upcoming platform marks a dedicated pivot toward a true managed service provider model for the national internet registry. For years, Canadian organizations have faced an increasingly complex threat landscape complicated by strict data privacy regulations like Law 25 and PIPEDA. The demand for sovereign, domestic cybersecurity infrastructure is accelerating. By embracing a multi-tenant channel model, CIRA aims to provide Canadian solution providers with a localized alternative for DNS and enterprise security services. The new program is designed to allow channel partners to self-provision services, exert granular control over technical deployments, and scale enterprise-grade security offerings to their small and medium-sized business clients. Ultimately, this move is intended to remove the administrative friction associated with scaling broad deployments, allowing partners to integrate CIRA capabilities directly into their existing recurring revenue security stacks. In the cybersecurity space, it has been a busy 24 hours. First, a major warning for developers and security teams working with autonomous agents: threat actors are actively exploiting a critical authentication bypass vulnerability in PraisonAI, tracked as CVE-2026-44338. The zero-day flaw was targeted within hours of its disclosure, meaning anyone building agentic AI pipelines with the framework needs to apply patches immediately. On a more positive note, INTERPOL has announced the results of Operation Ramz, a massive, coordinated cybercrime crackdown across thirteen countries in the Middle East and North Africa. The first-of-its-kind operation resulted in 201 arrests and the disruption of major cybercrime networks, including the seizure of dozens of malware and phishing servers that have been targeting businesses globally. In Brief: Cybersecurity startup Lumina emerges from stealth today with an AI-native platform designed to reduce alert noise. Connectivity provider Nordian has signed a reseller agreement with Starlink to embed high-speed satellite internet into industrial equipment. Software developer Noah Labs is building Sentinel, an AI-native integrated development environment designed to run entirely on-device. And the United States National Science Foundation has announced a 1.5 billion dollar X-Labs initiative to fund deep-tech research. Full details and expanded stories on all of our In Brief items can be found in the show notes or the blog post at ChannelBuzz.ca. Later today on In The Channel, we have more from Las Vegas. I’ll be sitting down with Alan Ashby, Dell’s senior director of Americas data center presales, to break down the practical realities of the AI infrastructure boom for mid-market partners. And if you haven‘t heard yesterday’s episode yet, that’s probably because there wasn’t one, because outside of Dell Technologies World, it was Victoria Day back home. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Dell’s ‘Modern Partner Platform’ brings AI directly to deal registration: Launching in the second half of the year, this unified portal introduces an “agentic partner experience.” Powered by a family of AI assistants, the platform connects demand signals, sales collaboration, deal registration, and pricing into a single interface. The impact on velocity: The new platform promises to reduce deal registration approvals from days to just “minutes.” It also features dynamic, real-time pricing—meaning partners can generate competitive, account-specific quotes without the friction of endless email loops with a Dell rep. AI matchmaking: Dell is using AI to analyze partner install bases and proactively surface cross-sell opportunities. In FY26 alone, Dell pushed more than 200,000 of these “demand signals” to its channel partners. Incentivizing a $6.1 trillion addressable market: Dell’s programmatic changes go live in August, aimed at helping partners capture an enterprise IT market where more than $4 trillion is delivered through the channel. Focus Accounts incentive: In a massive win for the platform MSP model, Dell is finally building a structured incentive that rewards partners for line-of-business expansion (e.g., cross-selling storage to a client device customer) rather than strictly prioritizing net-new logos. Differentiated base rebates: Partners will earn a premium rebate when selling strategic solutions. Dell explicitly named Dell Private Cloud, Dell Automation Platform, Cyber Resilience solutions, PowerStore, Z-Series networking, and premium Client+ products as the qualifiers. Advisory and SI recognition: Dell is formalizing a co-sell track that recognizes the influence of systems integrators and advisory partners who architect complex cloud and AI solutions, decoupling their reward from the ultimate hardware transaction. The ‘DeskSide Agentic AI’ sandbox tackles spiraling token costs: On the product side, Dell announced a massive expansion of the Dell AI Factory with NVIDIA, creating an on-premise development environment aimed at organizations suffering from public cloud API sticker shock. The economics of local AI: Built using NVIDIA NIM, OpenShift, and Dell Precision workstations, this secure sandbox allows developers to build and test AI agents locally. Dell claims this setup can reduce token spend by up to 87 percent compared to the public cloud, offering an ROI break-even point in as little as three months. Ecosystem expansion: Dell is also officially weaving Hugging Face, Mistral, xAI, Palantir, and ServiceNow natively into its validated AI ecosystem. PowerRack standardizes AI infrastructure: To help partners deploy complex AI infrastructure faster, Dell introduced a new turnkey, rack-scale solution for compute, networking, and storage. Speed to value: Designed for extreme rapid deployment, PowerRack allows partners to go from delivery on the loading dock to running live customer workloads in just six and a half hours. Read Full Transcript Hello and welcome to a special mid-day Holiday Monday episode of The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca. I’m Robert Dutt, and today is Monday, May 18, 2026. While you’re all hopefully back home enjoying Victoria Day, I’m here live from Dell Technologies World in Las Vegas, where Dell has announced a major overhaul of its partner experience, betting heavily that AI and new incentive structures will remove friction for the channel. The centerpiece is what Dell is calling its “Modern Partner Platform,” scheduled to roll out in the second half of the year. Chief Partner Officer Denise Millard says the platform is designed to connect demand signals, sales collaboration, deal registration, and pricing into a single hub. It delivers an “agentic partner experience,” relying on a new family of AI assistants to guide partners through quoting and post-order support. Critically for velocity, Dell promises this new platform will enable automated deal registration with approvals in minutes, alongside dynamic, real-time pricing that reduces the need for partner reps to negotiate via email. The platform will also proactively surface “demand signals,” using AI to analyze a partner’s install base and suggest perfectly timed cross-sell opportunities. On the programmatic side, Dell is launching new incentives in August that align directly with the platform MSP model. A new Focus Accounts incentive will reward partners for line-of-business expansion within existing accounts, rather than strictly prioritizing net-new logos. Also, Dell is formalizing a co-sell track that rewards systems integrators and advisory partners who architect complex AI and cloud solutions, decoupling influence from the ultimate transaction. Partners will also see a new differentiated base rebate targeting strategic solutions like Dell Private Cloud, PowerStore, and Cyber Resilience products. While the partner program announcements focus on how the channel goes to market, Dell’s Day 1 product announcements focus on what they are selling, highlighted by a massive expansion of the Dell AI Factory with NVIDIA. For the channel, the most actionable announcement is the introduction of a new “DeskSide Agentic AI” sandbox. Recognizing that public cloud API costs are spiraling out of control for developers building AI agents, Dell has created an on-premise, secure sandbox utilizing NVIDIA NIM, OpenShift, and Dell Precision workstations. Dell claims this local development environment can reduce token spend by up to 87 percent compared to public cloud alternatives, offering a break-even point in as little as three months. Dell is also formalizing the Dell AI Ecosystem, bringing validated solutions from players like Hugging Face, Mistral, xAI, Palantir, and ServiceNow natively into the fold. To support these massive AI workloads, Dell introduced PowerRack, a new turnkey, rack-scale solution encompassing compute, networking, and storage. Designed for rapid deployment, PowerRack can go from delivery to running live workloads in just six and a half hours, giving partners a highly standardized, rapidly deployable AI infrastructure offering. There’s more information on all of these announcement in the show notes or the blog post for this episode, and stay tuned to the site and the podcast all week for full coverage and interviews from Dell Technologies World. And if you’re a Canadian partner on-hand here in Vegas this week, drop me a note, I’d love to have a chat. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great Victoria Day.

Jeff Taylor, executive director of global partner ecosystem and operations for Lenovo There are not many conversations where you get both the global architect of a vendor’s partner program and the Canadian channel chief in the same room. In this episode of In The Channel, recorded the week after Lenovo 360 Acceleratewrapped up in Austin, we had both: Jeff Taylor, executive director of global partner ecosystem and programs at Lenovo, and Craig Taylor, senior director and Canada channel chief. The headlining number from the conversation is the dramatic simplification of Lenovo’s incentive structure. Jeff confirmed that Lenovo has reduced its active global incentives from 2,300 down to approximately 200 – a 92 per cent reduction – while maintaining the same total investment pool. The analogy he reached for: the same pizza, fewer slices, each one bigger. The earning power stays; the complexity goes. For Canadian partners, Craig noted that over 90 per cent either maintained or improved their tier status in the move to the new Lenovo 360 Authorized, Gold, and Platinum structure. Craig Taylor, senior director and Canada channel chief at Lenovo The conversation moved quickly into services. Lenovo is targeting a 15 to 20 per cent partner revenue mix from services and solutions within the next one to two years. Craig pointed to TruScale as the on-ramp, noting Canadian partner feedback has consistently positioned it as more flexible than competing offerings in market. On AI, Jeff described a “reimagination of enablement” – moving partner portals from static, backward-looking data tools into agentic AI-driven platforms that are intuitive and forward-looking. Craig pointed to Lenovo’s CIO Playbook as the practical tool helping Canadian partners move customers from proof of concept to proof of execution on their AI investments. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor at ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. You want to understand how a global technology vendor thinks about its partner program, not the press release version, but the actual mechanics of how design decisions get made and how they land in markets like Canada. Today’s conversation is a fairly rare opportunity. We have at the same time the global architect of the Lenovo partner ecosystem and the Canadian channel chief. Jeff Taylor is executive director of global partner ecosystem and operations for Lenovo, responsible for the Lenovo 360 framework that governs how the company works with partners worldwide and for the new consolidated partner ecosystems and program structure for the international markets that Lenovo unveiled earlier this year. Craig Taylor is senior director and Canada channel chief at Lenovo, a 2026 CRN channel chief and the person responsible for translating all that global framework into real outcomes for Canadian partners on the ground. We recorded this conversation just after Lenovo 360 Accelerate, the company’s annual North American partner event wrapped up in Austin, Texas. So this is about as fresh a read on the state of the Lenovo partner ecosystems you’re gonna get. We covered the dramatic simplification of Lenovo’s incentive structure, the push towards services-led selling and recurring revenue, how AI is reshaping both the partner conversation with customers and Lenovo’s own approach to enablement, and how Canadian partners should be thinking about a volatile period in hardware pricing. And yes, they’re both named Taylor. We had asked some questions. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Jeff Taylor and Craig Taylor. [Music] Gentlemen, thank you for taking the time. Jeff Taylor: Hey Robert, how are you? Robert Dutt: Very well, thank you. Craig Taylor: Excellent. Good afternoon, Robert. Robert Dutt: Interesting situation, one of those channel journalist dream situations, chatting with both the global architect of the partner program and the Canadian channel chief at the same time. And as fate would have it, you’re both just coming back from Austin. Jeff, for people who weren’t there in the room for Accelerate this year, the event was themed “unified as one” — pretty deliberate choice of words, I dare say. What were you trying to signal with that framing? Jeff Taylor: Yeah, well, I mean, obviously one with our partners is probably the first and foremost thing, but also to represent Lenovo holistically. From Motorola all the way through our devices, tablets, PCs, etc. and then into the data center. So we are one company and as an extension of that, one company includes our partners and the whole intent of the event was to bring everybody together and unify. Feedback has been really, really positive and it’s, you know, it’s only been a week, but lots of really good discourse and wonderful event. Robert Dutt: Craig, from a Canadian perspective, what did the Canadian attendance look like and what did Austin feel like compared to previous Accelerate events from a Canadian partner point of view? Craig Taylor: Yeah, our Canadian partners had very positive feedback to Jeff’s point. We’re always very well represented in these types of North American based events. We always punch above our weight class, I’d like to say. So all of the key strategic partners across our ecosystem were there in present and actively participating in our discussions as to how we’re going to strategize for our next fiscal year. Robert Dutt: Jeff, one thing that stood out for me from Austin was the choice of putting Jay McBain, Steve Brazier and Tiffany Bova on stage together, three analysts who ostensibly compete against each other in the market. Curious what the goal was in putting them together and what came out of that conversation that you think partners should take away. Jeff Taylor: Yeah, I think a couple of things. First of all, the moderator of that panel was with Alex Smith. So we had four great analysts all on the stage at the same time. I think if you take a step back and just look at the theme overall, what we’re trying to accomplish at Accelerate, it was really about industry topics. So we had representatives from the US Department of Energy as an example, talking about power and what’s happening at a governmental level. And part of that was to get these four analysts together who, as you say, they mix in a lot of the same circles, but they’d never been on the stage at the same time. And the idea was to propagate a little bit. And in some cases, they were aligned in a lot of their messages to the channel. In some cases, they differed. And it was a really lively and engaging conversation. And folks at Lenovo, we engage with these folks all the time, but having them all together, kind of representing their unique perspectives on the market right now was super valuable and engaging. Robert Dutt: So to dig into what you guys have been doing on the partner side of things, back in March, you announced the new consolidated partner ecosystem and programs, International Markets Organization. Now that Accelerate’s happened, partners have had a chance to hear it explained in person. What’s the clearest way to explain what operationally changed and what didn’t? Because from the outside, centralize where it makes sense can go a lot of different directions. Jeff Taylor: Yeah, look, I think the easiest way to explain it is we now have a single common framework across the globe. That framework is a guidepost, very intentionally set up as a framework, because execution has to remain local. And the input, the guidance, the feedback that we receive from our Canadian partners, from Craig, representing the viewpoints of those Canadian partners is absolutely critical to what we’re doing. And so by, you know, over time, as we had a lot of different markets and a lot of different geographies kind of expand over time as the company grew, there was similar objectives happening in multiple markets. And maybe the execution model was slightly different. And we thought by kind of bringing some of that together, we could simplify and we could gain efficiencies for our partners. But it’s really important to understand that the execution happens locally, sales happens locally, channel partners happen locally. And so it’s one really about standardizing the framework and not centralizing execution. Robert Dutt: How has that landed here in Canada, both with Canadian partners and in terms of how things operate for you, Craig? Craig Taylor: Yeah, the feedback has been really positive, Rob. You know, from a Canadian perspective, it’s all about leveraging our local teams and our local relationships, which haven’t changed. And feedback from our partner community is we are often best in class when it comes to how we represent our organization in front of the partner ecosystem. What I think is what more exciting for me now is we’re elevating those relationships to be consistent as to how we’re going to market with our partners. Consistency in the programs, consistency in the incentives, and also how quickly we can execute. What that means is our partner facing team can spend more time in market with our partners trying to win opportunities together with our mutual customers. Jeff Taylor: And if I could add, Rob, real quick, I mean, this was a very thoughtful process. This wasn’t something that happened kind of quick and without a lot of forethought. We have been working on this for years through the introduction of Lenovo 360 as that kind of framework itself. And then over time, as we’ve built some meat on the skeleton, the timing was just really right for us to go do this. But again, that premise of local execution is probably the most important thing. Robert Dutt: Well, I know that internally you guys have kind of had the mantra of “global might, local fight” internally for a while now, kind of being applied to the partner org, it seems here. I guess I’m still a little curious where there is a certain tension between global consistency and local relevance. You’ve kind of unpacked it, but where does that actually land in terms of which side takes the lead? Jeff Taylor: Yeah. So let me give you some real tangible numbers and examples. Three years ago in market across the globe, we had 2,300 active incentives in the market. I’m going to repeat that. We had 2,300 active incentives in the market. So if you think of your investment pool as a pizza, right, and you divide that 2,300 ways, the relative impact of those individual slices can be quite small. Now, what we found in talking to markets was that there was absolutely a consistency and intent. And maybe that intent was new customer acquisition, or maybe it was growth targets, or maybe it was something else. There was consistency in intent, but the execution was different, and that created operational complexity. It created our ability to report seamlessly and consistently over time more of a challenge than simplification. So in just the last two years, we’ve gone from that 2,300 partner incentives to about 200. So almost a 92% reduction without any change in investments, any negative change in investments, because the intent was still there, right? The intent was consistent across the globe. So that’s one where we centrally can look at the forest through the trees. We can see an opportunity for simplification. Then we can bring that to the markets while still driving that strategic intent that we want to accomplish with our partners. So that’s just one example. Craig Taylor: Yeah, well said. Just to add to that, Rob, one of the things that was very important was to make sure we had local input to the global framework that was being created at Jeff’s level. So we had many conversations as to what our market needs and demands were, and make sure that we shaped it to be properly represented within the framework. That worked out very, very well. We also are allowed to have some nuances in this organization as well. And so what we’re allowed to do is perhaps if a certain pathway doesn’t make sense to the Canadian market, for example, being more of an SMB-based market, we’re going to pivot and we’re going to make those changes to make sure that we service our partners the best that we should. And kind of beef up that SMB-facing side of things. Robert Dutt: Yeah, that makes sense. Jeff Taylor: It’s really interesting. It’s interesting, Robert. From day one, we called Lenovo 360 a framework and not a program from day one. And the whole idea was that we wanted to ask three basic questions like, how do you best engage with your partners? How do you best connect with your partners and how do you best grow with your partners? But depending on the conversation, the answers to those three questions might be different. So as an example, if you’re talking to a traditional hardware solution provider, you have answers for those three questions. If you’re talking to a GSI or an MSP or an MSSP, same questions may be very different answers. And so the whole idea with this framework was to be able to flex accordingly. And that went down all the way to the market level. So Craig mentioned that Canadian being more oriented towards an SMB type of approach, the framework has to flex to be able to support that. Whereas in other markets, it may flex a slightly different way, but it’s still all about engaging, connecting and growing. Robert Dutt: OK, back to your pizza point, Jeff, and one of my favorite, probably apocryphal Yogi Berra quotes, “cut my pizza in four slices, please, I can’t eat eight.” Curious, though, for a partner who looks at it and says, “all right, well, I used to have three incentives applied to my business and now there’s only really the one. The math doesn’t work for me.” What’s sort of the answer for them? Because the earning power says we didn’t take away the earning power. Jeff Taylor: So again, it’s the intent stays the same. The earning power stayed the same. The whole idea now is operationally, it should be easier for… the intent was that it would be easier for the partners to have a path towards that earning power. So instead of Jenga or a very complicated jigsaw puzzle, the intent here was to simplify that. So it’s a clear path to that earning potential with the same intent around growth, acquisition, those types of things. Craig Taylor: Yeah. And Robert, one of the things our partners have been asking us for is to provide more direction, focus as to where they want us to go win together in the market. And I think by simplifying these programs, it’s also allowed us to provide more focus to our partner community in the ecosystem to make sure that we’re winning together in the areas that we want to win. Jeff Taylor: And Robert, it goes beyond just traditional incentives programs, too. So we’ve simplified things like our certification programs. I’m going to get this number slightly wrong, but in the ballpark, in the last two years, we’ve driven 80,000 new certifications globally through some of the simplified changes that we’ve made. So all of these things, it’s look at the globe and then apply it locally. And again, with the full intent of making it as easy as possible for the partner. Robert Dutt: As with most partner programs slash framework changes, updates, you’ve acknowledged that some partners will land at a different tier under the new structure. How are you managing the transition and what should a partner do if they feel the new placement doesn’t reflect where they’re actually at in the relationship with Lenovo? Jeff Taylor: We’re very conscious about that. And I think, Robert, you know, any time there’s even a small change in some type of construct within the program, there’s some unfortunate circumstances associated with that. But we really tried to minimize it. And I’ll just give another example to hit a tier level. We have a volume requirement. OK, that’s the framework. But what that volume requirement is, it’s going to differ by market. So, you know, it might be very different in the U.S. than it is in France, than it is in Canada, than it is in Indonesia, as an example. And the whole intent there was through our analysis was to kind of minimize those impacts as much as possible while still creating the right type of incentive and the right value associated with each of those tier levels. Craig Taylor: And to that point, Robert, it was very thoughtful in Canada as to what the thresholds should be in order to properly reflect our market. And what’s happened as a result of that is over 90 percent of the partners have either maintained or actually improved their tier status as a result of the simplification and restructuring. What we’re doing with that remaining 10 or less than 10 percent is getting out in front of our foot, making sure that we have those discussions, working together through joint business plans to determine how we’re going to get them not only to the next threshold, but have a future plan to get us to the one after that and up-tier them as we continue our relationships with them. Robert Dutt: The services shift. Jeff, you put out a specific target there in recent interviews. 15 to 20 percent of partner revenue mix coming from services and solutions over the next year or two. The services business, as I understand it, has grown in the channel for the last five years or so with channel growth outpacing overall growth. That’s certainly real numbers and real growth. What’s driving customers towards the as-a-service and TruScale model specifically right now? Jeff Taylor: Yeah, I think it’s one word. It’s complementary. Our strategic approach is to have complementary services to those of our partners. We want to be able to ensure that our mutual end users are getting the best possible experience that they can get. In many cases, those services are provided 100 percent by the partner themselves. But in other cases where they don’t have those capabilities, our job is to complement those with the service capabilities that we have. The idea is that, first of all, I think you know Robert, the services space, like the TAM, is massive. There’s so much opportunity really for everybody to play in a meaningful way. You just have to be smart about it. I think that’s the first thing. The second thing is communicate. If there is an instance in which maybe there’s a perception of competing for services revenue, we’re going to communicate. We’re going to talk. We’re going to figure out what the best solution is for that end user and then move forward that way. Craig Taylor: Yeah, the other thing I would add and maybe another word for thought is flexibility as well. Feedback from our Canadian partners is that the Lenovo TruScale offering is much more flexible than other competitive offerings in market. Because we understand that not all customers look and feel the same. So this allows our partners to scale with us during their journey as they create more of a services-led go-to-market motion for their customers. Jeff Taylor: One of the conversations, Robert, that came out, you mentioned the Accelerate event last week in Austin. Obviously, a lot of discussions around AI and a lot of discussions around how do we best build an AI practice to go serve customers, whether they’re small businesses or large enterprises. And that’s a really scary thing for a lot of solution providers right now because they see that market exploding and they want to get it right. And this is a great example of where Lenovo can come in and partner with our partners on developing an AI practice that includes not just hardware and software, but also services. Robert Dutt: Craig, for a Canadian partner to whom Lenovo still means primarily ThinkPads and infrastructure hardware, what’s the first move usually looked like for a partner who wants to shift towards services with you guys and where are most partners sitting today against that 15-20% target? Craig Taylor: Yeah, great question. I think Jeff mentioned it earlier. It’s about communication. Often, it’s a miss when we don’t understand the partner services capabilities. We are a channel-led organization. We’ll continue to be with our services engagement in order to scale and address the Canadian customers. We need the channel and we will continue to work with the channel in order to win in services, but we have to understand what it is they can offer. So our team is working very closely with our partner community through this joint business partner plan in order to understand and make sure that we’re aligning their services capabilities with the needs of those customers. That’s first. Second of all is internally, we’re making sure that we have a motto of sell with, sell for, and sell through the channel. And so our Lenovo customer-facing sales teams understand the importance and the value that our partners are bringing to our mutual customers. And together, we’re winning more than we ever have before. Jeff Taylor: Hey Robert, there’s almost like a macroeconomic driver here as well. So partners are, and we’re seeing this globally, that there’s a realization that to maximize the value, to increase the multiple on their valuation, a move towards MRR or ARR models is extremely important, right? And those are services-led models. And so we are seeing a lot of these traditional partners who are very accustomed as us being a PC or an infrastructure provider, really needing our help in moving towards this recurring revenue model that’s going to increase their valuation and their multiples. So we’re seeing that trend everywhere right now, probably more so in North America than anywhere else, but it’s definitely happening globally. Robert Dutt: To that point where I wanted to go next was the MSP pathway. 3,000 partners signed up globally, 150 million or so last year for you guys, real proof point. You’re expanding to new geographies. What can you tell me about where that pathway is at in Canada? And as you’ve expanded geographically, are there any new developments on the Canadian front, either announced at Accelerate or along the way? Jeff Taylor: Why don’t I take kind of the big picture and then Craig can go deeper into Canada? Again, this move towards recurring revenue models is happening everywhere. And so not only has Lenovo’s growth in that space been even better than expected, dare I say, we’re seeing it, the growth of MSPs just in pure numbers globally is growing very, very rapidly. And again, I think it’s this financial macroeconomic driver that’s making that happen. To go back to our framework around engaging, connecting and growing, those answers are so different with an MSP than they are with maybe a traditional Lenovo partner. And so we spent the first year developing this program by listening, literally going to conferences, setting up a booth. We had MSPs coming up to us saying, “What are you doing here?” And we would be like, “We’re just listening. We just want to hear what motivates you and what is your business driver.” And so that was the genesis of creating this program because we wanted it to be bespoke specifically for those MSPs that are just operating in a kind of a different way than traditional VARs or traditional service providers. And now I’ll hand it over to Craig. Craig Taylor: Yeah, no well said. And you’ll see that the way that we’ve set up the Lenovo 360 for MSP pathway is the solutions hub within our online support and the way that we work with those partners looks different. The incentive stack is aligned to the needs, as per Jeff’s saying, and we have dedicated campaigns and road shows and community engagements in order to make sure that we’re addressing the needs of those MSP partners. What’s most exciting in Canada is it’s actually opened up a new route to market for us and new partner relationships where we haven’t had them before. You know, I would say that until this pathway was created, we were probably under penetrated from a Lenovo Canada perspective within the MSP community. Now the opportunity is vast. The partners, those MSP related partners are interested in working with Lenovo more than ever. And I think together we’re going to go win in the market. Robert Dutt: Are we still in the early innings of operationalizing that and realizing that or is that something that’s sort of matured with the program being out there? Craig Taylor: I think we already had a head start. And so, you know, some of the relationships with the key MSP partners in the Canadian ecosystem, those relationships already existed. I think this is now an opportunity just to extend our reach and better support the masses of MSP partners that are in the Canadian marketplace. So we’re well down the path, but no pun intended. But I think this framework actually allows us to go even deeper and have more intimate relationships with this set of partners. Jeff Taylor: I think globally, if I could interject here, we’re probably in the second inning of a nine inning game. There’s so much more we can and we’ll be doing with this MSP community. And at the same time, there’s tens of thousands of MSPs out there. So the opportunity is huge and our interest and our investment kind of matches that opportunity. But we still have many innings to play here. So we’re excited about it. Robert Dutt: I don’t know if you guys have noticed over the last few months, but memory costs have been a little bit volatile. You guys, you know, Ryan McCurdy was out in front of that publicly and the Top Choice Express model guidance for pricing some of the ISG deals. Real things that partners are navigating. How do you counsel a partner who’s trying to manage customer conversations when prices can shift before product ships? And what specific tools or protections do partners have inside Lenovo right now that they need to know about? Jeff Taylor: Yeah, again, I’ll just kind of take the big picture here. Lenovo culturally within our partner community has always been one based on trust and communication always. And we’ve navigated tough waters before, whether that was the pandemic or this situation that’s affecting the entire industry. And our approach is complete candor, open communication. We don’t hide behind any potential downside or any risk. We’re very communicative up front as we get information, we share that information. That can at times be frustrating for partners, but at the same time, if they, you know, at the end of the day, when they take a step back, they really appreciate Lenovo just being super transparent. It is a tricky deal right now. It is complicated and things are moving very quickly. I do not envy our sales folks and I don’t envy our partner sellers out there right now because there’s a lot of tricky, tough conversations that have to happen. You had mentioned Top Choice and Top Choice Express. We have invested in a model for Top Choice Express where we do have a supply. We can commit to an order to ship SLA that other vendors can’t right now. And again, I think that’s very well received by the partner community. It may be that the exact configuration is slightly different, but at a time like this, it’s a great way for us to service those customers collectively with our partners and with a high quality solution from Lenovo. Craig Taylor: Yeah, just to add to that as well, I would say resiliency and agility have always been built into our supply chain. We currently manufacture in over 30 locations in 10 different markets worldwide. That global footprint allows us to be more agile as we go to market during these challenging times. Recently, Gartner has rated us as the number eight most robust supply chain in the world. I think that’s going to work to our advantage as we go and continue through these challenging times. Robert Dutt: Switching to AI, you guys have posted 72% year-over-year growth in AI-related revenue. I want to unpack that a little bit. Jeff, where’s that coming from? Is that AI PC, infrastructure services, mix of all three through the hybrid AI advantage program and the Nvidia work? What does the enablement for a partner who wants to build an AI practice actually look like? Jeff Taylor: Lots of questions in there, so let me make sure I can get them all back. In terms of our mix, it really is cross portfolio. We are leading the way in AI PC, which is fantastic. I think we’ve just scratched the surface on that device side. I still think some consumers and users are wondering, what is the real AI value here? Those use cases will continue to come and we’ll continue to see that market expand. In terms of our infrastructure business, everywhere from being able to service the big hyperscalers all the way into the enterprise and the SMB space is a testament to the strength of our portfolio. That growth is represented from everywhere from the hyperscalers to enterprise to mid-market to SMB. Again, on the services side, we talked about that a little bit ago. It’s really about partnering to make that happen. We are very fortunate to have partners. You had mentioned Nvidia, also Intel, also AMD, all the silicon guys are very much working with us on making sure that, A, the solutions are there, and that, B, the way we’re enabling those solutions, which is also a little bit different, Robert. We have to be enabling around outcomes and not around feeds and speeds. You have to be talking to customers about what are they trying to accomplish. It’s not feeds and speeds anymore. How we’re enabling our partners, Craig had mentioned our Lenovo 360 Solution Hub as an example. It is an outcome-based platform where our partners can come in and learn what’s available from an outcome’s perspective. The solutions, the hardware and the software is really incidental to the conversation around the outcome itself. I think all of those things play together. Robert Dutt: Craig, where do you find Canadian partners are with AI at this point? There’s a spectrum with some building real AI practices, many still figuring out what the first customer conversation looks like. So I guess both acknowledging there’s a range of answers, where do you find partners are at? What’s the realistic, most common entry point for a mid-market focused Canadian partner? Craig Taylor: Yeah, to answer the first part of the question, it is a vast spectrum as to where each partner is on their AI journey. But rest assured, because of the Lenovo services portfolio, we can actually support each of those partners independently and complement their offerings as they scale their AI journey. I would suggest that many of them probably are moving from proof of concept with their customers to now proof of execution with their customers. More and more, there’s a demand on measuring an ROI on the AI investments that have been made. And I think that’s where partners and customers are looking for Lenovo for some direction. We recently created a CIO playbook, which actually helps our customers and partners be able to capture what that ROI is and what the financial returns are getting as a result of their AI investments. And feedback from that from our partner community has been very good. The other thing I would suggest is that because these AI workloads are now going from modeling into the cloud, now into being actually practically used within the customer sets, it creates a massive opportunity for our infrastructure solutions group business. And you heard Jeff mention that several times. One of the things we’re doing with our partner community is making sure that we’re over-investing with their technical architects and solution architects within the partner community to drive even more familiarity with the Lenovo solutions around AI playbook to make sure that we’re being suggested, recommended, and considered when customers are coming to them for advice. Robert Dutt: Jeff, Austin’s in the rearview mirror. You got the program changes out. New org is in place. What have you done for me lately? What does the rest of 2026 look like? And what would tell you by year end that this consolidation worked the way you wanted it to? Jeff Taylor: Yeah, first, I’m going to take a nap. I’m tired. There’s a lot that has to happen. I mean, the first thing is we have a commitment to our partners and to our partners like Craig, our internal partners, that everything continues to move from a local perspective, that we want to make sure that whatever changes we’re making, services our geographies, services our markets, and most importantly, services our partners. So that’s kind of the first priority in my mind to go do that. The second thing, and we briefly mentioned this before, is I think the world of enablement is changing quite a bit. And I think AI is driving that. And we throw around the word transformation quite a bit and things still aren’t really transformative. They’re more evolutionary. I actually think at this point, we’re at a transformative part in terms of channel management. So we are investing heavily in our digital platforms to move from just kind of basic LLM models into AI agents and eventually into agentic AI that’s going to completely change the way that we enable all of our partners, big and small. It’ll be more efficient. It’ll be more intuitive. It’ll be more timely. It’ll be more forward-looking than backwards-looking. I think, Robert, you know most portals are somewhat static and kind of represents yesterday and not tomorrow. I think all of that is going to change. And so a big focus for myself and working very closely with our IT and digital transformations organizations is this reimagination of enablement in this world of AI. And you’ll see more and more from Lenovo in that regard. Robert Dutt: I think that is going to be one of the most interesting things from a partner program structure point of view over the next couple of years is how you and your peers address those challenges and really potentially change the shape of what programs and enablement look like. It’s exciting. Jeff Taylor: It really is an exciting time for us channel nerds that have been around for forever. This is like, “Yes, we’re going to be able to rock the world. It’s going to be great.” Robert Dutt: Craig, for a Canadian partner listening to this, what’s the one thing that you want them to do differently or think differently in their relationship with Lenovo over the next little while? Craig Taylor: Yeah, I think we’ve talked about some of them already. We need to continue to protect and grow the core, which is our client computing and PC business. We have to grow at a premium to market. And I think we’re well positioned for that. I need the channel community to help us to continue to accelerate our ISG, our infrastructure solutions group business, around the data center to make sure we continue to drive relevance, focus on those technical relationships and leverage Top Choice Express, which will better service all of our customers by getting the right products in their hands quicker. We talked about helping our customers and our partners on this services-led selling journey. So we’re going to spend more time on that. But the last two, I think, are probably where a majority of my focus will be for the second half of the year. The one is continuing to make sure that we demonstrate ourselves as the easiest partner to do business with. So whether it be through our portfolio like Top Seller and Top Choice, whether it be the program optimization that Jeff and his team are doing fabulous work on, or whether it be the alignment of our portfolio coming together to represent one Lenovo, that’s going to be the key to our success and where our partners should continue to challenge us. Internally, I’m challenging my team to operate and act like an owner of your own business. And so we’re empowering our people to make decisions in market in front of their partners in order to have a more agile relationship with those customers. We’re enabling them with the right tools. And then finally, we’re educating them properly to make sure they represent this more complex portfolio of offerings that continues to be positioned in the marketplace and satisfy our customers’ business outcomes. So a lot for the second half of the year, but I’m very bullish that we’re positioned properly for success. Jeff Taylor: Robert, if you don’t mind, I would add just one quick thing there. And you had mentioned, like, we are in difficult times right now with memory and price increases and things like that. Partners are smart. They are going to lean on the partners that they trust, and they’re going to lean on the partners that have been there with them, or their partners that have been with them through these difficult times previously. And while nobody wants this situation, I think Lenovo is actually in a really good spot right now because we are that trusted advisor and have been for years. It’s not just words, right? It’s years and years and years of building relationships, the work that Craig and his team have done in Canada. You know, we have these relationships that allow us to navigate these waters maybe better than others. Robert Dutt: And my last super serious question to end this is, I’m basing this on an inference off a small sample size of two. But do you guys have any problems finding Taylors to run the channel orgs in all of the countries you operate in worldwide? Jeff Taylor: Go ahead, Craig. Say what you always say. Craig Taylor: Listen, I like to tease Jeff that he’s my dad, but our age delta is probably much more closer than makes that physically possible. But hey, listen, we’re going to take the best of the best. We happen to get two Taylors on this call with you, Robert. That’s what you’re getting today. And we’ll look for more next time we meet. Jeff Taylor: He’s definitely the better of the two. So it’s a funny thing. We were actually talking in Austin about how we might be able to mess with you a little bit, but we just don’t have to. Robert Dutt: Good to know. And Craig, I’ll send you the audio clip of him saying you’re the better one for your performance review. Craig Taylor: As long as that is your final edit, Rob, I’m happy. Robert Dutt: Gentlemen, thank you for taking the time. It’s been a fun conversation and we covered a lot of ground very well. Thank you. Jeff Taylor: Yeah, thank you, Robert. Craig Taylor: Yeah, look forward to seeing you soon, Robert. Thank you. Robert Dutt: There you have it. Jeff Taylor and Craig Taylor, both from Lenovo. I’d like to thank both Jeff and Craig for the time. It’s genuinely not that often you get the global and local perspective on the same conversation at the same time. And I thought the dynamic made for a richer discussion than either could have delivered on their own. A few things were taken away from this one. The incentive consolidation is real and it’s significant. Going from 2,300 active global incentives down to about 200, a 92% reduction, while keeping the total investment pool intact. Meaningful simplification. Jeff’s pizza framing is a good one. Same amount of pizza, fewer slices, each one bigger and more impactful. Earning power stays, operational complexity goes. If your business has been navigating a patchwork of overlapping incentives, the cleaner path to earning should be welcome. On the tier transition, Craig was direct that over 90% of Canadian partners either maintained or improved their status in the move to the new authorized gold and platinum structure. If you’re in the 10% that didn’t, the message was clear. Get in front of your Lenovo rep, build a joint business plan. There’s a path forward, but you have to start the conversation. The services shift didn’t seem like a someday conversation. Lenovo’s targeting 15 to 20% of its partner revenues from services and solutions over the next one to two years. TruScale is available and more flexible than a lot of partners probably realize. The partners who are going to win here are the ones who can articulate their own services capabilities clearly, so Lenovo can align around them rather than compete with them. On AI, I found Jeff’s forward-looking comments on agentic AI and the reimagination of enablement genuinely fascinating. Most partner portals are, as he said, static. They show you yesterday, not tomorrow. That is going to change. And how it changes will shape how partner programs actually function. Worth paying attention to across the industry. And for the hardware volatility piece, Top Choice Express is the practical answer right now for partners trying to manage customer conversations when prices are moving before product ships. If you’re not comfortable with it already, your first call tomorrow should be with your Lenovo rep. Oh, and yes, we did keep the clip of Jeff saying that Craig is the better Taylor. It’s in the edit. You’re welcome, Craig. If you enjoyed this episode, please follow or subscribe to the podcast wherever you get your podcasts. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, most of the major directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated and genuinely do help the show find a wider audience in the Canadian channel community. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: HPE unifies distribution model: Hewlett Packard Enterprise announced a major shift in its distribution strategy, naming Ingram Micro and TD SYNNEX as its two global distributors. The move transitions HPE to a unified distribution model designed to deliver greater consistency and operational support for partners worldwide, accelerating enablement across the vendor’s networking, cloud, and AI portfolios. N-able names new innovation and AI chiefs: Managed services software provider N-able has expanded its executive leadership team, announcing the appointments of Robert Johnston as Chief Innovation Officer and Nicole Reineke as Chief AI Officer. The new roles are intended to reinforce the company’s focus on business resilience and embed advanced AI automation directly into its platform ecosystem. HYCU turns backup data into security intelligence: Data resilience vendor HYCU launched HYCU aiR, an AI-native solution that transforms backup data into actionable security intelligence, allowing MSPs to run rapid security posture checks across a prospect’s environment. By reading backup data as a security intelligence layer, partners can deliver overlapping intelligence as a natural extension of backup contracts. CIRA prepares sovereign channel platform: The Canadian Internet Registration Authority will officially unveil a new channel-based cybersecurity platform for MSPs at the upcoming ChannelNEXT event in Toronto. The move provides Canadian IT providers with a homegrown, sovereign option for DNS firewalling and cybersecurity awareness training. Object First launches backup monitoring cloud: Object First has launched a new cloud platform designed to help partners monitor and manage distributed data backups across their client environments. Plugable names CRO to build B2B channel: Peripherals maker Plugable has expanded its B2B strategy with the appointment of Matthew Dargis as Chief Revenue Officer. Dargis is tasked with building out a new field sales organization to capture enterprise market share. Keeper Security updates MSP program: Keeper Security has introduced its 2026 MSP Partner Program, rolling out a new tiered discount structure based on annualized revenue. MTech Cyber launches SMB assessment tool: Montreal-based MTech Cyber has released a new assessment platform, Can104.com, to help IT providers validate security protections for small business clients. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Friday, May 15, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Hewlett Packard Enterprise announced a major shift in its distribution strategy yesterday, naming Ingram Micro and TD SYNNEX as its two global distributors. The move transitions HPE to a unified distribution model designed to deliver greater consistency and operational support for partners worldwide. According to the vendor, this structure will be anchored by these two global leaders but complemented by regional and specialist distributors to maximize partner capabilities. The change signals a streamlined approach to enablement, with HPE expecting the unified model to drive additional investments in partner resources across its full portfolio. This includes helping distributors build deeper expertise in high-demand areas like networking, cloud, and AI. For Canadian IT solution providers, a simplified global distribution tier could mean more predictable engagements, faster quoting, and improved access to cross-sell opportunities, particularly within the HPE Networking portfolio, as priorities evolve across different customer sizes and industries. Managed services software provider N-able has expanded its executive leadership team, announcing the appointments of Robert Johnston as Chief Innovation Officer and Nicole Reineke as Chief AI Officer. The dual appointments highlight a strategic pivot toward embedding artificial intelligence and advanced automation directly into the company’s platform ecosystem. N-able noted the new roles are intended to reinforce the company’s focus on business resilience and innovation as IT providers face increasingly complex cyber and operational challenges. Designating a dedicated Chief AI Officer is a notable step in the MSP software space, signaling that AI is moving from a roadmap feature to a core architectural priority. IT solution providers running their practices on N-able can expect a more aggressive rollout of AI-driven capabilities designed to streamline technician workflows and improve automated threat response. Data resilience vendor HYCU launched HYCU aiR yesterday, an AI-native solution that transforms backup data into actionable security and compliance intelligence. Rather than relying on point solutions for data security posture management or insider risk, aiR allows organizations to query their existing backup data across dozens of SaaS applications to identify sensitive data exposure, identity drift, and unmonitored AI agent activity. For managed service providers, this alters the backup conversation. Partners can use the platform to run rapid assessments across a prospect’s environment, identifying compliance exposures within days. According to the company, midmarket customers are often priced out of standalone security tools that cover a fraction of the estate. By reading backup data as a security intelligence layer across more than 100 workloads, partners can deliver overlapping intelligence as a natural extension of backup contracts, providing a tangible way to govern shadow AI and secure data pipelines. In Brief – The Canadian Internet Registration Authority will unveil a new channel-based cybersecurity platform for MSPs at the ChannelNEXT event in Toronto later this month. Object First has launched a new cloud platform designed to help partners monitor and manage distributed data backups. Peripherals maker Plugable has expanded its B2B strategy with the appointment of Matthew Dargis as Chief Revenue Officer to build out a new field sales organization. Keeper Security has introduced its 2026 MSP Partner Program with a new tier-based discount structure tied to annualized global revenue. Montreal-based managed service provider MTech Cyber has released an assessment platform designed to help IT providers validate security protections for small business clients. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we’ll feature a conversation with Lenovo’s global partner ecosystem head Jeff Taylor and Canada channel chief Craig Taylor on the vendor’s massive incentive consolidation and the shift to services-led revenue. And if you haven’t heard it yet, on yesterday’s episode of In The Channel, we sat down with ESET’s Cameron Tousley and Pedro Kertzman to discuss why cyber threat intelligence belongs in the MSP practice. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Cameron Tousley, director of MSP channels for ESET North America For most MSPs, the quarterly client conversation looks something like this: here are the alerts we handled, here is your uptime number, here is a dashboard of things we blocked. Useful, certainly – but not exactly the stuff of trusted advisor relationships. Cameron Tousley, director of MSP channels for ESET North America, has a phrase for the upgrade: move from statistical talks to threat briefings. In this episode of In The Channel, he and Pedro Kertzman, threat intelligence specialist at ESET, join host Robert Dutt to explain what that actually looks like in practice – and why the window for MSPs to make that transition may be narrowing. Pedro Kertzman, threat intelligence specialist at ESET The occasion is ESET’s eCrime Reports, a threat intelligence offering that tracks cybercriminal activity at the affiliate level – the individuals buying malware-as-a-service and executing the actual attacks. Kertzman explains why that granularity matters: affiliates signal tactical shifts before attacks scale, giving security-forward MSPs a genuine early-warning advantage. Tousley adds the client conversation layer: knowing that a specific threat group is targeting your customer’s vertical via a specific attack method is a meaningfully different conversation than “we blocked 4,000 threats this month.” There’s also an uncomfortable wrinkle for MSPs specifically: as Pedro notes, affiliates increasingly exploit MSP tooling itself as a vector – compromising credentials to access managed environments quietly, hitting dozens of small clients while staying well below the radar of law enforcement attention focused on high-profile infrastructure targets. For the smaller MSP without a dedicated analyst, the entry point is more accessible than it sounds. Indicators of compromise can be automated directly into client firewalls without a full threat intelligence platform. WeLiveSecurity and the live threat feed built into ESET Protect offer a low-barrier starting point for shops that are earlier in their security maturity journey. Tousley’s closing frame is the one worth sitting with: the Canadian MSP market is being reshaped by consolidation at a pace that isn’t slowing. The independents that survive will be the ones having more sophisticated conversations with their clients. Evolve or sell. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Cyber Threat Intelligence, CTI, has long been framed as an enterprise discipline. Dedicated team, security operations center, analysts who live in the data. But the threat landscape doesn’t really respect that boundary anymore. The tooling is getting more accessible, the attacks are getting more targeted at smaller organizations, and as we’ve talked about on the show before, the MSP stack itself has become a threat vector. So the question for the typical Canadian MSP isn’t really “Is threat intelligence relevant to me?” It’s “What do I actually do with it?” To dig into that, I sat down with two people from ESET. Cameron Tousley is director of MSP channels for ESET North America, and he lives squarely in the business conversation around what MSPs need to grow and differentiate. Pedro Kertzman is ESET’s resident CTI subject matter expert, and I’ll note that Pedro usually sits on the other side of the interview chair as the host of his own podcast on threat intelligence. So this was a bit of a role reversal for him. We talked about ESET’s eCrime reports, the idea of tracking cyber criminal activity at the affiliate level rather than just the group level, what proactive threat intelligence actually looks like for a 15-person MSP shop, and what Cameron described as the “evolve or sell” reality facing the MSP market right now. Let’s get right into it. Cameron, Pedro, thanks for joining us. I appreciate it. Cameron Tousley: Thanks for having us. Pedro Kertzman: Great to be here. Robert Dutt: Before we get into what ESET is specifically bringing to market, Cameron, can you give our listeners a sense for where the threat intelligence conversation is right now in the channel? Is this still primarily an enterprise kind of discussion or has something really shifted in terms of how MSPs and MSSPs are thinking about and talking about CTI? Cameron Tousley: I think that the market is evolving as a whole, no matter if you’re in the SMB segment or enterprise. I mean, it’s evolving everywhere. The beautiful thing is technology is getting cheaper, it’s getting more accessible. People are able with the advent of AI to kind of do more with less staff and things like that, and then allow their staff to kind of become more specialized. Enter in the topic of CTI. I just think that there’s an appetite from certain, and probably more evolving larger MSPs, to start incorporating more for their clients. I think they’ve always probably wanted to educate them, but it’s always that, “Hey man, just make sure I have uptime and the help desk is active when I need it.” And that’s the conversation. Fast forward to now and it’s becoming a little bit more relevant to want to consume CTI. So I’ll kind of start there and I’ll take a pause. I don’t know if Pedro’s got any other comments on that. Pedro Kertzman: No, I 100% agree. I think the threat landscape now with the maturity of the CTI offerings, MSPs can see that the things they’re trying to protect their customers against are more clearly explained and delivered in a way that they can see through CTI offerings now. So I think it’s just a natural evolution within the cybersecurity space to start leveraging that expertise as well. Robert Dutt: Without getting too far into pure positioning, how would you characterize what differentiates your approach to threat intelligence, sort of at the methodology level? What’s the philosophy behind how you’re researching and tracking threats and what you’re bringing to market with this CTI package? Cameron Tousley: Yeah, I’d say first off, our reach. We’re a global company. We have a product line, yeah, but we have 11 threat intel centers and those are also R&D centers too. So it’s a wealth of knowledge. Then we have researchers outside of that that are just remote, and so our tentacles are everywhere and that means something for somebody choosing a cybersecurity vendor or a platform because our researchers, they’re looking at a bunch of different avenues. They’re looking at the major threat acting groups. We have an offering we’ll talk about here in a few minutes, that centers on tracking affiliates because malicious activity, malware-as-a-service, is just like MSPs provide a service. So if I’m an affiliate—and I’ll define that real quick, an affiliate being the people that are buying the malware service and then going and distributing it and causing zero-day attacks—those are affiliates. So the real key part is what they do, not necessarily always the major malware-as-a-service group because that’s just one large avenue, but then you can’t predict what your customers are going to go and do on the black market. So yeah, I think we have a really exciting offering on our threat intelligence called eCrime and it comes in a feed and reports and it’s amazing. It really centers on the affiliate level and that is going to help get the conversations to be more quality with customers. It’s going to help an MSP who provides more, let’s call it reactive security at best, generalized services—which no knock against them, that’s just the model—and that’s going to help propel them into the more proactive security and having more quality cybersecurity-forward conversations with their customers of all sizes. Robert Dutt: Let’s delve a little bit more into that. Can you walk me through a scenario, even hypothetical or composite, where that affiliate-level insight would practically change the outcome for an MSP or one of their customers? How does this show up for an MSP basically? Pedro Kertzman: Yeah. So basically, I’ll take a step back a little bit just to explain how this threat ecosystem works. So the affiliates will be the ones really on the end of the line bringing that malware they got from a quote-unquote threat actor market or affiliate programs, more technically speaking per se, but they will be the ones delivering or sending that payload forward to whatever companies that they are trying to attack. So knowing how these guys work is basically going to give the companies, and the MSPs of course working for their security, the ability to stop the attack in the early stages, because the affiliates will be the ones trying to break in, acquire through whatever methods—credentials stolen or compromised credentials. So they are responsible, quote-unquote, within these affiliate programs to get the foot inside the door. So if you’re knowledgeable about how they act, what kind of techniques they use to get that foot in, you’re basically stopping the attacks before they actually become super massive, widespread attacks or super dangerous attacks. It’s kind of the proactive security instead of the reactive security. Cameron Tousley: Yeah, that’s a good comment. And then I’ll just throw one more little thing on that. I was talking about the conversations you can have with your clients, everything Pedro said, plus it’s like, you could have a specific conversation about, “Hey, this is what we blocked this month, but these are the threat acting groups, and here are the patterns, here’s the kind of malware that’s out there right now. By the way, you’re in the healthcare vertical, this threat acting group is targeting healthcare and doing this specific type of attack—happens to be phishing or fileless or whatever the complex attack is.” So they got to get really granular in the conversation. It can’t just be a super high-level one, because then your user’s not going to know what to do with that information. But if you coach them on the end-of-the-line issue and where it’s sourcing from, to Pedro’s point, you get ahead of that attack early, you might even prevent stuff that would have normally been a real headache. Robert Dutt: And you need to position yourself at least somewhat as the hero in so much as you’re saying, “Here’s the people who are attacking you, here’s what they’re doing, here’s what we’re doing proactively to counter that.” Cameron Tousley: Absolutely. Yeah, that’s a huge value to your end customer. The one that normally would have not cared about security and it’s more of an annoyance, now they’re paranoid about it, just like the MSP, just like the vendors, we’re all trying to get ahead of it. So I think that that provides a lot of value, and the average MSP is probably not going to do that. So you don’t necessarily have to go spend a ton of money, you just have to consume the information that’s out there maybe for free, and then maybe some of the paid services like the eCrime reports without buying our full threat intelligence platform, you can just do that. And that is like a huge value on its own to track exactly what we’re talking about right now. Robert Dutt: So taking a step back, I think some of this certainly informs and colors the question we go to ask, but I’m a 15-person MSP somewhere. I’ve got solid endpoint protection, an RMM stack I like, maybe managed SOC coverage, that kind of model. What’s the case, in addition to what we’ve already discussed, for why threat intelligence should be on my radar as a distinct capability I need to think about, bring to my customers and offer? Pedro Kertzman: Yeah, I think especially because again, talking specifically about the eCrime reports, we’re talking about the ones that are really perpetrating the attacks or executing the attacks. When you understand how your adversaries really act, you don’t need to always rely on the expertise of a super senior CTI analyst. There are ways that also, depending on your vendor, you can automate the expertise to just be pumping, let’s say, IOCs or IP addresses into your existing end users’ firewalls. If you manage a bunch of other firewalls for your end users, you can pump that eCrime knowledge into those firewalls in the form of IP addresses, domains, and things like that. But understanding that it’s going to be a proactive approach so they don’t get a foot in the door first, it’s kind of that decision beforehand that will give the MSPs, or MSSPs with 15 or so employees, that kind of extra leverage against those frontline attackers. Robert Dutt: I’m really interested in the idea of using intelligence and these eCrime reports as a client-facing tool, not just something that’s consumed internally, especially for that smaller MSP—something that you’re using in your QBR or whatever business review you have with customers to show your value. I’m curious, is that something you’re seeing happening today or is it a realistic use case, or is it a stretch for most MSPs right now? Cameron Tousley: I think it’s realistic. Now, let’s set the tone here. An MSP, they may not have the budget nor the expertise nor the staff to be buying a full-blown threat intelligence offering even like ours, but they can use certain parts of it like the eCrime reports. So that’s a good jumping-in point for the MSPs that are growing, or if you have 15 people on staff and there’s a good deal of them on the technical side, you may want to run your SOC in-house. Maybe that’s something you want to do. I think for them, the maturing MSP and definitely the MSSP, a threat intelligence offering is something that you will probably want to consume if you’re doing everything in-house. Now, I think there’s an argument for even if you’re going to go out-of-house and use the vendor, I still think there are free sources. We have customers that are using free platforms but running a paid feed through it. This is really dynamic. It’s flexible. It can fit to every different audience for the most part, except for the ones who are just not staffed for it and they’re probably outsourcing everything and they just don’t want to do it. They know that they are never going to be able to staff a 24×7 team and they’re also never going to be able to consume as much information as is coming in. But there are also other free resources, like I said, associated with our threat intelligence platform, like the eCrime reports, but there’s white papers that we produce. There are periodic threat reports. We do all kinds of analysis. And then on our welivesecurity.com blog, we publish all kinds of free information. And the really cool thing for existing ESET customers is through our ESET security platform, ESET Protect, we run a live feed through there and it shows you like, “Hey, here’s the latest news on WeLiveSecurity. Here is something you need to be aware of, there’s a vulnerability in the wild.” So we run some of the security stuff and this news right through a window inside of our platform, which I think is really big value added. Pedro Kertzman: Awesome. Yeah, I would add, if I can, Rob, we do have monthly digests as well on the CTI offerings, even for not super deep-down technical people. Let’s say more executives or CSMs, let’s say account managers on the MSSP or MSP side. It’s kind of an executive-ready type of report. So it’s more about the threat landscape overview. I think it helps them show that they are expanding their offerings on the security side and they’re knowledgeable about it as well. Again, doesn’t need to go in the nitty-gritty like in the weeds of IOCs and all that, but understanding, for example, that now the ecosystem on the other side is somebody providing the malware, somebody going and executing it. So just to show how they see these movements, I think it’s sometimes important enough to show that they are expanding their coverage for their end users. Robert Dutt: The reports, the eCrime reports, have been in the market about a month now, I guess. I’m curious what you’re actually hearing from MSPs and MSSPs as they’re digging into them. Are people using them the way you expected or are there surprises that you’re seeing in how they’re engaging, what they’re doing, how they’re thinking about this information? Pedro Kertzman: That’s a good question. I think because of the name, we got out of the gate with police forces reaching out to us, but in theory, it’s not the best kind of deep analysis that we’re going to give them, because they have a lot of expertise. So then we have the APT reports that would bring more detailed analysis for them. So it was interesting to see that people are kind of eager on the end-user side to see how the threat landscape, especially related to financial crimes or eCrime, are really, let’s say, hot right now. The MSPs are kind of following that trend, not as jumping on like the police forces were, but they are starting to inquire about the new eCrime reports for sure. Cameron Tousley: Yeah, I’d agree. I think the defender agencies, I’ll call them, the ones that are fighting the same battle we are, but maybe physically, but now they’re fighting the eCrime too. As they’re learning, this is a great tool for them. We find that they’re excited about it. It’s relatively new, so we’re going to see more and more adoption of it. But plenty of people who are in evaluation are like, “Hey, can I run a free month of this? I want to check it out and see what I’m going to get.” And we’re getting a lot of good feedback on it right now. I’d say on the MSSP/MSP side, again, it’s new for them too. And they do a lot of different things. So for them, they’re like, “I need to slice out some time to check this out as well because this is interesting. I don’t know if anybody else is really doing anything quite like this.” So for them to be able to check it out and add it to their offering, I think what’s going to happen is that they’ll get hooked on something like that and they’ll want more. And we’re already working on more. So our teams are hard at work. We’re adding new feeds, new reporting structures, new ways to consume it. And reasonably priced packages and things like that. Even ones where you have somebody on retainer where you can go to and get a very long deep dive on what you’re reading periodically throughout any given month. So I think with that, you’ll see a lot of internal IT large agencies adopt it. I think you’ll see some MSSPs adopt it. And you might even see some general MSPs who are evolving up that chain do the same thing. So it’s kind of a report and an offering for everybody there. Pedro Kertzman: Yeah, I think you mentioned something important, Cam. We do offer trials for the eCrime reports as well, right? If they want to test it out. Cameron Tousley: Yeah, try it before you buy it. Yeah. Robert Dutt: It sounds like you’re also thinking about ways that you can slice this, dice this, package it out to that smaller MSP or that MSP who’s not a pure-play security player going forward. I was going to ask, what do you see as coming next in CTI and in your eCrime reports? I think that’s certainly a hint. Anything else that you see sort of in the pipeline or where you’d like it to go, where partners would like to see it go? Cameron Tousley: Yeah, I’ll take a stab at this one because my heart’s near and dear to the MSP community. That’s what I’ve been working in. That’s a segment for quite a long time now for ESET. And so what I’m reading and what I’m theorizing on is that there’s other kinds of technologies that are pretty complex, have gotten more simple in the way that they’re still doing complex processes, like an EDR, right? It’s an investigative tool, and then you pair it with AI and then things become easier for the team managing it. I think it’s going to be the same thing here where you’re going to have an AI paired with it, which we have our own agentic AI agent in this offering now, which is very, very cool, and it’s built in our security platform. But for this, I think it’s going to make consuming information easier, generalizing it, summarizing it, and making sure you can spin it into a quick executive summary. My theory is click of a button, right? So I’m going to have a dashboard. I’m going to say, “Hey, I want an executive summary on this event.” So you’re basically just filtering, and then the end result is you hit that AI generate button and then it generates something that’s quality, and you can do it at various user levels, maybe various role levels. I’ll hit the CTO button or I’ll hit the CEO button and they’ll be a little bit different, obviously. So I think that it’s going to get simpler and managed intelligence as a service, that’s next. It’s already a term that’s being thrown out there a little bit if you look for it. So it’s just not mainstream yet. And I think it will be here in a short period of time. Pedro Kertzman: A hundred percent. And just to double down a little bit as well, Rob. I think especially for the smaller MSPs, let’s say you hit a critical infrastructure, you stop a pipeline or anything like that, you’re going to have federal agencies going after you, right? But then when you hit a mom-and-pop shop, nobody really cares. And those guys are often served through these smaller MSPs. So I think getting a better understanding of the threat landscape that especially targets those small businesses, I think it’s just a natural progression of the change in the threat landscape. Robert Dutt: Well, and you bring up a point that I kind of pulled on a little bit with your friend, Tony Anscombe, not too long ago. There’s so much data about how many attacks right now are taking advantage of the MSP tooling as a threat vector. And so I think that also speaks to a need for an MSP who wants to be mature and responsible about these kinds of things to have a better grip on who’s looking, what they’re looking at, and how that maps to what they’re doing. Pedro Kertzman: A hundred percent. And just to link this specifically about eCrime and affiliates, affiliates would be the ones exploiting those RMM tools, right? Because it’s something that is already deployed in the environment. If they get the credentials that got stolen for whatever reason, they have access to those tools and then they can deploy malware that they bought from those affiliate programs inside of the victim’s networks. Robert Dutt: And it’s funny, almost a reversal of back in the day, I can remember as a Mac user, there was a saying that Apple engaged in security through obscurity. What you describe is almost the opposite of that. It’s insecurity to a degree through obscurity. In that if I’m an attacker, I know that if I go after Colonial Pipeline to use your example, I’m all over the front page and there’s going to be a lot of government agencies who have a lot of serious, serious questions for me. If I take out an MSP tool that gives me access to a bunch of very small clients though, maybe I fly under the radar just a little bit more. Cameron Tousley: Oh yeah. Robert Dutt: This is my last question. If there’s one shift in thinking that you’d want a Canadian MSP to walk away with after this conversation, in terms of how they think about these reports, in terms of how they think about the role of threat intelligence in their business, you know, one thing they should reconsider about how they’re approaching their security practice, what would that be? Pedro Kertzman: So I think first, Rob, that’s kind of more of a mindset type of thing. CTI still sounds super complex to a lot of people. I would say there are two main flavors. One, if you really want to dig into techniques and all that, yes, you can get fairly technical and sophisticated, but there are really simple ways to ingest cyber threat intelligence into existing automated tools. You can, of course, do a POC with one, two, whatever vendors you want to do. Once you find that real value for your customers, your end users, then it’s automated. We’re talking about data feeds ingesting directly into a firewall. If you don’t have a CTI central brain kind of thing, which the market knows as a TIP (threat intel platform), you don’t need to go that route, the sophisticated route. There are simple ways to use threat intelligence. And honestly, it’s super valuable because it’s just, again, automated. You’re outsourcing the knowledge to the vendor directly who’s going to execute that, like a firewall, for example. Cameron Tousley: Yeah, I think that’s some really good commentary. And I have a lot of business conversations with MSP business owners and I follow the market, and the consolidation, there’s tons of it. And there has been for a few years, but it’s just insane right now. And I think that there’s this thing going around, it’s like, look, evolve or sell. Because you have the advent of AI and that’s speeding everything up tenfold. And just don’t be afraid. If you want to continue to run your business, don’t worry, you’re going to have clients out there in your locale that probably love you. But they’re also going to have people calling them as these other MSPs get bigger, and these national ones that swallow other little smaller companies and then their go-to market will be, “Well, let’s go down market, down market,” because we can’t always go up market, that’s pretty hard to do. But down market is like shooting fish in a barrel kind of thing. So that means it’s a risk for the smaller MSPs that are not going to sell out, that want to be in business another 10 or 15 years. So don’t be afraid, utilize AI to research it. They say don’t use AI as Google, I disagree a little bit, but you can use it for a lot of things. This can summarize: what is this offering? Can I use it? Ask it really basic questions to get acquainted, and then take the next step and call your vendor and just have a conversation with them and say, “What are all my options? I am in this locale, I serve these kind of verticals, here’s my sizing, here’s the tools I use.” You’ve got to throw everything out on the table because then your vendor, somebody like a technical or business contact, can jump in and say, “Look, I think that you should check out this part of this larger offering. And here’s what I’ll do for you. And here’s what you’re going to do. We’ll give you a game plan, right? You’re going to trial it in the following ways, we’re going to pair you up with a technical person to teach you a little bit and be your co-pilot—Microsoft gets enough press.” But really kind of jump in, try it out. Don’t be afraid. Because if you want to be around another 10 or 15 years, you have to make the leap. And you don’t have to do anything big, but you have to start adopting some of this security-forward thinking so that you can have threat briefings with your clients and not statistical talks. There was just that MSP summit and there was actually a panel on what the next gen of MSPs is doing. And it was funny to hear it because they’re like, “Well, we’re focused on outcomes.” And I totally agree, but I know some of the older MSPs are like, “Well, we’re focused on outcomes too.” But I think it’s the talk track. You’re all saying the same thing, but you need some more complex tools in some ways to be able to have these more outcome-based discussions. Like, “Hey, I not only blocked X amount of threats, I kept your uptime up in this way, and that allowed you to keep productivity up. So by my clock here, you were able to achieve all those things that you wanted to achieve in our initial meeting, we’re on track.” That’s the conversation you want to have in addition to that little bit of the threat briefings peppered in. Robert Dutt: All right. Some great advice there. Gentlemen, thank you both for taking the time. I appreciate it. Cameron Tousley: Thank you, Rob. Pedro Kertzman: Great to be here. Cameron Tousley: Absolutely. It was a pleasure. Thanks so much. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Cameron Tousley and Pedro Kertzman from ESET. I’d like to thank both Cameron and Pedro for their time. They did exactly what we set out to do with this conversation, kept it firmly in the strategy lane with technical depth in service of the business point rather than the other way around. A few things to leave you with. The framing that stuck with me most was Cameron’s distinction between statistics talk and threat briefings. The idea that your quarterly client review shifts from “here’s how many threats we blocked” to “here’s the specific group targeting your vertical right now. Here’s how their affiliate operates, and here’s what we’ve already done about it.” That’s a real upgrade in how an MSP demonstrates value. It moves you from uptime vendor to trusted advisor and that’s a conversation your competitors probably aren’t having yet. On the technical side, Pedro’s explanation of affiliate-level tracking is worth sitting with. The headline ransomware groups get the attention, but it’s the affiliates, the ones buying malware-as-a-service and doing the actual execution who determine the tactics on the ground. Tracking them is what gives you an early warning before the attack scales. And as I noted during the conversation, there’s a certain logic in how attackers exploit the MSP model specifically. Go after the tooling, stay under the radar, quietly compromise a hundred small clients instead of one high-profile target. Obscurity in that scenario is working against you. For the smaller MSP who’s heard all of this and thought, “I’m not staffed for this,” Pedro’s entry point is worth considering. You don’t need a full threat intelligence platform or a dedicated analyst to start. Automate the ingestion of indicators of compromise directly into your clients’ firewalls. Let the tooling do the work. It’s not glamorous, but it’s real, actionable and it’s a lot more than most of your competitors are doing. And Cameron’s closing thought, “evolve or sell,” is the frame I’d put around all of it. The consolidation wave hitting the MSP market right now is not slowing down. The shops that survive as independents will be the ones that have more sophisticated conversations with their customers. Threat intelligence is one of the things that helps you have those conversations. If you found this one useful, please follow or subscribe to the podcast wherever you listen. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, all the major podcast directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Acronis has launched Cyber Frame, a new hyperconverged infrastructure (HCI) and infrastructure-as-a-service (IaaS) platform built specifically for managed service providers. The platform allows MSPs to build and deliver infrastructure services with native integration into Acronis’ cyber protection and remote monitoring and management (RMM) tools. Acronis says it is designed to give service providers an alternative to legacy virtualization and hyperscaler cost pressures, offering better margin control and options for both fully hosted and partner-hosted deployments. Citrix has introduced Citrix Platform Flex, a new persona-based secure access model intended to help organizations move away from static, one-size-fits-all IT delivery. The new platform is built to align IT resources more closely with evolving business needs, delivering secure access, managed services, and observability with more flexible and predictable pricing. It acknowledges that different worker profiles require vastly different access parameters in a modern hybrid environment. Upwind has launched its new AI Agentic Pack, adding agent-driven capabilities to its cloud security platform. The tools are designed to help security teams investigate threats, validate active exposures, and prioritize remediation, leaning into the growing industry trend of using autonomous agents to compress the window between threat discovery and response. Nerdio vice president of MSP sales Will Ominsky warned in a Redmond Channel Partner interview today that MSPs who figure out how to monetize AI by the end of 2026 will grab massive market share. He noted that partners who only experiment with AI internally—without building client-facing, revenue-generating AI practices—will be left behind in the coming wave of SMB adoption. Boomi and Red Hat have announced a strategic collaboration to deliver an integrated stack for deploying agentic AI at scale. The partnership combines Boomi’s Agentstudio with Red Hat AI, providing organizations with a framework to orchestrate AI workflows securely without losing control of their data governance or allowing cloud consumption costs to spiral. The U.S. Department of Homeland Security is reportedly scrutinizing Instructure after a massive ransomware attack disrupted its Canvas online learning platform. The breach highlights the growing vulnerability of critical SaaS infrastructure and the widespread supply chain impact when platforms are targeted during peak usage periods, such as university finals week. Canadian cybersecurity provider Plurilock has announced CAD $1.13 million in new critical services contracts. The wins reflect continued momentum for the AI-native security firm as it expands its footprint across both public and private sector environments, capitalizing on the growing need for identity-centric security. [powerpresss] Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Thursday, May 14, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Acronis has launched Cyber Frame, a new hyperconverged infrastructure and infrastructure-as-a-service platform built specifically for managed service providers. The launch comes at a critical time for the channel, as many service providers are actively seeking alternatives to legacy virtualization platforms following recent industry shakeups and pricing model changes. Cyber Frame allows MSPs to build and deliver infrastructure services with native, seamless integration into Acronis’ existing cyber protection and remote monitoring and management tools. Rather than dealing with the unpredictable costs of hyperscale public clouds or the complexity of managing disparate vendor stacks, MSPs can use Cyber Frame to consolidate their service delivery. Acronis says the platform is designed to give service providers significantly better margin control and simplified management. It offers flexible deployment options, allowing partners to choose between a fully hosted model managed by Acronis, or a partner-hosted deployment running on the MSP’s own hardware in their local data center. By combining compute, storage, networking, and security into a single unified platform, Acronis is positioning Cyber Frame as a way for MSPs to scale their infrastructure offerings profitably while maintaining the tight security posture that modern SMB clients demand. Citrix has introduced Citrix Platform Flex, a new persona-based secure access model intended to help organizations move away from static, one-size-fits-all IT delivery. In today’s hybrid work environment, the access requirements for a call center employee, a traveling executive, and a remote software engineer are vastly different. Citrix built Platform Flex to recognize these distinctions, allowing IT teams to align resources, security controls, and application delivery specifically to the varying needs of different worker profiles. The new platform delivers secure application access, managed services, and comprehensive observability under a model designed for more flexible and predictable pricing. By shifting away from rigid licensing structures that often force companies to over-provision resources for basic users, Citrix aims to help enterprises optimize their cloud and infrastructure spending. Platform Flex also incorporates advanced analytics and security policies that adapt in real-time based on user behavior and location. For channel partners, this persona-driven approach provides a clear framework to help enterprise customers rationalize their IT investments, simplify the management of distributed workforces, and ensure that security protocols do not impede productivity for end users who require high-performance access to specialized applications. Upwind has launched its new AI Agentic Pack, adding autonomous, agent-driven capabilities to its cloud security platform. As cloud environments grow increasingly complex and security operations centers face unprecedented alert fatigue, the cybersecurity industry is rapidly shifting toward agentic AI to help manage the load. Upwind’s new tools are specifically designed to help security teams autonomously investigate threats, validate whether theoretical vulnerabilities are actually exposed to active exploitation, and prioritize remediation efforts based on real-world risk. Instead of simply generating more alerts for human analysts to sift through, the Agentic Pack leverages artificial intelligence to actively investigate the root cause of an incident, map the attack path across cloud infrastructure, and propose actionable fixes. This launch leans heavily into the growing necessity of using autonomous agents to drastically compress the window between threat discovery and response. With malicious actors utilizing AI to accelerate their attacks, defenders require matching speed to counter them. For managed security service providers, Upwind’s agentic capabilities offer a pathway to scale their operations, handle a higher volume of telemetry without adding headcount, and provide faster threat containment for their clients. In brief: Nerdio vice president of MSP sales Will Ominsky warned in a Redmond Channel Partner interview today that MSPs who figure out how to monetize AI by the end of 2026 will grab massive market share.  Boomi and Red Hat have announced a strategic collaboration to deliver an integrated stack for deploying agentic AI at scale.  The U.S. Department of Homeland Security is reportedly scrutinizing Instructure after a massive ransomware attack disrupted its Canvas online learning platform.  And Canadian cybersecurity provider Plurilock has announced 1.13 million dollars in new critical services contracts.  Later today on in the channel, we’re talking eCrime Reports and Threat Intelligence with Camerous Tousley and Pedro Kertzman of ESET. And if you missed it yesterday, check out my conversation with Auvik’s Steve Petryschuk on the gap between MSPs’ expectation around AI, and the reality they have realized to date. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Steve Petryschuk, vice president of product and market strategy at Auvik Every year brings a new wave of IT industry reports, but Auvik’s 2026 IT Trends Report – titled “Beyond the Hype: The Real State of IT in 2026” – lands as something of a reality check. The headline finding is striking: while 67% of IT professionals say they are optimistic about AI’s potential, only 5% say it is actually core to their daily operations. That gap between ambition and execution is what Auvik is calling the “Maturity Mirage.” The governance picture is even more telling. Auvik’s research found that 76% of IT leaders believe their organization has an AI policy in place – but only 42% of frontline help desk staff agree. That disconnect isn’t just a communications problem. It’s the open door through which Shadow AI enters the environment, and Auvik’s own platform telemetry counted over 100,000 shadow AI applications discovered in customer networks in 2025 alone. In this episode of In The Channel, Steve Petryschuk, vice president of product and market strategy at Auvik, joins Robert Dutt to dig into what the data actually means for Canadian MSPs. They discuss why documentation is the unglamorous foundation that any real AI readiness strategy has to be built on, what the MSP execution advantage looks like in the numbers, and how the “Maturity Mirage” framing can help partners have more honest – and more productive – conversations with clients about where they actually stand. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Every year we look to the major vendor reports to see where the industry’s head is at, but Auvik’s 2026 IT Trends Report, titled “Beyond the Hype,” feels a little different this time around. It’s a bit of a reality check for the AI era. We’ve been hearing about the AI revolution for some time now, but Auvik’s data shows a massive gap between what leadership thinks is happening and what’s actually hitting the help desk. We’re talking about a world where 76% of executives swear they have an AI policy, while more than half of their frontline staff have never even seen it. That disconnect isn’t just a communications problem. For an MSP, it’s a massive opening for shadow AI to walk in through the front door. To dig into this maturity mirage and what it means for your service desk – and your bottom line – I’m joined today by Steve Petryschuk. Steve is vice president of product and market strategy at Auvik, and he’s been at the center of translating this data into a roadmap for partners. We talk about why documentation is actually the most important AI tool, the rising risk of competency debt in junior techs, and why the Canadian mid-market might actually have an execution advantage over the big enterprise players. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Steve Petryschuk. [MUSIC] Robert Dutt: Steve, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Steve Petryschuk: Thanks so much for having me. Robert Dutt: The report highlights a significant gap in AI policy awareness – something we’re seeing across multiple industry reports. In this case, 76% of leaders believe they have a solid AI policy in place, while only 42% of frontline staff agree that policy even exists. Is that a communication failure, or is the policy just not mapping to how people are actually doing the work? Steve Petryschuk: I think it’s a bit of both. I’d start with communication failure as the primary driver. We don’t always have visibility into when policy violations are occurring, so how do you enforce that policy – or even communicate that enforcement – without that visibility? It starts with just making sure people know the policy exists, and then building some implementation around enforcement. Robert Dutt: Only 5% of respondents say AI is core to their operations today, despite plenty of optimism in the data. What are the specific readiness hurdles keeping AI in the pilot phase for so many MSPs? Steve Petryschuk: This is probably one of the most interesting findings in the report – that disconnect between enthusiasm around AI and how little has actually been operationalized. I think it starts with trust. Most MSPs don’t yet have the trust to let AI operate solo, and that makes sense, because we’re the ones managing the client relationships and the consequences when things go wrong. Until we build that trust, we’ll remain at that pilot stage. So I see it as a phased approach. You start in areas where humans remain in the loop – at least for now – so you can build comfort with the system. But equally important is ensuring you’re giving AI good inputs, because this is still very much a garbage-in, garbage-out situation. If your inputs aren’t clean, your outputs won’t be either, and that’ll hold you back from ever making AI a core part of operations. Robert Dutt: Does the fact that most tools MSPs are using today are either adding AI functionality or on the roadmap to do so – does that help build that trust, or does it require something more fundamental? Steve Petryschuk: There are a lot of vendors adding AI on top of their tools, but I think the more useful question is: how do you embed AI into the existing workflows your team is already using? Rather than treating it as a bolt-on, think about the processes you’re already familiar with – can AI assist you within those workflows and demonstrate value day to day? That’s how you start to build trust incrementally. Once you see it working in familiar territory, you can expand from there. Robert Dutt: And as you build that trust – once you’ve got those first steps working the way you want – how does an MSP move from having an AI policy on paper to implementing the technical controls a client or auditor can actually verify? Steve Petryschuk: It starts with visibility. Before you can enforce a policy, you need to uncover all the AI tools in the environment – both sanctioned and shadow. As shadow IT has evolved into shadow AI, that discovery step is critical. From there, you can move toward real-time policy reminders before committing to more active, automated guardrails. Eventually, you get to a point where you’re blocking non-sanctioned AI tools and allowing sanctioned ones. Most MSPs I talk to are still a long way from that, but they’re at least starting with the visibility angle – and that’s the right starting point. Robert Dutt: On that topic, Auvik’s telemetry found over 100,000 shadow AI applications in customer networks last year. Is shadow AI replacing shadow IT as the primary risk, or is it effectively the same problem in a new form? Steve Petryschuk: It’s a problem that’s evolved. Shadow IT and shadow AI are directly related, but you can’t just do a find-and-replace on the terminology – the risks aren’t identical. A lot of the core concerns are the same: understanding what applications are in use, where data is going, what’s being ingested. But the business impact of shadow AI gone wrong is significantly higher. Think about LLMs being trained on data you didn’t know was out there, or agents with access to multiple systems inadvertently moving sensitive client data – or worse, surfacing Client A’s data in a report for Client B. The risks aren’t entirely new, but the consequences of something going wrong are considerably greater. Robert Dutt: That’s an interesting angle – it’s not just that the data is out there, but that it can be actively executed against you. The accidental cross-contamination between clients is a particularly pointed example for MSPs. The report also found that around 60% of IT teams discover unauthorized SaaS at least monthly. From a visibility standpoint, does this signal that the perimeter approach is effectively dead? And if so, what does a modern visibility strategy look like for an MSP managing, say, 50 clients? Steve Petryschuk: The traditional perimeter has been eroding for a while. Work happens at the endpoint now, and that’s where visibility needs to focus – continuous discovery of the applications end users are running day to day. It doesn’t mean you’re auditing every minute of every day, but it’s not a point-in-time snapshot either. It’s an ongoing picture that gives you something useful whether you’re responding to a support ticket or walking a client through a QBR – “here’s all the shadow AI we’ve uncovered.” That discovery needs to happen as close to where work is actually getting done as possible: within the applications being used, and on the endpoints where people are working. Robert Dutt: Interestingly, despite all the shadow AI conversation, MSPs in the report still ranked shadow IT as the number one underestimated risk. Why do you think business leaders continue to miss the gravity of it, even as sensitive data flows into AI tools? Steve Petryschuk: I think it’s one of those areas where it’s easier to turn a blind eye until there’s a triggering security incident. Until something actually happens to you, it’s always someone else’s problem. You hear about it, you read about it, but “it’s not going to happen here.” The honest version of that is: it hasn’t happened here yet. And until you’ve had that personal experience where shadow IT – or shadow AI – bites you, the tendency is to underestimate the risk. Robert Dutt: There’s an interesting budget paradox in the data – almost half of IT teams said their budgets were growing, but a similar proportion cited lack of time as their biggest blocker. Where’s the money going if it’s not buying back time for staff? Steve Petryschuk: It’s a great question, and the report didn’t specifically dig into the causes of that disconnect. But based on conversations with partners and broader industry trends, I think a lot of those budget increases are simply going to maintain the status quo – salary increases, rising tooling costs, price increases still catching up from the inflation cycle of a couple of years ago. The budgets are growing, but that growth is being absorbed by keeping the lights on: keeping the tools running, keeping the teams intact. The magnitude of the increases isn’t enough to fundamentally change how work gets done, and without changing how you work, you won’t get that time back. Robert Dutt: Here’s one where MSPs can take a bit of a victory lap – corporate IT teams are apparently half as likely to be making new investments compared to MSPs. Does that suggest the managed services model is structurally better at converting budget into operational progress, or is this more of a “you have to automate to survive” story? Steve Petryschuk: Part of it is the MSP’s willingness to adapt and experiment – we tend to be a little ahead of the curve on new technology adoption. But I also think it’s a macroeconomic confidence indicator. Historically, MSPs tend to hold up better – and even do well – in times of broader economic uncertainty. So when there’s turbulence around them, MSPs are more likely to say, “We’ve seen this before, we’ll be okay,” and that confidence translates into a willingness to make new investments even when others are pulling back. Robert Dutt: And there’s something to be said for the maturity of the managed services model at this point – you can look at a rough environment, recognize the pattern, and not panic. Steve Petryschuk: That’s exactly right. Robert Dutt: The report found that just over 50% of IT teams are still spending ten or more hours a week on basic user tickets. What role do you see AI playing in actually moving that needle – going from hyped solution to genuinely freeing up technician time? Steve Petryschuk: Let’s set aside the panacea of fully automated ticket resolution for now – the scenario where a ticket comes in and no one ever touches it. Maybe we get there eventually, and for simple things like password resets, some level of automation is already feasible. But the more realistic near-term win is using AI to gather all the context a technician would normally have to collect manually. Agents can pull together that background information and surface a recommended next action, so that by the time a technician picks up the ticket, their job is less “figure out what to do” and more “confirm this is the right call and execute.” That’s an easier step, it’s probably already happening in some service desks today, and it starts to build trust in AI recommendations over time – which feeds back into that adoption flywheel we talked about earlier. Robert Dutt: And as those recommendations get better, you get more comfortable with the idea that yes, that’s the right answer for this type of issue – and eventually that trust extends further. Steve Petryschuk: Exactly. Robert Dutt: On the workforce side, the report showed a hollowing out of the hybrid model in favour of office-first or remote-first. From a network management perspective, does office-first actually make IT any simpler, or is distributed support just the permanent baseline now? Steve Petryschuk: I think distributed support is the permanent baseline. For MSPs, it doesn’t really matter whether the client is in the office or working from home – we’re still supporting them remotely either way. Network complexity doesn’t change much. And even in a fully return-to-office environment, users are still moving around, travelling to events, going on the road. Looking at the Canadian context specifically – we’re still laggards in the office-first shift compared to some of our global peers, despite what you hear in the media. There’s still a significant amount of distributed work happening here, and I think the problem of managing that distributed environment is a long way from going away. Robert Dutt: You’ve framed AI as a “senior IT associate in your pocket” for junior techs – which is a much more interesting way to look at it than “it’s going to eliminate entry-level jobs.” But even with that framing, is there still a risk of competency debt? Where the next generation of technicians ends up leaning so heavily on AI diagnostics that they lose the ability to evaluate whether the recommended action is actually right? Steve Petryschuk: The risk is absolutely there. But it’s not entirely a new problem – technology has always built on previous technology, and skills evolve accordingly. How many technicians today can troubleshoot at the processor level? Not many. The craft changes. What matters is teaching junior technicians the right fundamentals for the AI era: basic problem-solving skills, the ability to recognize a plausible answer from an implausible one, and how to use AI tooling effectively. The actual knowledge base evolves, but you still need a baseline of IT competency to function well. And that pipeline from junior to senior really matters – if we hollow out the junior tier, we’ll eventually run out of senior technicians too. Robert Dutt: Since we’re both flying the Maple Leaf – did you see anything specifically Canadian in the data? Anything unique or peculiar to the Canadian market? Steve Petryschuk: The survey data doesn’t specifically break out geographies, but based on conversations with MSPs across Canada, the US, and Europe, I don’t think we’re significantly ahead or behind on AI adoption – we’re facing many of the same governance challenges. Policies aren’t always making it to day-to-day operations, and visibility into which AI tools are actually in use remains a challenge for most. Where I do see a Canadian distinction is in the regulatory and legal landscape. I was recently at an event for professional engineers in Ontario where AI regulation came up – and the picture is interesting. The EU is taking an aggressive regulatory stance; the US is moving toward a more relaxed one. Canada, unsurprisingly, is finding its way somewhere in the middle. That’s probably the most Canadian answer I can give. Robert Dutt: Hopefully the middle ground lands well. Last question – looking at all the data, if an MSP owner can only fix one thing in their operations this year, what yields the biggest ROI? Steve Petryschuk: Documentation. You need an up-to-date source of truth, because that’s what AI has to build on to operate effectively in your environment. Visibility actually improves when documentation improves – they’re closely related. But if you don’t have a solid, well-maintained source of truth, you’re going to get that garbage-in, garbage-out scenario no matter how good the AI tools are. So if there’s one thing to focus on, it’s making sure you know what your sources of truth are, and that they’re accurate and up to date. That gives you the foundation everything else builds on. Robert Dutt: I appreciate that bit of advice. Steve, thank you for taking the time and walking us through the numbers. Steve Petryschuk: Thanks so much for having me on. [MUSIC] Robert Dutt: There you have it – Steve Petryschuk from Auvik. I’d like to thank Steve for his time. And honestly, I think “AI as a senior associate in your pocket” is going to be the quote of the month. The big takeaway for me is that we need to stop thinking about AI as a cool project and start treating it as a documentation problem. If your source of truth is a mess, your AI is just going to be a very fast, very confident hallucination machine. For those of you running MSPs in Canada, the maturity mirage is your best sales tool right now. If you can show your client that their budget increase is being swallowed by reactive noise because they don’t have visibility, you’ve moved from being a vendor to being a business advisor. Thanks for spending some time with us today. If you found this conversation useful, you can find more in the full show notes at ChannelBuzz.ca. You can find the podcast on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and pretty much everywhere you get your audio. If you have a moment, leaving a rating or review really does help us reach more of the community. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: SonicWall is making its Gen 8 security platform available in virtualized environments for the first time with the launch of the NSv XS, a subscription-based virtual firewall purpose-built for MSPs and MSSPs delivering managed security to small and distributed environments. The NSv XS supports VMware ESXi, Hyper-V, KVM, AWS, Azure, and Proxmox and ships in three service tiers designed around recurring revenue models. The top tier adds co-managed security from SonicWall’s SonicSentry NOC team plus embedded cyber warranty coverage through Cysurance. SonicWall’s 2026 Cyber Protect Report found high and medium severity attacks surged 20.8% last year, and with 52% of enterprises now running most of their infrastructure in the cloud, the NSv XS is explicitly designed to close that gap. Huntress and specialty insurance firm Acrisure have launched a new cyber insurance program offering eligible organizations access to Cyber or Tech E&O policies with no deductible and a streamlined application process. Organizations running qualifying Huntress Managed EDR and ITDR solutions may benefit from simplified underwriting – demonstrating active security posture translates to better insurance terms. The two companies are positioning the program as a response to growing AI-driven cyber threats and an alternative to the traditionally complex process of securing adequate cyber coverage. Intruder has released its 2026 Attack Surface Management Index, based on anonymized data from 3,000 customers. The headline number: 26% of organizations have exposed MySQL databases, a known target for ransomware and data extortion. Midmarket companies in the 5,000-10,000 employee range take an average of 56 days to remediate exposures – nearly four times slower than small enterprises. Banks closed gaps in an average of 11 days; insurance and pharma firms averaged more than 40. The report frames this against the emergence of autonomous AI models capable of independently discovering zero-day vulnerabilities – which makes a 56-day remediation window a meaningful risk. ThreatDown has launched identity threat detection and response for MSPs, adding credential-based attack detection to its managed security stack. ITDR joins ThreatDown‘s existing endpoint protection capabilities as attackers increasingly target identity infrastructure rather than devices directly. Cycode has announced new capabilities for AI-driven development, declaring “shift left is dead” and repositioning its application security platform around the AI development lifecycle. The move reflects a broader rethinking of where security fits as AI-generated code accelerates development velocity and introduces new risk vectors. Toronto-based MSP roll-up AYCE Capital has acquired a cybersecurity advisory firm to anchor a portfolio-wide center of excellence in vCISO and managed security operations. The move signals a push to build differentiated security capabilities across its MSP portfolio rather than sourcing them piecemeal. MSPAlliance has launched new service lines under its Cyber Verify program, expanding the compliance and assurance framework available to managed service providers. The additions give MSPs more structured pathways to demonstrate security and operational maturity to enterprise and regulated-industry clients. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, May 13, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. SonicWall yesterday announced the NSv XS, a new virtual firewall extending its Gen 8 platform to cloud environments, with managed service providers and MSSPs as the primary target. The product allows partners to deploy firewall security wherever customer workloads run – public cloud, private cloud, branch offices, and distributed infrastructure – under a management model designed for multi-tenant operations. According to SonicWall, the NSv XS carries the same Gen 8 security engine found in its physical appliances into a lightweight virtual form factor, which the company says closes a growing gap as customer environments increasingly span both physical and cloud boundaries that legacy appliances can’t follow. The announcement is a practical one for the channel: a cloud-native firewall with the Gen 8 engine that can be managed centrally simplifies both the sales conversation around security coverage and the operational overhead of delivering it across heterogeneous customer environments. Also yesterday, Huntress announced a partnership with insurance firm Acrisure to connect cybersecurity posture directly to cyber insurance outcomes for eligible organizations. Under the program, customers running the Huntress managed security platform can access Cyber and Tech Errors and Omissions policies through Acrisure with no deductible – with policy terms tied to the customer’s verified security posture rather than a generic underwriting baseline. According to Huntress, the program is built on the premise that organizations that have actually deployed layered security controls should not be underwritten at the same rates as those that haven’t. The arrangement is worth watching for solution providers who have been looking for cyber insurance integrations that go beyond co-marketing – this one appears to operationalize the connection between managed security delivery and insurance terms in a way that could strengthen both the MSP’s value proposition and the client’s risk profile. Intruder rounded out a busy Tuesday by releasing its 2026 Attack Surface Management Index, drawing on anonymized data from 3,000 organizations to assess how quickly companies are identifying and closing their exposed attack surfaces. The headline finding: more than one in four organizations still have MySQL databases exposed and accessible from the internet – a foundational configuration risk that the report says reflects a broader struggle to maintain visibility over sprawling and distributed infrastructure. According to Intruder, the data shows that human remediation is falling further behind the pace of automated exploitation, a trend the company calls the “Mythos Era” – a period in which attacker tooling has measurably outpaced defender workflows. The report gives solution providers a concrete, data-backed framework to bring into client conversations, particularly for customers still relying on point-in-time scanning rather than continuous monitoring. In Brief –  ThreatDown yesterday launched an identity threat detection and response platform, extending its security stack to cover credential-based attacks across Microsoft Entra ID, Okta, and Active Directory.  Cycode is declaring “shift left is dead,” releasing new agentic development lifecycle security capabilities designed to protect AI-driven software pipelines from code generation through deployment.  Toronto-based AYCE Capital yesterday announced the acquisition of a cybersecurity advisory firm to anchor a portfolio-wide security center of excellence.  MSPAlliance last week added Service Lines to its Cyber Verify platform, letting MSPs map audited controls directly to the services they deliver for cleaner, client-ready compliance reporting.  Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we’re sitting down with Steve Petryschuk from Auvik to dig into their 2026 IT Trends Report and what the data reveals about the gap between AI ambition and AI maturity in managed services. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday’s episode is a good one – Joel Abramson from Top Down Ventures joins me to discuss the close of their C$38 million MSP-focused founders fund and why they believe managed service providers are the primary delivery vehicle for AI to the small and mid-market. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Joel Abramson, managing partner at Top Down Ventures Today’s In The Channel episode lands on the same morning that Vancouver-based Top Down Ventures announces the close of Founders Fund I at C$38 million – oversubscribed against an original target of US$25 million, and positioned as the first institutional venture fund focused exclusively on early-stage software and AI for the managed service provider ecosystem. Managing partner Joel Abramson joined the show to walk through the fund’s thesis and what it means for the channel. Abramson co-founded and led Fully Managed through more than a dozen acquisitions before its $137 million acquisition by Telus Business Solutions in 2021. He joins general partners Chris Day (founder of IT Glue and ScalePad) and Mark Scott (founder of N-able) at Top Down – three operators who between them have spent about 75 years building and scaling companies inside the MSP ecosystem. The fund’s first exit – zofiQ to ConnectWise, which closed in January 2026 – returned 5.3 times the invested capital in roughly six months. Abramson describes it as a case study in what Top Down looks for: founders solving singular problems with exceptional depth, validated by real MSP operators rather than generalist investors. The macro thesis is equally compelling. The global IT services market is projected to grow from $600 billion to over $1 trillion by 2030. And in 2026, SMB IT spend is on track to outpace enterprise IT spend for the first time ever – a shift Abramson contrasts with what he calls the “SaaSpocalypse” in enterprise, where headcount reductions are translating directly into fewer SaaS licenses. The fund’s LP base of more than 100 MSP operators – including Pax8 – acts as a flywheel for validating investments, sourcing design partners, and connecting portfolio companies with the customers best positioned to stress-test what they’re building. Find Top Down Ventures, including their newsletter and annual research report, at topdown.com. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. If you caught The Buzz this morning – and you really should have – you already know the headline. Vancouver-based Top Down Ventures has closed Founders Fund I at $38 million Canadian, oversubscribed, as the first institutional venture fund focused exclusively on early-stage software and AI for the managed service provider ecosystem. The story behind it, though, is rich. Top Down was founded with three partners with deep roots in the Canadian channel community: Chris Day of IT Glue and ScalePad, Mark Scott who founded N-able, and today’s guest, Joel Abramson, who ran Fully Managed through more than a dozen acquisitions before its $137 million sale to Telus Business Solutions in 2021. The fund already has its first exit in the books. zofiQ, an agentic AI platform for MSP service desks that ConnectWise acquired just six months after Top Down’s investment, at 5.3 times the invested capital. Joel joined me this morning to talk about why MSP software needs its own dedicated venture fund, what the first exit tells us about where agentic AI is headed, and one market shift that has the team genuinely excited about the decade ahead. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Joel Abramson. Joel, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Joel Abramson: Great to be here, Rob. Robert Dutt: I wanted to start with the origin story here. I think it’s an interesting one in that you had a big role in building and running Fully Managed through a dozen or so acquisitions, then sold – instead of going off and retiring on a boat somewhere or that sort of thing, you ended up in venture investing in specifically MSP software. Can you walk me through how that happened? How did Top Down come together? Was this something that you sought out or something that Chris Day pulled you into? How did that happen? Joel Abramson: Yeah, well, let’s be clear – I do love being on boats. To tell the origin story, you get to go through a 25-year journey of the MSP ecosystem itself, because there are three general partners: Mark Scott, Chris Day, and myself, Joel Abramson. Our journey dates back to the early 2000s when Mark Scott started N-able, and he was one of the pioneers that really helped value-added resellers and break-fix IT service providers become MSPs. I meet people every time I’m out on the road who have a story about working with N-able – transitioning their revenue model from break-fix to recurring. N-able is a phenomenal company today and I think Mark’s legacy lives on there. Mark started that company and then exited just before the SolarWinds acquisition. Then he went on to start a service provider called CareWorks – an MSP focused on senior care facilities. A really interesting vertical, as well as broad SMB. But I’ll pause his story and focus on Chris, because Chris is founder and chairman and really sets the vision for Top Down. Chris had an MSP as well back in the early 2000s. Eventually that was Fully Managed, and that’s where I joined him. I had a small – much less successful – MSP called Packetsafe Networks, and I rolled my little MSP into Chris’s marquee MSP, Fully Managed, and together we set on this journey. We wanted to bring that company to ten cities with $10 million in revenue in each city and then sell it to a Canadian telco – and it’s not revisionist history, it was actually the goal. But then a couple of years into our shared journey at Fully Managed, Chris got pulled into building software. It was because I’d built a bunch of software for Fully Managed to run on, and he made the mistake – or the fortuitous opportunity – of showing it to his peer group. His peer group was like, “I want to use that.” So he said, “Okay, well, I’ll build it for you.” He started building a documentation platform from the ground up and called it IT Glue, and that was a phenomenal ride for him – taking it from a couple of peer group mates trying it out to selling to Kaseya in 2018 and building a very large company in a relatively short amount of time. Not without a tremendous amount of hard work and grind. He was on the road with pop-up banners signing up logo by logo by logo in the early days, but eventually the movement just took shape and every MSP realized that they needed a documentation platform, and IT Glue took off. So IT Glue exits to Kaseya in 2018. Chris has to make that decision: do I want to golf and travel for the rest of my life, or what brings me joy? And so he actually started Top Down as a way to re-engage back with the MSP community. He had an early portfolio of three companies: Warranty Master, a company he had started with his brother; Backup Radar; and Quoter. Together those three early companies started to grow at their own individual pace. Keep in mind, we’re still running Fully Managed over here – I’m running it for him. Then we ended up putting Fully Managed together with Mark Scott’s MSP, and that’s how the three of us came together. Then yes, we did a number of acquisitions. We grew Fully Managed to be $100 million in revenue. It wasn’t the straight line Chris and I had talked about – ten cities in ten years – but it was maybe seven cities. The bridge version: Telus came in and said they wanted to acquire Canada’s largest MSP, which was Fully Managed at the time. They had done a bunch of research and nine months later we consummated that transaction, at the end of 2021. I’d been working with Chris for a number of years on the early-stage portfolio, because we’d get a couple of calls every month with people saying, “Hey, I’m starting this project, Chris, are you interested in taking a look?” So we started to build this reputation as investors in early-stage MSP software companies. We tried some other stuff – everything from consumer packaged goods (we still have a couple of investments) to starting a country music label, which we’ll save for another time. But we always knew our home, I think, was in the MSP space. After the Fully Managed exit, we decided we wanted to really compound our impact. We had this idea of a venture fund – and maybe I’ll pause there, because I can continue the journey, but we’ll wait and see if you have any questions up to that point. Robert Dutt: Understandable. It’s a wild journey, and it really is back to the heart of the early days of the MSP movement – as you say, from break-fix and VAR models. I guess tell me a little bit about where you’re at now. The fund is positioned as the first institutional VC targeting early-stage software and AI for this ecosystem. Why do you think this space needs a dedicated fund? What does a generalist venture fund miss or get wrong when they’re looking at the space? Joel Abramson: We’ve been doing early-stage investing for a few years – five years. At the same time, Warranty Master became ScalePad, and ScalePad started to gain really, really great momentum. ScalePad brought in a growth equity partner, Integrity Growth Partners, who are just phenomenal folks. They capitalized the business and that grew ScalePad from $10 million to $50 million. They were great partners, great board members, and we watched these guys – we were like, wow, we’ve been through this journey a couple of times. They add a lot of value, and we’re really excited about that relationship. We were doing our thing with the early-stage companies, and so we looked across the ecosystem. We said, there is a ton of capital that’s ready to invest in companies in the MSP ecosystem when they get to a certain scale – that was kind of the scale that ScalePad had gotten to. Then we looked down and said, well, what about the guys that are just starting out? There’s not a ton of support. There’s a ConnectWise pitch contest that grants $60,000 or $70,000 to early-stage companies. And there are early-stage investors – we’ve seen companies like Pax8 and Huntress go through many rounds of financing and they started somewhere. But we saw that the strongest source of capital in the MSP ecosystem was actually coming from angel investors. It was Joe Paniterri and Kevin Blake and Channel Angels, and they had done a number of deals, bringing together really early-stage capital and putting $100,000 into a business fueled from a number of different folks. That’s really, really cool. But where’s all the venture? You look across horizontal software and there are funds of venture that just pour in. In the big markets – the Valley and New York – and then in secondary markets, there are funds focused on those areas. But we saw early-stage MSP software companies as vastly overlooked. So we said, what if we could bring together capital from the MSP ecosystem? Because we’ve made plenty of millionaires just by acquiring them with Fully Managed. You look at how that scales out across the ecosystem: you’ve got Evergreen and Integris and Thrive and all these folks buying up MSPs. The stats are over 200 search funds, family offices, and MSP aggregators buying MSPs right now. That’s generating a lot of wealth for a lot of people. Then you have MSPs that are super profitable and people are making good cash flow. Then you have all the software companies that have exited with similar stories to Chris’s. There’s actually quite a bit of capital that could be put to work back into the ecosystem if we just found a way to harness it and focus it on innovation. We said, instead of doing a couple of deals a year, what if we could make 8 to 10 investments a year by bringing capital together? And then what if we could build a system around that to take everything we’ve learned working with early-stage companies – applying those practices, bringing folks together for design partners, early customers, advice, and partnerships in the MSP ecosystem? So we set out to raise a $25 million venture fund, and we said we were going to focus on educating the MSP ecosystem on what investing in a venture fund looks like, because it’s really just going to fuel innovation for MSPs themselves. Our goal was to have half the fund raised from the MSP community and half from outside – similar to what it was at Fully Managed: let’s tell the world about what a great opportunity exists in MSP. We were super successful in the first bucket. We got really well received by the MSP community. We have over 100 LPs in the fund and we exceeded our target of $25 million. In the second bucket, we still have a lot of work to do. We’re one year into our Outliers podcast, we’ve produced one white paper, and we’ve had hundreds and hundreds of conversations in the institutional community, educating funds of funds and family offices on the opportunity for early-stage MSP software investing. We only got a couple of participants in this fund – which is all right, because it shows the strength of the MSP ecosystem. We still oversubscribed our target. But we’re excited to continue that journey of educating institutional investors for our second fund and beyond. Robert Dutt: You mentioned you’re in at the early stage. Where in the lifecycle do you typically start looking, and what does a target portfolio company look like at the point you’re getting involved? Joel Abramson: I’ve only been doing this for a few years, so I’m still learning some of the language, Rob. But we talk about early stage being right at inception – which is called pre-seed, the first money into a company. Maybe they have an idea of what they want to build, a prototype, a business plan, some people, but they haven’t actually started that path to launch – all the way up to around that first million or million and a half of revenue, where they’d be called a late-seed investment or an early Series A. So maybe it’s the second money in, or in a Series A it could be the third. But really we’re focused on the early stage where we can leverage the strength of our LP base – a lot of strong MSPs – as well as the strength of the community that Top Down works to enable and bring together. That can be for design partners, early customers, folks to help with advice, and then partnerships in the MSP ecosystem. Maybe a company is working with ScalePad to solve a problem and ScalePad can help by bringing that product to its customer base. It’s really about building the things that matter most to MSPs. And that’s why I think we love this ecosystem so much – it’s a partnership of vendors and service providers. If we look forward to how AI is going to impact things, you have small and medium businesses at the frontline – all the enablement use cases there, all the cybersecurity use cases. Then you have the service provider layer, which is MSPs helping them with all those things. Then you have a middle layer of supply chain software like the companies we invest in. And on top of that, you have the hyperscalers, the cloud companies, the frontier companies. That four-tiered system really matters, because without the innovation from Microsoft and Anthropic, the macro doesn’t move forward. But very rarely is it going to go straight from there into frontline workers’ hands. The two layers in between – the layer we invest in, and the MSPs themselves – are really what’s helping bring the value from the top to the end market. We think it’s an incredibly resilient ecosystem. We think there’s nobody better positioned to help with AI transformation than MSPs. And that layer between the frontier companies and the hyperscalers and the MSPs is really important – that’s where innovation happens on their behalf, and that’s the kind of companies we’re investing in. Robert Dutt: One example of that would be zofiQ, which I think was your first exit – and some pretty startling numbers there: a six-month turnaround, selling to ConnectWise, bringing back more than 5x what you put in. What did you see in that company that made you say “we’re in,” and what did the ConnectWise acquisition tell you about the market for PSA and agentic AI and where that’s all headed? Joel Abramson: It starts with Lee and his team. We get the fortunate opportunity to look at a lot of things that are being built and we’re still learning, trying to keep pace. As the last couple of years have played out, we’ve been students of what people are building and how they’re looking at solving problems, armed with the knowledge of the last 25 years of the ecosystem. When we met Lee, we were really impressed with him as a founder. He had a strong track record of purpose-building solutions. When Chris and I sat down with him, it was obvious he was solving singular problems with a tremendous amount of depth, versus some of the other folks we’d seen building solutions who were really going an inch deep and a mile wide. Knowing how mission-critical these solutions are to MSPs – that for every time they mess up a service ticket, they put that customer relationship at risk – we knew that Lee’s approach was just bang on. He was obsessed with solving singular use cases. It showed in the team he put together, the technology he built, and what customers were saying about the product. It’s very atypical to make an investment and then six months later have it acquired. When it was all going down and we were talking to the ConnectWise folks, it was bittersweet. We’re so happy to see ConnectWise gain this incredible capability, but we were sad to know we weren’t going to have Lee in the Top Down portfolio anymore. Ultimately, thrilled – because what it means for ConnectWise is that they can get this really powerful technology into a lot of people’s hands. That has a tremendous impact for the ecosystem, the end market, the MSPs partnered with ConnectWise. They can get this great innovative technology out into the market much faster than Lee could on his own, just going out and telling the story and waiting for the momentum to build. Thrilled for ConnectWise, thrilled for Lee and the team to jump into an organization like ConnectWise. And proud that we were able to play a tiny part on that journey. Robert Dutt: zofiQ was automating the service desk with AI agents. From what you saw inside that experience with them, and looking across the portfolio now, I’m curious – especially given your background running an MSP – when you’re talking to MSPs about what some of these companies are doing, how ready are they to adopt and operationalize this kind of agentic tooling? Both in terms of willingness and interest, which I’m sure is high, and actual aptitude and ability to make the operational changes that come with it? Joel Abramson: It totally depends on the MSP’s maturity. I’ve been through the life cycle of MSP maturity many times – two steps forward, one step back, a bunch of times. Every MSP is on a similar treadmill of growing and maturing, then having to embrace new technology, then getting hit by outside factors: whether it’s COVID, the move to remote work, the push back to the office, or the change in technology. It’s not a static industry, but it is an industrial-strength ecosystem because it’s so mission-critical for the customers MSPs serve. Everybody is at their own part of the journey. Companies like zofiQ come around and they focus on building the right technology, then working with the ideal MSPs that are at a place where they can embrace it. I go back to an inspirational investor, Dave Lahn, who always talks about the different buckets of work: the hero work, all the work that supports the hero work, and then all the work that should be done but isn’t. I think about MSPs with that third bucket. As a 20-year MSP operator, there were all these things I knew I wanted to do but could never get around to because we were always fighting fires, then trying to do proactive work, then project work – it compounds and you never had enough hands for the work that should be done that isn’t. I think that’s one of the huge opportunities with AI – actually getting that work done, staying on top of it, and providing more stable, secure environments for MSP customers. If AI is the great enabler for MSPs themselves, then how exciting is it to be in a position where I can’t think of a service provider that supports small and medium businesses that’s better positioned to bring AI enablement down to that market than an MSP. I doubt it’s the accountant, I doubt it’s the janitor or the maintenance people. I think it’s the MSP, because you’re already talking technology. As MSPs continue to evolve from the server room to boardroom conversations, AI is an incredible hook to get into that conversation. That’s why the work ScalePad does around customer success and supporting the strategy conversations is so critical. But the next wave of companies we see are really around helping MSPs actually deliver AI use cases successfully to their customers. That transformation will take place for a long, long time. Robert Dutt: Your base of limited partners includes more than 100 MSP operators, including Pax8. That’s unusual for a VC fund. Was that a deliberate choice? And how does having operators as limited partners actually change how you source and evaluate deals? Joel Abramson: It just makes us so strong. We have the brainpower of over 100 people there for us to tap and leverage. At our Horizons event in November – where we bring all of our LPs together – I’ve never seen a more aligned group of individuals, focused on supporting the supply chain of an ecosystem, come together and have meaningful conversations without any real individual agenda. We think about it as a flywheel. We have a group of limited partners with all of our capital in this fund together. Of course we all want to make money – but I think what drives that outcome is supporting innovation and figuring out exactly where the best place to put capital is today that can have the largest impact tomorrow. zofiQ is a perfect example. Here’s a strong founder with a huge problem, solving it at the deepest level, that MSPs are going to be able to take forward and dramatically impact their businesses and their customer experience. That, to me, is the genesis of venture investing: aligning all those things and putting the right pieces together. We think about the strength of the mindshare of our LPs, figuring out ways to connect them with our portfolio companies, ways to validate our thesis and investments by harnessing that energy, and then making the right investments and providing the right support throughout a portfolio company’s lifecycle, thanks to that really, really strong LP base. Robert Dutt: So if I’m an MSP owner listening to this – not an investor per se, just someone running a managed services shop – why should I be paying attention to what you guys are doing and what you’re funding? What’s the typical practical downstream impact on my business? Joel Abramson: You could look at our portfolio with a degree of confidence that these companies are getting great support to build great products, that they’re talking to top MSP operators around the world to help shape what gets built. The average MSP is the benefactor of that, because it means they’re getting great product built that they can use in their MSP or deploy to their customers. We’re doing this to earn and keep the reputation that a Top Down-backed company means tier-one innovation, great people behind it, that it’s been validated and tested – and that MSPs themselves can be the benefactor of that by leveraging this technology. Robert Dutt: You closed this fund at about $38 million, oversubscribed, in what you called a slog of an environment – and I get that. What does that tell you about where institutional capital is actually flowing in 2026? And what does a successful Fund I set up for Fund II? Joel Abramson: A lot of institutional capital is flowing towards the frontier companies and the supply chain of AI. We think that’s great, because just like the Microsofts and Googles that have powered the ecosystem for the last ten years, we think heavily capitalized AI companies are fantastic for the downstream companies – the software companies we’re investing in, the AI companies we’re investing in, the MSPs themselves, and the SMB layer. Capital flows down as well. As vertical-focused funds like ours demonstrate a strong track record, more institutional capital will flow into vehicles like ours. Certainly a lot of capital is tied up at the top right now, but we see that as a great thing because we’re not super concerned about the capital cycles of the next three months. We’re much more concerned about the capital cycles of the next two decades. As we’ve mobilized a non-insignificant pool of capital to support early-stage MSP software companies, we strive to earn the right to have a second fund with a more diverse group of participants, and subsequent funds beyond that – as long as we continue to find the right companies to partner with and add value along the way. Robert Dutt: And that seems like – just with the names you’ve mentioned and the names I can think of off the top of my head – a target-rich environment. There are lots of companies building specifically for the MSP market for obvious reasons. But I’m curious: without necessarily naming names or tipping your hand, what problem or product category are you most excited about in the MSP software pipeline right now? Where’s the white space that’s still underbuilt? Joel Abramson: In our research paper, we talk about two big macro things happening in the market right now. One: we think this market – let’s broaden it to IT services, not just MSP – is going from a $600 billion addressable market to a $1.3 trillion addressable market, certainly $1 trillion by 2030. That’s a huge market. On the MSP side specifically, we have four or five scaled companies at or above a billion in revenue. Ninja is on its way up there. N-able, of course, is a big company. But you’re talking about a much larger addressable market – there’s still empty canvas where new companies can scale up to fill the middle and eventually be alongside some of those platforms. We expect those platforms to continue to grow and thrive, and we hope to build or invest in companies that can partner with them to take advantage of their distribution and ultimately make small and medium businesses better through MSPs. All that said, what are some of those categories? I don’t think it’s new MSPs starting up and buying PSA – that market is fairly saturated. Nor do I think it’s more EDR or XDR – those are pretty saturated markets too. There’s still market share that will trade, don’t get me wrong, and innovation will build on top of it. But doubling the market requires new products, new revenue streams, and obviously AI is a critical part of that. Whether it’s the evolution of agentic service work to do all the work that should be done but isn’t, or raising productivity levels so the service is that much better, or helping the average SMB with a sophisticated IT strategy that evolves into an AI strategy – we see the category of AI services enablement for MSPs as a huge, huge opportunity. In the enterprise, we’re living through what I call the SaaSpocalypse – the idea that big SaaS companies are going to see fewer licenses because people are going to downsize headcount and thus take an impact on their top line. But we see the SMB market as more resilient, because my accountant with 60 people and one person in marketing – they’re not going to downsize that one-person marketing department. That person is actually just going to get that much better thanks to all the tools they’re using. SMB IT spend is expected to outpace enterprise IT spend for the first time ever in 2026. We believe that’s because of the resiliency of the SMB market – the idea that when a big tech company lays off 5,000 people, those people don’t all sail off into the sunset. A lot of them move into the SMB economy and start small businesses. Maybe the IT folks start an MSP. So we see the SMB part of the economy continuing to thrive, and it’s showing itself this year – thanks to this crazy stat that SMB IT spend will outpace enterprise IT spend for the first time ever. For all those reasons, we’re very excited about the opportunities it creates in the companies that we’re invested in. Robert Dutt: That is a crazy stat, and it’s worth underlining – because of where you and your peers and so much of this community is focused, right in that SMB space. And closer to home, as a Canadian podcast, we’re very much a nation of SMBs. So it really is super impactful here. Joel Abramson: Yeah, I would agree. Robert Dutt: For people who want to follow what you guys are doing – whether they’re founders, MSPs, or just interested in what’s coming in terms of new AI-first MSP software – where do they find you? How can they find out more? Joel Abramson: TopDown.com. We publish a newsletter and try to share all the learnings we’re gaining each quarter. We publish a white paper annually. We have a conference in November called Horizons – if you’re interested in investing in the MSP ecosystem, our goal is to bring everybody together as peers. We do a lot of dinners and events around the big MSP events. Our goal is always to bring everyone together as peers, not in a supplier relationship where you’re being sold to – just everybody trying to solve this thing together. The community aspect of the MSP ecosystem is so strong, and that’s how you engage. I’m pretty easy to find and always interested in a conversation with anybody from inside the ecosystem or outside, as we try to build this thing one brick at a time toward 1.3 trillion of addressable market. Robert Dutt: Brilliant. Go get that. Go build that. I appreciate you taking the time, Joel. Joel Abramson: Thank you so much for having me. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Joel Abramson from Top Down Ventures. I’d like to thank Joel for his time this morning. Thank you as always for listening to In The Channel. A few things stuck with me from this conversation. First, the framework Joel described: frontier AI companies at the top, then the supply chain software layer that Top Down invests in, then MSPs, then SMBs at the front line. It’s a clean way to think about how AI value actually gets delivered to small and medium businesses. And the point that MSPs are the most natural vehicle for that delivery is hard to argue with – from where I sit, and probably from where you sit too. Second, that stat about SMB IT spend outpacing enterprise IT for the first time ever this year. If we’re in what Joel calls the SaaSpocalypse for the enterprise, we’re in a resilience story for SMB. For an audience of MSPs, that’s your market, and that’s your moment. And the zofiQ story. A six-month hold, 5.3 times the invested capital to ConnectWise. What Joel said about what made it work – going deep into a singular problem rather than an inch deep and a mile wide – is as much a product philosophy lesson as it is a venture capital story. If you want to follow what Top Down is doing, find them at TopDown.com, where they publish a regular newsletter and annual white paper on the state of MSP capital. Their Horizons conference runs every November if you’re engaged in this ecosystem as a founder, an operator, or an investor. If you’re enjoying the show, please give the podcast a follow or subscribe on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, or most of the major podcast directories. Ratings and reviews are always encouraged. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Top Down Ventures closes C$38M Founders Fund I: Top Down Ventures has announced the final close of its Founders Fund I at $38 million Canadian, oversubscribed against its original target. According to the firm, this is the first institutional fund focused exclusively on early-stage software and AI for the MSP ecosystem, backed by more than 100 MSP operators including Pax8. The fund’s first exit – zofiQ to ConnectWise – returned 5.3x the invested capital in roughly six months. Canada now second globally for ransomware, Fortinet reports: New data from Fortinet‘s 2026 Global Threat Landscape Report and its companion 2026 Cybersecurity Skills Gap Report show Canada has moved from third to second globally for ransomware attacks, with 374 organizations extorted and 17 billion total cyberattacks recorded in 2025. According to Fortinet, AI-accelerated threats are compressing time-to-exploit by two to four times, while 47 percent of Canadian IT leaders cite a cybersecurity skills shortage as a top cause of breaches. Barracuda: one in three emails now malicious or spam: Barracuda‘s 2026 Email Threats Report, based on analysis of 3.1 billion emails, finds that 48 percent of malicious email activity is phishing, 34 percent of organizations experience account takeover at least monthly, and 70 percent of malicious PDFs now hide phishing links inside QR codes. According to Barracuda, attackers are shifting toward stealthier, trust-based tactics designed to bypass traditional filters, creating growing demand for layered email protection and automated response. Calian completes Computex acquisition: Ottawa-based Calian Group has officially completed its acquisition of U.S. managed service provider Computex. The deal expands Calian’s American IT services footprint and adds to its cybersecurity capabilities. Crogl begins private rollout of AI SOC platform: Crogl has initiated a private rollout of its new AI-powered SOC platform, positioning it to help service providers automate threat response and reduce alert fatigue for lean security teams. Pax8 and NinjaOne announce MSP partnership: Pax8 and NinjaOne have announced a partnership starting as a referral motion, giving MSPs a path to RMM and unified IT operations tools while the companies work toward future marketplace integration. TD SYNNEX secures reserved NVIDIA GPU access for MSPs: TD SYNNEX has arranged reserved NVIDIA GPU capacity for channel partners through a deal with Nebius AI Cloud, giving MSPs a route to AI infrastructure services without buying hardware or competing with hyperscalers for supply. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, May 12, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Top Down Ventures has announced the final close of its Founders Fund I, pulling in 38 million Canadian dollars and oversubscribing its original target. According to the firm, this is the first institutional fund focused exclusively on early-stage software and artificial intelligence for the managed service provider ecosystem, which it values as a roughly 1 trillion dollar global IT services category. The fund is backed by a limited partner base of more than 100 MSP operators, including distribution giant Pax8. Top Down noted that closing the fund in the current economic environment was a challenge, but the oversubscription signals clear institutional interest in the MSP software space. The firm also pointed to its first exit as a proof point – zofiQ, an agentic AI platform for MSP service desks, was acquired by ConnectWise just six months after Top Down’s initial investment, returning 5.3 times the invested capital. Having dedicated institutional capital purpose-built for the ecosystem means the next generation of MSP tooling gets funded by people who actually understand the problem. For solution providers thinking about where the platform wars are heading over the next five years, this fund is part of that story. New data released yesterday by Fortinet paints a stark picture of Canada’s position in the global threat landscape. According to the company’s 2026 Global Threat Landscape Report and its companion 2026 Cybersecurity Skills Gap Report, Canada has moved from third to second globally in ransomware attacks, with 374 Canadian organizations extorted last year. Total cyberattacks against Canadian targets surged to 17 billion in 2025, up from 13.7 billion the year before. Fortinet’s FortiGuard Labs says the time-to-exploit for critical vulnerabilities is now running two to four times faster than it was, driven by threat actors deploying agentic AI to accelerate reconnaissance and execution. The skills picture compounds the problem: 47 percent of Canadian IT leaders cited a lack of cybersecurity talent as a top cause of breaches, and 49 percent say they struggle to hire staff with specific AI security experience. That combination – faster attacks, a shrinking talent pool – is exactly the kind of environment where a strong MSP security practice becomes a business necessity for SMB clients, not a nice-to-have. Derek Manky, chief security strategist and global vice president of threat intelligence at FortiGuard Labs, called it an “industrialized defense” challenge. New research from Barracuda released this morning adds another dimension to the threat picture. Based on an analysis of 3.1 billion emails, the company’s 2026 Email Threats Report finds that one in three emails is now malicious or unwanted spam. According to Barracuda, 48 percent of malicious email activity is phishing, 34 percent of organizations experience account takeover at least once per month, and 90 percent of high-volume phishing campaigns now use phishing-as-a-service kits. Perhaps most notable for the managed services conversation: 70 percent of malicious PDFs now hide phishing links inside QR codes, a tactic specifically designed to bypass traditional email filters. Barracuda positions the core finding as a shift in attacker strategy – away from noisy malware and toward stealthier, trust-based techniques that use compromised accounts and familiar file formats to slip past defenses. The report identifies growing demand for layered email and identity protection combined with automated response, which points directly to an opportunity for service providers helping customers with lean IT teams who are already stretched managing alert volume. In Brief – Calian Group has completed its acquisition of U.S. managed service provider Computex, expanding the Ottawa-based firm’s American footprint and cybersecurity capabilities. Crogl has begun a private rollout of its AI-powered SOC platform, positioning it to help service providers automate threat response and cut alert fatigue. Pax8 and NinjaOne have announced a partnership starting as a referral motion, giving MSPs a path to RMM and unified IT operations tools while the companies work toward future marketplace integration. TD SYNNEX has given MSPs reserved access to NVIDIA GPU capacity through a deal with Nebius AI Cloud, letting channel partners deliver AI infrastructure services without buying hardware or competing with hyperscalers for GPU supply. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, I sit down with Joel Abramson, managing partner at Top Down Ventures, to go deeper on the Founders Fund close – the LP flywheel strategy, the zofiQ exit, and what it means for the companies building the next generation of MSP software. And if you missed it yesterday, check out my conversation with Steven Kiss, partner and national ServiceNow practice leader at EY Canada, on what building Canada’s first ServiceNow elite partner teaches you about what is coming next in the agentic enterprise. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Steven Kiss, partner and national ServiceNow practice leader at EY Canada This is the final episode in our Knowledge 2026 coverage series, recorded live in Las Vegas. If you haven’t caught the earlier episodes, we’d suggest starting with our conversations with ServiceNow SVP of global partnerships and channels Michael Park and ServiceNow AVP of Canada Cristin Gooderham – both published last week. Steven Kiss is a partner at EY Canada and leads the firm’s ServiceNow practice nationally. His path to EY is worth knowing: in 2013 he co-founded SuMO IT Solutions, which grew into Canada’s largest ServiceNow boutique and became the country’s first gold and first elite ServiceNow partner. EY acquired SuMO in May 2021, making this conversation’s recording date – almost exactly five years later – a quietly meaningful one. EY is a global elite ServiceNow partner and the reigning worldwide partner of the year for banking, risk, and security. Steven’s strength in this conversation is that he speaks as a practitioner, not a spokesperson. He describes EY using ServiceNow internally as client zero – targeting eighty-five to ninety percent deflection of HR interactions, with employees getting instant answers to questions that used to require a chain of emails. He’s watching the agentic AI transition from the inside of a four-hundred-thousand-person organization. On the practice-building side, his advice is consistent and direct: configuration over customization, accelerators over custom builds, and outcomes over deliverables. The partners who survive the AI transition, he argues, are the ones who learn to translate technology capability into business value – not the ones who can deploy the most modules the fastest. His closing advice to Canadian MSPs and solution providers is worth the listen on its own: before you talk about what you can build, stop and ask what the client is actually trying to accomplish. It’s the philosophy that built SuMO – and it’s the one he’d hand to any partner trying to figure out where they fit in the agentic business era. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. This episode wraps up our coverage from last week’s ServiceNow Knowledge 2026 conference in Las Vegas. If you’ve been following along, you’ve heard from ServiceNow’s global channel chief on how the partner model is evolving around the Agentic Business, and from ServiceNow’s Canadian leader on what all the big announcements mean for Canadian enterprises and partners specifically. This conversation is a different angle altogether – what does this moment look like from someone who’s actually been building a ServiceNow practice in Canada for over a decade? My guest is Steven Kiss, partner and national ServiceNow practice leader at EY Canada. What makes this conversation different from a lot of partner-perspective interviews is his backstory. Steven didn’t arrive at EY through the traditional consulting path. In 2013, he co-founded SuMO IT Solutions, which became Canada’s largest ServiceNow boutique – the first gold and first elite partner in the country. EY acquired SuMO in May 2021, and Steven has been running the national ServiceNow practice from inside one of the world’s largest professional services firms ever since. EY is a global elite ServiceNow partner and the reigning worldwide partner of the year in banking, risk, and security. That combination – born in a boutique, operating at GSI scale, winning in regulated verticals – gives him a perspective on where the channel is headed that’s worth hearing whether you’re running a five-person shop or a fifty-person one. Let’s get right into it – my chat with Steven Kiss. Steven, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Steven Kiss: My pleasure, Rob. Good to be here. Robert Dutt: I want to start off with a little bit of the background. You didn’t arrive at EY through the traditional consulting angle. It’s neat that you built out a ServiceNow specialist in SuMO IT, which was then acquired. For listeners who don’t know the backstory, can you give us the elevator pitch version of what happened? And also, what does the EY ServiceNow footprint in Canada look like today? Steven Kiss: Yeah, absolutely. I’d love to tell you that story. It goes back to 2013, where we saw an obvious opening in the market. ServiceNow was coming on strong, really starting its momentum. We had a lot of legacy HP folks and HP Service Manager, et cetera. With ServiceNow, I think there was a real opportunity to see the market redefine and reshape itself. We launched in October 2013 with just a handful of employees, and really being focused on the goal of building the best service management partner organization in the country – that was the fuel that allowed us to grow. It wasn’t about how do we grow the quickest, have the most people, have the most certifications, be the most profitable. We really just wanted to be the place that people would come to when they wanted to modernize and accelerate their transformation. And then it grew into, I would say, Canada’s largest ServiceNow boutique. We were the first gold partner in the country, and then we became the first elite partner in the country. Then up to the point in May 2021 – which is our fifth anniversary coming up in a couple of days – we completed the acquisition by EY, where we brought 85 professionals into the EY Canada organization. That’s just the high-level story. Robert Dutt: That’s the backstory. Where’s that business at now? What does it look like in terms of scope and scale? Steven Kiss: It’s been an incredible ride. We brought in the things that made the boutique partner super successful, which meant very deep technical skills, then expanding as the ServiceNow platform expanded. But there’s a true opportunity within an organization like EY to leverage that front-end consulting engine. EY as a legacy consulting organization is in the market every day talking about HR, cyber risk, supply chain optimization, any part of the business. What that offered them was the ability to operationalize consulting – in the real world, solve the problem for the customer by using technology. We’ve been able to grow with that through activation and integration within the firm. It’s been an incredible ride and it still continues to grow and expand today. Significant growth over the past five years. Robert Dutt: The big theme here was obviously the Agentic Business – the argument that the pilot era is over and we’re moving towards autonomous AI deployment that shows real value. From where you sit, working with Canadian enterprises day to day, how does that land with what you’re seeing, with where people are? Are your clients there yet, or is this still aspirational for most? Steven Kiss: Well, I think let’s put it this way. I think people have a sense of what they’d like to accomplish when we talk about the agentic enterprise – the vision of the future, the aspirational vision of tomorrow. I think that’s somewhat clear in people’s minds. It may not be fully aligned from executive to executive across the board, but I think they have an aspirational thought of what it is. A couple of years ago, Gartner put out a quote – and I hate to misquote it – but something along the lines of the vast adoption of AI in an enterprise will come from the platforms people are already using. And of course, we’ve seen that: ServiceNow, who’s been in the AI space for years and years, and other platforms that enterprises trust are obviously incorporating AI capabilities. You’ve got departmental efficiencies in a lot of cases, but I don’t think you have the end-to-end benefit of AI all the way through. You’ve got pockets of it, but the enterprise benefits are not yet being realized. A hundred percent, like everybody says, we’re in the pilots and the kicking of the tires phase. But I think we have to think broader. This is not about how do I get my department to operate better, faster, stronger, cheaper – it’s really about the execution from request all the way through to fulfillment across the enterprise. We have the same actual goals as what we’ve had for years: breaking down silos, creating efficiencies across the enterprise, now with an expectation of accelerating all that. The good news is it’s at least a familiar challenge – a familiar motion – to break down those silos and get everyone rowing in the same direction. Robert Dutt: A hundred percent. And I think that’s exactly it. How do you see your role, or the role of other partners, in helping organizations get that alignment across executives and get everyone prioritizing and identifying the steps? Steven Kiss: Yeah, this is very interesting. This is where I look back on the earlier question about boutique versus the Big Four mindset now. I think of us very much along these lines. I’ve seen from the inside what organizations like EY have done. We’re a global operation – four hundred thousand people. Yes, we look at it from the Canadian lens because of being in Canada, but we’ve seen firsthand how these pockets of AI innovation turn into more enterprise workflows. Again, we’re four hundred thousand people, so any time we can see even single-digit efficiencies, that adds up to real dollars – and more importantly, less frustration for the people inside these workflows. We’re able to take these case studies and things that we’ve seen as client zero to our clients. We go, “Look, we are also a global operation. We have global employees. We understand the frictions from the inside.” And I think being able to tap into that front-end consulting engine I mentioned a few moments ago – we are already in the market talking to the people who own that business problem, the person who feels the pain of it, potentially the budget to solve it. We’re able to bring our expertise to that story and explain how we would solve that problem. I think the adoption of platforms like ServiceNow reduces the obstacles to get there, simply because we can leverage the “using technology you already own” mindset. You don’t have to buy yet again another tool, another platform, train more people. It’s already been security vetted. You already know how to support it. Your people are used to using it. Why not simply extend it into these areas? That’s been a huge benefit of the conversations we’re having. Robert Dutt: A big theme here – and whether you want to call it eating your own dog food or drinking your own champagne, ServiceNow tends to call it “Now on Now,” running the business on the product – I’m curious how you guys use ServiceNow internally, and especially as some of the new agentic capabilities roll in, how you’re thinking about it from an internal lens as a way to both learn and to add value to the organization. Steven Kiss: Yeah, absolutely. It continues the thought from before – AI, obviously, is going into every department. There isn’t a department that’s not looking at it. We’re doing the exact same thing internally. We are a client of ServiceNow in addition to being a global elite partner, and we have the luxury of being able to look at it from the point of view of scale. Initially people are looking at it from the departments that are – I don’t want to necessarily say early adopters, but potentially early adopters – and IT would be one. If you think about what happened a generation ago with IT service management moving into enterprise service management, it’s the exact same thing. IT is one of the most framework-driven departments in an organization. We ourselves have deployed ServiceNow in IT for request management, traditional help desk support, ticketing, case summarization – things of that nature have been huge. HR has also been a huge accelerated adoption area with ServiceNow – onboarding new employees and things of that nature. We also see ourselves moving very aggressively toward the target outcome of deflecting eighty-five to ninety percent of HR interactions. Things as basic as “What is the value of my flex benefit account?” or “How many days of vacation do I have?” – these are all things that the human in us wants to know nearly every day, but getting to that answer is not as easy as it should be. I have to send an email and I have to hope I get an answer. Now I can just simply ask and get the answer back. Looking at the employee from the human nature element is guiding where we’re taking it next. It’s really exciting where I’ve seen EY go from five years ago to today, and I think we’re going to see further acceleration in these areas. Robert Dutt: You guys just won Worldwide Partner of the Year for banking and risk. Very specific distinction – not just great implementation partner, but specifically in high-stakes, regulated space. Take your victory lap. What does that actually mean in terms of what you think you’re doing that more generalist partners aren’t? Steven Kiss: It’s incredible. And Rob, I hate to point it out – you also missed security in there. So it’s risk, security, and banking, which means we’re on the resilience side. If I take risk and security together, it’s not functional deployments of these things – it’s understanding the mindset of what resilience means to organizations, especially regulated industries like banking. This is a perfect example where these things actually come together. I think what separates us, in addition to the obvious large footprint in the banking and financial services sector to begin with, is again leveraging that front-end consulting engine. It’s one of our largest sectors. It’s where we’ve got a ton of innovation going, especially internally at EY with our AI innovation centers, et cetera. There’s a lot of horsepower and investment directed at these. I think they’re also the sectors that are investing the most themselves. So there’s a very strong partnership. It’s truly amazing for us. We work with very large financial institutions to help them get to success in these areas. I think it’s also not about deployment of modules. It’s not about people at hours. It’s really about outcomes and value – being able to really understand our clients, understand their business, understand their greatest challenges, connecting those issues across levels in the organization so we can understand what success looks like for them. We also have banking innovation departments with people who spend all day, every day just thinking about what the future of banking looks like. Being able to apply the value proposition of the ServiceNow alliance as part of those conversations is a huge differentiator. And this is the third year that we are the banking partner of the year, so we see continued success there. Robert Dutt: Close to home – I keep thinking about regulated industries in Canada, data sovereignty, public sector sensitivity, OSFI E-21, all of these things. Given that you guys have practice strength in exactly those regulated environments, where do you see the biggest near-term deployment opportunities for ServiceNow in Canada specifically? And what do you see as the blockers that are still there? Steven Kiss: Yeah, absolutely. I’ll start with blockers. I think organizations need to realize that they’ve got to get their data in order. This is the foundational element that’s going to stop rapid deployment if they don’t have it in place. They’re just going to be behind – and I don’t think the market is going to tolerate falling behind. The people who are proactive at investing in what tomorrow is going to look like will be the winners from a business perspective. That’s foundationally it. When you start talking about OSFI E-21 and regulation, they’re very defined on what the needs are, but I don’t think those needs are defined fully – we can’t see so many years out. They will constantly evolve, because we ourselves don’t ultimately know what AI is going to look like. So how would the regulations? They’re going to constantly evolve and mature. And I think the benefit of what I’ve seen in platforms like ServiceNow is the endless ability to evolve with the times without ripping and replacing. The investments will be leveraged and built upon and refined. I haven’t seen any other organization plow as much R&D into their platform as ServiceNow has. It’s not build your own house. They’ve defined it and created the frameworks, and configuration – not customization – is going to get us where we need to go. That’s a huge differentiator. But again, it’s ultimately going to come down to navigating the endless evolution of these regulatory needs. Robert Dutt: One of the big announcements this week – Action Fabric and the MCP integration layer – opens the door for partners to build proprietary IP on top of the platform and bring it to market as their own. Curious how you’re thinking about that. Is that something you’re doing – building reusable accelerators or industry-specific agents that you’re bringing to clients? And how do you think about the build-versus-configure question as that evolves? Steven Kiss: Yeah. I’ll start at the end and you can keep me on the straight and narrow with the rest of the question. With clients, it’s very much about having a framework of success as you start to deploy. And as I said previously – configuration, not customization. Leveraging as much out of the box as possible, and industry-leading practices are going to drive how we deploy things. This is not about individual whims. There is a well-worn path in front of you – follow it, adapt around it, and then you are going to be running, not walking. The organizations that adapt and create that framework of success are going to be the very successful ones. As it relates to building blocks to create IP at the partner level on top of the platform – I think we’ve seen this for years with different degrees of success – because you’re essentially thinking about it from a productizing perspective. You have to accept the fact that if you are in the productized business, you are a product organization. You need size, scale, ongoing investment. You have to have that commitment internally. I’m a big fan of innovation where it doesn’t ratchet down the foundational capabilities of the platform. I’m a big supporter of accelerators that allow clients to get to the finish line faster – and these don’t necessarily mean we’re creating a product that locks clients into certain capabilities, because we’ve seen the negative side of that over the past five, seven, ten years. Accelerators that provide an industry-leading process to the conversation, that allow us to move the client toward the outcome of what this thing should look like – those are very positive. And once again, if you think about EY, the brand is very strong in risk, security, the resilience story. Partnering with an organization known for that just accelerates the path to the finish line. Robert Dutt: Outside of what we’ve already talked about – or even within it – what have been your big takeaways from the event? What caught your ear the most and changed the way you think about something, or that you think is going to lead you to do something new or different in the practice once you get back home? Steven Kiss: The show, a hundred percent. A couple of things. First of all, the way ServiceNow is actually driving the market forward. In some ways it’s very Apple-esque – the old Steve Jobs quote, “our customers don’t tell us what they need, we’re there to help guide them.” I’ve seen that with things like AI Control Tower. Everybody’s excited about the possibilities of AI, but we can’t just let it loose. It has to be governed. And we have to be able to, over our Monday morning lattes, look at a single system and understand where our position of risk is. Number two – the areas of regulated industries and having a recommended path forward for clients operating in those sectors, being able to guide them through that in an accelerated way so we’re not waiting years to get there. Organizations are looking at this like an arms race – everyone’s running. So let’s make sure they don’t trip and get them there. Those are probably the areas where I’m the most excited about continuing to see the innovation and investment from ServiceNow. It’s something that I don’t think has ever been seen at that level. The way they’ve adapted to the AI story has been incredibly impressive – not following, very much leading. And I think it’s just very exciting. Robert Dutt: Last one for me. Our audience is primarily VARs, MSPs, smaller solution providers – not GSIs, but folks who are watching what you guys at the big integrators are doing because it tells them something about where the market’s going. Especially given your former life leading SuMO and being in that boutique partner role – if you were advising a mid-sized MSP or other partner right now, who’s trying to figure out their AI strategy and where ServiceNow might fit within it, what would be the most important thing you’d tell them? Steven Kiss: I think at the end of the day, a laser focus on the client and what success looks like for them. This is not about the technology – the technology is the enabler to get to success. Our secret sauce as we were building our boutique was really to say: yes, you come to us and ask us, “Hey, we want to deploy a module, we want to do this thing, we need a couple of people that are skilled at this.” I would always stop and say that’s great, we would love to have that conversation – but before we get there, what is it you’re trying to accomplish? Who in your organization benefits – customers, employees, vendors, partners? Tell me how it’s done today and tell me what you think it’s going to look like tomorrow. That’s going to be the best way we can advise you and get you there, because we want to be part of your success and create a long-term partnership. This is not about having more certifications than you do as a differentiator. This is not about being able to code quicker. It’s really about understanding what success looks like. Yes, you make yourself successful because you understand how to deploy – and the functional component of that is selling a deliverable, people, hours. But unless you’re able to translate that into outcomes and value, and articulate the problem that this solves, there’s no way you’re going to justify budget for the next thing you’re trying to do. If you simply focus on the functional execution part and not the business side of it, you will be left behind. You have to constantly think about that. It can be exhausting sometimes, especially for partners that are more technology-driven and not business or consulting-driven. That is a comfort zone you have to get out of. And I think if you do that, you’ll find it’s a very refreshing way to guide your organization through these next steps. Robert Dutt: That’s great advice. And I think we’re seeing a lot of momentum towards partners being encouraged to think that way. So I appreciate it being amplified. Steven, thanks for taking the time once again. Hope the rest of the show goes well for you. Steven Kiss: Thank you very much. I appreciate it. Thank you for the time as well. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Steven Kiss, partner and national ServiceNow practice leader at EY Canada, recorded live at Knowledge 2026 in Las Vegas. I’d like to thank Steven for his time – and for being one of the more candid guests we’ve had on this show about what it actually takes to build and sustain a practice in this market. And thank you for listening. Three things from this conversation worth sitting with. First – EY as its own test lab. The detail that stuck with me most wasn’t about client work. It was Steven describing what EY is doing internally with ServiceNow – targeting eighty-five to ninety percent deflection of HR interactions, so that a question like “what’s the value of my flex benefit account?” or “how many vacation days do I have?” gets answered instantly rather than through a chain of emails. That’s a four-hundred-thousand-person organization using itself as client zero. When he talks about AI adoption in enterprises, he’s talking about something he’s watching from the inside. That credibility comes through. Second – configuration, not customization. Steven returned to this idea more than once, and it’s worth repeating. His argument is that the partners who try to build elaborate custom solutions on top of the ServiceNow platform are going to get left behind by the partners who master what’s already there, build accelerators that help clients move faster, and focus relentlessly on business outcomes rather than technical deliverables. It’s a discipline that’s easier to say than to build into a practice culture. And third – the advice he’d give any mid-sized MSP or solution provider right now. It comes straight from the SuMO playbook. Before you talk about what you can build or deploy, stop and ask the client what they’re actually trying to accomplish. Who benefits? How does it work today? What does tomorrow look like? That’s not a sales technique – it’s an operating philosophy. And it’s the thing he says separates partners who justify the next engagement from partners who get left behind. That wraps up our Knowledge 2026 coverage series. Thanks for spending the week with us in Las Vegas. If you’re finding In The Channel useful, we’d love for you to follow or subscribe wherever you’re listening. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated and always read. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Cristin Gooderham, area vice president of Canada enterprise sales at ServiceNow This week’s In The Channel episodes have been coming live from ServiceNow’s Knowledge 2026 conference in Las Vegas, where the company made its most aggressive platform repositioning in years – moving from workflow automation into what it’s calling the Agentic Business: autonomous AI agents doing real enterprise work, governed by a platform layer that sits above everything else running in your organization. The big announcements – AI Control Tower, Action Fabric, the Go Live AI guarantee – were covered extensively earlier this week. This conversation is a different question: what does all of that actually mean if your customers are Canadian? Cristin Gooderham is area vice president of Canada enterprise sales at ServiceNow. In this conversation, she makes a case worth sitting with: the traits that have historically made Canadian enterprises slower adopters – governance-first thinking, regulatory sensitivity, preference for proven approaches – are actually an advantage in this specific moment. When the lead pitch for enterprise AI is governance and control, Canada is ahead of the curve, not behind it. She also touches on the partner ecosystem dynamic, describing a market that saw boutique ServiceNow specialists absorbed by larger integrators over the past few years, and is now seeing a new generation of AI-first specialists starting to emerge and fill that gap. For Canadian solution providers trying to figure out where they fit in the ServiceNow ecosystem, that’s an encouraging signal. And on the security side, the completed acquisitions of Armis and Veza aren’t just product additions – they’re an active attempt to bring a new category of security-domain partners into an ecosystem that hasn’t historically included them. This episode is part of our Knowledge 2026 coverage series. Also in the series: our conversation with ServiceNow SVP of global partnerships and channels Michael Park, and on Monday, EY Canada partner and national ServiceNow practice leader Steven Kiss. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. This week I’ve been at ServiceNow’s Knowledge 2026 conference in Las Vegas, where the company spent the week making the case for what it’s calling the Agentic Business – the argument that the AI pilot era is over and autonomous agents doing real enterprise work, governed by a platform layer, is the new reality. Yesterday, you heard from ServiceNow’s global channel chief on what it means for the partner model. This episode is a different question: what does it actually mean if you’re a Canadian enterprise or a Canadian partner? My guest is Cristin Gooderham, area vice president for Canada enterprise sales at ServiceNow. She’s leading the company’s go-to-market motion in Canada at what is genuinely a pivotal moment – a week where the platform her team sells just repositioned itself as the governance layer for all enterprise AI, not just workflow automation. We talked about where Canadian organizations actually are on this journey, what makes this market different from the US, and where she sees the near-term opportunity for Canadian partners. Let’s get right into it – my chat with Cristin Gooderham. Cristin, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Cristin Gooderham: I’m very excited to be here. Thank you so much for taking the time with me. Robert Dutt: Well, and thanks for having me out to Knowledge to get a sense of what’s going on here. When you look at where Canadian enterprises are right now on AI adoption – a big theme obviously this week is moving from proof of concepts to proving actual value – where do you see the Canadian market in that regard? Are we ahead, behind, or is it more complicated than that? Cristin Gooderham: I wouldn’t say we’re behind. I would say we’re right on pace with what I’ve seen from my US counterparts. We have some organizations that are driving full force ahead, and then we do have some that are still stuck in that POC landscape where they’re really still struggling to define what they want AI to be for them – which is probably the biggest thing. Where we’ve seen organizations really do a tremendous job is where they’ve come with a very strong point of view of what their business challenge was and tried to look at it from an AI perspective, versus “I wonder what AI could solve for me.” Robert Dutt: The more concrete the approach, the better it sounds like. Cristin Gooderham: Absolutely. Tying everything to a business outcome that can actually, particularly if it can support revenue, is where we see organizations find not just the energy but the funding to put towards it. Robert Dutt: Bill McDermott’s framing this morning was the AI blind spot – organizations running agents without governance visibility, which has kind of been the state of play up until now. Given what you know about Canadian enterprises – whether it’s regulatory caution, public sector sensitivity, or just Canadian conservatism in terms of not wanting to be first out on that limb – do you think that message lands differently in Canada than it does in the US or other markets? Cristin Gooderham: I think for ServiceNow it lands even stronger in the Canadian market because of that conservatism. The reality is platforms like ServiceNow are really bringing to the market true visibility into your AI asset estate and the ability to actually govern and audit what is going on with your AI agents. No one is going to win the AI race by having all the agents – that’s just not a realistic expectation. But having visibility into what all those agents are doing, particularly once they start talking to each other – I think Canadian organizations are going to be very interested to have a view of that estate before they make massive investments in AI. We’ve already had those discussions with a lot of clients who really want to understand: of course we want to get AI, of course we want to find efficiency gains, but we need to do it in a way that we can govern it. That’s been a very key message, and it’s great to hear Bill reiterating it here because that’s really what ServiceNow can bring to the table. Robert Dutt: How live has that governance discussion been with clients to date? Cristin Gooderham: I would say the discussion has been very live. The implementation and action of it – we are working diligently on that piece. Where we’ve seen success is with clients in particular verticals that are far more mature with ServiceNow than others. Our banks in Canada, for example, have been invested in ServiceNow and really viewing us as a strategic platform since as early as 2010 in some cases. They’ve made investments not just from an IT point of view but have expanded into the security and risk areas of our platform. Those are the ones where we’re having the most productive discussions and are really moving quickly beyond proof of value into true value. Robert Dutt: I’m curious to what degree you see the regulatory environment as backfilling that as well – how often is it being driven by existing or coming regulation, especially in regulated industries? Cristin Gooderham: As always, the laws are typically behind the technology. What I’ve seen is that our own customers are taking a very forward-facing look at it because they know that regulation will be something to consider. We’ve had tremendous discussions on AI processing data, data at rest, Canadian sovereignty of the data. That has been a really hot topic. There’s no strong directive coming from the federal government to say all data must reside in Canada at all times. But the AI component has made it very interesting, and it’s a discussion we’re having constantly with customers. Robert Dutt: A stat that came up yesterday was that ninety percent of ServiceNow implementations globally are partner-involved or partner-delivered. What does that mix look like in Canada? What can you tell me about GSIs versus smaller partners? Are you seeing a new breed of more specialized, AI-focused partners emerging that are punching above their weight? Cristin Gooderham: The partner ecosystem in Canada is absolutely a complete mix – everything from global GSIs down to extremely unique niche partners. Over the last few years, we did see a tremendous amount of our really strong boutique partners actually get acquired by global GSIs. When I got to ServiceNow six years ago, we had a tremendous amount of point partners – ServiceNow-specialized and very focused on a particular part of our platform. That went away for a bit because so many GSIs were excited about the opportunity to expand their ServiceNow practices. Now we’re seeing the resurgence of those smaller point solution partners coming back with a ServiceNow-only, AI-first view, which has been really exciting to see. Robert Dutt: I wonder if this becomes a cycle that repeats itself as those folks grow up and we see another wave of consolidation down the road. Cristin Gooderham: Potentially, absolutely. But the opportunity for partners in Canada to focus on ServiceNow is tremendous. We’re really excited to see some of these up-and-coming partners. We had two recently launched in Western Canada – both Ardent Labs and Skymark – taking a ServiceNow-only focus, which is a very different approach than the GSIs. The GSIs are fantastic, but they look holistically. A ServiceNow-dedicated partner can really make an impact in ways a GSI won’t necessarily prioritize. Robert Dutt: One trend we’re seeing across the channel is multi-partner engagement becoming more common. You’re nodding as I say that. I’m curious what you’re seeing in terms of situations where a big GSI tags in more specialized partners to fill the bench and meet customer needs. Cristin Gooderham: It is absolutely critical and something we at ServiceNow fully support. We do it ourselves – we have our own expert services, and a lot of times we will engage niche partners to fill particular gaps. One of the areas where I see our partner ecosystem doing that a tremendous amount is in the security and risk space, because some partners are phenomenal on the overall platform but security and risk is a different skill set – it’s even a different vocabulary. I love seeing partners collaborate because it’s usually the best option for the customer. It’s the best outcome for everybody: the partners are successful, the customer is successful, and therefore ServiceNow is successful. Robert Dutt: I realize this is not how one builds out a business model, but I’m curious – as you said, there’s a rising generation of ServiceNow-focused partners. If you were to point to the greenfield, the underserviced opportunity in the Canadian market today, what would it be? Cristin Gooderham: So I’ve touched on it already – security and risk. With our acquisitions of both Armis and Veza, that is an area where we’re going to continue to invest. If ServiceNow partners are looking to expand their skill set, that is where we need additional help. When we started having the AI Control Tower discussion late last year, it was at every executive briefing the thing that made every CIO sit up and pay attention. So anything in that space is really where we’re going to need to see continued partner enablement and adoption, and hopefully new partners coming in to pick it up. Beyond that, as we continue to make moves into the CRM space, those are also going to be areas where we need additional partners. We have phenomenal partners from the US that come up and do work here, but as an opportunity for more Canadian jobs, that’s definitely an area I would point Canadian partners toward. Robert Dutt: The AI Factory and NVIDIA partnership that came up – how do you see that through a Canadian lens? Cristin Gooderham: I think the key piece is that NVIDIA and ServiceNow together have a great story. We know most of our customers are investing in NVIDIA – a number of the telcos, we’ve already had discussions with them. So it’s really an opportunity for us to continue to expand our AI footprint and help create really positive three-way relationships. As NVIDIA becomes more and more critical in every market, it’s fantastic to see that they see the value in ServiceNow – and our customers are seeing the same thing. Robert Dutt: Data sovereignty – big issue in the Canadian market. It sounded from your earlier comments like it’s not quite a hard regulatory concern yet, but how do you see it playing out? What are customers asking you about? Cristin Gooderham: Data sovereignty is a hot topic in every customer engagement we have. In the public sector space it has a tremendous amount of weight. We’ve seen a real shift from the federal government in terms of their position on sovereignty – they haven’t come out and defined very strongly what data sovereignty looks like, but it’s absolutely something we’re focused on. We announced earlier last year a large investment in Canada to build out our own isolated full stack to host all of our public sector clients, ensuring Canadians on Canadian soil are managing the data. But it does stop somewhat short of true sovereignty. The benefit of SaaS is the ability to push upgrades to customers at any given time – as soon as you move to true data sovereignty, that piece closes off. It doesn’t make it a negative, it’s just something clients need to make decisions on. Robert Dutt: With AI Control Tower coming online and the way Bill was repositioning the company around that governance layer – as almost the orchestrator of the ecosystem – how does that change the partner role? Cristin Gooderham: I don’t think it changes the partner role tremendously. As you heard in the keynote this morning, we’ve always been the platform of platforms, and we’re still advocating that message. It’s just refined itself to really focus on securing and governing the AI estate, as opposed to a more open approach. Partners are still going to be critical to help us get customers to success. But it does mean that retraining and focus into those areas – understanding the security and governance piece – is going to be critical moving forward. Robert Dutt: The security piece is so big in the channel writ large. Do you see it as another entry point for new partners to come into the ServiceNow ecosystem and add what you’re doing to what they’re doing with other vendors and their own managed services? Cristin Gooderham: Absolutely. Where I think there’s a really interesting opportunity is for more security-focused partners that perhaps haven’t focused on ServiceNow before – they’re focused on multiple different point solutions – to actually start looking at ServiceNow as another tool to put in their bag. We are having expanded security conversations all the time. I think it’s very clear through our acquisitions that this is going to be a continued focus. A security partner like Arctiq, for example – they’re already engaged a lot with us, and I believe they’re already engaged with Armis. This could be a really interesting push for them to take on more of ServiceNow. The good part is that there’s no shortage of security tools out there to take on. The challenge as a partner is the same thing – there’s no shortage of security tools to take on. Robert Dutt: Is that mindshare conversation with security-focused partners already happening, or is there a strategy to identify the right partners and get on their radar? Cristin Gooderham: Those conversations are already happening – not necessarily with the more niche individual security partners yet, but a number of the GSIs have very strong security and risk practices. We’ve had a lot of reach out from Canadian partners at organizations like KPMG, where they run a security and risk practice and are very excited about these acquisitions and wanting to discuss how this folds into their practice. So there’s definitely opportunity at every level of partner. Robert Dutt: We talked a little bit about governance, and I noticed that Bell Canada is presenting tomorrow on the subject of their governance guardrails implementation. What can you tell me about that relationship and what they’ve done? Are we starting to see a cluster of organizations moving toward that space, or is Bell still more of a bellwether? Cristin Gooderham: When we talk about Bell, we have to talk about two different angles. We have Bell as a customer – Bell Business, who are a phenomenal customer we’ve engaged with in a very long-term relationship and who have made a huge investment to innovate on the ServiceNow platform. And then underneath Bell we also have their partner, Acteamo, which is a fully Bell-backed organization that is a services partner in the Canadian ecosystem. So there’s Bell as the customer and Bell as the partner. We have phenomenal relationships with both, and we’re very excited to see what Acteamo is doing in the ecosystem. I know they’re looking to expand not only across Canada but even into the US to bring some of the learnings from working with Bell Canada to other telcos. Robert Dutt: When you’re talking to Canadian solution providers who’ve seen the announcements this week and are trying to figure out where they fit in the whole Agentic Business picture – what’s your advice on where to focus, where to build practice, where the opportunity is richest and most accessible right now in the Canadian market? Cristin Gooderham: I’ll go back to what I said at the very beginning – focus on business outcomes. Nobody is interested in a discussion on agentic AI to modernize your CMDB. It’s truly about finding problems in the organization where AI can lead to either revenue generation or true cost savings. Where partners will be successful is if they can quickly identify – whether it’s verticalized opportunities across oil and gas, telco, or retail – areas where they’ve had success before and can bring that to customers. I don’t know that there’s a single point of entry. The challenge with AI is that it can do so many things. But Canadians like to start small. They like to be able to prove something out quickly, and then they like to move fast. So I would always caution partners: look for opportunities to do just that. Start small, move quickly, and then progress to the next step. Robert Dutt: That’s great advice. I appreciate your time, especially given how busy things are. You really helped put a Canadian lens on a lot of what we’ve heard this week. Cristin Gooderham: Thank you so much. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Cristin Gooderham, area vice president for Canada enterprise sales at ServiceNow, recorded live at Knowledge 2026 in Las Vegas. I’d like to thank Cristin for her time during what was clearly a very busy week for the ServiceNow team. And thank you for listening. A few things worth pulling out of this one. First – the Canadian conservatism point. Cristin made the case that the traits that have historically made Canadian enterprises slower adopters – caution around governance, preference for proven approaches, regulatory sensitivity – are actually an advantage in this specific moment. The agentic AI conversation leads with governance. That’s a message that lands here before it lands anywhere else, and that’s an opening for partners. Second – the partner ecosystem observation. What she described is a market that went through a consolidation phase where boutique ServiceNow specialists got absorbed by larger integrators, and is now seeing a new generation of AI-first specialists starting to emerge and fill that gap again. If you’re a mid-sized Canadian solution provider trying to figure out where you fit, that’s encouraging news. And third – security as the door. The Armis and Veza acquisitions she referenced aren’t just product additions. They’re a signal that ServiceNow is actively trying to pull in a new category of security-domain partners who haven’t historically been in the ServiceNow ecosystem. If your practice is in that space, it’s worth paying attention. More from Knowledge 2026 on Monday, when I’ll have my conversation with Steven Kiss, partner and national ServiceNow practice leader at EY Canada – a conversation about what the boutique-to-big-four journey actually teaches you about where the channel is headed next. If you’re finding In The Channel useful, we’d love for you to follow or subscribe wherever you’re listening. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated and always read. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: inforcer launches Copilot Manager: inforcer has released its new Copilot Manager feature, giving MSPs in-depth visibility into Microsoft 365 Copilot adoption and shadow AI usage across customer tenants. According to the company, as many as 80% of SMB employees are using unauthorized AI tools at work, and IBM research cited by inforcer suggests organizations with high shadow AI exposure average $670,000 more in breach costs. The tool builds on the company’s earlier Copilot Readiness Assessment and has already been trialed in beta by more than 200 MSPs globally. SUSE launches Sovereign Partners Specialization: SUSE has announced a new Sovereign Partners Specialization at its SUSECON 2026 conference in Prague, designed for MSPs and channel partners operating in sovereign cloud environments. The specialization is structured as an agile layer on top of SUSE’s existing partner program, targeting partners who already hold sovereign field certifications and know the SUSE technology stack. For Canadian solution providers, the timing aligns with accelerating data sovereignty requirements under OSFI E-21 and Quebec’s Law 25. Cayosoft launches Microsoft Migration Services: Cayosoft has launched a full-cycle Microsoft identity migration service delivered in partnership with XMS Solutions, covering Active Directory, Entra ID, Microsoft 365, Exchange, SharePoint, and Teams. According to the company, the offering addresses the security exposure that persists after migrations that close on schedule but leave behind broken permissions and unmanaged identity drift. The service spans pre-migration assessment through post-migration monitoring and governance. Kaseya unveils Agentic IT Management Platform: Kaseya has announced what it is calling the first Agentic IT Management Platform, powered by a proprietary dataset the company calls Kaseya Intelligence, combining real-world IT data with an execution layer designed to act autonomously on behalf of MSPs. GuidePoint Security wins CrowdStrike Americas Partner of the Year: GuidePoint Security has been named CrowdStrike’s 2026 Americas Partner of the Year after the two companies surpassed $1 billion in cumulative joint sales, a milestone the company is positioning as validation of its managed security practice. Dyna Software showcases Platform Copilot at Knowledge 2026: Dyna Software is demonstrating Platform Copilot at ServiceNow Knowledge 2026, positioning the tool as a way to generate ServiceNow environment configurations from natural language inputs and images, reducing prototyping time for implementation partners. Kyndryl pushes AI deeper into IT operations: Kyndryl has announced updates expanding autonomous AI capabilities across its global IT operations practice, extending AI-assisted resolution workflows for its managed services engagements. Upwind adds Windows Server runtime visibility: Upwind has launched runtime visibility support for Windows Server virtual machines running across AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud Platform, closing a cross-platform gap in its cloud-native security coverage. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Friday, May 8, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Managing Microsoft 365 Copilot is becoming a genuine operational challenge for MSPs, and a company called inforcer is positioning itself as the answer with the launch of its new Copilot Manager feature. The company, which makes Microsoft 365 multi-tenant management software for managed service providers, says Copilot Manager gives partners in-depth visibility into Copilot adoption trends across all client tenants, and – critically – the ability to monitor shadow AI usage. According to inforcer, as many as eighty percent of SMB employees are bringing their own AI tools to work, using unauthorized or open-source applications that increase the risk of data leakage. The company cites IBM research suggesting one in five organizations have experienced a breach due to shadow AI, with those carrying high shadow AI exposure averaging six hundred and seventy thousand dollars more in breach costs. The business case here is straightforward for solution providers. Copilot has crossed twenty million paid seats. The licensing is in motion. What most MSPs lack is the infrastructure to make Copilot governance a repeatable, billable service rather than a one-time check-in conversation. Copilot Manager has already been trialed in beta by more than two hundred MSPs globally, and the company says it builds directly on a Copilot Readiness Assessment tool released last year, giving partners a documented progression from pre-sales evaluation through ongoing managed AI services. SUSE has launched a new Sovereign Partners Specialization as part of its channel program, a move that carries meaningful implications for the Canadian market. The announcement came at the company’s annual SUSECON conference in Prague last month, with details emerging publicly this week. SUSE is positioning the specialization as an agile layer on top of its existing partner program, designed specifically for early-mover partners who already hold sovereign field certifications and are invested in the sovereign technology market. According to Hayley Wienszczak, SUSE’s head of global partner programs and success, the initial go-to-market will focus on existing SUSE MSPs who know the technology stack, working jointly to onboard the first reference customers onto a full SUSE sovereign stack. More than ninety-eight percent of SUSE’s business runs through partners, and the company is framing the sovereign play as an opportunity to lock in that partner ecosystem around an emerging but fast-growing requirement. For Canadian MSPs, the timing aligns with accelerating regulatory pressure around data sovereignty – OSFI’s E-21 guideline on technology and third-party risk, Quebec’s Law 25, and federal Protected B requirements are all pushing enterprise buyers toward environments where data residency is a verifiable, contractual commitment rather than a vendor promise. SUSE is also opening co-sell registration to ISVs and system integrators alongside MSPs as part of the same program update. Earlier this week, Cayosoft launched a full-cycle Microsoft identity migration service that it says is designed to address the ongoing risk that sits inside most Active Directory and Entra ID environments. The offering, called Cayosoft Microsoft Migration Services, is being delivered in partnership with XMS Solutions, a long-time provider of migration and cybersecurity services. According to the company, the service covers Active Directory, Entra ID, Microsoft 365, Exchange, SharePoint, Teams, and related identity infrastructure, and spans the complete lifecycle from pre-migration assessment through phased execution, data integrity validation, and post-migration monitoring, governance, and recovery. The launch targets a specific and frequently mismanaged problem: migrations that declare success on go-live day while leaving behind broken permissions, duplicated identities, and poorly governed access that creates security exposure for months afterward. Cayosoft is specifically calling out M&A, divestitures, and consolidation scenarios as high-risk contexts. For Microsoft-focused channel partners, the model Cayosoft is describing – migration as the front door into a longer-term identity management and recovery engagement – represents a services motion that can extend well beyond the initial project. Partners who have historically treated Active Directory migrations as one-time engagements may find this a useful framework for repackaging that work as an ongoing managed practice. In Brief Kaseya has unveiled what it is calling the first Agentic IT Management Platform, powered by a proprietary dataset the company calls Kaseya Intelligence.  GuidePoint Security has been named CrowdStrike’s 2026 Americas Partner of the Year after the two companies surpassed one billion dollars in cumulative joint sales.  Dyna Software is showcasing its Platform Copilot at ServiceNow Knowledge 2026, positioning the tool as a way to generate ServiceNow configurations from natural language and images.  Kyndryl has announced updates pushing AI deeper into its IT operations practice, expanding autonomous resolution capabilities across its global managed services engagements.  Upwind has launched new runtime visibility support for Windows Server virtual machines across AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud Platform, addressing a gap in cross-platform endpoint coverage.  Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we continue our Knowledge 2026 series with Cristin Gooderham, area vice president of Canada enterprise sales at ServiceNow, on what the shift to agentic business looks like from a Canadian market perspective. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday on In The Channel we published my conversation with Michael Park, ServiceNow’s global channel chief, on why the company put its AI product leader in charge of the channel – and what that means for how partners get built and compensated going forward.  That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Michael Park, senior vice president of global partnerships and channels at ServiceNow Recorded live at ServiceNow‘s Knowledge 2026 conference in Las Vegas, this episode features Michael Park, ServiceNow’s senior vice president of global partnerships and channels – a channel chief who came not from sales or alliances, but from leading AI go-to-market strategy for ServiceNow itself. Park explains why that appointment was intentional: scaling the partner organization for the agentic era requires the same mindset he applied to bringing AI to market – sitting at the intersection of customer demand, business model, and technology innovation, and being willing to rethink locked-in patterns. The conversation covers the mechanics of ServiceNow’s new Go Live AI guarantee – a 100-day production commitment that Park confirms is a program, not a promotion. In its current form, ServiceNow primes the delivery with partners sub-primed into the model. The stated intent is to eventually syndicate priming capability out to the partner network directly. Park also addresses the compression of traditional services work – implementation, configuration, and upgrades – and the new competencies partners will need to build around AI Control Tower administration, Action Fabric and MCP integration, and outcome-driven services built on platform telemetry. On partner economics, Park makes the case that focused ServiceNow partners will see higher operating margins as the same platform skill set applies across every buying center – IT, HR, CRM, procurement – reducing the per-resource cost of expanding into new practice areas. Also discussed: the opportunity for security-domain partners who haven’t traditionally engaged with ServiceNow to build new practices anchored in the Armis and Veza acquisitions, and the recent change making AI certification native to every ServiceNow product tier rather than a premium add-on. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. I’m recording this from Las Vegas, where I’ve spent the last few days at ServiceNow’s Knowledge 2026 conference. The big theme of the week has been what ServiceNow is calling the Agentic Business – the idea that we’ve moved past the AI pilot era and into a world where autonomous AI agents are doing real work, governed by a platform layer that sits above everything else running in your enterprise. That governance layer – ServiceNow’s AI Control Tower – is central to how the company is repositioning itself. And it raises a real question for the channel. If ServiceNow is now the arbiter of how AI gets governed and orchestrated across the enterprise, what does that mean for partners? Who do they want to work with? How does the delivery model change? And how do you build a services business in a world where the traditional implementation and configuration work is being compressed by AI itself? My guest today is the person who has to answer those questions for a living. Michael Park is the senior vice president of global partnerships and channels at ServiceNow. What makes his appointment interesting is that he didn’t come up through channel sales or alliances. He most recently led AI go-to-market strategy for ServiceNow before being tapped to run the partner organization. It’s a deliberate choice, and it says something about how the company is thinking about what the channel needs to be right now. Let’s get right into it – my chat with Michael Park. Michael, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Michael Park: Great to be here. Robert Dutt: You have an interesting background coming into leading the partner organization, coming from the product strategy side – and particularly given where we sit, with the topic du jour being AI product strategy. Was that an intentional path on ServiceNow’s part? And if it was, what does it say about how the organization at large is thinking about where the partner organization needs to be right now? Michael Park: Yeah, I think it was intentional by Bill and the management team. The AI stuff is relatively new. And having the opportunity to lead AI go-to-market from the beginning, and helping the organization as a whole go from zero to where we are now with it – when you’re first in, you learn a lot. The good and the bad. And I think that first year in the job, I did over 500 actual customer meetings, just explaining what AI is, how to get to value with it, what the platform is. And so I think when we started looking at where the market’s going, we realized that ServiceNow is on a wonderful trajectory for where we’ve come over the last twenty years. But for the next generation, what we need to do is take everything we know and figure out how we build for scale to enable the partners to execute with even greater scale. And so a big part of that was taking what I know, moving it over to the channel, and then driving the channel. And so as you heard yesterday from the mantra of our whole operating strategy – we must be first customer obsessed, and we do it in a way that we’re AI led. But then we deliver it in a way that we’re partner empowered. And so it’s a very simple mantra that keeps the GPC, the Global Partner and Channel organization, grounded in what we’re here to do. Robert Dutt: A lot of channel chiefs tend to come up through sales, maybe through alliances, occasionally through marketing. When you’re coming in from the lens that you have – having led AI product – what do you see that you think a traditional channel chief might not? Where are the blind spots, since that was one of the words of the day on the main stage earlier, in how the industry has been thinking about how partner programs and partner value are structured? Michael Park: Well, if you go back all the way through my resume, I’ve been in and out of product, marketing, and sales jobs. And so my special skill is that I’ve been able to sit at the intersection of customer demand, the business model, and technology innovation – and I can translate between those three. And so really the only difference with AI right now is the pattern for thirty years has really been the same as new technologies come in. It’s just happening a lot faster. The floor of adoption has become easier because of the way you can administer an LLM, which has raised the ceiling on what the art of the possible is. And so I think what I would say is it’s not so much about the skill set of a channel leader or a product leader. It’s the ability to think in an agile way, to really free your mind from a locked-in pattern – to understand the need, the technology, and the business model, and say, hey, is there a better way to create a new outcome here? And that’s where I’m seeing the real great leaders emerge. I also think the other thing about AI is that the change management required to administer value creation at this kind of speed requires real conviction and the ability to really understand change management. Because the tech is the tech – but changing the behavior, the mindset of somebody, while there’s also the looming threat of job insecurity, everything else going on in this world, things changing so fast for a lot of people that aren’t used to changing fast – it’s as much about the leadership mindset of change management as it is the adoption of the new technology. Robert Dutt: With AI Control Tower, it seems like there’s a real effort to position ServiceNow as the governance layer – even more so than before – sitting above everything else running in an enterprise. Does that change what you need from partners, who you partner with, or how you deepen relationships as you build out the orchestration-plus-governance story? Michael Park: I think the channel is always evolving to meet the needs of the market. And what is happening now is you’ve seen this enormous surge of token consumption happen in the last two years. Now, whether you’re getting the return on investment for all those tokens you’re paying for is another question altogether. But the other constant we see in the enterprise is that there’s not one platform. There are multiple platforms people are using, multiple elements, multiple agents being built. And one of the inconsistencies there is – do you have a consistent way of setting thresholds on token consumption across platforms in a unified way? Do you have a way to administer compliance and security or risk management protocols over MCP servers that different groups are building on different platforms? Can you administer a regulatory or company-specific compliance policy across multiple agents on multiple platforms? And today’s answer is no, no, no, no. So we see this incredible opportunity – because, Rob, in many ways we’re already in the game. We have this product called IRM, integrated risk management, where we do cross-company compliance and risk management and security modeling for many industries – banking, healthcare, manufacturing, etc. And so this is just a natural-order expansion of where we’re coming from in the context of integrated risk management, and even IT services management, because at the end of the day that’s a catalog of IT assets being managed, with life cycles being managed in relation to employees. So AI Control Tower is just the next evolution, saying: regardless of what the asset is in the AI world, we will tag it, we will track it, and we will administer policy, compliance, performance, and risk management over it – the same way we’ve done for IT, the same way we do for integrated risk. So those partners that have been with us on that journey, it’s a natural progression for them. But then with the acquisition of Veza and Armis, it takes us into an even deeper realm of security. With Veza, with identity – so that as every agent stands up and more non-human identities are set up, we have secure identity management over every one of those assets, easily administered as part of AI Control Tower. And then with Armis, the OT element – really being able to tag beyond just IT, any asset in the enterprise, and administer the same process with AI Control Tower – makes it very, very powerful in what we can do in a multi-vendor way. Like our game, as you heard from Bill today, is we’re friendly to all, because we can administer a common policy over anybody that wants to play with it. And that’s a slightly different approach right now. Robert Dutt: Security and governance – such a big area, such a hot spot in the channel, and one that a really broad variety of partners play in. Do you see an opportunity to reach out to partners who maybe historically haven’t been in the ServiceNow sphere, as a result of going deeper into the security space? Michael Park: Lots and lots of opportunity. If you look at the history of ServiceNow up until recently, most of our channel was activated as a mechanism to implement software – ServiceNow software that ServiceNow direct sales sold. But now that we’re surpassing the fifteen billion dollar mark and continuing to grow at twenty percent, the opportunity for us to scale has to be more leveraged through different partner ecosystems, many of which we’re not even tapped into yet. So there’s going to be growth for the existing partners who continue to grow with us. And then as we get into new buying centers, there are going to be lots of partners already existing in the security domain who will be able to use Veza and Armis and the new AI Control Tower as a way to extend their security practice and build new practices on ServiceNow that they haven’t had before. And what I like about that is they have domain expertise in security that we don’t – but we have a platform and technology that they don’t. And the two make well together, just as much as one of our more traditional partners who really understands ServiceNow but is entering a new domain. Robert Dutt: One of the big topics here at the event writ large has been getting past proof of concept – past “the board’s excited about AI, so we have to do AI” – to AI that actually proves its value in business outcomes. Can you tell me a little bit about what you’re doing in terms of enablement to help partners realize that opportunity and have the skill sets and tools they need? Michael Park: Yeah, this goes to the operating strategy of what we call AI led. And for us, AI led starts with my own organization, GPC. When I took the job a year ago, one of the operating strategies I laid down is: if we cannot ourselves be AI fluent in the way we operate with our partners, we cannot expect our partners to be AI fluent. So we’ve been using the ServiceNow technology, we’ve been using Claude, we’ve been using Copilot, we’ve been using a couple of other vendors to basically operate the ServiceNow Global Partners and Channels group. The content we create, the policies we administer, the training we do – it’s all been agentified now. In the last year, we’ve been able to identify about thirty-four percent of the redundant work that doesn’t add a lot of value. We’ve administered it away – either automated it or built AI agents to do that work. And we’re reorienting our people toward the more value-added work that is literally facing the partner, to help them drive business. And if you go out and talk to partners, they will tell you – yeah, we’re kind of seeing that from ServiceNow. We expect that over time our partners will also pick that up. So if you think about the opportunity for partners – all that we’ve done is also shaping into the enablement we’re building. For example, we have a hundred billion workflows today that are already operating, most of which are not yet agentified. So we don’t have to go build from scratch. We have to go agentify the workflows that are already running. It’s a huge opportunity for partners that we cannot possibly administer directly on our own without them. One of the unique things about ServiceNow is that ninety percent of the deployments we do are actually done through partners. Only ten percent is direct. So the partner already plays an important role. But we want them to go beyond that – because in this new world of AI, as we talked about in the keynote, the installation, implementation, configuration, and upgrade work will get agentified in the next two years. So the services they’ve been driving for twenty or thirty years are going to get compressed into a smaller order effect. But the new services we need require the skill sets we were just talking about – knowing how to use AI Control Tower, administering data graph connections, learning how to use multiple models of inference to plug in and call the ServiceNow workflow. These are all new value-added services that will help re-engineer a company. And it was also why I was reinforcing the value calculator assessment tool – you can’t just sell AI. You have to be able to articulate what the ROI is, what the benefit is, quantified from the telemetry of what you’re getting out of the platform. We’ve delivered that baseline telemetry and asked partners to take it, learn it, and make it theirs. It’s not a completed product – we expect them to put their special sauce on it and then bring it to the customer. And then on top of that, we announced outcome-driven services, which is using that analytics baseline to drive into defining the business outcome and quantifying it – rather than just billing time and materials the old school way. Robert Dutt: As that shift happens – as workflows become more autonomous, more agentic, and per-seat starts to feel like a legacy metric – how does that change how you think about partner incentives and compensation? Does the model shift toward outcome-based, consumption-based, something else? And how do you make sure partners can actually build a business around that transition? Michael Park: The way we measure partner value contribution today is what we call sourced. The partner is sourcing value to ServiceNow – they’re bringing us a customer. Whether that’s licenses or consumption of AI, it’s still sourced. So the metrics we hold partners accountable to – sourced and adoption – don’t change. What changes is the speed. What we expect now is that partners won’t source something that takes three years to deliver. We expect partners to source in a hundred days, deliver the first point of value in a hundred days, then do the next one in a hundred days, and then the next one and the next one. So in five hundred days you’ve had five points of sourced value creation and adoption – versus the old way, where you do one source point and three years later you come out with some kind of value. And so that I think is the new model. And this is where ServiceNow’s platform is uniquely suited. If you go learn the ServiceNow platform, you can start in IT, move to HR, move to CRM, move to procurement. But the tools to build the agents, the tools to do the data connectors, the querying and reporting, the declarative modeling, the tools to call MCP – it’s the exact same across every different buying center. So the business model leverage for the partner is: once they’re trained up on the ServiceNow platform, they can administer and monetize any kind of workflow above it using the same skill set. The economics will be a higher operating cash flow margin per dollar of resource invested in the ServiceNow practice versus any other technology out there. Robert Dutt: You opened the door with the words “hundred days” there. One of the big things you teed up on Monday, and then Bill talked about this morning, was the Go Live AI guarantee – the idea of a hundred days to real, active, measurable ROI on AI, as a guarantee. How does that work with partners? What’s the mechanic? Is there a co-delivery model, a financial backstop? And what does a partner need to do to carry that guarantee to a customer? Michael Park: We had a number of partners step into the offer. We shared it with our most accredited partners first and asked them if they’d be interested. And we had quite a few step in. We will prime. So the first way out, ServiceNow will prime that particular service. It’s a paid service the customer pays for. Upon delivery of the hundred days of service is when the last leg of that service bill comes. The way the model will work with a partner is the partner will be sub-primed into the prime model for some period of time, until we can get the operating model strong. Then as we do that – as we get the tooling and the procedures right – we’ll syndicate that out to the partner network so they can do it on their own and actually prime on their own. But the first way, we need to prime just to get it right. The key is making sure we’re taking that learning and thinking about scaling and syndicating the model so that it’s not taking services from the partner – it’s actually replacing the proof of concept. Because typically a proof of concept takes about a hundred days. But if the platform’s already in, on ServiceNow, and the workflow’s already running, and all we have to do is activate the AI agent – which as you saw on stage is already built – then the risk is just turning it on out of the box. So the precondition of this service is that you have to deploy the out-of-the-box stuff we built, because we’re confident and we’ve seen enough that we know we can get the partner and the customer to value under a hundred days. And then the beauty is: once you’ve got that point of value in the hundred days and you’ve proven it, the next projects come online very quickly. What we believe will happen is the hundred days leads to an expansion of book of business for the partners, because once that’s in, the customer will want to start more projects. Robert Dutt: By nature, you’re saying that over time this is going to trickle down to situations where partners are prime. I’m assuming this is an ongoing thing – more program than promo, it sounds like. Michael Park: Yeah – it’s a program, it’s not a promo. The promo was the Control Tower offer. That was the promo, direct to customer. But the prime offer is going to be there for a while. The last meeting I was just in, a partner said, “we’re all in because we’re already doing it – we’re going to run this in parallel to you guys. But what we like about it is if you’re going to run a program around it and create that brand and your sellers are going to activate it, we will come in behind you.” So I think the smarter partners are already on board starting to do it that way. Because the key is we can easily get this into a customer who is already up and running with ServiceNow on the core workflows – all we’re doing is activating the agentic workflow on top of it. Robert Dutt: Action Fabric was another one of the big announcements – opening the platform to external AI models via MCP. It’s interesting – you’ve got that opening motion going one way with Action Fabric, and then the opening going the other way with AI Control Tower keeping an eye on things from above. Michael Park: Correct. Robert Dutt: Specifically around the MCP side – are you seeing partners start to build proprietary agent skills or vertical IP on top of ServiceNow that they’re bringing to market as their own? And is that something you’re actively encouraging as a route to market? Michael Park: It’s actually called Action Fabric – I think Bill described it as Agent Fabric, but regardless of what you call it, it is basically calling the full power of the automation runtime of ServiceNow. What I think will happen is lots of different kinds of partners will be able to use their domain expertise in a particular industry, geography, or segment, identify a problem to be solved, use an LLM to gain inference off the data sets that feed it, and then very easily call the ServiceNow runtime to deliver the workflow. And hopefully AI Control Tower will sit on top of that and administer all the other AI components that might be feeding other workflows around it. The key is to set up for flexibility in different patterns. Some people will come in through an MCP server because they’re building something on the outside. Others will choose to use ServiceNow’s build-agent capability and build inside the ServiceNow platform. Others will basically say, I’m already building on five other agent platforms and I’m just going to put AI Control Tower on top to administer common control. The design point is to create flexibility for the customer – to give them the options they need without slowing them down or forcing them into a particular angle. The flip side is: if we just say “here’s ServiceNow, build whatever MCP server you want” without Action Fabric, that’s going to create all kinds of problems. Everyone will create MCP servers against ServiceNow that aren’t properly administered, there’ll be performance issues, and then the question becomes, “that ServiceNow stuff’s not working” – and we’ll be saying, yeah, because you built an MCP server the wrong way. So part of this is about setting patterns that can be replicated with high security, high scale, and high repeatability, by either the customer or the partner, in safe, secure, high-performance ways. Robert Dutt: Last one for me – a partner comes to you and says, I want to be one of your top AI delivery partners in the next couple of years. What do you need them to build, to be, to do, to have, that maybe they don’t today? Michael Park: We have a certification path to all of the different kinds of skills a partner may choose to be in. And we just introduced our new SKU structure for ServiceNow products. In the past, you actually had to buy the highest tier SKU to get AI. What changed just a few weeks ago is that even in the base tier product, AI is naturally embedded. So AI – and certification – becomes a consequence of every single product we sell now. What we’ve done in getting partners ready for that is: the AI certification used to stand separately. You had to go get it. Now it’s natively built into every product they’re getting activated on. And the beauty is that our products are all built from the same platform – so once you learn the AI capability natively in IT, it’s the same capability in HR, in procurement, in ERP. That makes getting the partner ecosystem up to speed technically much, much easier. Robert Dutt: Michael, I’m sure it’s a busy week and a half for you, but I appreciate your taking the time. Michael Park: Happy to. Thanks for the time. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Michael Park, senior vice president of global partnerships and channels from ServiceNow, live at Knowledge 2026 in Las Vegas. I’d like to thank Michael for his time, especially in the middle of what is clearly a very full week for the ServiceNow team. And thank you for listening. A few things I’d pull out of this conversation as worth sitting with. First, on the Go Live AI guarantee – Michael was pretty explicit that this is a program, not a promotion. The current model has ServiceNow as prime, with partners sub-primed into the delivery. But the stated intent is to syndicate that model out so partners can eventually carry it themselves. If you’re a ServiceNow partner and you’re not already thinking about how your practice gets certified to prime a hundred-day engagement, that’s a conversation worth starting now rather than later. Second, the services compression point is real and worth taking seriously. Michael said it plainly – implementation, configuration, and upgrade work is going to get compressed in the next two years. The partners who come out ahead are going to be the ones who’ve already built the new competencies: AI Control Tower administration, Action Fabric and MCP integration, outcome-driven services built on telemetry. Those are the new billable skills. And third, I found the economics argument compelling. The platform leverage point – that the same skill set applies across IT, HR, CRM, procurement, and every other buying center on the ServiceNow platform – is a real differentiator for partners who go deep on ServiceNow versus spreading across multiple vendors. Five sourced value points in five hundred days versus one in three years is a different kind of business. More from Knowledge 2026 coming later this week, including the Canadian and GSI perspective on what all these announcements actually mean for the local market back home. If you’re finding In The Channel useful, we’d love for you to follow or subscribe wherever you’re listening. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated and always read. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: WatchGuard acquires Perimeters.io: WatchGuard Technologies announced Wednesday it has acquired identity threat management startup Perimeters.io. According to the company, the deal introduces WatchGuard Cloud Detection and Response (CloudDR), an AI-first solution built for MSPs to handle identity threats and shadow AI across more than 40 enterprise applications, including Microsoft 365, OpenAI, and Salesforce. The move allows Canadian partners to protect customer identities and govern AI adoption without adding significant overhead to their managed security stacks. Meter launches $100M partner fund: Networking startup Meter launched a one hundred million dollar partner fund Wednesday, positioning it as a financial mechanism to accelerate channel growth and challenge established networking vendors. Solution providers can leverage the fund to offer customers a pure Networking-as-a-Service model, where Meter owns and manages the hardware, software, and upgrades. The move gives partners a concrete commercial argument to shift mid-market client conversations from capital expenditures to predictable operating expenses. ServiceNow and Tanium announce Autonomous IT solution: At ServiceNow Knowledge 2026 in Las Vegas, ServiceNow and Tanium announced a joint offering called ITOM AI Prime powered by Tanium, integrating Tanium’s Autonomous IT Platform with ServiceNow’s IT Operations Management workflows and AI agents. According to the companies, the integration creates a closed loop between real-time endpoint intelligence and workflow orchestration, allowing issues to be detected, resolved, and verified without manual intervention. The announcement came alongside Day 2 keynote remarks from ServiceNow president Amit Zavery, who confirmed full MCP client connectivity support as part of the company’s Workflow Data Fabric. GTIA board updates: The Global Technology Industry Association has appointed Andrew Allen, Jennifer Baier Anaya, and Jennifer Roy to its board of directors. The newly elected voting members join Chair Scott Barlow and Vice Chair Rob Rae to advance the strategic direction of the IT channel. NVIDIA and Corning partnership: NVIDIA and Corning have announced a long-term partnership aimed at strengthening U.S. manufacturing for artificial intelligence infrastructure. The collaboration is expected to address ongoing supply chain constraints for essential AI hardware components. SAP acquires Dremio and Prior Labs: Enterprise software giant SAP has acquired data management company Dremio and AI startup Prior Labs to build out infrastructure capabilities for enterprise AI initiatives. According to SAP, the technology will be integrated to create a more unified data layer for its ERP customers, enabling generative AI applications without requiring complex data movement. Millennium Micro at ITSec: Millennium Micro‘s Philippe Fortier, director of Quebec and Maritimes, outlined the operational impact of Quebec’s new baseline cybersecurity regulations on MSPs during a keynote at ITSec 2026. The session focused on helping regional partners navigate the compliance burden for their SMB clients. Apple processor exploration: Apple is reportedly exploring partnerships with Intel and Samsung to manufacture its next generation of device processors, in a potential shift from the company’s long-standing reliance on TSMC. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Thursday, May 7, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. WatchGuard Technologies announced yesterday that it has acquired Perimeters.io, marking a significant expansion into identity threat management. According to the company, the deal introduces WatchGuard Cloud Detection and Response, or CloudDR, an AI-first solution built specifically for managed service providers to handle identity threats and shadow AI. The new offering reportedly covers more than forty enterprise applications, including Microsoft 365, OpenAI, and Salesforce. In a statement, WatchGuard noted that this acquisition is designed to integrate identity threat detection and response, or ITDR, directly into its existing unified security platform. The company is positioning CloudDR as a tool that enables partners to detect anomalous behavior and unauthorized access across distributed cloud environments. This matters locally because managing SaaS sprawl and unauthorized AI usage is rapidly becoming a primary operational headache for the channel. Integrating these capabilities into an existing platform reduces the need to bolt on disparate security tools. The move allows Canadian partners to protect customer identities and govern AI adoption without adding significant overhead or vendor complexity to their managed security stacks. Networking startup Meter launched a one hundred million dollar partner fund yesterday, signaling a direct challenge to traditional networking vendors. The company is positioning the fund as a financial mechanism to accelerate channel growth and disrupt established enterprise networking deployments. According to Meter, the capital is designed to remove the friction of upfront hardware costs for customers while ensuring partners are compensated immediately. Solution providers can leverage the fund to offer customers a pure Networking-as-a-Service model, where Meter owns and manages the hardware, software, and upgrades. The channel implication here is substantial. Traditional networking deployments often tie up significant customer capital and require solution providers to manage complex hardware refresh cycles. Meter’s approach gives networking-focused partners a compelling commercial argument when competing for mid-market infrastructure deals – shifting client conversations from capital expenditures to predictable operating expenses while preserving their own margin and cash flow. ServiceNow’s Knowledge 2026 conference in Las Vegas closed its second day of major announcements yesterday, with the company unveiling a joint Autonomous IT solution alongside endpoint intelligence vendor Tanium. The new offering, called ITOM AI Prime powered by Tanium, integrates Tanium’s Autonomous IT Platform with ServiceNow’s IT Operations Management workflows and AI agents. According to the companies, the integration creates a closed loop between Tanium’s real-time endpoint intelligence and ServiceNow’s workflow orchestration, allowing issues to be detected, resolved, and verified without manual intervention. ServiceNow noted it is already a Tanium customer, with the company stating its 90 percent autonomous Level 1 service desk runs on the platform. The announcement came alongside Day 2 keynote remarks from ServiceNow president Amit Zavery, who outlined what the company calls its Blueprint for Agentic Business – a platform strategy built around connecting enterprise data, applying governance controls, and enabling AI to act across systems of record. Zavery also confirmed full MCP client connectivity support as part of the company’s Workflow Data Fabric. For channel partners who are building managed services practices around IT automation, the tighter Tanium integration is a signal of where platform-level AI operations are heading. In Brief The Global Technology Industry Association has appointed Andrew Allen, Jennifer Baier Anaya, and Jennifer Roy to its board of directors. NVIDIA and Corning have announced a long-term partnership to strengthen U.S. manufacturing for artificial intelligence infrastructure. SAP has acquired data management company Dremio and AI startup Prior Labs to build out infrastructure capabilities for enterprise AI initiatives. Millennium Micro’s Philippe Fortier, director of Quebec and Maritimes, outlined the operational impact of Quebec’s new baseline cybersecurity regulations on managed service providers during a keynote at ITSec 2026. Apple is reportedly exploring partnerships with Intel and Samsung to manufacture its next generation of device processors. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we go deep on the ServiceNow partner model with the company’s senior vice president of global partnerships and channels, Michael Park – including the mechanics of the 100-day Go Live AI guarantee and what the compression of traditional services work actually means for solution providers. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday’s episode with Cynomi Chief Evangelist Tim Coach on third-party risk management is worth your time – specifically the recurring revenue opportunity hiding in your clients’ vendor stack. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Bill McDermott, CEO of ServiceNow This is a Reporter’s Notebook episode – no guest, just some thoughts from the ground at ServiceNow‘s Knowledge 2026conference in Las Vegas. Earlier on Tuesday I spent about 40 minutes in a press fireside chat with ServiceNow chairman and CEO Bill McDermott. He’s one of the most practiced executives in enterprise technology, and he came with big takes. This episode skips the valuation conversation and focuses on what he said about where the industry is going. Three arguments are worth pulling out. First: the AI race isn’t won by the best model – it’s won by whoever can make AI deterministic and governable enough to actually run an enterprise on. “Governance isn’t a feature. It’s the whole ball game.” Second: AI isn’t optional, it’s arithmetic. With a projected shortage of 50 million workers globally by 2030, McDermott’s argument is that AI isn’t coming for your job – it’s coming to fill the jobs there won’t be enough people to do. Third: ServiceNow’s platform, with a hundred billion workflows already running, was always the foundation AI needed to land on. The stat that lingered longest: by McDermott’s own accounting, only one in ten enterprises has actually moved AI into a real, impactful business process. Which means for most of your customers, the agentic business isn’t something they’re navigating yet. It’s something they’re aspiring to. And that’s the channel opportunity. Read Full Transcript Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. A rare double-up on In The Channel today. We've already dropped a great interview with Tim Coach from Cynomi on third party risk management. But this is something different altogether.  This is a what I like to call a Reporter’s Notebook episode – no guest, just me and some thoughts I want to share from my time on the ground at ServiceNow’s Knowledge 2026 conference in Las Vegas.  Specifically,  I spent about 40 minutes in a room with ServiceNow chairman and CEO Bill McDermott, along with my peers in the indsutry press, in a fireside chat format. You know, I'm always somehow just a tiny bit disappointed when there's not an actual fireplace. But I digress. McDermott is one of the most practiced and polished executives in enterprise technology – he knows exactly what he’s doing when he talks to press. But he’s also genuinely quotable in a way that a lot of enterprise CEOs aren’t, and I came out of that session with a few things I wanted to think out loud about. Fair warning: he spent a meaningful amount of time on the ServiceNow valuation story and the disconnect between where Wall Street has the stock and where he thinks the business is going. I’m going to mostly skip that part. You’re solution providers, not analysts or institutional investors. What I want to talk about is what he said about where the industry is going, because I thought it was worth unpacking. So. The line that’s stuck with me since I walked out of that room. “Governance isn’t a feature. It’s the whole ball game.” That’s the sentence I’d put on the poster if I were running ServiceNow’s marketing right now. And it’s not just a pithy line – it’s the entire strategic argument the company is making, distilled down to nine words. Here’s the bet McDermott is making, and I think it’s worth understanding because it has real implications for how you think about the next few years of your business. The first bet is that the AI race isn’t going to be won by the best model. It’s going to be won by whoever can make AI safe enough, governed enough, and deterministic enough to actually run an enterprise on. He drew a distinction that I thought was clarifying. He said – and I’m quoting – “You can’t have a probabilistic solution for an enterprise. It has to be deterministic and it has to be right every time.” That’s the core argument against the pure large language model play. An LLM gives you the best answer it can given the data it has. It’s probabilistic by nature. That’s fine for a lot of things. It is not fine when you’re running IT service management for a bank, or HR workflows for a public sector organization, or customer operations for a telco. ServiceNow’s argument is that the governance layer – what they’re now calling the AI Control Tower – is the thing that makes AI enterprise-safe. Not just a nice add-on. The precondition. The second bet is that AI isn’t optional. It’s arithmetic. McDermott came back to this a few times. There’s a projected shortage of 50 million workers globally by 2030. The workforce isn’t growing fast enough to meet demand. Birth rates are declining. The enterprise can’t staff its way out of the problem it’s about to have. And so the argument isn’t “AI will help you be more efficient.” The argument is “AI is the only answer to a math problem that is already in motion.” He put it bluntly: AI isn’t coming for your job. AI is coming to do the jobs there won’t be enough people to fill. That’s a different pitch, and for a lot of your customers, it’s a more honest one. Is it a glass-half-full take? Sure. But considering the number of glass-completely-empty takes around AI and what it may do to the workforce of the future, I think it's worth considering. The third bet is the one that I find most interesting, and it was stated less explicitly, but I think it’s the most important one for your business. The bet is that ServiceNow was built for this moment. That the platform that’s been processing workflow for twenty years – the one that already has a hundred billion flows running, most of them untagged and unidentified – was always the foundation that AI needed to land on. He said it directly at one point: “This platform was always waiting for AI.” And I think what he’s really saying is: the hard part isn’t the AI. The hard part is knowing what to do with it. Knowing which workflows to activate. Knowing how to govern what you activate. Knowing how to quantify the outcome. And ServiceNow’s argument is that twenty years of enterprise workflow data, and the relationships and trust that come with it, is a moat that a hyperscaler or a pure-play AI company cannot replicate. There was a moment in the session – a little lighter – where McDermott talked about his relationship with Jensen Huang. He joked that every time he appears on stage with Jensen, NVIDIA’s market cap goes up by about a trillion dollars. He then pointed out that his own company’s multiple hasn’t quite kept pace with that. He was being self-deprecating in the way powerful people can afford to be. But the point underneath it was real: the NVIDIA partnership gives ServiceNow something the pure platform story couldn’t – a direct line into the AI infrastructure conversation, not just the AI governance conversation. There was one stat he dropped that I’ve been chewing on since then, a statisitical representation of the challenge that he faces, and that you face. And also of the opportunity, for those who play the game wisely. Only one in ten enterprises, by McDermott’s accounting, have actually moved from AI experimentation into AI that has genuinely impacted a core business process with real agentic workflows. One in ten. This is the CEO of the company that just staked its entire conference on the theme of “Welcome to Agentic Business” telling a room full of press that nine out of ten enterprises aren’t there yet. He wasn’t being pessimistic – he was making the case for the runway. But I thought it was an unusually honest thing to say out loud, and it’s worth noting. Because if one in ten is the number, then for most of your customers, the “agentic business” isn’t something they’re navigating. But it's probably something they’re aspiring to. And the opportunity for the channel isn’t to tell them about it. It’s to get them there. And that’s exactly what the Go Live AI guarantee, and the AI Control Tower, and the whole machinery of what ServiceNow announced this week is designed to do. Give the channel a way to close the gap between the aspiration and the reality, at a predictable pace, with a quantifiable outcome. If you want a bit more on the Go Live AI guarantee and the AI Control Tower, we covered it in this morning's episode of The Buzz, and tune in right here tomorrow, because ServiceNow's channel leader, Michael Park, has a lot to say about the mechanices of the Go Live AI guarantee in particular. One last quote I’ll leave you with. Someone in the room asked McDermott how he stays energized given the complexity of everything happening right now. He didn’t hesitate. “This is the best time I’ve ever seen for innovation in the enterprise.” He’s a CEO, so you take that with appropriate seasoning. But I was in the room, and I’ll tell you – to me it felt like he meant it. More from Knowledge 2026 coming this week, so keep your favorite podcast app nearby. If you’re finding In The Channel useful, please follow or subscribe wherever you’re listening – we’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major directories. Ratings and reviews are always welcome. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Tim Coach, chief evangelist at Cynomi For most managed service providers, the security services story has followed a familiar arc: endpoint protection, email security, security awareness training. Each category added value, then became table stakes. Third-party risk management – TPRM – is what comes next, and according to Cynomi Chief Evangelist Tim Coach, it may be the stickiest revenue category yet. The case is straightforward. Every business relies on a web of vendors, software providers, and service partners. Each one is a potential vulnerability. And most SMBs have no formal process for knowing how well those third parties are managing their own security – or what happens to them downstream if one of those vendors gets breached. Research from Cynomi suggests 45 percent of organizations will face supply chain attacks, and 30 percent of data breaches already involve a third party. The attack surface has shifted to the things organizations trust most. For Canadian MSPs, the regulatory pressure is specific and near-term. OSFI’s Guideline E-21, with a September 2026 compliance deadline for federally regulated financial institutions, puts third-party oversight explicitly on the agenda. The cascade effect on their vendors – and the MSPs serving those vendors – is already in motion. Perhaps the sharpest signal in this conversation: cyber underwriters are now denying SMB coverage not because of anything the SMB did, but because they are connected to an MSP. The managed service provider, long positioned as the path to better insurance outcomes, has become a risk factor in its own right. Coach’s recommended first move for any MSP building into TPRM isn’t a vendor questionnaire – it’s a Business Impact Analysis. Understand how the client actually makes money, which vendors are critical to those revenue processes, and what an hour of downtime costs. That reframes the conversation from technical widgets to revenue, cost, and risk – the language every business owner speaks. – UPLOAD AUDIO Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, your host for the show. My guest today is Tim Coach, Chief Evangelist at Cynomi, a vCISO platform purpose-built for MSPs and MSSPs. Tim brings an unusually grounded perspective to the space. He’s an engineer by training who spent nearly two decades building, running, and consulting on managed service practices before landing at Cynomi after seeing the platform first-hand and recognizing it could have solved one of his biggest operational headaches as an MSP owner – the CISO bottleneck, the point at which growth stalls because the security function can’t scale without adding expensive headcount. That personal history shapes everything he thinks about TPRM, third-party risk management, which is increasingly being talked about as the next major revenue category for MSPs after human cyber risk. Today we’re talking about what building a TPRM practice actually looks like, why cyber insurance has quietly flipped the MSP value equation, and why the right starting point isn’t a vendor questionnaire at all. Let’s get right into it, my chat with Tim Coach. Tim, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Tim Coach: I absolutely love to be on. Thanks so much for having me, and for having Cynomi on your webinars. We’re always happy to do these things and educate the community. Robert Dutt: You’ve spent a long time in and around the MSP community. How did you end up at Cynomi specifically, and what was it about the opportunity around TPRM that pulled you in? Tim Coach: TPRM was eventually in the process – let me back up. What got me into the community was my engineering background. I went to college for what was called network communications back in those days. Basically I’m a network guy – I always point at the front-end programming guy and say, “It’s your fault,” and the programming guy says, “No, no, it’s the network’s fault.” So I did that for a large-scale nationwide company for many years, and then I fired my MSP. The owner was like, “Well, if you’re so good, why don’t you come over here and run this?” And I said okay. It took me about 24 hours to realize I didn’t have a clue what was going on – the place was chaos. But through process and procedure, and a military background, I knew I could get it under control. I ended up with a business partner from that experience, and we spent about 20 years rebuilding and consulting with MSPs. About five years ago, I just needed something different. The kids were a little older. I started looking at what else was out there, talked to a couple of mentors in the space – I’m sure if I mentioned their names everyone would know them – and they said, “You should come over and do this.” So I jumped. I went to work for a Canadian company, grew them quite a bit in the first year, then moved to an Australian company, grew them, and then went back to consulting for a short time. David from Cynomi was recommended to me as a consulting connection. We were going back and forth and he said, “Why don’t you come on board?” And I said, “I’m not really interested in selling a widget” – and it’s a security widget, right? There are so many great widgets and great personalities in the security space already. Probably not my jam. But he said, “No, no – let’s look at it.” And he showed me what Cynomi did, and I was blown away. The reason I was blown away is that at my most successful MSP, we hit a stopping point in our growth. The reason was our CISO – and this was before CISO was even a cool term. He was our bottleneck. Not because he was inefficient as a person, but because of the way he had to work: 80 pages of Excel spreadsheets and hours and hours of questionnaires. When I first saw Cynomi, I thought, “Here’s a way I could have doubled the size of my company with the same staff, the same CISO.” That’s what really inspired me to come on board – seeing that dashboard and connecting it to the personal pain I’d experienced around the security bottleneck. Now with the addition of TPRM, that excites me even more, because back in my MSP days I had a lot of bank clients, and banks are SOC 2 all over the place. Part of SOC 2 is that you have to have TPRM – you have to be responsible for everybody in the chain. So now we’ve built out a platform that lets the MSP, MSSP, ITSP, or whatever SP you want to put in front of those letters, easily manage vendor relationships and understand where clients are in their security posture. Robert Dutt: You may not feel it’s cool, but it’s certainly foundational security. Tim Coach: And that’s the problem, right? That’s why we’re still talking about security – because nobody knows how to talk business. They all talk widgets, bits and bobs: here’s this cool firewall, MDR, XDR. But you know what your clients don’t care about? The widgets. They care about being secure. Until we can bridge that gap – until Cynomi brings something that says, here’s an easy way to get to the data and details you need, here’s CISO-level intelligence so the MSP can translate it into business terms for the doctor’s office, the manufacturing company, whatever vertical you want – we’re going to keep having this same conversation. Robert Dutt: Let’s do a little bit of that with TPRM itself. Let’s take a step back and look at it from the viewpoint of an MSP who’s heard the acronym but hasn’t really dug in yet. Third-party risk management – what are we actually talking about, and what problem does it solve? Tim Coach: What a lot of people need to understand – and I try to say this in a way that’s easy to grasp – is: manage security first, and compliance becomes a default. What I mean is that you need a baseline, whether it’s CIS Controls, Cyber Essentials Plus, CMMC 2.0, one of the financial frameworks, HIPAA, whatever applies. You need a baseline you’re actively managing your security against. In the process of meeting that baseline, compliance follows. What we’re increasingly seeing is that certification bodies, auditors, and insurance underwriters all want to see that your solutions and partners are just as secure as you are. I was at Canalys Barcelona last year and someone made a statement that blew me away: for the first time ever, we’re seeing insurance underwriters deny coverage to an SMB because they’re connected to an MSP – and the MSP is what they consider the risk. We went from being the most important people in the room, essential workers, to being the risk factor. And on top of that, helping clients with their insurance has been one of our foot-in-the-door conversations for the last decade. That’s where TPRM comes in. The frameworks and insurance underwriters now want to see not just that you’re secure, but that everyone you’re working with is secure. The problem has always been how you manage that. Back in my day, you had to call the vendor, find the right person, ask for evidence of their SOC 2 compliance, get bounced around, end up with legal, sign an NDA, and eventually get the report. Now people share that information a bit more freely, but you still need a central place to manage it – so when an auditor or insurance broker asks, you can point to it and say, “Here it is.” We do a community call every Wednesday at noon Eastern, and we’ve had a gentleman on a couple of times who has written books specifically on TPRM. He’s sounding the alarms – not bad alarms, just “it’s coming.” But like a lot of SMBs, MSPs are having to drag their clients toward where they need to be. Once you make it easy for the MSP, you make it easy for the SMB, and you finally have a way to prove you’re taking those measures. Robert Dutt: Supply chain attacks have certainly been a theme in the channel for a while – Kaseya, SolarWinds, MOVEit. But TPRM as a formal managed service element feels newer. The insurance side sounds like a big driver. What else changed to make it go from a theoretical concern to something MSPs can actually build a practice around? Tim Coach: I firmly believe you cannot be a business partner without knowing how your partner makes money and how you need to protect them. I can’t protect them if I don’t know what they’re using. It’s the old adage: if two people are managing something, nobody’s managing it. TPRM is really the next step for the ITSP to move from a transactional relationship to a true business partnership – ensuring that everyone your clients are using is also protected. Because what happens is what always happens: it doesn’t matter what you have hard-coded in the contract about not being responsible for X. When something goes wrong, the SMB comes back and says, “But I thought you were managing this.” We go over it in the contract reviews, sure, but the conversation still happens. When you’re genuinely talking business – saying, “I’m going to protect how you operate quarter after quarter, year after year” – you’re protecting their entire environment, not just your piece of it. That’s when you move to a real business relationship instead of a sales relationship where every conversation is an upsell or a cross-sell. We’ve done it to ourselves a little bit, honestly. It’s like an insurance agent in Oklahoma trying to sell hurricane insurance. That’s not what we should be doing as business partners. TPRM allows us to have a full understanding of the client’s environment and make sure everything is protected – or at minimum, that the gaps are known by everyone. Robert Dutt: Cynomi has described TPRM as the next major revenue category after human cyber risk. Can you walk me through what the recurring revenue model actually looks like, and what makes it sticky? Tim Coach: Everything leads to MRR – that’s business. But you have to start with a project. You need to understand where the client is in their security journey before you can manage them ongoing. SMBs don’t do things for free, and neither do our partners. This is a revenue generator. But it’s a revenue generator because it actively has to be managed. I always say: I can’t throw a server at security. I can’t throw a firewall at it and declare myself secure. The best analogy I’ve heard for security is a block of Swiss cheese. There are holes, and you can stick a fork through those holes quite a way. But if you slice that block and turn every slice 90 degrees, the holes are still there – they’re just not as deep or vulnerable. That’s TPRM. There is no set-it-and-forget-it. It has to be actively managed, and that active management is where the recurring revenue lives. Robert Dutt: What does a typical engagement look like early on, for an MSP starting from zero with a client? Where does the work begin, and what surprises people about the scope as they go deeper? Tim Coach: Everything begins with an assessment. With Cynomi’s tools, we can use Cyber Essentials Plus or CIS Controls as a self-regulating baseline and add a couple of hours to the initial assessment to incorporate the security piece. We all do assessments upfront to understand what we’re getting into – or what needs to be fixed before we really dig in. Once you’re in the security layer, the next step is TPRM. And TPRM brings with it something I think is critically important: the Business Impact Analysis. It’s not enough to ask, “What does your client do?” They make dog food – do they? Or is that just the end product? When I was an MSP, I had a metal manufacturer that cut and stamped metal. But if you asked their CFO what the business was, he’d say, “Making pallets – I make more on pallets than on the stamping work.” I used this example in a presentation just yesterday. Years ago I was walking through a manufacturer’s facility and asked about a machine: “What does that one do?” “That runs the software that completes our product.” “Why isn’t it plugged into the network?” “It’s a Windows 98 machine.” “Why are you still running that?” “Because it runs decade-old German software that costs ten million dollars to replace. And we only have that one machine.” If you’re not walking through and genuinely understanding how they make money, you don’t know where the risks are. And that’s what TPRM forces you to do. Ideally, I’d love to sell a project that includes a full security assessment, a BIA, TPRM, BCP, IR planning, all of it from day one. But it doesn’t happen that way. You have to phase it. Once you understand the BIA and what they’re actually doing, you understand where the software and systems that carry real business risk are, and you can start building that into their security posture. It’s the same principle: why hack an individual when you can hack the software that manages all the individuals? Why try to crack one account when you can compromise an MSP’s RMM tool and get access to everybody? If you go into a business without understanding their software environment and vendor posture, you at minimum need to be able to tell them where the risks are. Because the language they speak is revenue, cost, and risk. TPRM is a risk if it’s not being managed – and that’s why we’re seeing so much attention on it lately, even though some of us have been doing this for decades. We just used to call it vendor management. Robert Dutt: We’ve talked a lot on the show about MSP tools as an attack surface – RMM agents, remote access tools, backup platforms. The MSP is supposed to be managing the client’s vendor risk, but the MSP’s own toolchain is also someone else’s third-party risk. How should MSPs be thinking about that? Tim Coach: It comes back to the BIA again. What are they using? What’s creating the security gaps, and how do you build better overall management around it? There’s a project in there, but every project should lead to MRR – period. It still has to be managed. Remember when Exchange servers went away and everyone panicked about where the revenue was going to go? There was still an entire environment to manage. We always made some revenue on hardware, though that’s gotten harder – the real money is in managing the ongoing environment. TPRM is the same thing: it’s a significant security gap in the overall posture of your clients, and that gap has to be actively managed. Robert Dutt: Pushing on that a little further – TPRM platforms are pulling in a pretty comprehensive map of an organization’s vendor ecosystem: the gaps, what’s been remediated, basically a full picture of the landscape. If one of those platforms gets compromised, that’s not just a breach – that’s a pretty rich target list for an attacker. How do you think about that? Tim Coach: Think about a CNC factory. Their job is building molds to produce a specific part, and the software on their server has all the schematics fully built out. What happens if that software gets hacked? You lose all the schematics for the CNC machine – so suddenly you can’t produce anything. And if the attacker gets in early enough in the process, the downstream supply chain impact goes way beyond that one facility. That’s the risk. If you’ve got $200,000 five-axis CNC machines – and I may have a little experience with this – and you’re not protecting the software running them, and you don’t understand from a TPRM perspective what the vulnerabilities look like, that’s an ongoing, persistent risk. You always have to be managing it. Robert Dutt: Sitting where Cynomi is, how do you think about the security side of running a TPRM solution, and what should MSPs be asking vendors in this space about that? Tim Coach: Efficiency. How efficient can you make it? I’ll probably get in trouble for saying this, but we’ve essentially stupid-proofed the first few levels. We’ve built it out for you. And look – I know AI is a word we’ve managed to avoid for about the last half hour, but AI is meant to enhance the human. It’s a tool. What we’ve done at Cynomi is build AI agents and intelligence into the platform to make this work manageable at a lower labor level. If I can take work that previously required a CISO – an expensive asset – and bring it down to a tier-two technician, my margins go up because my labor costs go down. That said, we’re not replacing the CISO. I used to work with a company that built a component for Apache helicopters – no public-facing anything. If a tier-two tech runs a report showing no web security for that client and flags it as a critical gap, the CISO might be the only person who knows that client has no public-facing presence by design. That context matters. The CISO still needs to be the final approval layer. What Cynomi has done is open up bandwidth for other people to do the groundwork, so you can grow your company without adding another six-figure salary. When your staff becomes more efficient, the CISO is less of a bottleneck – which was the original problem we started with. Robert Dutt: For the Canadians listening, there are some very specific regulatory drivers on the table right now. OSFI’s Guideline E-21 has a September 2026 compliance deadline for federally regulated financial institutions. Can you talk about the role you see TPRM playing in responding to that kind of regulation? Tim Coach: What we’re seeing is that the insurance underwriters, auditors, and regulators are the ones setting the standard, and the industry has to meet it – but the industry isn’t yet at a point where it can easily meet a TPRM standard. So what will probably happen, whether it’s Canada, the US, the UK, or EMEA, is a pattern we’ve seen before: they’ll release a guideline, there’ll be a period of voluntary adoption, and then they’ll give it teeth. Like HIPAA – they threw it out there, and eventually it got enforcement. The thing I’ve always loved is watching the auditors, because they’re typically running a couple of years ahead of the regulation. If you stop treating auditors like your mortal enemy – “they’re here to expose everything I’m doing wrong” – and start paying attention to what they’re flagging, you can get ahead of the game. Auditors are a leading indicator. It’ll always come down to government forcing the policy, and then insurance trying to find a way out of paying claims when it’s not followed. But if you’re watching the auditors and TPRM is showing up in their reviews, you already know what’s coming. Robert Dutt: For an MSP listening to this and thinking, “I should be doing this” – what’s the realistic first move? Not the ideal end state, but the practical starting point? Tim Coach: Start with the BIA – the Business Impact Analysis. Research suggests every SMB has three to five critical processes that drive about 80% of their revenue. Do they actually know what those are? Probably not. They make dog food. They take care of kids. Whatever it is – they don’t actually know how they make money. I have an old client who’s also a friend – he works in retirement planning. If you asked how he makes money, you’d assume it’s from managing portfolios. It’s not. He makes money by selling the policy, and the insurance company pays him a commission on that. If you don’t start by understanding the BIA, you don’t really know what solutions your clients are dependent on. Start with: who is your critical software outside of us? Who maintains it? Do we have a relationship with them? Does it connect directly to how you make money? And tie it to cost of downtime. If a doctor’s office goes down for four hours – and in a medical practice you call them providers, not doctors, right? Speaking their language, not ours – what does that cost? If the pallet machine on an assembly line goes down, and that pallet machine is the only thing holding product so the rest of the line can keep moving, what’s the cost per hour? If you don’t know that, you don’t actually understand how to service your client. You’re still talking bits and bobs instead of revenue, cost, and risk. Robert Dutt: Future-looking question to wrap up: where do you see this category going over the next couple of years? Is TPRM a standalone practice, or does it fold into a broader vCISO or governance offering? Tim Coach: I think it’s going to be both. For more mature MSPs, it’ll be baked right into their silver, gold, and platinum packages – TPRM is just part of what you get at a certain tier. For others, especially those that aren’t at a full vCISO-as-a-service level yet, it’ll be available as a standalone – a meaningful piece of the security posture they can deliver to clients without committing to the full stack. Growth and maturity, right? As people build their practices, the more advanced will have it embedded. But there’s also a real path for someone starting out to say, “I need to at least get this piece right, because it’s critical to the overall security posture of my clients.” Robert Dutt: Fascinating. It’s an interesting area of technology and – to your greater point – business. I appreciate you taking the time to share some thoughts on how service providers can get involved. Tim Coach: Thanks for having me on. I always appreciate it. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Tim Coach from Cynomi. I’d like to thank Tim for taking the time today. He’s been around the MSP space long enough that when he points at something and says it’s the next thing, it’s worth listening. A few things I want to make sure land from this conversation. The first is the Business Impact Analysis as the true starting point. Before you think about vendor questionnaires or risk scoring tools, you need to understand how your client actually generates revenue – which processes drive the majority of the business, and which vendors are load-bearing in that equation. That’s not a security conversation. That’s a business conversation. And that’s the shift that moves an MSP from tool vendor to genuine business partner. The second is the insurance signal. When underwriters start denying SMB coverage not because of something the SMB did, but because they’re connected to an MSP – that’s a warning and an opportunity in the same breath. MSPs who can demonstrate they’re actively managing their clients’ third-party risk have a new and better story to tell. And the frame to carry with you: security first, compliance becomes a default. Build the practice to the right security baseline and the compliance checkboxes largely take care of themselves. In The Channel is available on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major podcast directories. If you’re finding value here, ratings and reviews are always appreciated – they help other people in the Canadian IT channel find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Reporting live from ServiceNow’s Knowledge 2026 conference in Las Vegas, the message from CEO Bill McDermott and NVIDIA‘s Jensen Huang was clear: the era of AI pilots is over. ServiceNow is repositioning itself as the AI Control Tower — the governance layer that sits above every AI agent an organization is running, regardless of where those agents were built. McDermott’s framing centered on what he called the “AI blind spot” — the growing reality that most enterprises are deploying agents without meaningful visibility into what those agents are actually doing. A live demo on stage showed a real-time prompt injection attack being detected and shut down by the platform. The most concrete channel announcement is the new “Go Live AI” offer — a total satisfaction guarantee committing to 100 days to production. Not a pilot, not a proof of concept. For solution providers, this is a commercial tool designed to help move customers from evaluation to commitment by absorbing some of the delivery risk. Jensen Huang’s argument was that AI should be used to “elevate ambition,” not just reduce costs — a framing that gives partners a more expansive conversation to have with clients about what outcomes are now possible. The morning’s most compelling demo came from FedEx CEO Raj Subramaniam, who showed ServiceNow’s new AI agent Otto resolving a distribution hub staffing gap in minutes that historically took three days. FedEx reported 2,000 incidents offloaded, 3,000-plus hours saved, and 85 percent accuracy in production. For Canadian solution providers, ServiceNow is offering two new tools: a governance platform to make AI deployments defensible, and a commercial guarantee to make those deployments sellable. More on what this means for the Canadian market in this week’s In The Channel interviews from the show. In brief:  Zoho research reveals Canada's “false comfort zone” in workforce security. Released ahead of World Password Day, Zoho's State of Workforce Password Security 2026 report—based on over 3,300 respondents including 174 in Canada—finds that while the Canadian attack rate (30%) is slightly better than the global average, significant vulnerabilities remain. The standout finding is the AI belief-to-deployment gap: while 89% of Canadian organizations believe AI will strengthen their security posture, only 46% are actually ready to deploy AI-powered security today. The primary blockers aren’t budget, but legacy infrastructure (52%) and migration complexity (48%). The report also highlights that 73% of Canadian organizations lack complete identity visibility across their workforce, leaving them exposed to orphaned accounts and unmanaged third-party access in highly integrated North American supply chains. Syncro and Guardz embed cybersecurity directly into the MSP workflow. Announced this morning, the two companies have launched a native integration that brings the Guardz cybersecurity platform inside the Syncro RMM/PSA environment. The move is designed to eliminate the “toggle tax” of managing separate security consoles, but the real channel hook is the automated billing: the integration uses Syncro's Universal Billing to automate client invoicing for security services, removing the manual reconciliation that often eats into MSP margins. Coming on the heels of the Guardz 2026 MSP Threat Report—which found that 90% of SMBs have at least one user with compromised credentials—the partnership aims to make proactive security a standard, billable part of the daily workflow. Huntress distribution deals are now officially live. The managed security platform's expansion into major distribution is now official. Huntress has signed deals with Ingram Micro, Vertosoft, Liquid PC, and QBS Software. For the Canadian reseller community, the Ingram Micro partnership is the headline, providing a more streamlined procurement path for the Huntress Agentic Security Platform and its 24/7 SOC. The move signals a transition for Huntress from an MSP-centric “challenger” brand to a broader mid-market and public sector player, using distribution scale to reach resellers who haven’t traditionally played in the “security-only” vendor space. Kiteworks names Oracle veteran Julia Rasekhi to lead partner strategy. The Content Communications Governance (CCG) platform—which has a significant Canadian footprint—has appointed Julia Rasekhi as its new senior vice president of Strategic Partnerships and Strategy. Rasekhi joins after 17 years at Oracle, and her mandate is to accelerate a transition toward partner-led growth for the company’s regulatory compliance and file sharing platform. As enterprise security increasingly moves from “network” to “content,” the hire suggests Kiteworks is looking to scale its GSI and reseller relationships to meet new data sovereignty and CPCSC requirements in Canada and globally. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, May 6, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. I’m reporting live from Las Vegas, where ServiceNow’s annual Knowledge conference got underway this morning with what may be one of the boldest keynotes I’ve seen at an enterprise software show in years. CEO Bill McDermott took the stage alongside NVIDIA’s Jensen Huang to make a simple but sweeping argument: the AI pilot era is over, and “Agentic Business” — where autonomous AI agents actually do the work — is here now. The repositioning McDermott is making is significant. ServiceNow is no longer pitching itself as just a workflow platform. It is now positioning itself as the AI Control Tower — the governance layer that sits above all the AI your organization is running, whether it was built on ServiceNow or not. The framing McDermott used was the “AI Blind Spot” — the idea that most organizations are deploying agents without any real visibility into what those agents are actually doing. A live demo on stage showed a real-time prompt injection attack being detected and shut down by the platform. The point was clear: if you don’t have a control layer, you don’t have an AI strategy, you have an AI liability. The most concrete announcement for the channel is what ServiceNow is calling its “Go Live AI” offer — essentially a total satisfaction guarantee. This is, as far as I know, the first time a major enterprise software company has put a guarantee like this in writing. The commitment is 100 days to production — not a pilot, not a proof of concept — an actual deployed agentic workflow. If you’re a partner trying to move customers off the fence on AI investments, this is a commercial tool. ServiceNow is essentially absorbing some of the delivery risk to help you close. Jensen Huang’s contribution to the morning was framing the economic case. He pushed back on the idea that AI is purely a cost-cutting play, arguing instead that enterprises should be using AI to “elevate ambition” — to do things they couldn’t do at all before, not just do existing things cheaper. The NVIDIA partnership is powering a new layer ServiceNow is calling the AI Factory, which provides the compute and model infrastructure underneath the platform’s agentic layer. The most vivid demo of the morning came from FedEx CEO Raj Subramaniam, who walked through a live scenario showing ServiceNow’s new AI agent — called Otto — solving a staffing gap at a FedEx distribution hub in real time. The gap that historically took three days to resolve was closed in minutes. FedEx reported 2,000 incidents offloaded, over 3,000 hours saved, and 85 percent accuracy. Those are the kinds of numbers that end the “pilot conversation” fast. For Canadian solution providers, the takeaway is this: ServiceNow is giving the channel two new tools. A governance platform to make AI deployments defensible, and a commercial guarantee to make those deployments sellable. I’ll have more on what this means for Canadian partners specifically in my In The Channel interviews from the show later this week. And there was plenty going on aside from here at Knwoledge 26. In brief today:  First, New research from Zoho highlights a “false comfort zone” for Canadian workforce security, with local attack rates sitting at 30 percent. While 89 percent of Canadians believe AI will strengthen their security, only 46 percent are ready to deploy it due to legacy infrastructure bottlenecks. Second, Syncro and Guardz have announced a major partnership, embedding the Guardz cybersecurity platform directly into the Syncro MSP workflow. The integration includes automated client invoicing through Syncro's Universal Billing to help MSPs capture security margin without the reconciliation headache. Third, Huntress distribution deals are now officially live with partners like Ingram Micro, Vertosoft, and Liquid PC. For the Canadian channel, the Ingram Micro relationship is the headline, signaling Huntress’s move to scale beyond its MSP roots into the broader mid-market. And finally, Kiteworks has appointed 17-year Oracle veteran Julia Rasekhi as its new SVP of Strategic Partnerships. This newly created role is a clear signal that the content governance player is shifting toward an aggressive, partner-led growth strategy in regulated markets. Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we take a look at third-party risk management, and why it's both an opportunity for managed service providers, and a threat as insurance providers get serious about supply chain risk, with Tim Coach from Cynomi. And if you haven’t heard it yet, check out yesterday's episode with Frances Edmonds, HP Canada's sustabiility leader, on just how important sustainability is on Canadian procurement documents. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Frances Edmonds, head of sustainable impact at HP Canada For Canadian IT solution providers, sustainability has always been something to think about – eventually. Frances Edmonds says the clock is running out on “eventually.” Edmonds is the Head of Sustainable Impact at HP Canada, a two-time Clean50 award winner, and one of the most recognized voices in the country at the intersection of technology, procurement, and environmental responsibility. On this episode of In The Channel, she makes the business case for why Canadian MSPs and resellers need to be fluent in sustainability today – and what being fluent actually looks like in a sales conversation. The data from HP’s own Amplify Impact program is striking: over 70% of partners who lead with sustainability report winning new business as a result, and self-assessment scores among participating partners have improved 59% since 2021. But the more urgent signal is in the procurement numbers. The Canadian Collaboration for Sustainable Procurement represents organizations with $105 billion in combined spend – and among them, OECM (the Ontario Education Collaborative Marketplace) is already applying a 12% weighting for ESG criteria in bid documents, scored at both the OEM and channel partner level. That’s not a coming wave. It’s already in the water. Edmonds also makes a compelling case on the AI front: Edge AI carries an estimated 90% lower environmental impact than Cloud AI – a stat with real implications for how MSPs frame hardware refresh conversations with clients who have sustainability or data sovereignty mandates. Resources mentioned in this episode: HP Amplify Impact program OECM – Ontario Education Collaborative Marketplace Bob Willard’s Sustainability Advantage – free tools for sustainability planning Climate Fresh training – available through HP Amplify Impact CBSR – Canadian Business for Social Responsibility Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. We talk a lot on this show about the “how” of the channel — how to build a practice, how to manage a migration, how to secure a client. Today we’re looking at a different kind of how: how to win deals in an environment where your customers care as much about your carbon footprint as they do about your hourly rate. My guest today has been living this story for 30 years. Frances Edmonds is the Head of Sustainable Impact at HP Canada, and she’s one of the most recognized voices in the country when it comes to the intersection of technology and sustainability. HP’s own data shows that over 70% of partners who lead with sustainability are seeing measurable impact on their win rates. What does that actually look like for a Canadian MSP in 2026? We’re going to dig into the shift in procurement rules, including some hard numbers on ESG weighting in Canadian bid documents, and why the rise of Edge AI might actually be the biggest sustainability story of the year for the channel. Let’s get right into it — my chat with Frances Edmonds. Frances, thanks for taking the time. Frances Edmonds: You’re very welcome. Robert Dutt: You sit in a unique place in that you’ve been focused on sustainability for a while now — long before it was a mainstream business conversation. Can you give us the quick picture of what your role is at HP Canada today, and how that has evolved as the story has evolved over time? Frances Edmonds: Sure. My title today is Head of Sustainable Impact — that’s the name of our sustainability program. And I practice what I call CSR 2.0: corporate social responsibility 2.0. I spent the first half of my career really getting HP Canada to the point where we could call ourselves Canada’s most sustainable technology company — you can find all the proof of that at hp.ca/sustainableimpact. Then we took a look around and said: sustainability from a business context in Canada isn’t really advancing. We’ve got a few leaders, but the vast majority of Canadian businesses aren’t doing very much — including our channel. So we thought: how do we change that? In a capitalist economy, the demand signal for sustainability performance in suppliers comes at the ballot box of procurement. About eight years ago, we switched our strategy to focus on how do we change how Canada buys. That’s really my job today — to encourage everyone in the industrial economy to add sustainability into their procurement criteria and decision-making, so there’s an incentive for all companies to step up and do more. Robert Dutt: Is that all? Frances Edmonds: [laughs] Well, on top of all the other things we do to maintain being Canada’s most sustainable technology company. But I don’t do this alone — sustainability is a team sport. We require all players to come to the table and bring their relative strengths. One thing we’re doing right now: we’re onto our fourth cohort working with a nonprofit called CBSR, Canadian Business for Social Responsibility. We teach sustainability professionals at some of Canada’s largest companies — Walmart, Canadian Tire, the banks, insurance companies — how to work alongside their procurement teams to implement sustainable procurement. We partner with nonprofits like Green Economy Canada, CBSR, other industry associations, and customers and partners to drive the change that’s necessary. Robert Dutt: You mentioned there’s still a need to mature how organizations across Canada are approaching this. The Amplify Impact data shows that 70-plus percent of partners report winning new business by leading with sustainability — that’s a striking number. When a Canadian MSP or reseller is actually leading with sustainability in a sales conversation, what does that look like in the room? Frances Edmonds: It really depends on who the customer is. Some customers have sustainability goals, but the people the MSP is actually talking to don’t know that — there’s often a gap between what the corporation is committed to and what the people doing the buying or the IT implementation are aware of. So you have to do your research: understand where the customer is coming from, what the opportunity is, and then align what the MSP and the OEM are doing on sustainability with the customer’s actual pain points. Do they have difficulty managing products at end of first life — the most common issue? Do they understand where their security vulnerabilities are? If you think about managing print, for instance — you’d normally do a print assessment and find printers 15 or 20 years old sitting on the network. That’s a huge security vulnerability that nobody’s really paying attention to. Helping customers with pain points like that — showing them the opportunities, whether it’s getting value back from end-of-first-life equipment to help fund new purchases, or moving into buying as a service — that’s really the sweet spot for both an MSP and a customer to maximize their sustainability performance. Robert Dutt: Is this primarily a large enterprise and government discussion today, or is it moving into the mid-market and down into SMB? A lot of partners are working with smaller businesses who may not have a strong sustainability mandate at the top of their priority list. Frances Edmonds: I think it’s quite spotty, honestly — I see bid documents from across the country in all sectors of the economy, so it’s hard to generalize. One advantage small businesses have is that they’re often purpose-driven, and the owner can make a decision quickly. “I’m buying from a company that puts ocean-bound plastics into their products” — and that’s a faster decision than getting a university to change its procurement policy, which can take three years of approvals. What I am seeing that’s changed over the eight years I’ve been working in this area: before, people didn’t really understand the link between sustainability and procurement. Today they understand it, and the people who want to do it differently often just have inhibitors in the way — or they default to “this product’s carbon footprint is two kilograms less, so I’ll buy it.” That’s not really how sustainable procurement works. You need more information to make a well-rounded decision. Sustainable procurement is still about getting the best value for the goods and services you’re buying — but now you’re also looking at the most sustainable or circular option from the most sustainable or circular supplier, in alignment with your own organization’s goals. And governments, whose sustainability goals range from zero poverty to life below water and everything in between, have a tremendous opportunity to practice this. Robert Dutt: You’ve spoken before about sustainability scoring in RFPs and procurement documents. Where does that stand in Canada right now — is this something MSPs need to be ready for today, or is it still a coming wave? Frances Edmonds: There’s always opportunity for competitive advantage because each customer has a different focus — whether it’s bridging the digital divide in Indigenous communities, disability inclusion, or a dozen other areas. But let me give you some numbers. The Canadian Collaboration for Sustainable Procurement just issued their latest annual report. They represent broader public sector organizations with $105 billion in combined spend. Twenty-seven members have sustainable procurement embedded in their policies. Fourteen have a dedicated full-time person working on it. And one of the best examples to date: OECM, the Ontario Education Collaborative Marketplace, publicly states that they’re applying a 12% weighting for environmental, social, and governance items in bid documents — scored at not just the OEM level, but at the channel partner level as well. Robert Dutt: So if I’m a partner who wants to get ahead of this — with so many angles and approaches to consider — what’s the minimum literacy they need to have in a procurement conversation today? What should they know cold? Frances Edmonds: The universal language is carbon. What are your carbon emissions? How are you working to reduce your carbon impact? That question is coming in some form from customers, regardless of sector. We know our products are carbon-intensive: 80% of a notebook computer’s carbon impact is determined before it ever reaches the customer — it’s in how it’s built. So understanding where carbon sits in the system, and how customers can help reduce it, is the first place to start. Through the Amplify Impact Program, HP offers a wide range of training — from basic 101s all the way through to what we call Climate Fresk. That’s a three-hour workshop that helps a group understand the interconnectedness of climate change and what they can do about it. We deliver it to partner leadership so they can understand how important this is to their business. We’re actually running one next week, and partners are welcome to attend. Robert Dutt: For a partner who’s hearing this and thinking “I’m interested, but where do I start?” — what are the tools and resources inside Amplify Impact that are actually moving the needle? Frances Edmonds: The Amplify Impact Program basically took 80 years of HP’s expertise in sustainability leadership, put it into a web-enabled system, and made it available to partners for free. Everything a partner could possibly need is in there. If you’re not in the program yet, I’d strongly encourage you to join — it’s free and straightforward to get started. You sign a pledge to commit to the program, then complete an online self-assessment. With AI enhancements, it benchmarks you against your peers worldwide and gives you a customized action plan to improve your scores. The results have been meaningful: since we launched in 2021, self-assessment scores globally have increased by 59%. Partners redo the assessment annually, and we’re seeing steady progress. In Canada specifically, we’ve seen over 6,000 sustainability courses completed by partners and employees — which tells you the interest is there at the individual level. For anyone outside the Amplify Impact Program, Dr. Bob Willard at Sustainability Advantage offers a whole suite of high-quality tools for free. That’s another strong place to start. Robert Dutt: How has the partner conversation in Canada on this evolved over the last five years, and where does it need to go next? Frances Edmonds: Let’s look at the economic situation partners are in today. Prices are going through the roof, availability is constrained. What does a logical customer do in those circumstances? They start thinking about buying for durability and longevity — and that leads right into the “as a service” conversation. This is about deepening relationships with your customers. Customers don’t want a one-time fix anymore — they need a partner at the table. And selling as a service, with a longer and deeper customer relationship, is where the market is going. We’re moving away from selling boxes to selling services, and sustainability is just another one of those services that’s part and parcel of that shift. I always think of security and sustainability as two sides of the same coin. That’s what customers need — and we can deliver both. Robert Dutt: Security as a service is certainly well-established. Where do you see sustainability as a service in terms of maturity and adoption? Frances Edmonds: Within the Amplify Impact Program, for instance, if a partner wants to measure and manage their carbon footprint, HP has negotiated a globally discounted rate for partners to acquire a software-as-a-service tool to do exactly that. They become carbon-literate in a hands-on way and understand how to report on it to their own stakeholders — employees, investors, customers, whoever. In some cases, we even allow partners to use MDF to pay for that software. We’re essentially paying them to get started with carbon management. Robert Dutt: I have to ask about AI — it’s the conversation everyone in the channel is having right now. There’s a real tension between the push to build AI infrastructure, which is enormously energy-intensive, and sustainability goals. How should partners be navigating that for their clients? Frances Edmonds: Great question. Let’s start with the distinction between cloud AI and Edge AI. Edge AI — which, in a country of small and medium businesses like Canada, is where AI is really going to drive productivity — is estimated to have greater than 90% lower carbon impact and to be more secure than cloud AI. So we’re already on a winner there, assuming we can get AI-enabled devices into the right businesses. At its simplest: most tech people don’t actually know the relative carbon footprint of doing a Google search versus running a generative AI query. Can we just educate people to use the right tool in the right place? Don’t burn your carbon budget on something where a Google search would do. When you get into the ethics of AI use broadly, that’s a much longer conversation — and I’d like to see a lot more guidance documentation coming out on that front. Robert Dutt: That’s quite telling — that much lower footprint at the edge also speaks to what solution providers control, and brings in data sovereignty, security, many different factors. Frances Edmonds: Exactly. Security is the other piece — and they really go hand in hand. Robert Dutt: One last question: what’s the one thing you wish more MSPs and resellers understood about sustainability that they’re currently either getting wrong or overlooking? Frances Edmonds: Even when partners have made real investments in becoming more sustainable — gone through the training, completed the program — I don’t think they’re maximizing that return on investment by actually selling with sustainability. And I think it often comes down to the people taking the education not being the people making the go-to-market decisions. But as we see this shift into selling as a service, I think it will come along with it naturally. If you think about WXP — HP’s Workforce Experience Platform — there’s sustainability built right into it alongside security. The opportunity to delight customers with sustainability is real, and it’s not hard to do. It’s really just about making sure everyone knows, understands, and can connect it to what the customer actually needs. Robert Dutt: Some great advice in there. I appreciate you taking the time to share where things stand and where you see them going. Frances Edmonds: Thank you. From Canada’s most sustainable technology company — listed as one of the top 100 most sustainable corporations worldwide — this is near and dear to my heart. We’re here to make a difference, and this is one of the ways we do that. Robert Dutt: Brilliant. And it’s a conversation HP Canada has been having consistently for a while now — so it’s clearly not just an Earth Month thing. There you have it — Frances Edmonds from HP Canada. I’d like to thank Frances for her time today. It’s rare to talk to someone who can bridge the gap between high-level environmental goals and the gritty reality of a municipal RFP response, and I think she gave us some real clarity on where that line is being drawn right now. And as always, I’d like to thank you for listening. My big takeaway from that conversation is that sustainability is becoming a hard technical requirement, much like security. When you hear that organizations like OECM are moving toward a 12% weighting for ESG in their procurement documents — that’s not a nice-to-have anymore. That’s a gating factor. If you’re an MSP and you aren’t literate in this space, you’re essentially spotting your competitors a 12-point lead before the conversation even starts. I also found Frances’s point about Edge AI particularly striking. The idea that processing at the edge carries 90% less carbon impact than the cloud is a powerful narrative for partners — especially when you layer in the data sovereignty benefits we discussed. It’s a rare triple-win of performance, privacy, and planet that fits perfectly into the AI PC refresh cycle we’re seeing right now. If you enjoyed this episode, please make sure to follow or subscribe to In The Channel on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, or wherever you get your shows. Ratings and reviews are always hugely appreciated — they really do help other Canadian channel pros find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: ServiceNow’s partner momentum is real – and the model is changing. Opening the Partner Day Keynote at Knowledge 2026 in Las Vegas Monday, SVP of Global Partnerships and Channels Michael Park led with a pointed Q1 headline: partner-sourced net new ACV doubled year-over-year, and partners delivered more than 50 per cent of Moveworks‘ net new business in the first 90 days following ServiceNow’s acquisition. The numbers put muscle behind a message the company is driving hard: this is a partner-led growth engine, not a direct play. The company rolled out two new tools to cement that model – a Partner Business Value Composer designed to help partners establish AI value baselines with customers, and a new Outcome Led Services methodology designed to move partners away from traditional time-and-materials billing toward monetizing business outcomes. As Constellation Research founder Ray Wang put it on stage: “The companies that will win are not the partners who try to rebuild the engine – they use the engines available to build the new car that doesn’t exist.” Three questions are opening every enterprise AI conversation – and governance is the one that’s sticking. Chief Customer Officer Chris Bedi laid out the framework partners should be using: How do I make AI real? How do I get to value faster? How do I govern AI everywhere? The governance question is emerging as the highest-urgency entry point – every enterprise is grappling with it whether or not they’ve articulated it. ServiceNow is positioning AI governance as the non-negotiable building block of any enterprise AI deployment, and is expected to announce a formal 100-day AI value guarantee at today’s Knowledge mainstage keynote – an offer partners will be able to use as a standardized starting point for customer engagements. The customer conversation is also shifting: “Pacesetters” that Bedi tracks as AI leaders are demonstrating 160 per cent ROI, and the story is no longer about cost reduction. Top-line revenue growth is what’s getting approvals right now. Nine in ten ServiceNow implementations go through partners – and the company is investing in that reality. Chief Learning Officer Jayney Howson put a sharp point on the session with a single stat: 90 per cent of all ServiceNow implementations are delivered by a partner. She framed the implication plainly: “You’re the last mile between buying an AI dream and seeing an AI reality.” In response, ServiceNow is making a significant investment in partner enablement – AI-assisted learning tools, a new simulated training environment, and a commitment to dramatically compress implementation training time from weeks to hours. The platform has approximately two million certified learners today, with a target of three million by end of next year. For Canadian partners evaluating where to deepen their ServiceNow practice, the message was hard to miss: the enablement infrastructure is being built, and the company is betting its partners are the ones who make the AI era real for enterprise customers. Also in brief: Nerdio launches Manager for MSP 7.0 as Microsoft cloud growth surges. The multi-tenant Microsoft management platform announced today that MSP ARR grew 51.8 per cent in 2025, with Microsoft 365 users inside the platform up more than 300 per cent year-over-year as MSPs expand their Microsoft practices beyond virtual desktop. Version 7.0 – in public preview as of today – adds four notable capabilities: a Prospect Tenant Assessment Wizard that scans a prospect’s Microsoft 365 environment and generates a client-ready security and efficiency gap report; native PSA integrations with Datto Autotask, ConnectWise, and Halo; Microsoft Purview compliance baselines; and a white-label reporting engine across Azure Virtual Desktop, Microsoft 365, and Azure. For MSPs trying to manage the whole Microsoft stack across dozens of tenants from a single pane of glass – and increasingly looking for tools that help them sell, not just manage – 7.0 has some practical additions worth a look. Anthropic takes a swing at the consulting industry. The company behind Claude announced today a $1.5 billion joint venture with Goldman Sachs, Blackstone, and Hellman & Friedman – not to license Claude, but to embed it inside enterprise workflows as a service. The model is being read as a direct shot at traditional consulting firms, and a clear signal about where AI services margin is flowing. For channel partners building AI practices, the venture is worth watching: Anthropic is structuring this as outcome-based deployment, backed by institutional capital that can go places traditional IT channel distribution cannot. ThreatDown makes a major channel pivot. The Malwarebytes spinoff announced last week that it has rebuilt its entire go-to-market model around a channel-first strategy – growing distribution from one per cent to 40 per cent of its business. The company is launching a new Nexus Partner Program with deal protection and margin incentives specifically designed for MSPs. For a cybersecurity brand that has been largely direct-led, this is a significant reversal and puts ThreatDown in direct competition for MSP mindshare with established channel-first security vendors. Cisco is acquiring Astrix Security for $350 million. The Israeli startup specializes in non-human identity security – securing the API connections, OAuth tokens, service accounts, and AI agent identities that are multiplying fast as agentic deployments scale. It’s a logical buy for Cisco as the attack surface around AI agents becomes one of the harder problems in enterprise security. Read Full Transcript TRANSCRIPT TO COME

Nat D’Ercole, data transformation leader for AI and data at Deloitte Canada In the final episode of In The Channel’s three-part series from SAS Innovate 2026 in Grapevine, Texas, we sit down with Nat D’Ercole of Deloitte Canada for the practitioner perspective on enterprise AI transformation – what it looks like from inside the organizations actually doing the migration and governance work. The conversation opens on the reality of Viya migrations at enterprise scale. Deloitte’s approach starts with a scan of the client’s current environment – understanding which workloads are actually running the business versus which haven’t been touched in years – before building a roadmap that addresses cost structure, change management, and what a future-state architecture actually needs to look like. A central theme is data governance maturity as the key determinant of AI readiness. Nat introduces the concept of human hallucination – multiple versions of the truth produced when ungoverned data is accessed and wrangled without standards across an organization. His point is that the organizations that have already done the hard work of data governance are the ones genuinely positioned to move fast on AI. Those that haven’t are still stuck solving the foundation problem first. On OSFI E-21, Nat echoes what SAS Canada’s Ryan MacDonald described earlier in the series – regulation as a useful catalyst rather than a burden – and addresses the risk and fraud use cases where the Deloitte-SAS partnership is seeing the most active investment, including procurement integrity and financial scenario modeling. The episode closes on SAS AI Navigator as a complement to Deloitte’s own trusted AI framework, the use of AI-augmented engineering to accelerate migration timelines, and a thirty-year observation about the 80/20 problem – and why this might finally be the moment it gets flipped. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello, and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. This is our third and final episode from last week’s SAS Innovate 2026 in Grapevine, Texas. And if you’ve been following along, you’ve heard the view from SAS Canada leadership – the AI maturity story, the governance urgency, what the mid-market channel opportunity looks like – and then the global channel strategy conversation with John Carey, the build-out of the indirect motion, the TD SYNNEX partnership, and where the channel goes from here. What we haven’t heard yet is what it actually looks like from inside a real enterprise engagement. That’s what this episode is. My guest is Nat D’Ercole, data transformation leader for AI and data at Deloitte Canada. Deloitte is one of SAS’s major global systems integrator partners, and Nat works with the kind of large Canadian enterprises that are right in the middle of the AI transformation conversation – Viya migrations, data governance strategy, OSFI E-21 readiness, risk and fraud modernization. The practitioner reality, not the roadmap. We talk about what it actually looks like to walk into a client and untangle 20 or 30 years of SAS implementation. We get into data governance maturity as the thing that most determines whether an organization is ready for AI. We talk about what Nat calls human hallucination, and why it’s not as different from the AI kind as you might think. And we close on a concept that Nat has been waiting 30 years to see become real – the 80/20 flip. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Nat D’Ercole. Nat, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Nat D’Ercole: Pleasure to be here. Robert Dutt: Obviously, you guys are one of SAS’s major global partners, but for an audience that’s primarily VARs and MSPs – that kind of partner – the Deloitte AI and data practice might be a bit of a black box. Can you tell us a bit about what it looks like day to day? Who are your clients? What are they typically asking you to solve today? Nat D’Ercole: Of course. Our clients are facing complex issues in terms of how to manage their data, manage their models, and obviously working in an age of AI and sorting all that out in terms of where they are today, what are they using today, the cost of running all that today, to where they need to get to – both from a data, tech, people, and process perspective. So being a professional services firm focused on helping our clients with both advisory, implementation, and supporting our clients’ systems are key areas that our clients look to us for support. Robert Dutt: A little earlier, I talked with Ryan Macdonald, who leads SAS Canada. The subject of hidden SAS came up – in so much as a lot of customers end up finding they’re running SAS software, running key business functions on SAS software, and not necessarily even aware of it, because it’s just become such a part of the underpinnings. It’s just there. It’s invisible even to themselves. When you walk into a client that engages Deloitte on, say, a Viya migration, is that something that you often see? And what does that journey kind of look like? Nat D’Ercole: Great question, Robert. And that comment from Ryan really makes sense to me. Our clients have been using SAS for many, many years – some 20, 30 years, and maybe even longer. And so SAS is used for everything from data management, modeling, analytics, reporting, data wrangling, and so on and so forth. And it’s a web of solutions that organizations across departments have implemented. And so understanding what they currently have in place is a challenge. And so we do help them with that in terms of providing them with a scan of their current environment and helping them understand what workloads are actually running their business versus workloads that haven’t been touched in years. And with that, we’re able to help them with a roadmap to address those workloads and determine what is fit for purpose in terms of moving to a future state. Robert Dutt: You guys are dealing with big projects and pretty high-stakes stuff, and not the simplest thing – like a Viya migration at enterprise scale is clearly not a simple concept. What do you see as the real cost and complexity pressure points for customers? And how do you help clients navigate those without the project stalling out? Nat D’Ercole: You know, I think what’s really important is to understand – just building on my previous answer – understanding what is running their business and the cost structure associated to that. So obviously there’s technology licensing, there’s training on existing solutions, target solutions, change management, upskilling, etc. in terms of some of the key cost drivers. And let’s also refer to storage as well as another area of cost. So analyzing our clients’ environments and really taking a closer look at each of those buckets to help them figure out where are they now, and what are the opportunities, what are the options for them moving forward. Robert Dutt: Governance – obviously a big topic here – and the idea of governance and trust becoming inseparable from the AI conversation has been a big theme here and elsewhere. Curiously, what are you seeing in that, and is it changing what you’re being hired to do? Are clients coming to you with a technology problem, or are they coming to you with a governance and risk problem that has a technology component to it? Nat D’Ercole: Yeah, so clients are hiring us to solve a business problem that is enabled by technology, enabled by change. And to address your specific question around governance – governance comes in the form of data governance, AI governance, model governance, etc. We do find that the level of preparedness in organizations around data absolutely varies from immature to mature. So those organizations that have addressed data governance are those that are most prepared for the AI age and being able to take the next step. Now, not everything requires structured data and highly clean data. So depending on the use cases, it is quite possible to apply AI and begin to see benefit. However, more and more I do see organizations invest in things like master data management, invest in data governance, and invest in operating models. And those operating models are also AI-ready. So we’re starting to see the need for roles such as prompt engineers, AI engineers that are interrogating results of models, ensuring that there’s a continuous feedback loop – and where models are drifting or hallucinating or so on and so forth, that there’s a human loop catching that. So these are new roles that are being created and need to be part of an overall governance strategy. Robert Dutt: What role do you see yourselves playing in leveling up those organizations who haven’t gone far enough in governance thus far to get the most out of the AI future? Nat D’Ercole: I’m actually working with a client right now where they haven’t addressed data governance and they’re stuck with legacy solutions where very much it’s been the wild wild west – if I could use that term – in terms of accessing data, enabling analysts across the organization to wrangle that data and develop outputs that their leaders consume. And so when that happens without governance, you get things like what I refer to sometimes as human hallucination, where there’s multiple versions of the truth. Organizations do see that today. And to me, that’s the human side of these hallucinations that we’re seeing with AI. So for those organizations, in terms of leveling up, it is certainly approaching it from a people perspective first – ensuring leadership is in place, necessary roles around domain ownership, necessary standards and policies are in place. And really, what is the motivation for elevating data governance in the organization, ensuring that that messaging is clear from the executive level down. Robert Dutt: So if human-in-the-loop is the solution to AI hallucinations, is AI-in-the-loop the solution to human hallucinations? Just kidding. Moving on to the regulatory environment – first thing that comes to mind, especially because SAS is so big in regulated industries, is finance and OSFI E-21 in particular. When you’re working with organizations that have to meet that bar, do you see it creating real urgency in the conversations you’re having? Or are clients still finding ways to buy time or building out how they respond to some of the regulations that we see? Nat D’Ercole: Well, there’s nothing like having a catalyst in place to motivate – exactly. So yeah, I think that’s where regulation provides guidance, direction, standards. These are areas that organizations can look to in order to inform how they need to move forward as well. So that’s very much welcome, I would say, in terms of helping organizations steer their investments so that obviously they comply – and no one wants to be facing penalties. Robert Dutt: Sticking with financial services – risk and fraud is highlighted as an area of strength for the Deloitte/SAS partnership. Where are you seeing the most active investment and I guess the most interesting use cases right now? Nat D’Ercole: I would say in terms of risk and fraud, procurement integrity are areas that are horizontal across organizations. You can go from a fraud perspective – not just procurement, but other types of fraud within organizations. And then from a risk perspective, there are areas around financial risk where organizations need to ensure that they have proper scenario modeling in place to understand what stresses they need to address from an organization and modeling perspective. So I would say those are common use cases – asset liability management, treasury – just being more versatile, more accelerated in terms of running these scenarios. So solutions like SAS do provide capabilities to address that speed of process. Robert Dutt: In general terms, as you’ve been here this week at the event – whether it’s a specific announcement, whether it’s an area of conversation, whether it’s what the leadership at SAS is thinking about – what’s caught your eye, caught your ear, and made you think, “Oh, I need to learn more about that”? What’s been your headline of the event? Nat D’Ercole: The keynote – the interview that Jen Chase did with Mel Robins really hit home for me, and how she applied it to AI. And for me, ensuring that leaders are leaning in and providing the change that they want – or being the change that they want to see in the organization, living the change – and also helping organizations from a leadership perspective, executive perspective, to be comfortable. Many employees, I would say, across industries and organizations – some as Mel referred to – are afraid of what AI’s potential can do to their jobs. That’s a real human reaction. And so from a leadership perspective, creating the right environment for people to begin to lean in. I’ve said many times that, “Will your job be replaced?” – and oftentimes the answer to that is, “Yes, it’ll be replaced by those folks that are embracing AI.” So now is the time to lean in and begin to learn how to use it. So Mel’s comments definitely resonated. I looked around a large room – over probably 300 tables – and many people nodded with some of those remarks. So for me, that really resonated. Robert Dutt: Pulling on that leadership thread a little bit – from where you’re sitting, what does good leadership look like in terms of guiding that AI discussion? Because that can be everything from really understanding it, making the case for it, making clear communications – not pushing, but being behind the organization’s efforts – to the kind of stereotypical thou-shalt-from-on-high, “The board tells me I have to do AI. Everyone’s talking about AI, make it happen.” Nat D’Ercole: I think from an executive perspective, beginning to make investments in AI and ensuring that there’s a path forward for the organization – as individuals, departments, and then the enterprise. So that path forward, typically when we work with clients, we look to understand where the low-hanging fruit might be, both from an efficiency perspective and effectiveness. By effectiveness, being able to get insights faster, being able to run through processes faster, but at the same time ensuring – back to our previous comment – ensuring that the human is in the loop. Executives are also looking for ROI in use cases. And I would say that ROI should be looked at most definitely, but be somewhat lenient in terms of the payback timeframe. Some may be one year, some may be two years. The important thing is to start and begin to learn from the experiences, and have a set of – or journey roadmap of – use cases that will enable the organization to be more efficiently effective as a whole. Robert Dutt: One of the bigger announcements here – and certainly the ones that got a lot of the attention and a lot of stage time – was SAS AI Navigator, built around governing AI use cases, models, and agents all at scale. Does a tool like that change what you guys deliver, or does it slot into something you’ve already been building? Does it kind of augment manual processes for you? Nat D’Ercole: Yes, I would say it complements our trusted AI framework. I really like the visuals around the AI Navigator, and it really showed how AI could be green, could be yellow, and then could be red – and then ensuring that there’s a human loop addressing those red drift areas. So it certainly complements. And knowing how to bring the two together is, I would say, areas where clients will need help, and certainly what to prioritize first. Robert Dutt: In talking to Ryan, the idea of clients increasingly looking at engagements that involve the scale of a GSI such as yourselves alongside niche industry-specific partners in the same engagement – and kind of creating that ecosystem approach. Curious if that’s something that you’re seeing and building for, or still more of an exception than rule in Canada. Nat D’Ercole: I would say, going back to a previous question, we do lead from a business perspective and clients are coming to us to ensure that the technology investments that they are making make sense from an overall business perspective. And so how those investments are realized, we will often be an orchestrator of our alliances – both technology alliances and potentially industry-specific – where there’s expertise that we need to pull in as part of solutioning for our clients. So not abnormal, I would say. Where it’s justified, certainly our ecosystems and alliances are a key value driver for our success. Robert Dutt: What’s the common genesis of that? I’m curious how often it’s you guys pulling in another party because they add something to the engagement, versus customers having an incumbent or someone they want to work with alongside you. How does that start, basically? Nat D’Ercole: It really starts with having the conversation with the client – what are they thinking, and how can we help them best, bringing the best resources and capabilities to their problems. Clients may also have biases in terms of what they’re comfortable with. So it’s understanding that and advising them on whether that makes sense or doesn’t, and why. Robert Dutt: Let’s get meta with AI a little bit here. There’s a lot of conversation in consulting about using AI to deliver AI projects faster. Is that something that you guys are doing in this practice? And what does it look like if it is? Nat D’Ercole: Oh, absolutely, Rob. These are demands that our clients are requesting – that whenever there’s any engineering in place, whether it’s custom engineering or custom build solutions, custom build models, what have you, or migrations for that matter – migrating from legacy code, legacy reporting solutions, legacy SAS to SAS Viya, etc. – leveraging AI to accelerate time to value, lower the cost of delivering. And so to that end, we have developed accelerators. We do leverage AI and AI-assisted development engineering – AI-augmented engineering, if you will – to deliver overall lower total cost of implementation. Robert Dutt: What does the team that you’re building to do this work in Canada look like? I’m curious especially what the skills you’re most looking for are, and what are the skills that are hardest to find or most need to be developed because they’re brand new. Nat D’Ercole: Certainly data scientists, engineers, domain expertise in an industry that understands the business problems, understands the business language, change management – these are core consulting skills. I would say it just gets further augmented in the area of AI, and ensuring that resources have or are building experience or getting upskilled in the areas of AI to solution our clients’ problems. So I would say those are the key areas. And the last one is that trusted AI area as well – where our risk practice is focused on that. So from overall servicing a client, being able to pull from all facets of our multidisciplinary capabilities across the firm are key aspects in terms of why clients are coming to us to support them, because it’s not a technology problem. Robert Dutt: Last one for me – what does success look like for a Canadian organization that’s, let’s say, 18 months into this kind of a transformation? And what’s the one thing that most often determines whether they get to success or not with an AI project? Nat D’Ercole: I would say having clearly defined upfront business rationale – what does the future state look like from a business economics perspective? I’m not just talking about financial return. I’m talking about what does it mean for their people, and being able to sell that. Having that vision in place and actively working to chip away at building that out with the organization, within the organization – upskilling them so that they have the necessary skill sets to move forward, take on more themselves, et cetera. So you definitely need to have the persistence, the top-level leadership to continue to drive, and I would say celebrate successes, advocate for better ways of working, and the benefits that it’s driving for the organization. So just continuing to sell the benefits, continuing to provide that vision for employees so that they understand what this means for them as they move forward. Those use cases where AI is replacing just the redundant tasks that employees are working on to get a report out – these are all areas where AI can improve the efficiencies, improve the quality, improve the trust, so that employees can focus on those higher-order, higher-value areas, strategic thinking – things that they’ve been hired to do. I’ve been in this business for over 30 years and there’s always been that 80% of the time people are pushing data around, preparing data, and 20% is being spent on value-added activities. So AI really provides now the opportunity to flip that – finally. But obviously it does require safeguards, it does require executive support and leadership. So yeah, it’s a great time to be in, to be consulting, and to be working with clients to help them realize better ways of working. Robert Dutt: All right. Well, good luck in making that flip. It is a long time coming, as you say. I hope Innovate finishes strong for you, and thanks again for taking the time. Nat D’Ercole: Thank you, Robert. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Nat D’Ercole from Deloitte Canada. I’d like to thank Nat for his time, and that wraps up our three-episode run from SAS Innovate 2026. Thanks for listening. Few things I’m taking away from this one. First, the human hallucination concept. When organizations haven’t addressed data governance, you end up with multiple versions of the truth – different teams, different numbers, different answers to the same question. Nat’s point is that this is the human-side equivalent of what we’re trying to prevent with AI governance, and that the organizations that have already solved the data governance problem are the ones that are actually ready for AI. Not the ones with the best AI strategy – the ones with the cleanest data foundation. Second, the 80/20 flip. Nat’s been in this business for over 30 years. For most of that time, people have spent 80% of their time pushing data around and 20% actually doing value-added work. AI has the potential to flip that. That’s not a new observation, but hearing it from someone who’s been watching it not happen for three decades really gives it some weight. And third, Deloitte positioning as the orchestrator. They’re not just the big GSI anchor in these deals. They’re the ones pulling in niche specialists, aligning technology alliances, and making sure the business case holds together across all of it. That ecosystem John Carey described from the vendor side – this is what it looks like from the delivery side. Hope you enjoyed this special coverage from SAS Innovate 2026. As fate would have it, we’ll have a new series starting later this week – more on that to come, but safe to say I’m currently on my way to Las Vegas. If you found this one useful, follow or subscribe to the ChannelBuzz.ca podcast. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the major directories. Ratings and reviews are greatly appreciated and really help others in the channel find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

John Carey, senior vice president of global channels at SAS Institute Recorded on site at SAS Innovate 2026 in Grapevine, Texas, this week’s In The Channel features John Carey, senior vice president of global channels at SAS Institute, in a conversation that covers the full arc of his four years building SAS’s channel program from the ground up. When Carey joined in 2022, SAS had a history with partners – advisory engagement, project delivery – but limited co-sell and no resell motion. His mandate was to change that. The conversation traces that journey: the introduction of a clear market segmentation (enterprise above the line, channel below the line), the decision to route transactions through partners while keeping end-user contracts with SAS intact, and the live project underway right now to migrate direct customers to indirect. A central theme is the distribution partnership with TD SYNNEX, which Carey frames as a leverage mechanism – moving from thousands of customers to hundreds of partners to one distributor – giving SAS the financial and operational flexibility it needs while giving partners financing terms, invoicing support, and credit options a software vendor is not built to provide. On the competitive landscape, Carey draws a sharp line between SAS and the AI tools crowding the market. Others turn up with an easy button and a black box. SAS turns up with a transparent box and a governance framework – and with SAS AI Navigator now tracking agent behaviour across the Viya platform, that framework is getting sharper. The episode closes with a candid look at the partner economics model – an inverted approach that makes it easy to start selling and lets services investment follow the book of business – and a direct invitation to Canadian solution providers with data, security, and infrastructure skills to get into the conversation now. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello, and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Still coming to you this week from Grapevine, Texas, from SAS Innovate 2026. If you caught our last episode with Ryan Macdonald, leader of SAS Canada, you heard the view from the Canadian perspective: the AI maturity story, OSFI E-21, and the mid-market channel opportunity. This time I’m going a level up. My guest today is John Carey, senior vice president of global channels at SAS Institute. John’s about four years into the role, and he came in with a specific mandate: to rethink what partnering looks like for a company with a long history of advisory and delivery through partners, but limited co-sell and essentially no resale motion. Four years later, the picture looks pretty different. There’s a clear market segmentation model, a distribution partnership with TD SYNNEX, an active project underway right now to migrate direct customers to indirect, and a 30% channel revenue target that’s already evolving into something even more ambitious. We talk about all of it: what he found when he arrived, how the direct-to-indirect transition is actually landing with customers, what the partner economics look like for a new SAS partner in 2026, how this week’s AI Navigator and agentic AI announcements change the channel opportunity, and what he thinks the SAS channel looks like in three years if things go well. Let’s get right into it. My chat with John Carey. John, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. John Carey: Appreciate it. Good to be here, Robert. Robert Dutt: You’re about four years into leading channels for SAS if memory serves and I’m able to do the math—both of which are somewhat suspect. Can you tell me a little bit about what you found when you got here and the quick version of the journey in building the channel from your point of view? John Carey: Got it. Well, first of all, you absolutely did get it right. It is, come June, four years since I joined SAS. Now, the first thing—I was brought in by the ELT, with an ELT remit to rethink partnering for SAS’s future. So we had a history of partnering. If you think about where SAS came from, a lot of advisory engagement, a lot of delivery through partners, but not necessarily a lot of co-sell and certainly no resell. So one of the remits coming in was to assess the business, understand what the opportunities were, and build a program that allows us to create a growing business that is driven by partners and owned by partners. And we get the acceleration and the leverage of the partner community that all software vendors are seeking and hope to take advantage of. When I came in, I would say we lacked maturity in our partnering in some areas. We were definitely mercurial in a way that wasn’t helpful. Partners didn’t have consistency, and we weren’t persistent in holding ourselves and our partners accountable. There was a lot of, “If only… it’s not me, it’s them.” So phase one: get to a single source of truth. So we introduced undisputed channel revenue. Let’s agree and measure together the value of the channel in our business. The other thing we did is we segmented, for the first time, our market. We had historically looked at our install base as a quadrant, an ABCD, thinking about propensity for growth and saturation. And we moved to the more traditional pyramid, but with a binary segmentation. So above the line: enterprise; below the line: channel. And that allowed us to prioritize routes to market. So in the enterprise, it’s very much a co-sell partner delivery model. GSIs are a very strong focus. Technology partners are a very strong focus up there. And then certain regional boutique consulting partners continue to be high value, particularly in our vertical industries—FSI, public sector, life sciences. Below the line, the story was: how do we give this business to the partners, give partners autonomy, and allow them to determine their own future? So that was really about taking business that was historically direct and making it indirect. Actually, this year, we have a whole project where we are moving our channel direct install base to indirect. So, communicating with the customer about why it’s good for them, communicating to the partner of what they need to do to be ready, and then putting that fuel into an engine that we’ve been building over the last few years with partners with strong SAS skills, but who were traditionally services partners and have had to build something of a resale muscle. We’re also starting to recruit some more traditional high-powered solution providers, as well as really focusing on managed service provider opportunities with partners who not only can sell the solution, but they host and operate the solution for the customer. And the nexus of this was finding ways to bring the enterprise value of SAS to the non-enterprise client base, and to do that through our local superpower, which is our partner community who understand those customers and their pain points in a way that we just don’t have the resources to do, and to make sure they’re empowered with the kind of tools and the right cost structure to be able to give that enterprise value at a non-enterprise price point. Robert Dutt: How has that direct-to-indirect transition gone? How does that land with customers? It’s got to be a bit of a communication challenge because you want to make sure you’re not positioning it as “we’re stepping away from you,” even if you’re introducing a partner into the mix. John Carey: Yeah. So this is what we’re going through right now. So first of all, there’s the angst as a vendor of saying, “I’m about to go to a customer and say our transactional relationship is going to change.” But really, our contractual relationship remains intact. The contract between the end user and the vendor stays in place. We are responsible for delivering on the value of the platform or the solution provided. What we’re doing is we’re rerouting the transaction through a partner, which means we can support more currencies. We can support different pricing conditions and payment terms that, as an enterprise, we’re just not able to entertain for anyone but the largest customers. And so our positioning is: it gives our customers far more flexibility and more intimate engagement than being part of a long tail of customers for a large enterprise that end up in this pool that you call “programmatic”—which we all use the words, but none of us like those words. And a way of avoiding that is to say, “This isn’t programmatic. This is channel-managed,” because this is where the partners are stepping in to make sure that that customer feels like the most important customer of that partner, rather than the not-most-important customer of a large vendor. Robert Dutt: Can you tell me a little bit more about the managed services motion and how you see that evolving, especially as SAS overall has become much more open in terms of the whole structure there—getting into MCP and acknowledging that a lot of times customers are going to be consuming SAS’s insights and abilities through the chatbots and other channels, for want of a better word? John Carey: Well, look, first of all, I’ve certainly lived through enough inflection points to recognize one as it comes along. And this is an inflection point where there’s opportunity and risk. When I think about the philosophy from the channel, certainly with channel customers, I want those customers hosted by partners. Why? Because a big part of their TCO challenge is just giving them access to software doesn’t mean they can afford the resources to operate and maximize return on that software. If they can be supported by a managed service provider, by a solution provider who’s hosting on their behalf, now they have access to actual educated, certified SAS resources who are dedicated to making sure they maximize the return on that investment. And so with that underpinning, you then think about the integration of the chatbots—the Anthropic’s, Copilot, Gemini integration. It’s pretty scary for mid-sized customers to be thinking about this. I mean, do most people know that if you put your data up on those things that it’s no longer privileged? Do most people know that there’s an element here which feels like social media, that we’ve since learned who’s being monetized here? This feels free, but actually I’m feeding this model all of my proprietary data to get a presumed efficiency which may or may not turn up, in the hope that it doesn’t hallucinate. Well, when I look at that and I think about SAS making data ready for the AI lifecycle, SAS having a governance infrastructure that allows us to identify bias, to make sure—now, as you heard announced yesterday, the AI Navigator that allows us to track these agents and ensure that we understand whether agents are behaving in a way that is copacetic with the intention of the business user. And if one fails or starts to behave in a way that is not aligned with the organization, you’re able to flag that. You’re able to communicate that to other connected agents so that you can source the problem and solve the problem. I think when we think of it in that way, this is a real opportunity for the channel to step in. These moments of “How do I bridge the technology into value?” is the perfect space for resellers, service providers, solution providers to step in, navigate that complexity for the customer, give the customer confidence with the technology choices that they’re making—that they are safe and secure with SAS. As I frame it, we’re a 50-year-old vendor who’s been in the most regulated industries. Others out there turn up with an easy button and a black box. We turn up with a transparent box and a governance framework that means we acknowledge nothing’s easy, but once you engage in this, you will survive audit. You will be able to understand where problems occurred and why, and you will be able to remediate. Robert Dutt: A few years ago, maybe about three, you guys signed on TD SYNNEX. I think that’s the first major global distribution partner for you guys. What was the hypothesis behind that move, and how has it worked out? John Carey: So the general hypothesis was—and again, I’ve been in the industry a long time. I think every year we hear the headline, “This is the year distribution is no longer relevant.” I actually did a column on that not too long ago. Robert Dutt: There you go. John Carey: And meanwhile, they continue to provide new and incremental value. One of the hypotheses was as we moved to indirect, there is obviously—from going from thousands of customers to hundreds of partners, going from hundreds of partners to one distributor allows us to get that leverage effect through quotes, transactions, credit. Something that provides a security to us as a vendor that allows us to lean in, but also provides structure and options at the partner level that they need, but are not a priority for us as a vendor. So TD SYNNEX offers financing terms. They will invoice on behalf of the partner. They will put together creative fiscal options that allow customers to stretch. They’ll even offer to assess credit based on the end user’s credit rather than the partner’s credit. Those are fantastic services that just, frankly, as a vendor, aren’t our core business. So what we’re able to do is to address more customers through more partners and do the thing that we’re really good at: solve their data and AI problems through Viya and our solution stack and bring value to those businesses. Robert Dutt: Given all that, a while ago the goal was set for 30%, I think, of revenues through channels. Where does that sit today? What’s the momentum looking like? And what do you see as sort of remaining obstacles along the way to that goal? John Carey: Yeah, so great progress. So if I think about segments—the channel segment, which is 100% indirect, is between 10% and 15% of our business. In the enterprise, there’s a lot of channel fulfillment and engagement. And so overall, we are very close to that 30% of the total business being with or through a partner. But we want to—the new goal is, as all goals change: I want to be 30% of the overall business with that channel segment. With that segment of customers that are exclusively partner, and therefore be a strong contributor into the enterprise accounts with partner co-sell, partner fulfillment, and partner delivery. So future’s bright. All goals, as they need to, change over time and the bar increases. And we are doing a great job of forcing that bar up every year so that we have to ask more of ourselves and our partners so that we make sure we focus on delivering value to our customers. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about what it looks like to be a SAS partner today in terms of the economics and all that kind of good stuff. What does success look like economically for a partner today? And how is that story changing as the product portfolio and the goal shifts? John Carey: As you say, goals are made for changing. And especially in this industry, things change fast. So maybe a good way of thinking about this is: what’s the conversation with a new partner that we’re onboarding? And one of the things we’ve tried to do is to say, “Hey, look, we will have the packaging so that you can focus on sales readiness first and build a book of business with us.” So that’s where we leverage package service offerings from our SAS consulting organization that are resellable by partners. We are rationalizing our product portfolio for the SMB market to be far more prescriptive. We know what works, but we still have the full enterprise list of offers, and frankly, it doesn’t add value. It adds something of a confusing layer of options that aren’t really relevant for many of the use cases and customers that we and our partners specifically deal with. So phase one: build an annuity business on the resale model. As you become—and as it makes sense in your business—to invest in services headcount, then those package service offerings get replaced by your own services. And it is a services-rich business. The great thing about a data and AI platform is once you start answering questions and you’ve built that trust with the client, more and more questions occur. And models need to be refined; models need to be promoted. And as a partner, if you are doing this in a regular cadence, you are building a scenario where that customer trusts you as their trusted advisor and comes to you for those service elements. So the baseline is—and we pay more on New than we do on Renew. There’s an annuity business build out there that is driven by sales enablement and sales focus and strong investment in demand generation on our channel marketing center platform, where you can run co-branded campaigns and drive real top-of-the-funnel demand. We’ll work with you on getting that down into closed business, and we know how to do that very well. As it becomes reasonable for you to make investments in technical resources where you know you have a book of business, you can apply those resources too. That’s where we ask partners to lean in. And at that point, they are now attaching services, and that grows their—and we know that services are more profitable than the resale. So it’s table stakes: build a book of business that’s got an annuity associated, and then use that to catalyze investment in more profitable services over time, which is something of a sea change. When I came in, there was a lot of investment required before a partner was allowed to sell. And we’ve inverted that to say, “I want it to be easy for you to sell and we’ll support you.” And when you’ve got the right amount of business behind you, then it makes logical sense for you to invest. And that investment is the outsized return for you as a partner. Now, for our existing partners, it’s the inverse, right? They were already doing a lot of delivery. They know how to do the services. This now gives them a vehicle to attach those services to that’s more autonomous and less dependent on a SAS seller to pull them in after. And so with that, they’ve made great investments in sales functions within their organizations for product sale and attaching their own services straight out of the gate. Robert Dutt: Big announcement week this week with AI Navigator on governance, the new agentic AI capabilities across the board, the industry accelerators. From a channel strategy standpoint, do these announcements change who you’re looking for in terms of partners, or is it an opportunity to do more and different things with the base? John Carey: I think the honest answer is both. If I think about our GSIs, the accelerators, the models, the agentic capabilities are incredibly attractive to our global systems integrator partners. And it gives them a reason to lean in even more with us around account telemetry, account planning, and moving out of that advisory engagement into delivery engagement with them. And we are now a very modern platform that has been very considerate of where our customers are. We’re a company who reflects the personality of our founder. I think of that Teddy Roosevelt quote: “Walk quietly, but carry a big stick.” Well, we walk quietly, but with our platform and our solutions, that’s a very big stick. It makes a lot of noise. And I think what you saw at this Innovate was kind of something we’ve known for a while, but now the market is starting to recognize is that there’s a lot of significant growth value there for existing customers as they move to Viya and the Viya solutions with the agentic AI integrations, with the accelerators. So that’s happening, I think, on the other side. We are now at a point of inflection where enterprise capabilities are expected at non-enterprise accounts. And how we execute on that is through partners and through prescription and optimization, so that when we engage, we give those customers a very clear message of what they can do and what they can achieve and what it’s going to cost them. And that is all within their budgetary expectation, and we execute on that relentlessly and consistently with our partners. Robert Dutt: When I chatted with Ryan Macdonald, who heads up the Canadian operations, a bit earlier, he talked about—especially in competitive situations—what he called a “hidden SAS situation,” where organizations will find that they’re running business-critical decisions on stuff, on SAS, that they’ve almost forgotten about. It just kind of sits there, it just works. And the conversation becomes about: how do you upgrade and grow from that foundation? How do you find that conversation showing up in the partner community? And if it is, in fact, a partner conversation, how are you equipping partners to realize that opportunity? John Carey: Yeah, so I think that’s very much a conversation with our established enterprise industry accounts. And so how I think that shows up is our conversations with our global systems integrator partners. They’ve made investments in assessment tools and accelerators and migration pathways that help a customer understand how they are currently using their SAS estate and what critical functions are being run on that estate, so they can help a customer understand the actual relevance. It’s like, I live in Florida, right? I only notice the air conditioning when it doesn’t work. But you don’t switch off the air conditioning unless you’ve got an alternative ready to go. And their job is to make sure customers, when making strategic decisions, understand the impact of decisions they may make. And that, I think, creates an opportunity for how we’re talking about: “We’re going to actually upgrade you so that you have better climate control, right? You have new options. It can be more cost-effective as it scales and it can meet more of your needs. And you don’t lose the critical foundation that you’ve been building your business on.” I think there’s some of that recognition that we’re a relatively humble organization, but I’m starting to hear more of our customers acknowledge, more of our partners talk about, “Hey, let’s not shy away from the fact you’re running your business on SAS.” This is critical functionality. We hear billions being managed. When we think about our price book, we talk about billions of assets under management. I mean, that’s the order of magnitude of what we’re managing from a risk or a fraud perspective. And we want to make sure that we can meet customers where they are and make sure they make decisions that are good and solid for their business. Robert Dutt: Another one that came up with Ryan was the idea of increasingly seeing GSI plus niche specialist partner and kind of the ecosystem play. I’m curious if that’s a deliberate strategy. Is it something you’ve observing and adopting to? John Carey: For me, I think it’s always been there. I think GSIs have always really effectively subcontracted in specific expertise and niche value as needed when doing delivery. I think what’s happening now, again, with disruptive inflection points—what I believe we see happening is things that were already happening become very visible. So I think what we’re seeing right now is, rather than that being a subcontract relationship, it’s a more explicit contract with GSI, contract with boutique partner with very specialized expertise. And it’ll settle over time, and it may even go back to more of a subcontract model. But I think that’s great. We’re all acknowledging that there is value in industry expertise, and even within industry expertise, there is real value in some very niche expertise that requires that level of investment. And you should be paying to make sure you get the right value resource working on your project. Robert Dutt: If I’m a Canadian reseller or a system integrator who hasn’t worked with SAS to date listening to this and thinking, “All right, they have an interesting story, they’re in an interesting place.” What’s the right profile for a partner for you right now? What are you looking for? What do you actually need more of in the market? John Carey: I would say I’m looking for solution providers. So I’m looking for partners who can address mid-market organizations’ needs across data and AI. With a strong relationship with TD SYNNEX, great credit, skills in infrastructure, security, data, who are looking to an adjacent expansion where bringing in SAS as a way to modernize that data for the AI lifecycle and turn that data now into insight and from insight into workflow integrated with agentic capabilities. If that’s your bag, don’t just knock on the door, knock our door down. We want to talk to you. Robert Dutt: Fair enough. Final question: what does the SAS channel look like in three years if things go well and there aren’t additional changes along the way? What would you point to and say, “That’s the thing we’re building towards”? John Carey: I think the service provider in the mid-market and below will become a far more dominant motion. I think in the enterprise, we’ll see even more integration of partners from a fulfillment perspective as customers start to push vendors to engage with them through the advisors who have guided them through this transformative period. And I think as a vendor, you just have to acknowledge that the customer is going to tell you who they want to buy from. The customer is going to tell you who they want to work with. And as a vendor, what you want to say is, “Well, if they have the skills, we should lean in. If they don’t have the skills, we should be really honest about the fact that we think you could be better served by a partner that looks with this profile and skills, and here are some we would recommend.” But again, the customer is ultimately going to make the trade-offs. But I would say managed service providers are increasing, and partners building their own value on top of the Viya platform in industries where we have yet to unlock use cases are becoming more and more the norm. Robert Dutt: Especially since so much of the audience is in that MSP space, I think that’s going to be one that hits home. Well, John, I appreciate you taking the time on what I’m sure has been a very busy week. John Carey: I appreciate it, Robert. Thank you for the time. Robert Dutt: There you have it—John Carey from SAS Institute. I’d like to thank John for his time and thank you for listening. Few things I’m taking away from this one. First, the framing I kept coming back to is the transparent box versus the black box. Others turn up with the easy button and a black box. SAS turns up and says nothing is easy, but when you engage with us, you’ll understand where problems occurred and why, and you’ll be able to remediate. In an environment where AI governance is moving from a theoretical concern to an operational requirement, that’s a differentiated position and for channel partners, it means the conversation is not just about selling software. It’s about being the guide that helps the customer make confident technology choices. Second, the direct-to-indirect migration is live right now. The contract between the end user and SAS doesn’t change. What changes is the transaction route, and the pitch to customers is that instead of being part of a long tail at a large enterprise, you become the most important customer of a partner who’s dedicated to your success. It’s a strong repositioning and the kind of opening that partners who have not been in the SAS conversation before should be paying attention to. Third, John was pretty clear about where the next three years go. Managed service providers building up their own value on top of the Viya platform in industries where use cases are still being unlocked. If you’re an MSP with deep vertical expertise and data, security, or infrastructure skills, this episode makes the case for why you should be knocking on SAS’s door. We’ll be back on Monday with more from SAS Innovate as we hear the practitioner side of the story: my conversation with Nat D’Ercole from Deloitte Canada on what AI transformation actually looks like from inside a major Canadian enterprise engagement. If you found this one useful, follow or subscribe to the ChannelBuzz.ca podcast. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the major directories. Ratings and reviews are greatly appreciated, especially when they have five stars. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Integris, a managed AI and IT services firm backed by OMERS Private Equity, has announced its intent to acquireFirst Focus, the largest managed service provider serving small and midsize businesses across Australia, New Zealand, and the Philippines. The deal, subject to regulatory approval, is designed to extend Integris’ geographic reach while accelerating delivery of AI-enabled managed services across regions. For the channel, the transaction is a clear expression of the platform MSP consolidation trend playing out globally through private equity – and for Canadian observers, the OMERS connection is notable: the Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement System is the PE backer driving this international build-out. Cybersecurity vendor NeuShield has announced a partnership with Ontario-based MSP Data Guards to deliver instant ransomware recovery services to clients. In a documented real-world use case, the companies reported restoring more than 6.2 terabytes of encrypted data in just fifteen minutes – a recovery window NeuShield says would have taken more than five days using traditional backup methods. By integrating NeuShield Data Sentinel into its managed security stack, Data Guards can offer one-click recovery of corrupted data and storage-layer protection against ransomware and file tampering, reflecting a broader market shift as solution providers move beyond prevention and detection to guarantee client data remains continuously recoverable without system rebuilds. ThreatLabs Europe, the research arm of ThreatDown, has discovered threat actors weaponizing AI agent skills to deliver the GachiLoader infostealer. Attackers are using a fake OpenClaw AI agent skill as a lure to inject the Rhadamanthys infostealer directly into memory, leveraging the Polygon blockchain for command and control to bypass traditional perimeter defenses. The malware harvests cryptocurrency wallets, browser credentials, Telegram messages, and password manager contents. The discovery is a direct warning for the channel: as non-human identities proliferate in client environments, identity and access management practices must now account for the vulnerabilities introduced by AI agents – not just human users. In brief: Sublime Security has launched its first formal channel partner program and announced a move to a 100 percent channel sales model, with dedicated reseller and MSSP tracks. The agentic email security platform uses a rules-plus-AI approach it says catches attacks that signature-based tools and generic AI products miss. Konica Minolta has announced the spring 2026 launch of the AccurioPress C5080 Series, a new line of digital production presses designed for high-volume commercial printing environments. Forescout has launched Mission:Possible, the company’s biggest channel partner tour in 25 years, spanning more than 90 cities globally between May and September. The immersive events are built around hands-on IT, OT, IoT, and industrial security challenges, with the goal of sharpening partner positioning around zero trust and continuous threat exposure management. Microsoft 365 E7 goes generally available today at $99 per user per month, bundling Microsoft 365 Copilot, the Entra Suite, and advanced compliance capabilities in a single commercial tier. Microsoft’s Q3 earnings this week confirmed Copilot has crossed 20 million paid seats – E7’s launch signals the next phase of the AI licensing conversation for solution providers. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Friday, May 1, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Integris, a managed AI and IT services firm backed by OMERS Private Equity, has announced its intent to acquire First Focus, the largest managed service provider serving small and midsize businesses across Australia, New Zealand, and the Philippines. The deal is subject to regulatory approval and is designed to extend Integris’ geographic footprint while accelerating delivery of secure, scalable AI capabilities across regions. For the channel, it’s a clear example of the platform MSP consolidation trend playing out globally – and for Canadian observers specifically, it’s worth noting that OMERS, the Ontario Municipal Employees Retirement System, is the private equity backer driving this international build-out. Cybersecurity vendor NeuShield has announced a partnership with Canadian MSP Data Guards to deliver instant ransomware recovery services to clients. In a real-world use case that highlights the collaboration, the companies reported successfully restoring more than 6.2 terabytes of encrypted data in just fifteen minutes. According to NeuShield, this compares to more than five days that would have been required using traditional backup methods. By integrating NeuShield Data Sentinel into its managed security stack, Data Guards can offer one-click recovery of corrupted data and protection at the storage layer against ransomware and file tampering. The partnership underscores a broader trend in the market, as solution providers increasingly move beyond prevention and detection to ensure client data remains continuously recoverable without the need to rebuild systems from scratch. ThreatLabs Europe, the research arm of ThreatDown, has discovered that threat actors are now weaponizing AI agent skills to deliver the GachiLoader infostealer. According to the company, attackers are using a fake OpenClaw AI agent skill as a lure to inject the Rhadamanthys infostealer directly into memory. The attack utilizes the Polygon blockchain for command and control instructions, allowing it to bypass many traditional perimeter defenses to harvest cryptocurrency wallets, browser credentials, Telegram messages, and password managers. As malicious actors increasingly exploit the expanding footprint of non-human identities, the discovery serves as a clear warning to the channel. IT professionals must ensure comprehensive identity and access management practices account for the vulnerabilities introduced by AI agents operating within client environments. In Brief –  Sublime Security plans to go 100 percent channel Konica Minolta has announced the spring 2026 launch of its AccurioPress C5080 Series for digital production environments.  Forescout goes on Mission:Possible partner tour And finally, today's the day for the launch of Microsoft 365 E7  Full details and links in the show notes or the blog post. Later today on In The Channel, we continue our coverage from SAS Innovate 2026, as we talk to SAS global channel chief John Carey about four years building out the channel program for the analytics company, the increasing role of MSPs, and how his own goals for the partner portion of the company's revenues are evolving. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday’s episode featured my chat with SAS Canada leader Ryan MacDonald on the state of the AI opportunity in Canada, the role of partners, and why the value of SAS may be hidden to some customers. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Ryan MacDonald, country leader for SAS Canada Recorded on site at SAS Innovate 2026 in Grapevine, Texas, today’s In The Channel features Ryan MacDonald, country leader at SAS Canada, in a wide-ranging conversation about what the week’s major announcements mean for Canadian organizations – and where SAS sees its channel and partner opportunity growing. The conversation opens on the energy at SAS Innovate, which marks the company’s fiftieth anniversary, and what the announcement lineup – including the new SAS AI Navigator for AI governance and the expansion of agentic AI capabilities across the Viya platform – means for the Canadian market specifically. MacDonald describes Canadian enterprise AI maturity as strong in intellectual capital but still building toward consistent economic output, with the governance and trust framework a necessary foundation before organizations can scale. He draws a direct line between Canada’s regulatory environment – OSFI E-21 in particular – and the practical operational pressure organizations are feeling as model validation volumes have grown from two a week to multiple per day. On the competitive landscape, MacDonald addresses the challenge from Microsoft Fabric and Databricks with an argument about SAS’s existing footprint in business-critical decisioning layers – often invisible infrastructure organizations don’t always realize they’re sitting on, and an upgrade path through Viya designed to deliver incremental value rather than a rip-and-replace. The conversation also covers the evolution of SAS’s channel strategy, the managed services opportunity in a data sovereignty environment, and the MCP-based openness that is letting external AI agents call SAS analytics directly. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello, and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. This week, I’m coming to you from Grapevine, Texas, where I’ve been on the ground at SAS Innovate 2026. It’s a significant week for SAS Institute on a couple of fronts. The company is marking its 50th anniversary this year, and the announcement lineup has been one of the more substantive in recent memory, with major moves in AI governance, agentic AI across the Viya platform, and a meaningful shift in how the platform opens up to external AI agents and frameworks. My guest today is Ryan Macdonald, country manager [CHECK: title recorded as “country manager” – should be “managing director” if you want to punch in] for SAS Canada. Ryan’s been with SAS Canada for about a decade, and has just stepped into a role leading the country this year. He has a front row seat to some significant strategic changes – the move to Viya, the expansion of the partner and channel program, and now what I think is a genuinely important moment as AI governance moves from theoretical concern to practical operational requirement, particularly in Canada’s regulated industries. We cover a lot of ground – what this week’s announcements mean for Canadian organizations, where Canadian enterprise stands on AI maturity right now, the OSFI E-21 story, how SAS is thinking about its channel ecosystem and the mid-market opportunity, and a candid conversation about managed services and data sovereignty. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Ryan Macdonald. [MUSIC] Robert Dutt: Ryan, thanks for taking the time, and what I’m sure is a busy week for you. Ryan MacDonald: Yes, of course. Thanks for having me, Robert. Robert Dutt: You guys turned 50 this year, and it feels like one of the bigger product lineup announcements at Innovate in a while. Curious what you felt from the room. What’s the energy, what’s the vibe that you’re getting from this year at Innovate, especially given that 50 years of SAS framing? Ryan MacDonald: I agree with the energy you’re feeling. Certainly a ton of energy around our 50th and just what we’re seeing in terms of AI tooling and where we fit into that ecosystem. So lots of conversations about the data estate, how that’s evolving, and then just really looking for the reality check on where practical value lives in the new AI ecosystem that’s being framed around, especially for enterprise technology stacks. Robert Dutt: Look at the announcement stack this week. You’ve got Navigator for AI governance. You’ve got the agentic AI expansion in Viya, the various industry solutions. Curious – and I’m sure you’ve seen some of these before they were announced to the public and been following their development – what is kind of activating your Spidey senses in terms of, “ooh, that’s going to play well at home right now.” What are we seeing as sort of the big early day opportunities out of those innovations? Ryan MacDonald: Certainly in Canada, the regulatory domain around model risk management and model management and lineage and explainability is front of mind for everybody. I think that’s the major limiting factor in terms of proliferating cost of AI, in terms of actually calculating a per unit cost of running a model or introducing intelligence to something that was maybe traditionally rules-based. And so I think not only is there a regulatory driver, but people are seeing that as a practical constraint. So a lot in the governance and trust domain is certainly a hot topic. Robert Dutt: And that kind of speaks to where I wanted to go next, actually, which is you guys have been in Canada across verticals for a long time, obviously. Curious how you would describe the overall kind of AI maturity of the Canadian market right now. Are we kind of leading, lagging? Or is there something distinctly Canadian to it? Ryan MacDonald: Yeah, great question. This is close to home. We have the benefit of working with thought leaders in AI, folks like Ajay Agrawal. And just knowing the pedigree of intellectual property around this conversation in Canada, we have so much there. Of course, Geoffrey Hinton and Ilya Sutskever and the folks at U of T have just delivered so much to this community. I think that said, enterprise adoption and converting this into economic output is still something that we’re figuring out. So I think our investments generally, relative to peer groups around the world, we’re still a little behind. I think we’re doing some advanced things. There are some exceptions to this, where use cases are at the forefront of what’s being delivered globally. But generally, I think the data estate and this trust dynamic and the need for establishing a scalable framework for trust and governance – it’s a responsible thing to do. But relative to other geographies, it’s setting a foundation before we really run away with some use cases and deliver. Robert Dutt: One thing we’re tracking – I’m sure a lot of people are – is the idea of AI initiatives that get a start and a lot of fanfare and then fizzle out before hitting production or certainly proving their worth. I’ve heard a lot of the framing of the idea of trust and governance as kind of the growth driver, rather than the compliance tax. How is that hitting in Canada? And is that any different than what you’ve seen in terms of reactions and feeling and overall motion in the states or elsewhere? Ryan MacDonald: I think there are certainly differences in the tone of this conversation. For me, the purview is mostly north and south of the border – the US and Canada. But I think in Canada, we have a regulatory domain that is really prioritizing these things. So it’s not optional for a lot of – especially in a regulated market, this isn’t really a luxury you’d have to say, do I comply with this or not? But I think it’s also putting a per unit cost parameter on this for folks that is important. We’re seeing a huge proliferation of AI. Everything – your microwave, your lawnmower, everything has some sort of AI enablement component to it. Is it necessary? Are you getting the appropriate uplift? And these teams that are validating and pushing these models through the organization – what we’re hearing from them – this went from two a week, to a month, to two a day, five a day, ten a day. And so the systems – it’s not just a luxury or a question really of the ethics. Are we doing the right thing? Is this responsible? It’s a framework that’s required for the validation process, even just table stakes, to really scale through the organization. Robert Dutt: To that point, in Canada we’ve got financial services, and particularly we’ve got OSFI E-21 coming up. That’s pretty scary – things attached to it if you’re not hitting the bar. Are you seeing that create urgency? Or are customers still in a wait and see kind of space around that? Ryan MacDonald: I think the regulatory conversations there are interesting. There’s a lot of assessment of what peers are doing. And I think OSFI, to their credit, really listens to the community. Rather than setting a standard blind lead, just based on their intellectual property and what they see as being a requirement, they really listen to the community and measure from where everybody is, taking stock of that. So I don’t believe there’s a lot of fear and panic. I think organizations – as we did a lot of work around E-21 [CHECK: transcript rendered as “E23” – confirm on playback] specifically in this space – they were really well prepared. They had some ideas on how to make this more efficient, really focus on the materiality of where the risk lives and develop a framework that’s consistent with the risk posture in other domains. And I think that’s really – nobody was suggesting, “hey, this isn’t a good idea. This is too much pressure. This is putting a cost burden on us.” That wasn’t really the dialogue. Robert Dutt: Beyond financial services and other regulated industries especially, what are you seeing in terms of how customers are wrestling with AI governance right now? Ryan MacDonald: I think the scale of maturity across industries just varies so greatly. You have some organizations that are really just getting started, and they’re acknowledging that. In some of the roundtables we’ve had the benefit of participating in, some folks are trying to find their first step in AI. What does this even mean? They’re trying to find the right resources that can guide them. They’re still building their technology estate. And then, conversely, you have folks that are, as we spoke about earlier, leading the world – the global community – in terms of things like automated decisioning frameworks and integrating what were previously siloed processes. We see this in risk and fraud domains merging together. So I think we’re seeing both ends of that spectrum in Canada, certainly. Robert Dutt: Analytics has become a crowded space lately – with Databricks, with Snowflake, with Microsoft Fabric getting in there, all in territory that you guys have been in for a long time. How do you make the case to Canadian organizations that have been told, especially by Microsoft, “hey, you can just have analytics as part of what you already have?” What’s the competitive message there? Ryan MacDonald: Yeah, that’s a regular conversation for us, of course. I think what we really offer institutions, especially given the scale of the organizations we support – and we work in almost every major industry, every major enterprise in Canada – we offer a very different risk posture in moving through this process. So they may have what were traditional analytics with SAS. Maybe we had dabbled in what was previously BI, something like that. But for a lot of institutions, we support business-critical payload. There is a core application to their business that’s being delivered with a component of SAS. And oftentimes, as our relationships diversify across the organization, maybe we have a specific technology sponsor that helped build this alongside their business counterpart. Maybe they’ve moved on. And that decisioning layer is sort of obfuscated. So we spend a lot of time identifying – hey, is this what looks like ETL work potentially, in a report or an assessment that’s performed? Is this really a decisioning layer in your organization? And that’s what we’re really finding is there. And what folks are really interested in is taking that framework – what was previously identified as legacy SAS – and seeing what we offer in terms of Viya. It’s scaling far beyond what the competition can offer in terms of decisioning frameworks and automating process and delivering core value. A lot of the AI discussion is focused now on where are you seeing ROI? How long do we have to wait? What is the roadmap to finally get something out of this? And I think that’s really the core difference. Yes, there’s a lot of tools. It’s a crowded space. The competition is fierce and they can do some very exciting things. I think what we offer organizations is really the opportunity to do those same things and more, and to take your current investments, your current intellectual property, through that framework – which delivers value incrementally rather than a build within a complete new paradigm. Robert Dutt: One of the announcements that really caught my eye this week was the addition of the MCP – in that essentially you guys are opening up the analytics engine to external AI agents like Claude to call it directly. It seems like a pretty significant shift in terms of thinking about openness, thinking about consuming SAS from wherever folks want to consume it. What does that motion mean for the Canadian organization and for your Canadian customers? Ryan MacDonald: I think this is an extrapolation of what we spoke about earlier, in the sense of we are providing these deterministic decision frameworks to these organizations today. And so we talk about this almost in the sense of the Apple/Android paradigm. This was a previously closed ecosystem. The SAS code base was proprietary. The compute infrastructure was proprietary. And the open source motion was the first move here – running Python and R and other code frameworks natively within SAS is something that we’ve supported now for years within Viya. And it’s an extrapolation of this – meeting our customers where they are. SAS did not endeavor to compete directly with the frontier labs and build LLM models. But we certainly see the benefit – this is providing the market the productivity increase, the creativity of use cases, and what this adds to decisioning frameworks. I think the shortcoming is still the deterministic component, where something can be built in a hard and trusted capacity, presented to a regulator with the appropriate lineage. That’s really where we see these worlds coming together. So I don’t think it’s a great strategic decision if SAS were to impose, “we have one specific framework, one partner in this space.” We’re seeing, in addition to the frontier labs, a lot of custom work in this space as well – enterprises that are building more small language models around their data sets. So imposing this integration framework, I think, allows us to really meet customers where they are. Robert Dutt: A few years ago there was a flurry of things going on on the channel side for you guys. You brought on TD SYNNEX as a distributor. I believe it was a worldwide, not Canadian-specific figure that you were going for – 30% of contribution through partners. Where’s the channel scene at for you today? How would you characterize where you’re at against those goals and others? Ryan MacDonald: I think we’re still making progress in that domain. The channel business is still growing very aggressively. It’s a big shift to turn, frankly, in terms of getting the allotment of customers we had when we segmented what work was going to the channel, how that was going to be developed. And we compare ourselves to our peers in the industry – they’ve been at this for a lot longer. So just the maturity continues to develop. I think we’re seeing great progress, great feedback from customers in terms of the way that the channel is able to support them. And we see proliferation of niche players here that have come out of the woodwork that are very industry-specific. So I think that’s really the opportunity – where we had a general technology-based approach for certain industry segments, what we’re seeing is these channel partners can really tie together these business outcome-driven discussions in a way that was much more expensive and difficult for SAS to scale to. Robert Dutt: What does the community look like today in terms of scale, profile of partners, what they’re doing, and where do you see that evolving over the near future? Ryan MacDonald: I think we’re seeing this change very quickly with the advent of AI in terms of what use cases are being prioritized. I think in Canada, a lot of organizations have hit a wall in terms of understanding their data foundations – they’re not necessarily ready to scale them towards all the outcomes they’re seeking to deliver. And so channel partners are that domain. What are our peers doing? And this is GSIs and niche consulting firms and everybody in between. So we’re really seeing those conversations take shape of almost a reset of the roadmap, a reprioritization of how they’re building out their target state ecosystem. And that industry expertise is, I believe, the real differentiator. There’s a lot of competition. It’s a crowded space in that sense. So having an outcomes-focused point of view, whether that’s from SAS directly or a channel partner, is really important. Robert Dutt: Is the changing nature of what you guys are focused on in terms of AI governance and all those kinds of things that we’ve been talking about changing the definition of who you’re working with as a partner? Or is that something that’s likely to happen in the near future? Ryan MacDonald: I don’t think it’ll necessarily change. We might add some things to it, but they’re really part of the same conversation. I don’t think you can have a conversation about scaling AI without a discussion about the governance framework. And in a lot of cases, model inventory work, and just being the core platform of delivering models in this decisioning layer, is something that SAS had a lot of experience and an existing footprint within. So I think it’s really germane to the way we’ve been working with these customers today. Robert Dutt: How does the service mix – how they actually bring this all to market as partners – change as kind of what you’re going after changes? Ryan MacDonald: I think there’s a lot more consultative work right now around these outcome-focused and prioritization discussions. So I think it certainly is changing. And if you’re seeing this sort of increased competition in the technology domain and more commoditization of certain tool sets, it just puts more weight on – how do I really navigate? It crowds the pathway and creates more obstacles in terms of delivering outcomes. And so I think just refocusing on outcome-oriented discussion – and a lot of times these are deep partnerships between a niche consulting vendor, or somebody that now is a channel partner to SAS, and these firms in sectors across Canada. So it’s not necessarily changing the way we’re working with them. It’s changing the prioritization of the discussion, putting consulting maybe ahead of technology. Robert Dutt: Before we sat down to record, just as we were getting to know each other, you mentioned that part of your path through SAS Canada was you had managed services, at least for a while – and I believe that to be internally. How has that shaped, and how does this moment shape, how you think about working with partners who are in that managed services kind of motion? Ryan MacDonald: Yeah, that conversation is changing everywhere in the world. The political landscape, of course, is relevant here – in terms of we’re seeing some location dictate where customers are willing to send or host data. We’re seeing geo-repatriation in that sense. We’re seeing movement to the cloud change the dynamics of the cost model, what folks are seeing in terms of stable applications that don’t necessarily need the scalability or proximity to data. We’re seeing them pull some things back on premises and build clouds internally with OpenShift and other technologies. So I think it’s a cycle like most things in technology, where we’ve had the gold rush of moving everything to the cloud. And I think especially enterprise customers are now deciding not only how do they divide that workload amongst hyperscaler partners, but what is appropriate for internal clouds, which are now growing in popularity. And I think in Canada, we’re not seeing a huge disruption in this space, but we’re seeing a lot more of our business grow in terms of managed services. And as we talk about more outcome-driven engagements – less just providing raw access to the technology – the managed service really bridges the gap in terms of the various integration points that need to be managed along the way. And so it’s not just simply providing the infrastructure and application support. We’re seeing the managed service domain, especially around SAS – where this is not a one-size-fits-all approach – really extrapolate into “can we help you really derive your outcome” with expertise in either transformations of data, or we’re providing models now in terms of a service offering, in addition to consulting work of building models custom to each application. So that’s really evolving quickly. Robert Dutt: One of the trends that we follow a lot is this move across the industry to look at partners less as a direct, straight-through channel and more as an ecosystem – a lot more multi-partner engagements, especially given where you guys sit in the complexity and custom nature of a lot of what customers are asking of you. How are you guys thinking about that ecosystem, multi-partner play? Ryan MacDonald: I think the list of partners is generally growing as we talk about extrapolating into channel and SAS’s ambition to have, as you stated, 30% of our revenue flowing through the channel in Canada. I think the customer really dictates the specific mix. And so customers in large enterprise have a preference of GSI and specific domains. And what we’re seeing more is the introduction of niche players alongside GSIs, where typically that was binary previously. They would typically – let’s say they work with Deloitte or EY, for example – that would be their preference to continue in that direction. And now we’re seeing them want to leverage the scale those organizations offer, but really like the thought leadership and expertise delivered by a niche partner, and want to bring us all together. So we’re seeing a lot more partners enter the conversation, which I think is very healthy for the competitive domain and just in terms of getting to specific outcomes very quickly. Robert Dutt: The traditional sweet spot for SAS has been clearly enterprise, and Canada’s a very SMB-heavy nation, obviously. But a lot of the stuff that’s going on right now between the Viya SaaS model and the stuff going up on GitHub and the move towards managed services suggests that there might be even more of a mid-market play than before. I’m curious what you see in terms of what a Canadian reseller can realistically and credibly pursue right now. Ryan MacDonald: That has been the way the economy has been structured in Canada for decades, of course, and something that I think our channel strategy really celebrates and prioritizes. SAS – it’s hard to work both ends of the spectrum. And so our legacy of working with enterprise customers, to explore some of the topics we’ve covered in the regulatory domain and how that takes shape, the reach to SMB customers has been something that we’ve candidly struggled with at times. The channel is really the resolution to that. So we’re seeing, as we talk about more entities in this space, the mix of consulting partners or partners in general proliferating – that’s really where we’re seeing it, down more towards the SMB segments, less on the enterprise side. Robert Dutt: Acknowledging that there’s going to be a wide range of things here, and it may even depend partner to partner, but looking at the channel as an aggregate – what do you need more of from your partners right now in terms of areas of focus, in terms of opportunities to be going at, in terms of skillsets? Ryan MacDonald: I think because we are trying to aggressively pursue this market in Canada and service this customer base – which, again, the channel is just better suited for, all around – to me, it’s the feedback loop. That’s something that we challenge, of course, our frontline in an enterprise setting. You have a consistent flow of communication that’s bidirectional. We’re getting feedback on what’s important to them, what they are doing with the platform at times in our tool sets. And having that flow through an additional intermediary is an additional step in the process in the channel segment. But I think that’s really important – just to make sure we’re collecting feedback not just from channel partners, but direct from customers – their experience with SAS, how our channel partners feel in terms of support and enablement, pricing and mechanics and the rest of it as well. Robert Dutt: Curious what you see success at SAS Canada looking like over the next 12 to 18 months. What are the conversations you want to be having that you aren’t yet? What are the measurements that you’re looking at? Ryan MacDonald: We have been growing the business – in terms of revenue, of course, is always important to us – but influence in the market, I think, is something else. SAS, having such a – as we celebrate 50 years – our legacy is something we’re incredibly proud of. It’s afforded us the opportunity to build these great partnerships in Canada, all across the country, various enterprises. I think at times the double-edged sword there is they may equate us to the way they had built with SAS previously and don’t necessarily take stock of some of the things you’re seeing us bring to market today and announcing here at Innovate. So I think that is really what we look for – not just in terms of revenue growth and are we delivering more outcomes and scaling the progress with these customers. Are we really – are they delivering within the new framework? Are we changing the narrative in terms of what they see from SAS and who we are to them? Robert Dutt: My last and definitely most important question – how many dinners did you have last night? Ryan MacDonald: I had one dinner. Robert Dutt: One? One dinner. Oh, that’s an accomplishment. I appreciate you taking the time, Ryan. Thanks. Ryan MacDonald: Thank you, Robert. Really, really nice to meet you here today. Thank you, I appreciate your time. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Ryan Macdonald from SAS Canada. I’d like to thank Ryan for his time. This was our first in-person recording with the new setup, and I think you can hear the difference. And thank you for listening. A few things I’m taking away from this one. First – the AI governance story in Canada is moving faster than it might look from the outside. Ryan’s framing stuck with me: the volume of models organizations are pushing through validation has gone from two a week to five to ten a day. The governance framework isn’t a compliance tax – it’s the operational infrastructure that makes any of this scalable. And for Canadian financial services firms, OSFI E-21 isn’t on the horizon anymore – it’s here. Second – SAS’s competitive argument is more interesting than the standard “we’ve been around longer” play. The pitch is that there’s already a business-critical decisioning layer in your organization that’s been built on SAS. And the real question is whether you’re going to upgrade and grow from that investment, or build something new from scratch alongside it. For a lot of Canadian enterprises, that’s a conversation worth having. And third – Ryan was candid that the direct sales model doesn’t reach the SMB, and the channel is the answer. What’s interesting is where the growth is coming from – niche, industry-specific partners alongside the big GSIs, with customers already wanting both in the room. If you’re a Canadian reseller or systems integrator with deep vertical expertise, SAS is worth a conversation. We’ll be back tomorrow with more from on the ground here at SAS Innovate 2026, as we chat with the global channel chief at SAS Institute, John Carey [CHECK: transcript rendered as “John Kerry” – confirm on playback before publishing]. If you found this one useful, follow or subscribe to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the major directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated and genuinely help other people in the channel find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers. ChannelBuzz.ca is on site at this week’s SAS Innovate 2026 in Grapevine, Texas. Here’s some of the major news from the event. SAS announced a Viya MCP (Model Context Protocol) server at Innovate 2026, enabling external AI agents to invoke SAS capabilities – fraud detection models, statistical engines, forecasting tools – without being inside the Viya platform. Integrations with Microsoft Copilot and Anthropic’s Claude are live now, with additional LLMs coming later this year. It’s a significant architectural shift: SAS Viya becomes a callable intelligence layer inside any enterprise AI workflow, rather than a destination platform customers have to enter directly. SAS AI Navigator is the company’s new AI governance tool, a SaaS solution designed to help organizations compile a complete AI inventory and govern AI use cases, including the models and agents that power them. Navigator is coming to Azure Marketplace in both public and private configurations – lowering the entry point for governance conversations to well below a full Viya deployment. SAS’s vice president of AI ethics, governance and social impact Reggie Townsend frames the shift plainly: governance is no longer a compliance checkbox, it’s a competitive differentiator. SAS Studio is being rebranded as SAS Data and AI Studio, arriving later in 2026, alongside expanded native support for open table formats and the governed orchestration for building, deploying, and scaling trusted analytics and AI across the enterprise. A free, open-source Agentic AI Accelerator for is available now on GitHub, along with a free course to learn how to build Agents in SAS Viya. In conversation at the show, SAS chief operating officer Gavin Day offered the most candid enterprise AI market read of the week: productivity gains are real – SAS internally cut its own development lifecycle by roughly 60% using AI techniques – but for high-stakes use cases the precision problem remains unsolved. “If I ask an LLM the same question ten times, I don’t get the same answer ten times. If I’m working on anti-money laundering, that’s never gonna be okay.” Day also confirmed that as of Q3 2025, SAS automated inbound partner lead routing to go directly to qualified partners without SAS in the middle – and said the partner board acknowledged it at their meeting this week. Full interviews with SAS senior vice president of global channels John Carey and SAS Canada’s Ryan MacDonald are coming to the In The Channel feed. Elsewhere in the news: Microsoft reported fiscal Q3 2026 results after the bell on Wednesday, beating expectations on both revenue and earnings. Azure grew 40% year-over-year, ahead of the 39% consensus, and the company’s AI business crossed a $37 billion annualized revenue run rate, up 123%. Microsoft 365 Copilot now has over 20 million paid commercial seats, up from 15 million in January, with Satya Nadella noting weekly engagement is now at the same level as Outlook. For solution providers, the more immediate data point: M365 E7 at $99 per user per month goes generally available today, bundling Copilot, Entra Suite, and advanced compliance capabilities into a single commercial tier – and Microsoft is guiding for Azure growth of 39 to 40 percent next quarter at constant currency. Lenovo has acquired the firmware BIOS business, intellectual property, and engineering team of Phoenix Technologies, the company whose firmware runs on over one billion devices globally, in a deal that ends a 20-plus year vendor relationship by converting it into vertical ownership. The acquisition covers four Phoenix product lines – FirmCare, SecureCore, ServerBMC, and OmniCore – and Lenovo is framing the deal around faster security patch delivery, tighter firmware integration across its ThinkPad and commercial PC lines, and cost efficiencies. For Lenovo resellers, the practical implication is a more consistent firmware and security update story across the full portfolio, without the coordination lag that comes with a third-party BIOS vendor relationship. Canadian network management platform Auvik launched Auvik Aurora, a suite of AI agents embedded directly into its platform for MSPs and IT teams. Drawing on Auvik’s network data lake of real-world device topology, relationships, and vulnerability insights, the agents proactively flag issues, prioritize alerts, and surface device-specific command recommendations before problems escalate. CEO Doug Murray frames Aurora as the “Do” layer of Auvik’s “See, Tell, Do” framework – and notably, the agents are designed to identify devices in need of patching or replacement, surfacing revenue opportunities MSPs can bring to clients proactively rather than reactively. Cloud networking vendor Aviatrix launched AgentGuard, positioning it as the first agentic AI security platform built around containment rather than detection and remediation. The premise: most enterprises have no architectural constraints on where a compromised AI agent can move, making the blast radius of an AI agent breach effectively the entire environment. AgentGuard discovers agents across VMs, Kubernetes clusters, and serverless functions – including shadow agents – maps their connections, and enforces communication governance. CEO Doug Merritt was direct about the channel opportunity: “There’s a significant services revenue stream about to be unleashed for channel partners who understand AI containment.” Aviatrix operates 100 percent through the channel. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Thursday, April 30th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. A special edition today. I’ve spent the last couple of days at SAS Innovate 2026 in Washington, and there’s enough here to warrant its own episode before we get to the rest of the week’s news. Product announcements, some candid conversations with SAS leadership, and an honest read on where the enterprise AI market actually stands right now. Let’s get into it. The headline from the show floor is that SAS is opening up the Viya platform in a way it hasn’t before. They’ve launched a Viya MCP server – Model Context Protocol – which means SAS capabilities, whether that’s a fraud detection model, a forecasting engine, or a statistical analysis tool, can now be called directly by external AI agents. If your client is running Claude or Microsoft Teams as their AI interface, they can now reach into a SAS Viya model and invoke it as a tool, without being inside Viya at all. Microsoft and Anthropic integrations are live now, with more LLM support coming later this year. Alongside that, SAS Studio is being rebranded as SAS Workbench, arriving later this year, and SAS is also expanding native support for open table formats – which they’re framing as finally making cloud migration financially viable rather than painful. And for partners and developers interested in building on top of all this: an Agent AI with SAS Viya certification is available now, and a free open-source Agent AI Accelerator framework is up on GitHub. SAS has been making governance noise for a few years. This week, the company introduced AI Navigator, a SaaS solution designed to help organizations compile a complete AI inventory and govern AI use cases, including the models and agents that power them. Agent sprawl is real, and this is a direct response to it. Navigator is coming to Azure Marketplace in both public and private configurations – meaning you don’t need to be a Viya customer to have a governance conversation. I sat down with Reggie Townsend, SAS’s vice president of AI ethics, governance and social impact. His framing is worth repeating: governance is no longer a compliance checkbox – it’s a competitive differentiator. In his words, the AI debate is no longer innovation versus trust. He also told us that the Navigator product grew directly out of an internal SAS problem – they discovered five different business units were using five different AI models to respond to RFPs. They consolidated to one champion model, one challenger. That specific use case became a product feature. The most useful conversation of the week was with Gavin Day, SAS’s chief operating officer, who oversees all revenue-generating functions including channel. He gave the most honest market read I heard at the show. On AI ROI: productivity gains are real. SAS internally cut their development lifecycle by roughly 60% using AI techniques. But for high-stakes, mission-critical use cases, the precision problem remains unsolved. His line: if you ask an LLM the same question ten times, you don’t get the same answer ten times – and if you’re working on anti-money laundering, that’s never going to be okay. That’s the gap. He also confirmed what a lot of people in this industry are probably already sensing: behind closed doors, CIOs are telling him that IT budgets are being quietly redirected to AI experimentation. Nobody says it out loud. But the investment is real, and the ROI conversation is still very much open. Day confirmed that as of last summer, SAS automated their inbound partner lead routing – leads that fit a partner profile now go directly to that partner without SAS in the middle. Small operational detail, real signal about where their head is at on the partner motion. He also flagged something worth watching on pricing: his prediction is the industry is moving toward outcome-based models, where customers start paying when the technology is implemented and actually delivering value – not on a multi-year implementation runway. That’s a shift worth tracking. In addition to this episode of the Buzz, tune in later today for an In The Channel episode where I sit down with Ryan MacDonald, country manager for SAS Canada to find out about top opportunities for the company's partners back home, and tomorrow I'll bring you an interview with John Carey, who has signficantly ramped up the company's partnering efforts over the last four years. Of course, there’s plenty going on beyond SAS Innovate this week. Here are a few headlines that caught our eye – and for more detail on any of them, check the show notes or blog post for this episode. “Microsoft beat Q3 expectations last night – Azure up 40%, Copilot crosses 20 million paid commercial seats – and M365 E7 launches tomorrow.” “Lenovo has acquired Phoenix Technologies’ firmware business, bringing in-house the firmware running on over a billion devices worldwide.” “Auvik has launched Aurora AI agents, embedded directly into its platform for proactive MSP network management.” “And Aviatrix is out with AgentGuard – an agentic AI security platform built around containment, delivered entirely through the channel.” That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Michael Crean, senior vice president and general manager of managed security services at SonicWall SonicWall published its 2026 Cyber Protect Report in March with a deliberate reframe: rather than threat intelligence for its own sake, the report is built around actionable content for solution providers. The centrepiece is the seven deadly sins of SMB cybersecurity – seven predictable, preventable failure patterns drawn from real breach data. The headline numbers are sobering: 88 percent of SMB breaches involve ransomware, more than double the enterprise rate, average dwell time sits at 181 days, and 85 percent of actionable alerts trace back to identity and credential compromise. Michael Crean, senior vice president and general manager of managed security services at SonicWall, came to the company through the acquisition of Solutions Granted, the MSSP he built – one of the early pioneers of SOC-as-a-service for the MSP market. He’s direct about what the data means for partners: the seven sins aren’t just an SMB customer problem. They’re an MSP problem too. His core argument is that mastering fundamentals – MFA, patching, privilege management – is non-negotiable, and owning the right tools doesn’t change that. You can have the same toolbox as your mechanic; that doesn’t make you a mechanic. On the MSP-to-MSSP question, his answer channels Yoda: do or do not, there is no try. A month after the report’s release, Crean says partners have already been using the sins framework directly in customer conversations – which he describes as the whole point. One postscript: his personal favourite of the seven sins is number five, cost-driven security decisions. His test – ask a room of MSPs how many bought the cheapest car on the lot. Nobody raises their hand. But too many of their customers are doing exactly that with cybersecurity. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. SonicWall has published annual threat research for years, but this year they did something different. They stopped calling it a threat report. The 2026 Cyber Protect Report reframes the conversation away from data for its own sake towards something MSPs can actually use – a set of tools and talking points for strategic conversations with customers. The hook they chose? The seven deadly sins of SMB cybersecurity. Seven predictable, preventable failures that show up in breach after breach. My guest is Michael Crean, senior vice president and general manager of managed security services at SonicWall. Michael came to SonicWall through the acquisition of Solutions Granted, the MSSP he built and one of the early pioneers of SOC-as-a-service for the MSP market. Before that, nine years in the military. So when he talks about what MSPs are getting wrong on security, he’s speaking from a fairly unusual vantage point – inside the SOC, inside the vendor, inside the partner community itself. The report had been out about a month when we sat down and I was curious what the actual conversation had looked like since launch. We got into that, the sins themselves, the 181-day dwell time that should make many MSPs uncomfortable, and what it really means to be or partner with a true MSSP. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Michael Crean. Michael, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Michael Crean: Absolutely, sir. Robert Dutt: You called this report the Cyber Protect Report, not the threat report that you guys have been publishing for years. That seems like a deliberate choice. What are you trying to signal with that shift and who are you really talking to with this report? Michael Crean: I think every other threat report just looks the same. It’s got some different colors, it’s got some different logos, but everybody talks about the same exact thing and it felt boring. It felt like, “Why do we have to fit into the same role as everyone else? Why can’t we do something different that’s purposeful and should be meaningful to people?” It actually gives them something to talk about – not just with themselves internally, but also to their customers. That was the reason we went down this path and decided to call it the Protect Report. Robert Dutt: I’m guessing that also sets up why you went with the framing of those seven deadly sins – the seven predictable, preventable failures. I thought that was a really neat hook for it. When you look at that list, which one do you think most MSPs would be surprised to see themselves in? Not so much their customers, but themselves as MSPs? Michael Crean: Number one – ignoring the fundamentals. I mean, it’s incredible the amount of times – because of the work that we do at the SonicWall Security Operations Centers and the amount of compromises that we’re brought in to participate in, investigate, help people with – that you just find it’s this overwhelming amount of: you had the right tools, you had the right tech, and you didn’t know what to do with it. Or you did and you just didn’t take the time to really learn how to ride the bike well. We had a compromise today where a customer of ours got hit with Akira [verify], a ransomware, and we thought we probably knew that the penetration point was the firewall, but we had to do some more investigation. And when we did the investigation, the amount of misconfiguration was staggering [verify]. You pay for all these security services, and they weren’t even enabled – IPS, IDS disabled – and they paid for them. So it’s just unfortunate. These are just, again, what we call ignoring the fundamentals. Robert Dutt: Do you have any thoughts on what’s driving that? Is it a matter of, this is up and running, moving on to the next shiny thing, moving on to the next opportunity? What’s behind that? Michael Crean: I think some of it is that MSPs have found themselves in this place of challenge where they have so much responsibility and customers are looking at them. And I heard this a long time ago when I was a child – the smart person is the person that says what they don’t know. I think a lot of people are fearful to show that side of, “I don’t know something.” But saying “I don’t know” doesn’t mean you don’t know and you’ll never know. It just means, “Hey, I don’t know that, but I’m going to go here and ask this person, or I’m going to go to this vendor and get more information, or I’m going to do some more research and come back to you with a really solid answer.” Instead, there’s this constant – I hate to use the word – but it feels like there’s this constant necessity of yes that we have to keep giving our customers. I prefer somebody to tell me, “Nope, I don’t know how to do that, but I’m going to give you a great contact so that you can get it done right.” So I think that’s part of it. And then we, as manufacturers, we keep telling people all along the way, “Hey, buy my stuff, it fixes your problems. Just buy my stuff.” Well, I can go buy the same box of tools that my mechanic has, but that doesn’t mean I’m a mechanic and it obviously does not mean that my car is going to get fixed just because I’ve got the tools. Robert Dutt: Can attest to that. Fortunately, not with great experience, but there’s a reason I do take my car to someone else to get looked at. Michael Crean: Oh my goodness, you and me both. I want it done right. And as hard as I tend to drive my cars – because I have a thing for speed and adrenaline – I would actually like them to be as proper as they can be. Robert Dutt: Well, especially given that it’s important, when you’re testing the limits shall we say, that the thing stays together while you’re doing so. Michael Crean: Absolutely. Robert Dutt: And back to that point, I think there’s also the factor of when you are presenting yourself – and most MSPs do – as the trusted advisor, the expert on this, who’s going to take care of all this, that creates an even greater disincentive to admitting, “You know what? I need to check on that. Let me find out more,” rather than saying, “Yeah, I got this.” Michael Crean: I think it’s human nature, just in general. Because the moment you admit you don’t know something or you’re not certain, at that very moment in time, we just assume that to be a point of weakness. I believe through the military – I served for nine years – and being a CEO and founder for 22 years, what I really realized, and even when it came to my kids, sometimes when you just don’t know, it’s okay to say you don’t know, but I’m going to find out, or I’m going to figure it out, or we’re going to do it together and we’re both going to be better for it than we were when we started with the question. Robert Dutt: Funny, that came up early in my journalism career too. My editor at the time would say, “Your job is not to know. Your job is to find the person who does.” Along the same lines, a little bit of a different lens. You said something that I quoted in the news piece we did on the release of the report: that the danger isn’t that AI isn’t working – it’s that we’re using it as an excuse not to do the things we already know we should. That’s a remarkably direct thing for a security vendor to say, and it touches on that eating-your-vegetables kind of advice. What are you seeing that made you include that line? Michael Crean: It’s not what I’m seeing today. It’s what I’ve seen for the last 20 years in this industry. I mean, we went from deep packet inspection firewalls to next-generation firewalls. We got all of these extra added capabilities in the firewall, but then we got lazy on doing proper firewalling – controlling ports both inbound and outbound the way we used to do it – because we felt that we were overcompensating because we had so much power and capabilities. Then we went from signature-based AV to next-gen AV where we had these mathematical algorithms doing predictive analysis to understand whether a file is good or bad. Then we got EDR technologies helping us with the behaviour behind it. We just keep adding and adding and adding. I see AI as nothing more than just another tool. But how good can a tool be when you’re not performing the fundamentals? It helps, but it just can’t – I don’t know if you’re a sports guy or not, but think about it. When you look at the best of the best, whoever that may be – I’m a hockey guy – I’ll call Alex Ovechkin today. The best of the best, the all-time goal scorer. He beat Wayne Gretzky, he took that last year. That man works hard and he works on the fundamentals. I love what AI can do for us – to help get rid of some of the tasks that we don’t want to do, that we hate to do, that we can use for automation and make things faster, help us find bugs in our code, and in a security operations center, get through just mounds of data quicker. But you still have to do the fundamentals and you have to do the right things. Because when you do the right things and then you add something like AI to it, the world becomes a much different place. Robert Dutt: 88% of the SMB breaches you’re reporting on involved ransomware. That’s more than double the enterprise rate, if I’m remembering correctly. That’s a striking gap. What’s causing that? Do you see it as primarily resources, primarily end-user training, or something structural about how SMBs get attacked that’s different from enterprise? Michael Crean: I think it’s a little bit of everything that you mentioned, but mostly what it is, is this perception of, “I’m too little. I don’t have anything valuable. Why would somebody want to attack me?” When these large threat actors are going after huge enterprises – Colonial Pipeline, JBS, some massive organization – those organizations have better tools, better resources, better people, and they probably have more maturity to respond when they start to notice an attack taking place. When you think nobody’s ever going to break into your house, you may not lock your doors. You may not care about having the 70-pound German shepherd on watch when you’re not there. Because, I don’t have anything in my house of perceived value. But when you take that shotgun approach and you can knock down a hundred SMBs and get $10,000 out of each one, that’s a hell of a payday. It’s logical what we’re seeing right now. What it requires is that we all understand we have responsibility for the data that’s been entrusted to us – whether it’s customer data or supply chain data you’re responsible for because you’re supporting another vendor. The data we have is far more valuable than we give it credit for. Robert Dutt: And I guess there might also be an element of the ability to fly under the radar – the opposite of security through obscurity – in that you make that hit on Colonial Pipeline and it’s front-page news everywhere. You hit a bunch of small businesses for ten grand each, it gets a lot less attention from media. Michael Crean: I mean – I’m sure you’ve heard this, you’ve been doing this long enough – the idea around news and media: if it bleeds, it leads. And it’s not really sexy when you talk about a two-chair dental practice that gets hit with ransomware. And the two-chair dental practice doesn’t really want to talk about it either, because they’re a small community-based organization and it’s really damaging to how people potentially look at them. Whereas a Target, a Home Depot, a Lowe’s, whoever gets hit with ransomware – they’ve got the marketing machine, the attorneys, the dollars, the insurance. And at the end of the day, they’ll be as profitable, if not more profitable, a few quarters later. Robert Dutt: The report surfaces the number of 181 days of dwell time. For an MSP who’s running monthly security reports, quarterly reviews, thinks they have things in order – that number has to sting. What does it require of an MSP’s operating model to address that? Michael Crean: One, making sure that the investments you’ve made and the technologies you’ve decided to procure – the tools you’re going to use – make sure you’re well-trained on them and well-versed on the best practices so that you can get optimal outcomes. Patch management, man – I can’t tell you the amount of times we’ve seen… you talk about this 181 days, it comes down so many times to pure patch management. And the vast majority of manufacturers give you the patches for free. But we don’t think about it, we get distracted, we don’t see it as valuable as it really is. And it’s the really simple things. Again, it’s that number one – ignoring the fundamentals. Patching has been a fundamental thing we’ve talked about for so long. And I also think that for an MSP that just magically adds the additional S and starts calling themselves an MSSP – don’t dabble in security. Either do or do not. Do not try. We’re going to throw a little Yoda in here for the day. And if you’re not going to be a real MSSP, partner with one. There are so many great organizations out there – I’ll say we’re a great organization to partner with, that’s how we go to market – but there are lots of others out there who are purpose-built for this. It’s like being the best doctor in the world but you’re not a surgeon. So you refer somebody to a surgeon to get that surgery done. Robert Dutt: Your own background includes Solutions Granted – building out one of the first SOC-as-a-service models for MSPs before SonicWall acquired you. I’m curious, when you look back at your time on the other side, when you were the MSP – are there any of those sins you look at and go, “Hmm, that sounds awfully familiar”? Michael Crean: Oh, absolutely. I will say I went through that transition – 22 years of being a VAR, to being a government contractor, to being an MSP – realizing I was a really crappy MSP. Not going to lie. My bedside manner wasn’t great. I wasn’t passionate about what I was doing. And I think that’s something that gets lost sometimes. I was super passionate about security – getting out of the military, transitioning away from that, getting into IT and the tech space. And when I found my way into this SOC-as-a-service MSP space, it’s where I found my passion and love again. And I think that means a lot. Don’t do it for the sake of doing it. I think we all have to keep the lights on and put food on the table and clothe our kids and find a way to retirement one day, but find some happiness in that too and be really passionate about what you’re doing. And you’ll probably find a lot of these seven deadly sins aren’t as deadly for you. Robert Dutt: That’s one way of mitigating it, that’s for sure. The report is framed around protection outcomes and it’s explicitly aimed at giving MSPs the language to have strategic conversations with SMB decision-makers. But there’s a responsibility question underneath that. If the MSP is the last line of defense for most SMBs – and I think we’ve talked about this a little bit already – what does good actually look like? What’s the bar you have to reach before you either back off from security and/or partner with someone else who’s much more committed? Michael Crean: I think, one, it’s a team effort. It isn’t just the MSP’s responsibility. The business owners, the decision-makers, the board, whoever you’re dealing with that’s making these decisions – they have to buy in. And if they don’t, well, then you’re at a disconnect. You’re bringing in a subject matter expert – the MSP – to help make them more secure, for survivability, for all the things they’re asking for to make sure they can operate at the highest levels possible, and then you don’t allow them to do their job. That’s a huge risk. What I will say – and this is a hard lesson to learn, but one of the most valuable lessons to learn – is when you fire your first customer. Not get fired, but you actually fire your first customer because it wasn’t the right fit and the financial impact was going to hurt. It didn’t feel good. Nobody ever really wants to get fired or be fired. But when you do that, you start to mature. And inevitably, you also help that customer mature – because if they hear the same message from multiple people: “We’ve got to do patch management. Don’t tell me we can’t. We’re going to use MFA. We’re going to have a SOC monitoring this 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. We’re going to take away administrative privileges. We’re going to do the fundamentals. We’re going to make investments in tools and put the right people, process, and technology in place.” The outcomes really start to matter. But it is a team sport. I can’t tell you – and I’m sure you’ve heard this – MSPs talking about, “I can’t get my customer to use MFA, so I got them to sign this indemnification clause.” How many MSPs are getting sued, and these indemnification clauses aren’t holding up? Because you’re the expert. If you believe it’s 100% the right thing to do, then if they don’t follow – you fire them. Robert Dutt: It’s funny how often it comes down to that. I’ve heard that same sentiment from MSPs in the move towards, “This is what you have to take. It is not negotiable. It is the cost, as it were, of doing business with us.” I think that’s sage advice. Michael Crean: We accept it from our surgeons, right? If I’ve got a bum knee and I need it fixed and I’m a little overweight and he knows I’m drinking a little too much bourbon or eating a little too much red meat and he wants me to lose ten pounds so that he can be successful – if I’m not doing my part, well, why does he want to do surgery on me? Robert Dutt: Point taken. The report’s been out for a few weeks now. Curious – what’s the question you’re getting most from partners that you didn’t expect as they sit with this? What’s hit differently than you thought it might? Michael Crean: I thought we were going to get more pushback on why we called it a Protect Report instead of a Threat Report. That really isn’t the question we’ve been getting. What’s been surprising to me is the commentary. The unsolicited emails, the LinkedIn requests, the comments – people have really enjoyed receiving a report that just wasn’t like everything else. There’s been a lot of commentary along the lines of, “I’m going to have this discussion and use these analogies and use these seven deadly sins to have conversations with my customers.” That’s what we were hoping for, but you never know when you go against the grain how well it’s going to hit. I think we got lucky. Robert Dutt: It sounds very much like mission accomplished. I know it’s something that caught my attention and that I’ve heard out there as well. I look forward to seeing what comes next as you continue to reinvent what these kinds of reports do and what they look like. Michael, I thank you for taking the time to talk through this and to offer some advice. Michael Crean: I appreciate your time as well, sir. Thanks a lot. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Michael Crean from SonicWall. I’d like to thank Michael for his time, and for a conversation that felt a little different from the usual vendor security briefing. His background – building Solutions Granted from scratch, running a real MSSP, operating inside a SOC, and now sitting on the vendor side – gives him a perspective that’s harder to find than you’d think among people who are now in vendor roles. A few things will stay with me. The mechanic analogy – you can own the same box of tools, but that doesn’t make you a mechanic, and it doesn’t mean your car is going to get fixed. The surgeon line – if the patient won’t follow the pre-op advice, why are you doing the surgery? His answer on when an MSP reaches maturity – it’s the moment you fire your first customer who won’t implement MFA or basic patch management, even when it hurts. And the Ovechkin riff – even the greatest goal scorer in NHL history never stopped working on the fundamentals. Now, after we stopped recording, Michael mentioned something he wished he’d worked into the interview, and I promised I’d pass it along. Of the seven deadly sins in the report, I asked which one is most personally interesting to him and he landed on sin number five – cost-driven security decisions. He illustrated it this way: he’d been speaking at a conference recently and asked how many in the room had bought a car in the last eighteen months. A lot of hands. Then he asked how many of them had bought the cheapest car on the lot. Not one hand went down. Because we think about safety ratings, about the features, about whether the thing will hold together when we need it to. But when it comes to cybersecurity, too many businesses just reach for the cheapest option. As Michael said himself, it’s a little strange to have a personal favourite deadly sin. But there you have it. The 2026 Cyber Protect Report is well worth a look for any MSP or solution provider thinking about how to have a more strategic security conversation with their customers. Links in the show notes. If you found this useful, follow or subscribe to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca wherever you get your podcasts – you’ll find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and all the major directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated and genuinely help other people in the channel find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Google Cloud has launched the new Google Cloud Partner Network, formalizing a shift in how the provider interacts with the channel ecosystem. The rollout is designed to streamline partner engagement and provide clearer pathways for partners building out generative AI practices, offering Canadian solution providers a strong secondary option to Microsoft’s ecosystem. Microsoft and OpenAI have altered the terms of their landmark partnership, including significant revisions to their revenue-sharing agreements. The restructuring points to a maturation of the relationship as both companies seek to maximize returns on infrastructure investments, a shift that will ultimately dictate pricing and margin opportunities for MSPs building practices around Copilot. Cybersecurity provider Guardz has released its 2026 MSP Threat Report, highlighting that non-human identities now outnumber human users by a ratio of 25 to one across client environments. The data indicates that threat actors are actively exploiting this expansion, using AI to accelerate attacks and bypass traditional perimeter defenses, forcing MSPs to expand their focus to comprehensive identity and access management. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, April 29th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Google Cloud has officially launched its new Google Cloud Partner Network, formalizing a shift in how the provider interacts with its channel ecosystem. According to the company, the rollout is designed to streamline partner engagement and capitalize on solution providers looking to diversify their cloud infrastructure bets away from Microsoft’s dominant ecosystem. The new structure represents a strategic realignment for the hyperscaler, providing clearer pathways for partners building out generative AI and data analytics practices. For Canadian solution providers, the formalized program offers a tangible secondary option in the cloud space. Having a strong alternative ecosystem provides crucial leverage in vendor negotiations and gives MSPs a viable path for clients who are seeking different commercial models for their AI transformations or are wary of vendor lock-in. Microsoft and OpenAI have altered the terms of their landmark partnership, including significant revisions to their revenue-sharing agreements. The move signals a shift in the underlying dynamics of the tech industry’s most closely watched artificial intelligence alliance. While the specific financial splits remain undisclosed, the restructuring points to a maturation of the relationship as both companies seek to maximize their returns on massive infrastructure investments. This realignment happens just as both vendors are aggressively expanding their respective channel footprints. The economics forged at the top of this partnership will inevitably dictate the pricing, packaging, and margin opportunities available to the broader ecosystem. Canadian MSPs building practices around Microsoft Copilot, or those exploring OpenAI’s recent moves to build a dedicated channel program, need to monitor these developments closely. When tier-one vendors adjust their revenue expectations, those shifts frequently cascade down to partner profitability. Cybersecurity provider Guardz has released its 2026 MSP Threat Report, highlighting how AI-driven attacks are reshaping the threat landscape. According to the report released yesterday, non-human identities now outnumber human users by a ratio of 25 to one across client environments. This expansion is being actively exploited by threat actors, who are using AI to accelerate attacks targeting identity, email, and cloud infrastructure. The data indicates that traditional perimeter defenses are increasingly being bypassed by attackers leveraging unmonitored service accounts and API keys. This is a shift that lands directly on the service desk. Securing human endpoints and implementing standard multi-factor authentication is no longer sufficient. Solution providers now have to govern the massive web of non-human identities accessing their clients’ data. This represents a significant vulnerability that requires immediate remediation, but it also opens a distinct avenue to expand managed security practices around comprehensive identity and access management. Later today on In The Channel, we’re talking about the seven deadly sins of SMB cybersecurity. Michael Crean, senior vice president and general manager of managed security services at SonicWall, joins the show to discuss the 2026 Cyber Protect Report and why MSPs need to stop ignoring the fundamentals. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday’s episode features a conversation on why networking is not sexy until it doesn’t work. Doug Houghton, director of global channels at Alkira, explains why legacy networks weren’t designed for the elasticity demanded by today’s AI workloads. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Doug Houghton, director of global channels at Alkira There’s a line from this episode that’s worth leading with: “Networking is not sexy until it doesn’t work.” That’s Doug Houghton, Director of Global Channels at Alkira, and it’s a pretty concise summary of why his company exists. Alkira was founded by the team behind Viptela – the startup that essentially created the SD-WAN category before being acquired by Cisco. The lesson they carried out of that experience is that SD-WAN, for all its promise, still ran into the limits of underlying infrastructure. You ended up with disparate networks, latency constraints, and complexity that didn’t disappear – it just moved somewhere else. What they built in response is Network Infrastructure as a Service (NIaaS) – a cloud-native, consumption-based global backbone that abstracts multi-cloud connectivity into a single managed plane. The pitch to partners is concrete: consolidate 50 physical firewalls into virtualized functions, reduce total cost of ownership by 40-70%, and do it without a rip-and-replace cycle. The timing matters, and Houghton is direct about why. AI workloads – distributed large language models, agentic workflows reaching across multiple clouds simultaneously – demand a level of network elasticity that legacy infrastructure simply wasn’t designed for. Alkira’s argument is that they’re the smooth road that makes AI-driven infrastructure actually work in practice. For Canadian partners, Alkira has real resources on the ground: a solution architect based in Toronto, a dedicated channel account manager, and publicly referenceable Canadian customers including contact center provider ContactPoint 360. The Connect Partner Program, launched in March 2026, puts approximately 20 percent total margin on the table across base discount, rebates, MDF, and POC SPIFFs – with average initial deals around $500,000 USD and typical expansion of 4x in year one. Canadian partners interested in the conversation can reach the team at partners@alkira.com. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. If you were around when SD-WAN was the big disruptive idea in networking – the promise of simplifying branch connectivity, cutting costs, getting smarter about traffic – you probably also remember it didn’t quite deliver everything it promised. Not because the technology was bad, but because the underlying network architecture couldn’t keep up. You still ended up with complexity. It just moved somewhere else. That problem is essentially the founding insight behind Alkira. The company was built by Amir Khan and Atif Khan, the same team behind Viptela, the startup widely credited with creating the SD-WAN category before Cisco acquired it. What they learned in that experience is that SD-WAN, without a proper global backbone, just creates a different set of headaches. So they started fresh and built what they call NIaaS – Network Infrastructure as a Service – a cloud-native, consumption-based approach that abstracts the complexity of multi-cloud connectivity into something you could stand up, as my guest today puts it, with just a username and a password. The timing is not accidental, because what AI demands from a network – elasticity, low latency, the ability to reach distributed workloads almost anywhere instantly – is exactly what legacy infrastructure wasn’t built to handle. My guest is Doug Houghton, Director of Global Channels at Alkira. Doug has been in the channel a long time, knows the technology in a way that might genuinely surprise you coming from a channel chief, and has a lot to say about what it all means as a real business opportunity for Canadian VARs and MSPs. Let’s get right into it, my chat with Doug Houghton. Doug, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Doug Houghton: It’s my pleasure. Thank you for having me on today, Robert. Robert Dutt: So you were part of the team that built up the SD-WAN market at Viptela back in the day. What did you learn there that told you the next big thing was going to be NIaaS, and why now? Doug Houghton: First off, that’s a great question. I felt a bit like a passenger in a car racing a thousand miles an hour when we were doing software-defined wide-area networking. What we learned was that without organizing your cloud infrastructure properly, your cloud bill gets ridiculously large – especially if you keep your control element decoupled from your data plane in the cloud with all these workloads churning. But what we really learned, and what’s applicable to what we’re now doing at Alkira, is that SD-WAN truly did deliver on its core promise. It allows customers to influence traffic based on link quality and improve the user experience. If you’re on a phone call and it starts to get goofy, you can move over to a better-performing link in real time without dropping the call. That’s powerful. And the same with data traffic. What I hadn’t fully thought through was what happens as global companies start to adopt SD-WAN and disaggregate across locations in Southeast Asia, China, Latin America, and everywhere else. The latency back to the control element isn’t easy to contend with. So you ended up with organizations making decisions that effectively created four separate, disparate networks for latency purposes. And that was not part of the original promise. What we learned was that you need a global backbone that’s high throughput and low latency. The edge can still be SD-WAN – there are real things in SD-WAN that people still want, whether that’s WAN optimization, deduplication, caching, policy-based routing, forward error correction. All of that still has practical application, and site-to-site communications are still needed in many use cases. But Alkira was built inside the cloud first, employing the same principle of decoupling control plane from data plane for scale. By abstracting the cloud infrastructure, we were able to remediate the latency that those four geographically dispersed networks created. We’re the global backbone – that middle mile with high throughput and low latency – and then you connect these clusters of SD-WAN networks together and all of a sudden the promise of SD-WAN gets a lot more consumable. You have a singular network managed from a singular control plane and element management orchestrator, and you can still get all the benefits of SD-WAN at the local sites. Robert Dutt So in plain language, a Canadian MSP or VAR is used to selling network hardware or managing someone else’s infrastructure. How is selling, deploying, and managing NIaaS different from what they’re already doing, and what makes that distinction important? Doug Houghton: Let’s take a half step back and talk about what NIaaS actually is. It’s Network Infrastructure as a Service. What Alkira does is abstract the cloud infrastructure and build a routed overlay on top of it. We think of it as a virtualized colocation facility that connects and normalizes communications across your entire network. For managed service providers and service providers, our solution accelerates bringing their customers to cloud applications, cloud workloads, storage, and everything else the cloud promises. The way I explain it to my mom – and I’ve told this joke once already today because I’m sitting in a partner’s office right now – is this: if you went to Russia, Japan, Argentina, and San Francisco all in one day and had to transact in each place, and you could speak the native language in each one, that would be ideal. What we focused on was normalizing communications regardless of the cloud service provider, colocation provider, data centre – private or public – or whatever type of router is at the branch office. As an MSP or service provider that comes in, what we give to our customers and partners is a username and a password. That lets you come in and – for your old-school folks in the audience – essentially etch-a-sketch your network together. You can turn a couple of knobs, and it’s not that we’ve cranked the amp up to eleven, we’ve just removed all the numbers and automated everything. It just knows what you want to do. It’s a routed BGP overlay with the control plane abstracted from it, so the forwarding plane can route around things like the CrowdStrike outage, or losing an AWS region – which happens more frequently than AWS would like to admit – or any cloud service provider incident. The multi-cloud reality has accelerated adoption, but it presents a new problem: you’ve got an AWS expert on staff, but you don’t have an Azure, GCP, OCI, or Alibaba Cloud expert. Those are all different languages. When I tell my mom that we normalize the communications between all the assets in the network and make it easy to connect to all of them, she gets that. For the MSP looking to monetize something new or add another revenue stream, we offer a couple of compelling things. In the middle of our stack, we place a solution inside the cloud – sitting in a VPC, VNet, VCN, or Google VPC – right in the middle of all the cloud, SaaS, and WAN workloads. We’ve pleased a lot of customers by lowering total cost of ownership through the consolidation of network services they already have in their environment, in the form of virtualized network functions. Take a Palo Alto firewall deployment – say you have fifty Palos out there, all talking to Panorama, with a security engineer managing policy centrally. Instead of having fifty firewalls on the ground, you consolidate them. You go from the ground – five to ten milliseconds to the nearest public cloud PoP – hop onto the Alkira fabric, and terminate that traffic on a virtual port on our exchange point. In the middle of that exchange point, sitting in a VPC or VNet, you place a Palo Alto virtualized network function. You get the IP address of the Panorama server, and if you didn’t tell the security engineer anything had changed, they would not know. The form factor changes, but not how they interact with Panorama, how they build policy, or anything about how they secure the traffic. That remains exactly the same. We virtualize the instance and place it on a global high-throughput, low-latency backbone inside our exchange point. We deploy exchange points in HA pairs, anywhere from 100 Mbps to 40 Gbps. The customer or service provider consumes one, and we maintain the other on their behalf – because every thirty days we’re fixing bugs and doing maintenance. We swing production workloads to the backup, do the work on the primary, then reverse the order, all while keeping these customers up and running. Because we’re delivering this as a service, it has to always be on. One of the most important architectural decisions we made from the start was ensuring those two exchange points are always running active-active in a full mesh configuration, buttressed by hundreds of other exchange points globally distributed – all synchronized and aware of each other’s states. Robert Dutt: You’ve said that legacy networks can’t handle what AI demands, specifically in terms of elasticity. Can you unpack that a little? When an MSP’s customer starts deploying language models or agentic workflows, what is it that actually breaks? Doug Houghton: Good question, and I’ll give you an honest answer. I’ve started to fall in love with Claude – I think it’s one of the coolest things in the world. I can do all sorts of creative things with it. But Claude isn’t talking only to me. He’s a bit of a flirt – he goes to a lot of different places to get knowledgeable about various things and produce the outcomes I’ve asked for. And those other places are where you run into problems. I used to say the three biggest AI providers are GCP, AWS, and Azure. That’s still largely true. But the likes of Anthropic and other AI labs are distributing LLM workloads everywhere. Without the right network underneath that, it’s like buying the hottest car and driving it down a pothole-filled road. What we offer is a high-throughput, low-latency, elastic network. If you need to turn it up in a heartbeat, you can. We helped complete the S&P Global and IHS Markit merger network integration in about a tenth of the time they expected, because we’re natively segmented. Think about those two networks as large datasets that AI agents need to access. You have to secure the traffic, and you need it to be elastic – able to reach anywhere, instantly, to produce the outcome the agent was asked for. The ability to go anywhere on a road that’s smooth as glass, in the hottest car possible – that’s what we offer. Our network infrastructure solution is an abstraction: a forwarding plane that goes everywhere, and your imagination is really the only limitation. Speed, elasticity, and securing access – even for agentic, self-directed workflows – it’s still a critical element. And nobody – I said this earlier today, so I’ll say it again – networking is not really sexy until it doesn’t work. If I have to get in and route-peer and manually configure transit gateways, I’m going to punch myself in the face repeatedly. I just don’t want to do it. It slows everything down. I can automate it with Terraform, sure. But I want to consume it now. I want to prompt it now. I want the outcome now. Robert Dutt: You’ve launched Alkira NIA, your AI co-pilot and network infrastructure assistant, along with an MCP server last year. It’s interesting – you’re essentially putting AI on top of the infrastructure that’s enabling AI. What does NIA actually do for an MSP’s day-to-day operations? Doug Houghton: Maybe I have a limited imagination, but I still use it like a utility. NIA is great because it allows you to search through all our documentation in a more organized way. We have amazing documentation – there’s a lot of it – and when you’re looking for a specific configuration or something captured in a knowledge base, that tool is really useful. But continuing the utility theme: how do I do something? If I want to create a micro-segment to distribute to a bunch of business units, or build an isolated Layer 3 routing table and get it to various business units, and then set up billing with specific billing tags for each segment – I know how to do that because I’ve done it many times. But a new user may not. You can use the NIA agent to search the documentation, search previous implementation notes, best practices, all of that. That’s real value. But you can also ask it something like “why is the sun bright” and it won’t return the answer you expect. I’ve done that too. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about the Connect Partner Program and the economics. You’ve got the Partner Profit Stack – tiered margins, quarterly rebates, MDF, SPIFFs, the Connect Pipeline Fund. It’s a full toolkit, and it’s stuff partners have seen before. What’s the real math? What does a Canadian MSP at the Premier tier actually walk away with on a typical deal after they’ve done the work? Doug Houghton: Usually about nineteen percentage points – maybe a little more. On the pre-sale side, when we get into a POC, our Premier partners can earn a $1,000 SPIFF. We close about 85% of our POCs, so there’s real value in that. Add in the rebates and MDF access, and the total haul is closer to 20% on each deal. Worth mentioning: we’ve been a 100% channel company since May 2022. My partner David Klubinoff, my technical counterpart – we worked together at Viptela and we started the Alkira channel together. It took a couple of weeks to convince our CEO that going 100% channel was the right call. I think he’s a believer now. We’ve driven significant revenue for the company, and our partners are our thought leaders – out in the market talking about our solution and solving customer problems. I was in Chicago yesterday doing a technical enablement session with thirty-plus SAs and SEs. We had the classic SD-WAN questions, and a lot of questions about segmentation and M&A. There’s enormous consolidation happening in insurance, healthcare, and other sectors, and the overlapping IP address problem that comes with mergers is something MSPs face all the time. We’ve entirely simplified that. You build a NAT policy right in the solution and the overlapping IP issue is resolved within an hour. In the case of S&P Global and IHS Markit, they thought their merger network integration was going to take a couple of years. The issue was largely the overlapping IP addresses – IHS couldn’t talk to the HR applications at S&P, and vice versa, plus all the other interdependencies. You need a fast way to solve the overlapping IP problem before you can even get to the real work. That’s been a core design element of our solution from the very start: take care of the small things, and people can move faster and get to market faster. Our biggest MSP – and this is a publicly referenceable customer – is CEDA, a French-based organization that provides managed network services to 95% of the world’s airlines. For them, it means being able to turn up a new customer faster, connecting on-premises assets to their control elements so they can begin actually managing that network. Speed, and the efficiencies and cost reductions that come from it – that’s what it does for all MSPs. If you’re consolidating fifty firewalls into virtualized functions, you’re making a good commission, getting MDF support, quarterly rebates, and a SPIFF when you engage us collaboratively on a POC. All of that happens at an accelerated rate. I’ve been screaming from the mountaintop about our solution for about four years. Invariably, you’d walk into a room, say “Hi, I’m Doug Houghton from Alkira,” and they’d say “Who?” That’s starting to happen a lot less, which is a genuinely nice thing. Over the last twelve to twenty-four months, the business has grown exponentially, the diversity of our partner ecosystem has increased, and partner margins have been very healthy. The tiered structure was really about celebrating partners who have invested in us. Honestly, I’m waiting for the day my boss tells me to stop incentivizing partners – because when that happens, I’ll know we’ve hit the apex. Our partners will be generating so much revenue that someone gets uncomfortable with what we’re paying out. I can’t wait for that day. Some of the more interesting things in the program came from actually listening. I went around and talked to a bunch of partners about their ideal partner programs and built from there. And one of the realizations – I thought it was significant – was what we were actually doing on the post-sale side. We white-glove every implementation right now, because it’s critically important to us. We haven’t lost a customer, and we intend to keep it that way. But that doesn’t scale forever. So the question became: why don’t we help our partners productize the post-sale work? We built a product catalog, a pricing calculator, and a new partner portal we’re about to release, with its own AI agent for searching market assets. The product catalog was a light bulb moment. We pay healthy margins on the pre-sale side at every tier of Alkira Connect. But we had never touched the post-sale side at all. We’re largely automated and NIaaS is as simple as possible to consume – a username and a password. My thirteen-year-old could configure a network, and she’s really smart. But there’s still some implementation work. You still need to build policies in Panorama. There’s still DDI work. There are still services that partners can benefit from – and all partner types, MSPs, VARs, master agents, sub-agents, service providers, now have a post-sale commission opportunity. Robert Dutt: You mentioned services – you’ve got services attach plays around modernization assessments, segmentation design, migration sprints. Starting from zero, how long does it realistically take a partner to get their first deal with those services attached through the door, and what does the ramp look like? Doug Houghton: There’s a lot in that question. Let’s take a half step back. We have virtual sales and go-to-market training – three modules – and then five or six technical training modules. We’ve got a lab-in-a-box environment, foundational and advanced technical training, and DDI training. Partners typically start there. Then we run regular in-person and virtual sessions – one partner has regular office hours with me, my SE counterpart David, or our architect Christopher Arenas, and we just invite partners to come and ask questions. Getting partners genuinely comfortable with the technology is the most important thing we do, because nobody goes out and sells anything unless they’re confident they can explain how Alkira solves their customer’s problem. That’s what I’m doing in Chicago today. Our customers tend to be fairly large. We’ve got our first Fortune 10 customer now. The more complex the network, the larger and more global the deployment – multiple countries, security vendors, firewalls, DDI providers, load balancers, service providers, colos. We sit right on top of all of that. The average sales cycle is about 190 days – a little over six months. A newly enabled partner might encounter an M&A overlapping IP use case, recognize the problem, and say “I think we can solve this with Alkira.” They go through a POC together with us, the customer commits, and that first deal closes around 190 days. A little class week: it’s actually 190 and a half. The average deal size is about $500,000 USD. We then see significant expansion: typically 4x growth in the first twelve months after the initial close, and around 8x in the second twelve months. Real incentive to stick with it. We’re loyal – if the customer doesn’t kick the partner out, we go to bat with that partner on every expansion deal. We land, then expand, with the same partner. BNSF, one of our other public references, has expanded several times to address more and more use cases. The solution gets sticky and customers are genuinely surprised by how easy it is. On the post-sale side, we come in and help with implementation, especially early on. But we’re reaching the point where more capable partners can handle it themselves. We’re building a post-sale certification for Alkira right now. In the meantime, we ride shotgun through the first couple of implementations – virtually in Slack or in person – until partners are fully up to speed. All partners have access to our Slack channel, along with our entire solutions architecture and SE staff. One partner working on a Fortune 10 engagement has a great habit of putting a subject header in Slack and starting a conversation. He’s been on services at this customer for three or four months – a significant engagement. He’s the one who originally described the network as a “spaghetti mess,” which I still chuckle about. I actually built the product catalog based on those Slack headers – pulled them together, socialized them with a group of partners, got input, and built from there. To directly answer your question: you’ve got to get through that first deal, and we’re going to ride shotgun with you through the first couple of implementations. The partner learns, gets comfortable, can monetize it, and can deliver independently from there. We have no illusions about going back to being a direct company after May 2022. It’s ride or die – 100% channel, and we enable our partners to solve their customers’ problems and support them while they do it. Because our partners have been our biggest growth engine. Robert Dutt: You’ve talked about a goal of doubling revenue through partners. What does the ecosystem look like when you get there? This sounds like it could primarily be a GSI or large integrator play, given the customer complexity you’re describing. Or do you genuinely see a path for mid-market MSPs and VARs to build a meaningful NIaaS practice? Doug Houghton: Another tough question. Yes, I do have GSIs as partners. We have a fairly robust and diverse partner ecosystem, and we see small shops rising up while larger shops are moving a bit more slowly, honestly. We’re still in that brand awareness honeymoon period – people are realizing our technology is compelling, getting themselves enabled. Some large partners we’ve recently brought on are still ramping. The biggest and most established organizations aren’t yet as capable as they will be, but we’re working diligently on that. Some of our smaller partners, on the other hand – I’m thinking of a friend of mine in Utah who is just an absolute champion. He knows our solution better than almost anyone. He closed six or seven deals in the past year, supported the implementations, did it largely on his own, because he’s curious, motivated, read all the documentation, and has been through full implementation cycles with us. He works at a ten-person shop. They just happen to have really good customers, and he knows the solution cold. So we’re at different stages with different partners in terms of maturity. The answer to your question is genuinely both. The small shop in Utah and the large national partner dedicating more resources as they see more customer problems Alkira can solve – we see wins across both. In the networking space, a six-month sales cycle is about as fast as it gets. I’m giving you a username and a password and you’re going in and connecting all of a customer’s assets together. The path exists for partners of every size. Robert Dutt: You’ve called out Canada specifically in your expansion plans, alongside the UK, EU, and the Middle East. What does that look like operationally – localized support, a Canadian channel team – or is it more of a global platform available to Canadian partners? Doug Houghton: Let’s talk personnel. We have a dedicated rep in eastern Canada, based out of New Hampshire, and a brilliant solutions architect just outside of Toronto. We’ve got a channel account manager – very capable teammate of mine, Savannah Stone – and the entire global solutions architecture staff accessible via Slack. We recently closed a very significant logo in Canada – a large insurance company – and our publicly referenceable Canadian customer is ContactPoint 360, a contact centre and BPO provider. They wanted to connect their Latin American operations back to Canada and couldn’t find an effective way to do it without us. We route them through the US West region, and the results have been excellent. We’ve also added CDW Canada as a partner, and I’ve got a value-added distributor that helps with field events. It’s not a massive footprint yet – it’s a bit of “they come first, then we build” – but there is a tremendous amount of opportunity in Canada and in Latin America that I’m genuinely excited about. Nobody’s told me no yet on spending budget, so here we go. A great story on the Canadian side: a gentleman named Chris Thelosinos, an architect and consultant who works with others in our space, is a member at a wine shop in Toronto. During the Toronto International Film Festival last year, we hosted a wine event right next to TIFF. I don’t drink alcohol, so it was entirely about the conversations for me – and I had the best time. We had significant customers come out, and the demand for simplicity, ease of implementation, and everything Alkira does well was just as strong in Canada as anywhere else. The market need is real. We talk about global backbone as a service all the time. Connecting China to San Francisco carries a distance and time tax, but it’s easy to configure. For organizations navigating geopolitical complexity around China access, or needing GPU connectivity in and out, we just abstract the Azure and AWS mainland China instances. They operate the same way as their Canadian or US equivalents. And you can consume it pay-as-you-go – stop using it, stop paying for it. That’s a compelling model for MSPs looking to grow into different regions. Robert Dutt: Last question then. For that Canadian MSP who’s listened to this and is thinking, “This sounds like a real opportunity” – what’s the one thing you’d want them to take away and act on? Doug Houghton: I’d ask them to go to partners@alkira.com and send us a note. And I will ply them with all sorts of content – videos, learnings, deal registration information, everything they need to get started in the space. Tongue in cheek, and also completely seriously: partners@alkira.com. If you’re looking to grow your business as a managed service provider – managed network, managed security, managed load balancing, managed DDI, managed connectivity – we’re a really great place to start. Because it’s never unpopular to walk into a customer and solve their problem quickly and say, “I can help you with X, Y, and Z, and I can do it in the next couple of hours – and that’s going to drive a total cost of ownership savings of 40 to 70%.” Nobody ever kicks you out of the office when you say something like that. Robert Dutt: Amazing. Doug, I appreciate you taking the time. Thank you very much. Doug Houghton: Robert, thank you for the engaging conversation. I hope your listeners get some good stuff out of it. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Doug Houghton from Alkira. I’d like to thank Doug for his time, and honestly for being one of the more entertaining guests I’ve had on in a while. “Networking is not sexy until it doesn’t work” is a line I’m going to be thinking about for a while. Thanks to you for listening as well. If this conversation sparked something – whether it’s curiosity about NIaaS, the AI infrastructure angle, or what roughly 20% total margin on a $500,000 average deal could do for your business – Doug made it easy for you to take the next step. Drop a note to partners@alkira.com. That’s the front door. And from what I heard today, they will absolutely get back to you. Here’s the thing that stuck with me most in this conversation: the argument that the AI moment isn’t just a software or services play. It’s going to force a reckoning with network infrastructure that a lot of organizations have been deferring for years. The partners who treat that reckoning as an opportunity rather than a fire drill are probably going to look very smart in about three years. If you’re finding the In The Channel podcast from ChannelBuzz.ca useful, the best thing you can do is follow or subscribe wherever you get your podcasts. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major directories. And if you’re enjoying the show, ratings and reviews are genuinely appreciated – they help other people in the Canadian channel find us. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: More than 100,000 tech jobs have been eliminated industry-wide in the first four months of 2026, with AI cited as a direct cause in nearly half of those cuts, according to tracking data reported by CNBC. Meta cut 8,000 positions – roughly 10 percent of its global workforce – with CEO Mark Zuckerberg explicitly framing 2026 as the year AI begins replacing workers. Entry-level and generalized IT roles are taking the heaviest hit, raising practical questions for MSPs about how their customers will think about IT headcount and services spending going forward. Keeper Security has released Verify Mode as part of version 17.8 of its browser extension – a real-time credential validation feature that stops users from submitting passwords to phishing or adversary-in-the-middle sites at the exact moment of entry, before credentials are ever exposed. The release also includes enhanced browser controls for administrators managing credential access across a user base. The feature directly targets the ClickFix and adversary-in-the-middle attack patterns that have been rising, adding a human-layer control at the point where most credential compromises actually happen. Pia has launched Pia Chat, a Microsoft Teams-native application that brings AI-powered service desk capabilities directly into the platform MSP clients are already working in. An AI Resolution Assist feature handles incoming support requests and routes users to targeted SmartForms, enabling zero-touch ticket resolution for routine issues – with full context automatically attached when escalation to a technician is required. The tool is designed to eliminate the context switching between Teams and PSA tools that creates operational drag for service desks, reducing ticket queue bloat and freeing technician time for higher-value work. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, April 28th, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. The tech industry has shed more than 100,000 jobs in the first four months of 2026, and artificial intelligence is increasingly being cited as a direct cause rather than a background factor. Meta cut 8,000 positions last week – roughly 10 percent of its global workforce – and Microsoft has made significant cuts as well. What’s notable is how explicitly the reasoning is being framed: Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg described 2026 as the year AI starts to replace workers, not just assist them. Tracking data shows AI is directly driving nearly half of those eliminations, with entry-level and generalized IT roles taking the heaviest hit. For Canadian solution providers, this lands in your lap in a very practical way. Your customers are watching these headlines, and some of them are going to start asking whether they still need the same level of IT headcount – or the same IT budget. That’s a double-edged conversation: on one side, a risk to managed services contract value; on the other, an opportunity if you can reframe your services around what AI still can’t do, and what happens when it goes wrong. This one is worth getting ahead of before your customers bring it to you. Password manager Keeper Security has released version 17.8 of its browser extension, and the headline feature is something called Verify Mode – a real-time credential validation layer that sits at the exact moment a user enters a password into a web form. The idea is straightforward but the timing is sharp. Rather than flagging a suspicious site after the fact, Verify Mode checks the destination against Keeper’s known vault of saved credentials at the point of entry – before anything is submitted. If the site doesn’t match where that credential is supposed to go, the user gets stopped. The release also includes enhanced browser controls giving administrators tighter oversight over how credentials are accessed and used across a managed environment. This is a direct response to the adversary-in-the-middle and ClickFix attack patterns that have been climbing the threat charts over the past year – techniques specifically designed to harvest credentials by imitating legitimate login pages. For MSPs managing credential hygiene across SMB clients, a control that operates at the human layer rather than the network layer is worth understanding. The weakest link hasn’t changed – this just puts a check on it at the moment it matters most. Automation platform provider Pia has announced the launch of Pia Chat, a new application built directly into Microsoft Teams that aims to significantly reduce the time required to resolve client issues. The platform uses an AI Resolution Assist feature to handle incoming requests and guides users to specific SmartForms. Pia is positioning the tool as a way to enable zero-touch resolution, allowing service desks to close routine tickets in a matter of seconds without requiring human intervention. For requests that do require deeper technical expertise, the platform escalates the ticket to a technician with the full context already attached, eliminating the need for repetitive back-and-forth communication. The integration addresses a common source of operational drag for MSPs: the constant context switching between communication channels and professional services automation tools. By keeping the entire interaction lifecycle within Teams, the platform aims to cut down on human error, reduce bloated ticket queues, and free up technician time for higher-value, billable work. Later today on In The Channel, we’re talking about why networking is not sexy until it doesn’t work. Doug Houghton, director of global channels at Alkira, joins the show to discuss Network Infrastructure as a Service and why legacy networks simply weren’t designed for the elasticity demanded by today’s AI workloads. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday’s episode features a look at the GTIA Innovate Awards with Carolyn April. We dig into why the channel needs to move beyond AI tinkering and proof-of-concepts toward strategic, revenue-generating deployments. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Carolyn April, GTIA’s vice president of research and market intelligence When GTIA launched its inaugural Innovate Awards program earlier this year, it made a deliberate point of specifying what it was looking for: AI solutions “deployed and in production.” Not a pitch. Not a pilot. Not a Copilot rollout. That qualifier says a lot about where the IT channel actually stands with AI right now. GTIA’s own 2026 State of the Channel research finds that 98% of IT service providers say they’re using AI in some form. But when you look at how, you find a channel that’s mostly tinkering – individual employees experimenting with ChatGPT, engineers using Copilot for coding, no governance, nobody formally in charge. “We need to move from experimentation and informal usage to strategic usage, and then to revenue-generating usage,” said Carolyn April, GTIA’s vice president of research and market intelligence. “The folks we’ll showcase through the Innovate Awards are those that have already made those steps.” The awards span two categories: Best Internal AI Solution and Best Customer-Facing AI Solution. The internal category, April noted, is where the more mature work is happening right now – and for good reason. MSPs who haven’t yet made AI work inside their own operations have no business selling it to customers. That’s not a philosophy, it’s just basic risk management. Applications have now closed, and finalists will present their results – and defend them in front of expert judges and peers – at ChannelCon 2026 in San Diego this August. Watch for those finalists. In a channel still searching for its real AI proof points, they’ll be worth studying. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. The IT channel has spent a couple of years now convincing itself it’s an AI industry. The data from GTIA’s own research tells a more complicated story. 98% of IT service providers say they’re using AI in some form, but when you drill down on that, you find a channel that’s mostly tinkering. Individual employees experimenting with ChatGPT, engineers using Copilot for coding. No formal strategy, no governance, nobody in charge. Real AI maturity is still the exception, not the rule. The Global Technology Industry Association is responding to that gap with a new program, the Innovate Awards – and the framing is deliberate: deployed, in production, with measurable results. Not a concept, not a pilot, not a Copilot rollout. A real AI solution that’s generating real revenue or saving real money today. Applications for these awards are now closed, and the finalists are heading to ChannelCon in San Diego in August, where they’ll have to stand in front of expert judges and defend their results. As my guest put it: it’s a shark tank, except you’re pitching the end result, not the idea. My guest today is Carolyn April, vice president of research and market intelligence at GTIA, and the person behind the State of the Channel research – with the best view in the industry of where the channel’s AI maturity actually stands. Let’s get right into it, my chat with Carolyn April. Carolyn, thanks for taking the time, I appreciate it. Carolyn April: Happy to be here. Robert Dutt: Before we get into the program details of the Innovate Awards, I want to understand what you’re actually responding to here. When you look at where IT solution providers are with AI right now, what’s the problem or the gap that the Innovate Awards are designed to address? Carolyn April: I think what we’re trying to do with the Innovate Awards is to show the average ITSP out there – the general population – what is currently happening on the cutting edge with AI. Right now, I think I can safely say that AI is still in its infancy in terms of real, monetized, revenue-generating solutions for the average ITSP. But there are those on the leading edge who are doing innovative things that are generating revenue for their companies. So it’s a way to sort of dangle in front of them – see that you can get there. This is happening. We like to showcase the folks who have gotten ahead of the game with AI, which is where the channel needs to go. It’s not a negotiable direction for many in the channel today. They need to be taking this seriously. It is a thing, and it’s not going away. So let’s showcase the folks who have gotten ahead of it and be a window into what is possible. Robert Dutt: And I think it’s meaningful that the focus is on – and I think the language used is “deployed and in production” as opposed to “conceptual” or “experimental.” It feels like a pointed statement that the goal is to find what’s actually making or saving money today. Carolyn April: Yes, that’s absolutely true. And we can look at our data here. When you ask ITSPs “Are you using AI?” – 98%, so pretty much universal, say yes. When you drill down a little more and ask how they’re using it, you can clearly see it isn’t in any strategic way. They’re using it internally, but most of the use is among individual users. People are experimenting with ChatGPT, experimenting with Copilot. Some engineers are coding with it. But there’s no formalization around that AI. There’s nobody in charge of AI within their organizations. They don’t have process, policy, or any of the governance things that really need to be in place for you to take something you’re doing internally and externalize it – start to sell it as a product or a service. So we’re really in that phase right now where we need to move from experimentation and informal usage to strategic usage, and then to revenue-generating usage. The folks we’ll showcase through the Innovate Awards are those that have already made those steps. Robert Dutt: You’ve got two categories – an internal AI solution and a customer-facing AI solution. As you’ve been talking to people and deploying this program, where are you seeing more genuine, production-grade work happening right now? Are MSPs building this internally in their own operations, or delivering it to customers first? Carolyn April: MSPs are definitely going the route of internal first. And they should be. It’s not a wise idea – and this is true of cybersecurity as well – to go to market as the expert in either of those disciplines without having your own house in order. You need to have deployed AI internally to do automation and create cost and process efficiencies within your own business. You don’t want to get in a situation where you’ve overpromised, or worse, delivered poorly, and lost the customer. So most of the work today among MSPs is internal. In moving to external manifestations of that, it would be taking some of those lessons learned from internal automation and applying them to how customers can also automate services and processes. There’s a lot of work being done around the stack. If you’ve got customers on Office 365, you’re talking Copilot rollouts – that’s one of the very low-hanging-fruit beginning stages. And then there’s vendors infusing AI into existing products, so MSPs are continuing to work with the same products they already sold, only now they have an AI component. A lot of this can all be wrapped around consulting. Customers today are saying: “I’ve heard about AI, I can’t avoid hearing about AI, but do I need it in my company? How do I use it? Please help.” They’re throwing up their hands. It’s a huge opportunity for smart MSPs to go in, be that expert, and hold their hand through it. The old saying about the channel – “where there’s mystery, there’s margin” – and there certainly is a great deal of mystery around AI, and there will continue to be for some time. Robert Dutt: Can you give me a sense of what kinds of use cases you’re hoping to see come through with the awards? Not to telegraph the judging, but just to help MSPs understand what award-worthy looks like in practice today. Carolyn April: There’s a lot of interpretation there, obviously, because we’re dealing with a new technology. Something that may not seem completely off the charts in terms of innovation might actually be very innovative and generate a lot of revenue and profit. In terms of solutions – anything that elevates AI to a specific use case of the customer would be something I’d deem award-worthy. We talk a lot about vertical industries and vertical focus. An MSP or ITSP that can apply an AI technology solution specifically to the vertical their customer lives in – whether that’s healthcare, retail, or manufacturing, customizing that – there’s a unique aspect there that our judges would be very interested in. Anything to do with cybersecurity is going to be a giant area. AI is both friend and foe when it comes to cyber – it’s a great new defensive tool, but the bad guys have those same tools at their disposal. Anyone who has figured out a good way to use AI within the cybersecurity defenses they’re setting up for customers would be a strong use case example. And then there’s application development. AppDev has never been a big area for a lot of channel companies – they don’t typically have software engineers on staff. But with AI, it’s made it a lot easier for them to do coding themselves, so they can create their own intellectual property, their own applications. Customers can say: “We need something very specific to our company and the way we do things – how can we spin up an application quickly without a six-month software project?” ITSPs that have started to use AI in a coding context might be another standout. Those are just three examples – there are probably a lot more. Robert Dutt: The flip side of that – what do you see as not qualifying? What’s the line between genuine innovation that’s meeting the mark for customers and something that’s still in the proof-of-concept, dipping-your-toe-in-the-water kind of phase? Carolyn April: We’re really looking for solutions that have been deployed and are earning – generating revenue right now – and where you can measure the results. The big measuring stick is that this solution needs to be truly operational. That’s the important thing. Proof-of-concept, pilot projects – all important, because operational solutions all started there. But those are going to be less interesting to the judges who are really looking for things that are in the field right now. And there are solutions being adopted more widely already – like helping customers AI-ify their productivity tools – that are going to be probably less exciting to the judges because they’re being done more universally. Now, if they’re customizing that in some way to create a vertical solution or an integration on top of Copilot – now that could get the interest of the judges. That’s taking it to the next level we’re talking about. Robert Dutt: So rolling out Copilot – not so much. Doing something new, innovative, business-changing on top of it – yes. Carolyn April: Absolutely. Robert Dutt: A lot of MSPs and ITSPs are smaller shops. Is there a scale dimension to this? Or are we still early enough in the game that a genuinely impactful deployment from a 10-person MSP can compete on the same footing as something from a much larger player? Carolyn April: They can compete, but right now we are seeing a gap. And it’s not necessarily because of the size of that ITSP. Just because you’re a small company doesn’t mean you can’t blow it out of the water with AI. But one of the things that’s a hindrance to companies of that size right now is not having the resources and capacity to look at AI in a strategic way. It’s a side project for a lot of these small companies. What larger companies that are doing this well are able to do is devote the resources to formalization – assigning somebody internally, whether full-time or part-time, to be the AI maven of their organization. The one that’s really in charge of creating the AI structure, determining what the process and policies are going to be, and building governance. Until you can create governance within your company, AI will remain a side project. And as long as it remains a side project, you’ll see that gap between larger and smaller companies. When smaller companies are able to make that strategic shift, the sky’s the limit in terms of margin and revenue. But it’s really about having the resources to get there right now. One example: pricing models. AI is going to upend current pricing models – especially for MSPs, it’s going to change the way everybody figures out how to price things. And delivery models too. Until those things are figured out, AI will remain a side project for a lot of smaller companies, because they’re not going to be able to go to market until they’ve sorted out those bigger-picture questions. And you don’t sort those out until you have a process, a policy, and governance – and somebody strategic inside the company who’s driving that. Robert Dutt: And there’s a real challenge too for the folks deploying – whether it’s a pure-play AI tool or baking AI into what they’re already doing – around what their economics look like. So the partner economics model kind of has to wait and react to how that shapes out. Carolyn April: Always. That’s 100% true. And I’ll speak a little on that, because we are actually seeing in our State of the Channel research this year a decline in vendor satisfaction. It’s been very steady and very high for years – it’s still high, in the 70% range overall. But the percentage of partners who are “very satisfied” – that most superlative category – went down significantly this year. A big, double-digit decline. And the reason really has to do with some of these AI questions. As vendors are trying to figure out their own partner programs and pricing models, and until that alignment takes place between what vendors have figured out and how partners are going to react to and consume it – a lot of the partner community right now is a little bit on the fence. They’re looking around, trying to see who’s doing it best, who’s figured it out first, or whether they should move from their tried-and-true vendors and start looking at some of the newer AI vendors. There’s a huge amount of uncertainty in the vendor-to-partner relationship right now. Robert Dutt: Can you walk me through how the judging process actually works? You’ve got both the expert evaluation and then peer voting at ChannelCon. Why that combination, and what does it do for the credibility of the outcome? Carolyn April: I’m not in charge of the Innovate Awards itself, but I’ve sat in on meetings with the people who are, and they’re selecting very good experts from across the channel – a range from vendors to distributors, different representation – to make sure that this is a serious program that we’d like to gain traction with and do annually. These experts have a lot of experience with AI. Their companies are doing a lot with it. They’re going to be looking critically at what these ITSPs put in front of them and making sure that it’s measurable. It’s not just about a good idea – it’s about whether your good idea translated into something we can actually look at from a revenue and profitability standpoint. That’s what’s going to give it credibility. In this first year of the awards, the goal is to have a serious critique of what’s happening among some of the more cutting-edge ITSPs doing AI, and to make sure we’re awarding those awards to those who are creating measurable solutions. The experts are going to be taking a really sharp look at what’s put in front of them. And the good thing is they get to showcase those solutions at ChannelCon – a good forum for anyone who wants to throw their hat in the ring. Robert Dutt: It’s an interesting measuring stick, isn’t it? I think there’s a way to use the application criteria as a practical tool for MSPs who aren’t necessarily going to apply themselves – to look at those questions, look at the winners, and see what they themselves couldn’t answer confidently. If you can’t point to measurable outcomes, if you can’t describe the business impact, what does that tell you about where you actually are on your AI journey? Carolyn April: Yes – those applying are going to have to validate and defend their solutions. They’re going to have to shark tank it as best they can. But they’re not pitching a new idea – they’re actually pitching an end result. So I’m eager to see the types of solutions that get put in front of these judges, because we are so early on right now, and I haven’t come across a huge wealth of demonstrable business cases from the channel community that are generating a lot of revenue and profit. So I’m very eager to see what these folks show up with. Robert Dutt: For an ITSP who’s sitting on something genuinely strong – with real deployments and real results – what’s the case and the benefit for going through the effort of the application beyond the chance to hold up their hands in victory at the end? Carolyn April: You get the victory lap, obviously, but it’s really about exposure and validation. One of the biggest knocks on channel companies since I’ve been in this business is poor marketing. They’re often not great at it. They don’t typically have a full-time, devoted marketing person on staff. Great at technical stuff, learned sales on the go – but marketing can be a weak spot. So winning an award is a key opportunity to gain exposure and promotion for your company. It’s also an opportunity to become part of GTIA – a way for channel firms who haven’t worked within the association before to become part of a community that’s valuable in so many ways. Not just as an award giver, but as a way to meet your peers, exchange ideas, meet vendors and other members who can help elevate your business, and get access to research. You come to ChannelCon and showcase your innovation in front of companies and people you may not have known before. It’s a win-win, especially for smaller companies that don’t often get an opportunity to be in that kind of forum. Robert Dutt: With GTIA’s global footprint – it’s right there in the name – and especially with your lens on research, what are you seeing in the North American MSP and ITSP community when it comes to AI adoption that shapes what you’re expecting to see in the submissions? Carolyn April: I don’t think North America is really any different from some of the other things going on globally. We just had our big communities and councils forum – our event that brings together our most engaged members under the umbrella of their various global, regional, and discipline communities. And all the talk at that event really centered around AI. These are very focused, engaged companies, and they know this is an area they cannot ignore. A lot of these companies have dug in. They are the leaders in their space. If you’re not yet involved at that level, the North American community is a great place to start, because these firms are very much pushing the envelope when it comes to AI – getting involved in understanding how cybersecurity and AI are going to relate to one another, and the consulting part of AI. That to me is really the initial big opportunity for many in the channel: to become that expert for customers who are a little at sea right now figuring out what AI means and how to apply it to their company. Robert Dutt: My last question – as you’re thinking about the evolution of these awards over time, what does success look like for the inaugural year? What would tell you the Innovate Awards did what you hoped? Carolyn April: Getting a good number of submissions would be number one – since it’s a new program, getting awareness out there and attracting submissions that make this a valid assessment of what’s going on. That’s always the first hurdle. And then the quality of the solutions, the quality of the companies presenting them, and the quality of the judges we can attract to sit there and determine whether a solution is truly innovative. And then how much buzz we receive after the fact. If the people who win these awards go on to gain some cachet – that should promote it again next year. “I want to submit our solution because look what happened to Company X last year – they took off.” If it ends up being a springboard for some of these companies, that’s great for everybody involved. Those are kind of the markers of success. Robert Dutt: It’s certainly an interesting concept for an awards program – and one that’s well-timed. As you say, it’s still nascent, but we are at the point where there are starting to be those real wins, those real material stories that can be told. I’m looking forward to seeing what stories emerge when the awards are announced at ChannelCon. Carolyn, thanks for taking the time. Carolyn April: I had a great time. Thank you so much. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Carolyn April from GTIA. I’d like to thank Carolyn for her time. Links to the Innovate Awards program and the State of the Channel 2026 research are in the show notes. A few things stayed with me from this conversation. The “deployed and in production” standard sounds obvious – but Carolyn was candid that we’re early enough in this that there isn’t yet a wealth of demonstrable business cases from the channel actually generating revenue from AI. These awards exist partly because GTIA needs to find those stories – not just to hand out trophies, but to hold them up to the rest of the industry to show what’s actually possible. The internal-first point also landed hard. The same discipline that good cybersecurity practice demands – don’t go sell something if your own house isn’t in order – applies directly to AI. Overpromise, underdeliver, you lose the customer. Get your own operations working with AI first, then take it to market. That’s the sequence. And as I said during the conversation: where there’s mystery, there’s margin. There’s a lot of mystery around AI right now. The question is who’s building something real with it. Watch for the finalists when they’re announced – those case studies are worth your attention. If you’re enjoying the ChannelBuzz.ca podcast, please follow or subscribe. You can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most of the directories. And if you feel like it, ratings and reviews are greatly appreciated. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Canadian cyberattacks surge. Canadian enterprise cyberattacks jumped 80 percent over the past year, with the average organization hit by 342 incidents – up from 191 the previous year – and 52 percent reporting an actual breach, according to new research from CDW Canada and IDC. Cloud infection rates hit a record 53 percent, up from 41 percent the year before. Security spending is at a five-year high at an average 20 percent of IT budgets, yet breaches continue to climb – what CDW Canada’s CTO calls a “security maturity paradox.” Microsoft’s AI bundle overhaul lands Friday. Microsoft is launching two new products on May 1: Microsoft 365 E7, a new enterprise bundle above E5 that includes agentic AI capabilities, and Microsoft Agent 365, a packaged AI agent offering for business customers. Microsoft is also updating its Frontier Badge and Frontier Distributor partner designations to align with the new agentic AI-focused lineup. OpenAI goes channel. OpenAI has hired Colleen Kapase, a veteran channel executive with senior roles at Google Cloud, Snowflake, VMware, and Citrix, as VP of Strategic Global Partnerships. Her mandate is to build out OpenAI’s partner and reseller program, focused on its Codex AI coding agent and broader channel go-to-market models. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Monday, April 28, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Up first, A new report should be required reading for anyone in the Canadian IT channel selling security services. CDW Canada, in partnership with IDC, surveyed more than 700 Canadian IT and security professionals, and the numbers are stark. Cyberattacks on Canadian enterprises surged 80 percent in the past year, with the average organization recording 342 incidents – up from 191 the year before. More than half of respondents – 52 percent – reported an actual breach. Where the attacks are landing is the important detail for solution providers. Cloud infection rates hit a record 53 percent, up from 41 percent the previous year. Organizations are moving workloads to the cloud without necessarily securing them properly, and attackers have noticed. The uncomfortable wrinkle in the data: security budgets are at a five-year high, averaging 20 percent of total IT spend. More money going in, more breaches coming out. CDW Canada’s CTO describes it as a “security maturity paradox” – organizations are buying tools, but not necessarily deploying or managing them effectively. For MSPs and solution providers, that gap between investment and outcome is exactly the conversation your customers need to be having – and now there’s Canadian data to back it up. Second, If you’re a Microsoft partner, you’ve got roughly three days to get your head around some significant changes to the 365 product lineup – because new bundles are landing this Thursday, May 1st. Two things to know: Microsoft 365 E7, and Microsoft Agent 365. E7 is a new top-tier enterprise bundle that consolidates advanced security, compliance, and agentic AI capabilities into a single license tier above the existing E5. Microsoft Agent 365 is the company’s packaged answer to selling AI agents to business customers. There’s a structural channel piece attached to this as well. Microsoft is updating its Frontier Badge and Frontier Distributor designations to align with these new agentic AI products – so if you’re holding or working toward a Frontier badge, the criteria are shifting along with the launch. The practical reality: your customers are going to hear about this from Microsoft’s marketing engine very shortly, if they haven’t already, and they are going to ask you what it means for them and what it means for their bills. Thursday doesn’t leave a lot of runway, so the time to do your homework on these new SKUs is right now. And finally, One hire can tell you a lot about where a company is headed. OpenAI has brought on Colleen Kapase as Vice President of Strategic Global Partnerships, and if you’ve been in the IT channel for any length of time, that name is going to ring a bell. Kapase spent years in senior channel leadership roles at Google Cloud, Snowflake, VMware, and Citrix – consistently building partner ecosystems and go-to-market models that work through resellers and solution providers rather than around them. Her mandate at OpenAI is to build the company’s partner and channel operation, with a focus on Codex – OpenAI’s AI coding agent – and on creating what the company is calling an “epic” go-to-market model with partners. This matters because OpenAI has historically moved to market through hyperscaler partnerships and direct enterprise relationships. Bringing in someone with Kapase’s background signals a deliberate shift toward a real channel program – the kind that resellers and MSPs can actually participate in and build practices around. Whether that ultimately includes meaningful opportunities for Canadian partners remains to be seen – but the direction of travel is worth paying attention to. Later today on In The Channel, we take a look on the value of the GTIA's new Innovate Awards as a measuring stick for real, meaningful AI projects in the channel. And if you missed it on Friday, check out my interview with Erin Gertner on how the company's big Cisco 360 program update is landing one quarter after its debut. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening.

Erin Gertner, vice president of the Partner Organization and SMB sales at Cisco Canada The Cisco 360 Partner Program launched in January after roughly eighteen months of co-development with the partner community. It represents one of the most significant overhauls to Cisco’s channel model in more than two decades – replacing the Gold/Silver tier structure with architecture-specific “Preferred” designations, consolidating multiple incentive programs into the new Cisco Partner Incentive, and fundamentally shifting how partner value is measured, from transaction volume toward capability depth and lifecycle engagement. Three months in, Erin Gertner, vice president of the Partner Organization and SMB Sales for Cisco Canada, says the Canadian response has exceeded internal expectations – including on metrics Cisco had set internal targets around, like the percentage of partners achieving Preferred status. The surprise wasn’t just the numbers. Partners, she says, have been telling Cisco they appreciate the accountability around technical certifications. The Partner Value Index requirement to maintain certification levels gave partner leadership internal cover to prioritize training investments they already knew they needed to make. On the end of Gold: Gertner acknowledges the market education challenge, but argues Preferred is actually a more accurate signal than Gold ever was – since Gold could historically be earned through volume in a single area, while Preferred reflects genuine architectural depth. On the incentive shift: the current structure remains 90% weighted toward the “land” motion, with 5% each for adopt and renew. The rebalancing is coming, the timeline isn’t confirmed, and Gertner’s advice to partners is consistent: start building adoption and managed services practices now, because it takes years, and waiting for the incentives to change is waiting too long. Read Full Transcript Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and as always, your host for the show. Cisco’s 360 Partner Program was a long time coming. Eighteen months of co-development with partners, significant changes to how Cisco recognizes, rewards, and incentivizes its channel, including the end of the Gold designation that partners have built their brands around for more than two decades. The program launched in January and we’re now at roughly the three-month mark, which means it’s a good time to ask: how’s it actually going? Erin Gertner is vice president of the Partner Organization and SMB Sales for Cisco Canada, and she was closely involved in rolling 360 out to the Canadian market. We get into what surprised her most about how Canadian partners have responded – and some of the feedback wasn’t what she expected. We talk about what the end of Gold actually means for partners who built their reputation around it, where the incentive math is landing, and what the shift towards rewarding capability depth and lifecycle engagement looks like in practice for partners of all sizes. There’s also a practical question at the heart of this. If you’re a Canadian partner who’s still figuring out how to position yourself in the new program, what should you be doing right now? Let’s get right into it. My chat with Erin Gertner. ROBERT DUTT: Erin, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. ERIN GERTNER: Thank you for having me. ROBERT DUTT: 360, the partner program – long awaited, rolled out I’m going to say eighteen months or so ago, but has been live now for a quarter. How’s it going? What surprised you on the upside, and what’s been harder in getting the program out there than you expected? ERIN GERTNER: Yeah, it was a long eighteen months, but I’m glad we did it that way. I was telling somebody yesterday, I think we very intentionally took the hard road on evolving our partner program. As you’re well aware, our previous partner program had been in place for over twenty years, and was very beloved by our partners. And candidly, it was wildly profitable for many of them. So I think there was a lot of angst in the machine around changes, but there came a time where we really did have to go out and evolve our program as the market has changed. So we intentionally took the harder road, which was to co-innovate the program with our partners, versus us creating a program and pushing it out to the partner community. Early days, we got a ton of feedback from partners. We certainly made a few mistakes, but I really do think we did a great job listening to feedback from the partners and making adjustments where necessary. Obviously, the Canadian market is quite different from my peers in the US, as an example – same thing as EMEA and APJC. And it’s hard to make a program that fits for everybody. But I do think we’ve done a good job of creating a model, and having the ability to adjust a model that takes care of the majority of our partners. What surprised me the most was: we tried to take a really strategic approach in Canada. As I said to my team, my biggest fear at the end of this is that we have partners who say “I wasn’t ready” or “I didn’t know.” And we really operated with that in mind. So our goal was to have the majority of our partner community as ready as they possibly could be, earning either the same, if not more, with us. We did workshops with all of our partners. We enabled our distributors. We spent a really long time sitting in front of our partner community, helping them understand what investments they would need to make to be successful, as well as what would be the payoff on those investments. Some of the asks around training and other elements of the program did require investment from the partners. So we wanted to make sure we could demonstrate to them that there was a strong outcome – that there was profit to be made should they make those investments alongside us. The thing that actually surprised me the most is that our partner community in Canada is in very good shape in terms of being able to earn with us in the future. We had some metrics and some targets that we aspired to – a certain percentage of our partners achieving Preferred, for example – and we were able to exceed those metrics. But actually, the thing that surprised me the most is that a lot of our partners came back to us and said, “I like the accountability you have around our technical capabilities, because a lot of this does center around getting Black Belts, as an example.” And one individual said to us, “Behind the curtains, I don’t know if our team was spending as much time as they needed to on training and maintaining our certification levels. And this has really compelled our team to ensure that they are certified in all the right technologies, and we’re having better conversations with customers.” So I thought there would be a little more noise in the machine, and there certainly was at different points – we made those adjustments along the way – but the feedback has been overwhelmingly positive from the Canadian community. I think the team did a really good job of making sure we were hand-in-hand with our partners, because their success is so critical to us. We know if they’re not making money with us, they have choices in the market and they won’t continue to lead with Cisco. ROBERT DUTT: So to that point – CRN in the States surveyed partners heading into the launch and found about 40% were positive, about the same number were in the wait-and-see camp, and very few – I think it was about 7% – were actively unhappy with the way things were looking going into 360. Now that the program’s live and partners have actually had a chance to see their PVI and the incentives and how it all looks to them, have you seen the mood trend in Canada? Have you started to see those wait-and-sees move toward the positive camp, or what are you seeing in terms of that momentum? ERIN GERTNER: I mean, I think our big partners were sort of a no-brainer. A lot of them had a lot of the skills, depth, and capability that were going to be required to get them into Preferred in all the categories. So a few of them grumbled early on because they had to do a little bit more training and enablement, but they quickly hit the thresholds and they’re all in good shape. What we’ve actually seen is our distributors took a really strategic approach to our two-tier partners, and they’ve been running a lot of workshops and working hand-in-hand with some of our smaller partners. And we’ve actually seen quite a few new partners come on board because they have the ability to be specialized in certain architectures. For example, we’ve been recruiting more security partners, and the distis have done a great job of working alongside those security partners to help get them up and running. Because a piece of feedback we used to hear in our old program was: “It’s really hard to earn with you because we don’t want to be a network reseller. That’s not interesting for us. We’re a pure-play security partner and we’d like to continue to be a pure-play security partner. And just because it fits for you, it doesn’t fit for me.” I think this evolution of the program has allowed partners who are pure-play security partners, or great data centre partners, to come on board and start earning rebate pretty quickly, as well as get the designation so customers know that they are deeply skilled and deeply qualified in that particular architecture. ROBERT DUTT: From your comments a bit earlier, it sounds like partners who you expected to be hitting Preferred are hitting Preferred, and in some cases folks who you maybe weren’t expecting to hit Preferred are hitting Preferred – which is a nice little bonus. But as PVI becomes the engine of the new model, do you find that Canadian partners are generally landing where they expected? ERIN GERTNER: Yeah, for the most part. We do have a few partners who do a lot of business with us but are smaller – just have a few employees – and they’re very critical to our business because they serve some small subsegment of the public sector, for example. Those are the corner cases that we’ve been taking back to our global team, and they’ve provided some flexibility in how we treat those partners. Because again, when we looked at our partner landscape, we wanted to make sure everybody who plays a critical role in how we deliver our business for Cisco Canada was taken care of. For the most part, the program has fit the good majority of our partners in the Canadian landscape. For the ones where there are exceptions, or where the program doesn’t make full sense, we’ve been working with them in the background to try to figure out: can we help make an investment, or can we look at treating some of those partners in a bit of a different way to make sure they’re going to be successful with Cisco and continue to earn with Cisco? So some of that is still underway, even though the program has already launched. We’re still continuing to tweak it and take feedback. ROBERT DUTT: VIP was for so long the thing that partners watched most closely – the best indicator of where Cisco thinks we should be pointed. How is CPI, the Cisco Partner Incentive, actually landing now that it’s out there? Before launch, I think anytime you switch something like that, there’s always going to be the “what if we used to get X millions in rebates and now we get half of that?” Now that it’s live, how’s the math working out? And do you find partners are generally at least at parity with where they were with VIP? ERIN GERTNER: We haven’t gotten to a point where we’ve given anybody a check yet, because we’re still in the infancy of the program. But all the feedback I’ve heard from partners so far – and we have a few partners who sit on our advisory board, so they were early in testing out those calculators and have a really good sense of where they’re going to land – the majority of those partners have said they’re tracking to the same or better from a profitability perspective. Again, to your point around VIP, it’s always very clear where we’re leaning in and where we’re trying to go as a company based on the back-end rebates and the accelerators that follow alongside that. So I think our partners do have a good understanding of where they need to focus and what the outcome will be of that focus. So far the feedback has been very positive from the calculator, but I guess we shall see in a few months from now. ROBERT DUTT: Let’s talk about the end of Gold. It was such a standard for such a long time. It was well understood by partners and I think it was well understood by customers. Longview was one of the first Canadian partners to achieve Preferred in all five of the architectures, but they still flagged some concern with the fact that there’s not an easy way to signal that multi-architecture depth the same way that Gold used to in one easy packaging. For a Canadian partner that’s kind of built their brand around Gold or included that in their messaging, what’s the practical guidance in positioning their expertise to their customers now, especially looking across architectures? ERIN GERTNER: I think you said part of it in the question, right? The fact that they are the first, and that they are Preferred in all the categories, is actually better than Gold. I was talking about this to somebody yesterday. What is interesting about Gold – and I was actually on the sales side of our business for the majority of my career – there was always this perception that if you were a Gold partner, you were great at everything. And that was a market perception for a really long time. When in fact, when you pulled back the covers, you could be a Gold partner just by selling a lot of one thing. So we’ve actually embarked on a marketing campaign that’s been live for a few months now – I think you probably heard about it at Partner Summit – talking about some of the change in our branding. Now when customers are evaluating our partners, or when our account teams are evaluating when to bring in partners, the fact that it’s very clear which partners have the right expertise, the ones who have made the right investments and who’ve got really deep technical depth – that’s now very clear with Preferred status versus what used to be Gold. I think we still have some market education to do around what it means to be Preferred and the amount of investment that partners need to make to get into Preferred status in each of those architectures. There was quite a bit of chatter at some of the advisory boards about Gold going away and what they felt that meant to their business and their market. But I actually like where this program has gone because their expertise is very clear now, which wasn’t the case with Gold. ROBERT DUTT: Gold did have this great market perception of being good at everything. It was easy to capture in kind of one word, one concept. But your point there then is that it’s easier with Preferred to express where you’re good and the breadth of that. That’s an interesting takeaway for partners. The philosophy in the program has shifted even more so than in the previous shift – away from rewarding transaction volume, towards rewarding capability depth and lifecycle engagement. Sounds great conceptually, and I understand why it’s important, but for a partner whose business model has been built around those big infrastructure deals and landing them, what does that transition look like in practice? Is there a smooth ramp to getting that worked into the business, or is there potentially a cliff here?ERIN GERTNER: So it’s a multi-year journey to getting to a true place where our incentive programs are going to be aligned to full lifecycle. The intent of the program is to work with partners to build those skills and capabilities around lifecycle, adoption, managed services, and all the other things we’re asking them to build. But we know for some partners that is a multi-year journey, and that’s okay. When we look at our back-end rebate structure, we are taking a slower approach. On the surface, we’re asking partners to do all these things with us and come along for the ride – but we are still incenting them very heavily on hardware resale in the near term. We want to make sure they have a very clear path and that they do understand that we’re evolving the business and we’re evolving the way we incent for good reasons. We need to do that. Adoption – especially as software continues to be a larger portion of our overall business – and lifecycle becomes even more critical over time, as well as the renewal business. But we aren’t just flipping a switch. The intent of this program was never to punish, and it was never meant to save Cisco money. We talked a lot about how partners are so critical to our success – we want to make sure they are continuing to be very profitable with us. So we’re trying to take them on a longer-term journey and we’re not trying to make it hurt. ROBERT DUTT: The engagement metrics right now are sitting at 90% land and 5% each to adopt and renew. I think Tim Coogan has said that that will shift over time as the market dictates, but how fast do you see that coming? Should partners be building those adopt-and-renew muscles now in anticipation of the bigger shift, or is there still some runway there? ERIN GERTNER: I would say we need to get started now. Some of those certifications take a year or two, and building those practices – for partners who have historically sold hardware, building out an adoption practice – I mean, we did it, and it took us a couple of years to get that up and running. So building out those practices is really critical for partners. What’s interesting about this program is that we had partners asking us to shift away from paying solely on hardware, because they were saying, “You’re asking us to go out and do all this extra work with customers to help them deliver the outcomes they’re looking for. We should be incentivized around that as well.” So I would say: get started now. I don’t think I can speak to when our back-end programs are going to shift more to adoption and renew, because nobody has shared that with me. I’m not sure we even know – I think we want to see where our partners are on the journey. But I would say get started now. Get yourself in a place where that makes sense. And candidly, you’re going to yield better outcomes from your customers and better renewal rates if you’ve got a great practice around that. I was talking to a partner a few weeks ago who said, “We love the whole adoption motion. It has us having conversations we’ve never had with customers, and we’re much closer to the executives at our customer base because we’re talking about use cases and talking about whether we’re seeing success or whether we need to pivot. We’re having quarterly touchpoints and QBRs talking about whether or not what we sold them is working and they’re seeing value from it.” So I think it’s a good motion for partners to build regardless. It will drive a different level of engagement and conversation with their customers. When we’re going to fully incentivize around it, I’m not entirely sure – but I know it’s coming. Be ready, start building that expertise now. There’s hopefully limited downside to doing so. ROBERT DUTT: One of the things that analysts have noted about the program change is that it’s really a bet on skills first – that partner value is measured by what you can do, not how much you sell. That’s a big cultural shift, not just a programmatic one. Acknowledging that there are going to be some partners who are maybe a little bit behind the curve, and some who are ahead of you saying “what took you so long?” – how far along are Canadian partners in making that mental shift themselves? ERIN GERTNER: I can feel [they’re] pretty far along. I think it was a bit of a shock early on because we never had any accountability in our programs around maintaining certification levels and technical depth. But our best partners have great technical expertise and a really strong understanding of our solutions and what they can deliver to customers. And as I said earlier, some of the feedback we’re getting from partners is, “I’m glad you’re doing this – it’s holding us accountable to making sure we’re staying on top of the solutions.” Our portfolio has moved so quickly over the last couple of years. Our best partners are the ones who have great understanding of the technology and what it can deliver. So I think early on there was a little hesitation from some partners around that, but the feedback has been overwhelmingly positive in the last little while. ROBERT DUTT: Let’s talk about SMB. The Canadian channel in market skews toward small and mid-size, and this happens to roll into your line of work as well. I’m seeing two different takes on what 360 means for smaller partners. Tiffani Bova from Futurum warned that smaller or resource-constrained partners may be sort of specialized out of the ecosystem. But Cisco’s analysis with Techaisle argues that 360 dismantles the bias toward big partners. Those are two very different reads. I’m curious what you’re seeing in the market in Canada and what’s closer to the truth in practice. ERIN GERTNER: It’s so funny when you ask – we were joking about this yesterday on a call. When you ask one set of partners, they’ll say 360 was created for the big partners. And then you ask another set of partners, they’ll say 360 was created for the small partners. So it was really created for everybody. I think the distis have done a really good job of leaning in with some of our SMB partners and helping them figure out where they want to play and what they need to do to be successful. They also have a lot that they can bring to bear to some of the smaller partners – for example, they’ve got a really good EA practice, and they can help augment some of those skill sets that are required for the SMB partner. So if there is an SMB partner out there that wants to work with us, distis are really well equipped to help them get on board. And we’ve also got some incentives, programs, and specializations that are offered specifically for the SMB market. Still, a good majority of our business happens with our big partners, but also through that two-tier channel and distribution. And we need those partners to be successful alongside us. We’ve made a lot of investments to ensure that’s the case. Is it going to be perfect for everybody? Maybe, maybe not. But we certainly did craft the program to make sure that SMB would have an equal chance at success. ROBERT DUTT: One of the big promises of 360 is that managed services is now treated as a standard earning motion rather than kind of an exception to the rules. How’s that landing? Are you seeing Canadian MSPs that have their operational maturity and lifecycle engagement reflected in PVI, or is there still friction to be resolved there? ERIN GERTNER: I think it looks a little bit different, but we actually are seeing a lot of our partners go out and build Cisco Partner-Powered managed services, which I love. Due to the shift in 360, I was working with a partner a few weeks ago who’s building out a managed Meraki practice, and we’re also seeing a lot of partners starting to build up managed security with us as well. Going through the certifications can be a little bit cumbersome, but we’ve also made quite a few investments in our partners to help ease some of that transition – especially partners who are building really great, highly relevant managed services for SMBs or for any customer base. We’re trying to offset the cost or do what we can to help them through that journey, because I know in some instances it is a heavy lift. But the focus around managed services has actually been really good. Partners are getting thoughtful around where they can deliver value to their customer base, where there’s opportunity, and they’re coming to us proactively to build, which I love. ROBERT DUTT: One of the neat things about the program is the fact that Meraki CMNA and CMSS certifications now actually count towards Black Belt, and that’s an important part of the program. CMNA, CMSS – it feels like a big deal for SMB-focused partners. Are you seeing Canadian partners taking advantage of that pathway and getting represented better because they have those certifications? ERIN GERTNER: Again, everybody’s path looks a little bit different. I was just working with a small partner who’s going out and getting his CCNA and getting himself certified so he can improve his PVI score. And that’s been awesome. Having more technical people at our partners who know a lot about Cisco has been an interesting journey for them. He was sort of grumbling a little bit at the beginning doing it, and then he said [it was rewarding [? – unclear in audio**]], being able to have a little more depth to conversations when he’s sitting in front of a customer. So we’re seeing partners take all different types of paths to get to where they need to be from a certification perspective. But again, it is certainly holding them accountable and encouraging them to get more technical depth and capability into their organization, which ultimately will serve the customer better over time. ROBERT DUTT: The Secure AI Infrastructure specialization drove three times the enrollment of any previous specialization, from what I’ve read. What does that tell you about where partner investment is heading? Is there a risk that everyone rushes toward AI and neglects the bread-and-butter networking and security competencies? Or are we pretty much so well entrenched there that there’s the opportunity to build into the next thing and still defend the home base? ERIN GERTNER: I keep saying to partners: there’s no AI without a network. And when we left Partner Summit, I had three partners come up and say to me, “That was my biggest aha moment of this whole thing.” Even if you’re not selling Cisco servers – which we encourage them all to do – whatever you’re doing is built on the foundation of a secure network. So I love that people are gravitating more toward AI, because it does pull through. If I go back to the days of IP telephony, we used to joke when I was in the field, if somebody bought a phone, it pulled through PoE ports – I think AI is going to be the same opportunity for a lot of our partners. It’s going to pull through observability, it’s going to pull through security, it’s going to pull through networking. So I almost think those things very much go hand in hand together, versus standing on their own and being autonomous. ROBERT DUTT: Finally, if you’re a Canadian partner listening to this and you’ve been in the program and getting used to it for coming up on a quarter now – what’s the one thing you should be doing right now to position yourself as the program matures? What’s the one thing you can differentiate yourself by year end? ERIN GERTNER: That’s a great question. I think it’s going to end up being a few things. One: make sure you have a good understanding of the program and how it works. Because again, it was intended to make sure our partners are making money working with Cisco. Profitability is number one for us in the channel. We value our partners so much. I have a partner who always jokes, “The thing I love about working with Cisco is you guys always ask us about our profitability” – and we really do care deeply and immensely about the profitability of our partners. So to your point around VIP, you can always sort of tell where Cisco is going. I hope all of our partners have a pretty good understanding of where we are going – and if you don’t, reach out to us directly or to our distributors. If you follow the bouncing ball on that one, make sure you are leading with a secure networking conversation, and make sure whoever you’re working with has a lot of depth and knowledge in how to leverage the program and how to work within the confines of it. Go out there and be loud and proud of where you are with your PVI score and where you are focusing from an architecture perspective. We love that there’s a really large breadth of partners who are good at many things, or really good at one or two things – and that works for us. Again, if you need help to be successful, reach out to our teams, because we love working with our channel partners. ROBERT DUTT: All right. Erin, thanks for taking the time, and congratulations on getting the program out there, getting it launched, getting it established. Good luck on quarter two and beyond. ERIN GERTNER: Thank you. Thank you for the conversation. I really enjoyed that. ROBERT DUTT:There you have it – Erin Gertner from Cisco Canada. I’d like to thank Erin for her time on this one. A few things worth sitting with. The feedback from the Canadian partner community has apparently been more positive than even Cisco expected – including partners who said they actually appreciated being held accountable to their certification levels because it gave them internal cover to make the training investments they knew they should have been making anyway. That’s a more honest answer than most vendor channel chiefs would volunteer. The other thing I’d keep in mind: the incentive structure is still heavily weighted toward hardware resale in the near term – 90% land, 5% adopt, 5% renew. But Erin was pretty clear that the shift towards adoption and managed services is coming. The timeline just isn’t set. Her advice was simple: start building those muscles now, because it takes a couple of years to get an adoption practice up and running. Don’t wait till the incentives force your hand. If you’re enjoying the In The Channel podcast, you can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most podcast directories. Follow, subscribe, leave a rating and review if you’re feeling generous – it all helps. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Acronis launches GenAI Protection for MSPs. Acronis GenAI Protection went generally available April 22nd, giving MSPs a purpose-built tool to discover shadow AI usage across client environments, prevent sensitive data from flowing into unsanctioned AI tools, block prompt injection attacks, and enforce per-client AI usage policies – all from within the existing Acronis Cyber Protect Cloud console. Acronis president Gaidar Magdanurov is framing it as a direct MSP revenue opportunity: turning an invisible and largely ungoverned risk into a billable managed service. Omdia analyst Matthew Ball puts SMB AI adoption at over 50 percent regardless of IT sanction, which tells you exactly how large that ungoverned footprint already is. This is the first release in Acronis’s broader Cyber Workspace initiative, with additional AI-native security capabilities on the roadmap. Everpure CEO publishes open letter on RAMageddon pricing. Everpure (formerly Pure Storage) CEO Charles Giancarlo published a frank letter to customers today warning of roughly 70 percent average price increases since January 2026 – driven by AI infrastructure buildout pulling semiconductor supply away from conventional components. Everpure’s own input costs for CPUs, DRAM, and flash storage have risen between 300 and 900 percent since mid-2025, with costs doubling December to January and doubling or tripling again through March. Giancarlo says the company is absorbing a significant share of the increase rather than passing it through, and commits not to profiteer – but the channel impact is real. Quote validity windows are now 30 days, down from 60 to 90. Giancarlo warns the disruption could persist for years. CRN’s coverage of Everpure’s recent earnings provides useful context on the company’s supply chain posture. If you have hardware-heavy proposals in flight, review your numbers and start the proactive conversation with clients now. Cisco unveils working prototype of a Universal Quantum Switch. Cisco’s Universal Quantum Switch, announced today, is a research prototype that solves a foundational barrier to quantum networking: different quantum systems encode information in incompatible ways, and connecting them has previously meant destroying the quantum information in the process. Cisco’s patented conversion engine routes and translates between all major encoding modalities at room temperature on standard telecom fiber, with less than four percent quantum information degradation and sub-nanosecond switching at under one milliwatt of power. This is research, not a shippable product – but Cisco is drawing an explicit parallel to how classical switches made the internet scalable, and has collaboration agreements with IBM, Qunnect, and Atom Computing working toward a full quantum network stack. For channel partners with public sector, defence, or financial services accounts where quantum security is beginning to surface, the practical timeline on distributed quantum infrastructure is moving faster than most of the channel has been tracking. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Friday, April 24, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. First up: Acronis has launched Acronis GenAI Protection, a new managed service offering aimed  squarely at MSPs. What it does is give service providers centralized visibility and control over generative AI usage across client environments. That means shadow AI discovery – finding out which AI tools employees are actually using, sanctioned or not. It means prompt injection blocking, so bad actors can’t use AI tools to manipulate systems or exfiltrate data through a chat interface. And it means sensitive data protection: preventing PII, PHI, and confidential business information from getting fed into tools that were never cleared to receive it. MSPs can set and enforce AI usage policies on a per-client basis, all from inside the existing Acronis Cyber Protect Cloud console – no separate point solution to manage or sell. Acronis president Gaidar Magdanurov is positioning this explicitly as a revenue expansion opportunity – the idea being that MSPs can convert an invisible risk their clients already have into a billable managed service line. The market backdrop supports that framing: Omdia analyst Matthew Ball estimates that more than half of SMBs are already using AI tools regardless of IT approval, and for the most part there is no governance layer in place to manage that usage. This is the first release under Acronis’s broader Cyber Workspace initiative, with more capabilities – AI-native threat detection, deeper workspace monitoring – described as coming. Worth evaluating now. For most MSP client bases, the shadow AI governance conversation is already overdue. Second: Everpure – the company formerly known as Pure Storage – CEO Charles Giancarlo published an open letter to customers and partners today that anyone selling or speccing hardware needs to read carefully. The headline number is a 70 percent average price increase since the beginning of 2026 – and Giancarlo’s message is that this may not normalize for years, not quarters. The underlying cause is AI infrastructure buildout consuming semiconductor supply at a pace that’s starving conventional storage and compute components. Everpure’s own input costs – CPUs, DRAM, and flash storage – have surged between 300 and 900 percent from mid-2025 baseline levels. Costs roughly doubled between December and January alone, then doubled or tripled again through February and March. Giancarlo is explicit that the company is absorbing a significant share of those increases rather than passing them straight through – it’s operating at the low end of its 65 to 70 percent gross margin range as a result – and the letter commits explicitly to not treating the supply crisis as a margin opportunity. That’s worth acknowledging. But absorbing part of a 300-to-900 percent input cost spike still leaves a 70 percent average increase landing on customers. The channel-specific implications are concrete. Quote validity has been cut from 60 to 90 days down to 30, because costs are moving too fast for longer windows to hold. And Giancarlo’s warning about multi-year disruption applies broadly – the underlying DRAM and flash component dynamics affect the whole hardware market, not just Everpure’s product line. If you have proposals in flight with any significant storage or compute components, pressure-test those numbers now and get ahead of the conversation with your clients before they come to you. And third, something from the longer end of the technology horizon: Cisco has announced a Universal Quantum Switch – a working research prototype that addresses one of the foundational barriers to practical quantum networking. Here’s the core problem it solves. Quantum computers from different vendors encode information in fundamentally different ways – polarization, time-bin, frequency-bin, path encoding – and until now, connecting them has meant destroying the quantum information in the process. There’s been no equivalent of a network switch for quantum systems. Cisco’s prototype changes that with a patented conversion engine that can route and translate between all of those encoding types simultaneously, preserving the quantum state across the translation. It operates at room temperature on standard telecom fiber – no exotic cryogenic infrastructure required. In testing, it achieved less than four percent quantum information degradation, with sub-nanosecond switching at under one milliwatt of power. The analogy Cisco uses is instructive: classical networking switches made the internet possible by connecting incompatible endpoints through a common network fabric. This is the same concept applied to quantum systems. The company is working with IBM, Qunnect, and Atom Computing toward a fuller quantum network stack. To be direct about where this fits for the channel: it’s a research prototype and it won’t appear on a quote sheet this year or next. But for those with public sector, defence, or financial services accounts where quantum is starting to surface in security and infrastructure conversations, the practical timeline on distributed quantum networking is compressing faster than the industry has generally been tracking. This is meaningful progress, and it’s worth knowing about. Later today on In The Channel, we’ll be discussing Cisco 360, three months in with Cisco Canada channel chief Erin Gertner, and looking at why Canadian partners are responding better than expected to the program’s rollout. And if you haven’t heard it yet, yesterday’s episode features Dell Technologies vice president of global partner marketing Eric Arcese discussing the AI Factory and why the gaps around it are the real opportunity for the channel. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day, and an even better weekend.

Eric Arcese, vice president of global partner marketing at Dell Technologies Dell Technologies vice president of global partner marketing Eric Arcese joins In The Channel ahead of Dell Technologies World, and his central message for Canadian partners is worth sitting with: the AI Factory is Dell’s story, but the seams around it belong to the channel. Arcese describes looking at the Dell AI Factory with NVIDIA topology slide at a recent Dell Tech World and seeing the “gaps, the seams” – the services, the data work, the outcome-level integration – as the real opportunity for partners. As enterprise AI adoption moves beyond hyperscaler buildouts into mid-market and commercial customers, those gaps are where Canadian MSPs and VARs have natural advantages: proximity to the customer, industry intimacy, and the ability to make the technology real. On the VxRail-to-Dell Private Cloud transition, Arcese frames the shift around the economics of AI – disaggregated infrastructure lets customers independently scale GPUs, storage, and networking for specific workloads. Hypervisor choice is preserved across Red Hat, Microsoft, VMware, and others, and partners building Dell Private Cloud practices can access up to 10% incremental incentives. The AI PC conversation moves past the usual productivity pitch. With over 500 million PCs still running Windows 10 and enterprise fleets averaging three to five years old, the refresh is as much a security imperative as a performance one – a stronger entry point for MSPs already in the endpoint security conversation with their customers. The episode closes with a preview of the Global Partner Summit at Dell Technologies World, May 18-21 in Las Vegas. Demand signals replacing traditional leads, AI-assisted quoting and deal registration, a “modern partner-centric transaction ecosystem” – the “simple, predictable, profitable” mantra is getting operational substance. The details come in May. Read Full Transcript Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. Dell Technologies World is coming up in May, and for the Dell partner community, it’s the biggest event on the calendar – the place where the direction for the partner program gets set for the year ahead. As we head toward that, there’s a lot for Canadian resellers and MSPs to be thinking about. The partner program has been evolving. The shift from VxRail to Dell Private Cloud is still very much unfolding. The AI infrastructure opportunity is reshaping what customers expect and what partners are expected to deliver. The question of where a Canadian MSP or VAR actually fits into all of that – that’s a real and pressing one. To help me make sense of it, I sat down with Eric Arcese, Vice President of Global Partner Marketing at Dell Technologies. Eric’s been in the industry for over 25 years, with roots going back to the EMC era, so he’s been watching and shaping how the Dell partner ecosystem operates for a long time. We talked about where partners fit in the AI story, the VxRail transition, the AI PC refresh, and what you can expect from the Global Partner Summit in May. Let’s get right into it, my chat with Eric Arcese. Robert Dutt: Eric, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Eric Arcese: Thanks, Robert, for having me. Robert Dutt: You’re the Vice President of Global Partner Marketing at Dell. Can you give me a sense of what that actually means day-to-day? What are you responsible for, and what does the Dell partner community look like from where you’re sitting? Eric Arcese: Well, the partner community has been a tremendous growth engine and a critical and existential part of our go-to-market in everything that we do. We have partners around the world, we have some of our very best in Canada, and our partners really bring our technology to life with our shared customers around the world. We can’t do what we do in the market without the phenomenal partners that we have. In my role leading global partner marketing, that is to make sure that our story resonates, that we’re bringing that value proposition to life for our partners. They have choices, just like customers do, each and every day – who they’re going to invest in, who they’re going to work with, what they’re going to focus on learning, how they’re going to enable their sellers, their pre-sales folks. And we want to make sure that our partners feel really good about working with us, building businesses with us, developing practices with us, and ultimately growing with us in the markets that they serve for the customers that we collectively support. I love what I do. I’ve been in tech for over 25 years, here at Dell for over 25 years as well, and I could not think of a place I would rather be. Supporting our very best partners in Canada and around the world, and all that we do – that’s a little bit about what I do. I work very closely with my team around the world, and with our regional marketing folks as well, to make sure that that last mile of what we deliver for partners is well-aligned and adds value to partners in the ecosystem. So that’s a little bit about what I do, Robert. Robert Dutt: I feel like 2026 is a bit of an inflection point for the partner community writ large, and the definition of a Dell partner seems broader than it’s ever been. You’ve talked about partners moving beyond reselling into being architects, advisors, ecosystem builders – all that kind of good stuff. What do you see as the state of the Dell partner community right now, and how have you seen that picture change over recent months, and I guess the last year or two? Eric Arcese: Robert, you and I have both been in tech for the last couple of decades, and there have been different chapters, different inflection points. What we’re seeing now is a moment like we’ve never seen before. This is obviously all driven by AI, but it puts infrastructure, solutions, integrations, and outcomes at the forefront of everything that our partners deliver and everything our customers are demanding. So we’re in this moment that’s existential in tech and everything that we do, where we need to accelerate time to value with infrastructure. And when it really dawned on me, Robert – it was a couple of years ago, at a Dell Technologies World; you might have been there too. We had this announcement, and we called it the AI Factory with NVIDIA. And we had a picture on a slide – like so many of you have seen, with a chevron – data coming in on one side, use cases and business outcomes on the other, but layered through all of that, you had services, AI, software, infrastructure. And there were gaps when I saw this slide, and I was thinking to myself: the gaps, the seams, that’s where the opportunity lies for our partners around the world. Dell is the infrastructure provider of choice. We are the leader in everything that we provide – right from commercial PCs, to storage, to servers, AI servers – and stitching it all together through the topology upon which we develop those outcomes creates a huge opportunity for our partners. So that’s what gets me really excited about the moment. We’re meeting the moment. Our technology is meeting the moment, our partners are meeting the moment, and we’re working each and every day with those partners to deliver real AI-driven outcomes around the world. And some customers get it – and those that don’t, won’t be here very long. So there is this urgency, and we see that in our demand across the board. And I won’t go into earnings from last year, but you’ve probably seen that the year that we just posted, we’re seeing that come to life in every market. We’re seeing that in Canada, no doubt about it as well. It’s hard not to get excited about it. This is a very special time indeed. Robert Dutt: So the AI Factory – definitely been a centrepiece of the story for the last couple of years, as you point out. When I look at it from the perspective of my audience – from the MSP or the VAR serving mid-market and SMB customers – the massive GPU cluster buildouts feel like they’re kind of happening somewhere else. Can you help me fill in the story for the regional partner who isn’t doing hyperscale deployments and where they fit into the AI infrastructure story at this point? Eric Arcese: It’s a great question. I think that’s a little bit of the elephant in the room, right? The first couple of years, it’s like – yeah, you’re reading about these multi-billion-dollar deals, but where are they happening? And those deals were happening at the hyperscale level. The next question is: when is there enterprise AI adoption? When does a traditional enterprise customer really start embracing AI at every level? And you know what? We’re seeing that now. The trajectory of that growth is accelerating, and it’s terrific to see. To your point, Robert, those first couple of quarters, first year or two – the question was: what about enterprise adoption? And that’s where our partners are incredibly well positioned to make it real. What are the outcomes? What are the use cases? What are the business processes we’re going to focus on to bring that infrastructure to a place where it’s adding real value? The people in that workflow who make that real – that’s our partners. Dell’s partners. Because our partners in Canada are incredibly intimate with the industry, the customer, the use cases, the business priorities – whether it’s in the public or private sector. We’re providing that infrastructure at Dell Technologies, but our partners are making it real because they have that intimacy. They’re pressing the flesh, they’re working with customers each and every day, they know what those priorities are, and they can reconcile where those investments need to be made to help accelerate time to value. So with all of that comes a massive services and consulting opportunity. It’s not just the infrastructure – it’s the value-added services that our partners are building upon that infrastructure. And we’re seeing some terrific practices getting built with our partners around the world. When we work together, we win together, and we’re seeing that each and every day. Robert Dutt: Can you make that just a little bit more concrete for me? What are the consulting-type services you see partners bringing to bear right now – especially for that partner serving, let’s say, a 500-person financial services firm? Just to set an example of a mid-market-type opportunity where there may be an AI Factory angle, but it’s not the hyperscale wheelhouse. Eric Arcese: You know, if you think about it – four or five years ago, you and I would be having this conversation and it would be about a cloud-first model, and then we’d probably evolve into hybrid cloud, using public or private cloud based on the right workload. Now the way we think about it, it’s not a cloud-first model. It’s more around data. It’s the data model. Making sure we have the right data on the right workload, because if you plug an LLM or any AI-driven workload or a GPU behind suboptimal data, you’re going to get suboptimal outcomes. So when we think about where a partner is going to focus – irrespective of the industry, whether it’s public sector, banking, telco, manufacturing – I think starting with a real inventory of what that data topology looks like, and what the business outcome is that we’re looking to achieve. And no matter what industry the customer is from, one quickly realizes they’re all in the data business. Our partners can, number one, do a great assessment of where that critical data is and where it’s living. And number two, marry that data to the right business outcome in terms of what they’re trying to deploy. So I think it really starts with the data, and building practices that understand the workload, the industry, the vertical, and the data – that is key. And that creates a lot of opportunity. We talk about servers, storage, client, PCs, and networking all the time, but that is where that data is going to live, and we’re going to build that AI practice off of it. That initial assessment – where an AI practice starts – all begins with data, Robert. It’s really having that data-informed conversation. And then a lot of this is a change in mindset, in terms of what you’re doing with that data and what the expectations are. Robert Dutt: All right. From one reference architecture to another – talk about the transition from VxRail to Dell Private Cloud. Michael Dell’s been pretty direct about the direction. And I know you have roots going back to EMC, so it might be a bit personal. But for a partner who’s built a real practice, a real business, around VxRail over the last decade – what does that transition actually look like, and where do you see the services opportunity opening up as customers make that move? Eric Arcese: Robert, it’s such a great question. Because for years we talked about converged infrastructure, hyperconverged infrastructure – packaging, which made a lot of sense. You package a pre-architected and engineered system and you deliver it, to drive an accelerated business outcome. Time to value of infrastructure. The industry, with our partners, built a multi-billion-dollar business and a new market that was very well received. Then you wake up a couple of years later and now we’re talking about disaggregated infrastructure with Dell Private Cloud. And one may wonder: wait a second – we thought it was all about putting it all together and delivering it with speed. What’s changed? And I had to ask myself the same question, Robert. What’s changed? Well, the economics of AI have changed. The centre of gravity in terms of what is needed for these AI outcomes has been driven by a huge development – and that development is the GPU. The GPU is the accelerator of all the processing. And sometimes you need more GPU investment than you would need in storage, than you would need in client. You still need them across the board. So when you think about that economic backdrop of AI, the economics lend themselves to a more disaggregated infrastructure where you can dial up storage, server, networking, depending on what is needed for that specific workload, LLM, or AI platform that you’re rolling out. Also – customers want choice. They don’t want to be locked into one hypervisor. Maybe they want to work with Red Hat. Maybe they want to work with Microsoft. Maybe they want to work with VMware – they’re a VMware shop. Maybe they want to work with Nutanix. Allowing customers to have that choice empowers them, but it also creates opportunity for our partners, to your point, Robert. Because our partners are ultimately going to help our shared customers navigate those choices and reconcile those priorities from a hypervisor perspective, to optimize whatever application they’re rolling out. So it’s really about customer choice. And for me, the coolest thing to see is how quickly this has evolved. We’re doubling down on customer choice. Partners earn up to 10% incremental incentives. We’ve really built a program to drive profitable practices around Dell Private Cloud and strengthen and deepen those relationships. So we’re seeing this real shift from pre-packaged hyperconverged infrastructure to disaggregated infrastructure that’s truly optimized and tailored to Dell Private Cloud. Very exciting to see, Robert. Robert Dutt: Pivoting to the device side of things – the AI PC refresh is a significant cycle for the channel right now. For the Canadian VAR or even an MSP selling into the commercial market, what’s the marketing story that you’re giving them to make that conversation land? Especially with customers who are already stretched on IT budgets and might be looking at that three-year-old PC and saying, “good enough to get me through another year.” Eric Arcese: It might be. But it probably isn’t. And it’s not just the productivity benefits you’re going to see with an AI PC – it’s the security requirements that we’re all going to need. Because AI is terrific for the good, but it has also empowered the bad actors to get to where we work every day. Last year was all about the tech refresh from Windows 10 to Windows 11. We still have over 500 million PCs running Windows 10, and enterprise fleets averaging three to five years of age. So customers definitely need to act on that – to bring that AI capability to the edge, but also to meet the security requirements we need to protect that edge from reaching into the core. We started naturally in the data centre in our conversation today, Robert, but that edge – where are you working every day? What are you touching every day? It’s your PC. That’s your workforce. That’s what’s in front of you, whether at work or at home. And there’s just a tremendous opportunity there for our partners. We’re the number one commercial PC provider in the world, and it starts with what’s in front of you each and every day. We’re excited about that opportunity. That hasn’t gone away. We had a terrific CES, and there’s just more greenfield opportunity for our partners in Canada to win with Dell’s PC portfolio. Robert Dutt: Bouncing around a little bit from topic to topic here – you guys made some program changes for 2026, as most vendors are wont to do from time to time. The Titanium incentives probably being the most visible of them, but there’s also this broader “simplified, predictable, profitable” philosophy underneath it. From a marketing standpoint, what’s the message you most want partners to internalize about what Dell is committing to this year? Eric Arcese: One of the things I love about partner marketing, Robert, is the work is never over. And you can appreciate that – you’ve been in the channel just as long as I have. The work of creating a simple, predictable, profitable motion for our partners really never ends, because everything we talked about just keeps evolving. We want to make sure we have a simplified motion – taking friction out of the system. We want to make sure it’s predictable: you know what you’re going to get, you know how we’re going to engage with you. And it’s profitable: you want to make sure that you’re making money working with Dell Technologies in Canada. So we’re doing a lot around demand signals – how do we accelerate what used to be a lead, which is now a demand signal, the outcome of many different predictive analytics and data points on the markets that we serve with our partners. We want to make sure we’re simplifying that lead management and fostering seamless collaboration in that motion. We also want to make sure that from a deal reg perspective, we are managing opportunities together and protecting where our Canadian partners have invested. We want to do all of that to accelerate engagement, simplify processes, and empower our Dell sellers with a smarter and streamlined motion. And then quoting and buying – we want to make sure we are priced to win across the board, and we’re building a modern, partner-centric transaction ecosystem that connects product discovery to order management in one end-to-end platform. You’re going to be hearing more and more about that in the months to come. I think you’ll be at Dell Technologies World with us, so I’m excited to share more there. That mantra of simple, predictable, profitable – that work never ends. We’re seeing the fruits of our labour here and the success we’ve had in Canada over the last couple of years. And we’re really proud of the work that we’ve done. We’re very grateful and humbled by so many amazing partners in Canada that have really doubled down on Dell across the board, across the portfolio. Because when you have a great program that rewards the right investment, and you have wonderful people – I love the alliteration of portfolio, program, people – there’s nothing you can’t do. When we work together, we truly are winning together in Canada. Robert Dutt: To your point that it never ends – it just keeps evolving. You rightly pointed out we’re not too far away from Dell Technologies World, and the Global Partner Summit is a big part of that. There’s been some preview of a new integrated partner experience that sounds like it goes beyond a typical program update. Without asking you to scoop your own announcements – although if you want to, please feel free. Eric Arcese: Ha – I’ll be good. I’ll do my best. Robert Dutt: What’s the problem you’re aiming to solve for partners with this platform approach? What’s the philosophy behind what we’re likely to see roll out in the near future? Eric Arcese: What we talked about – meeting the moment – it is a truly special time. And we want to make sure our partners have the speed to deliver what we collectively need to for our shared customers, and the scale to do it across every market, across every part of our portfolio, across every partner type. What you’ll see at Dell Technologies World – as you always do – is the product of investments we’ve made over not just the year, but over years. From a portfolio perspective, programmatically, you’re going to see how when partners invest and build their practices and businesses on Dell, they will be rewarded. And then you get to spend time with our people who support our partners in Canada and around the world. Not to mention, we have a great time in Vegas, as one always does. So it’s the place to be. We’re a couple of weeks out and we’re seeing the excitement and anticipation building. We have a lot to share at our Global Partner Summit at Dell Technologies World. Robert, I believe you’re planning on being there – we’re looking forward to seeing you and spending time with you as well. And we’re going to have a great representation not just of Canadian partners but the Canadian customers we work so hard serving each and every day. It’s going to be a blast, as it always is. Robert Dutt: You touched a while back on some of the day-to-day operational things that partners tell me they feel the most friction on – not specific to Dell, but across the industry. Deal reg, quoting, lead sharing, the need to do all of that faster at higher scale. Is the vision here to make those kinds of operational experiences meaningfully more autonomous and self-serve? Is AI in the partner platform something partners will feel starting in May, or is that still on the horizon? Eric Arcese: Well, I prefer drinking your own champagne to eating your own dog food – so I’ll go with the bubbly analogy there. But we have very much been, for years now, investing in a very big way in our partner business and the platforms that support those partners. We want to make sure that we’re using an AI-first approach across the board in everything that we do – to take friction out of the system, and to have an AI-first mantra in all we do when it comes to empowering our people and our partners. I look at the AI that we’re investing in to support our partners as a real force multiplier. How do you get the power of the portfolio to our customers? How do you enable our partners to know that portfolio? How do you make sure that when you’re quoting and ordering, you’re doing that in the most efficient way – so that customers aren’t waiting, they’re getting the right configuration at the right time, for the right workload, at the price that makes the most sense, and we’re delivering value? We want partners to be able to deliver that value, because when they do, they grow – and when they grow, it’s good for our partners, it’s good for Dell, and ultimately we’re driving more outcomes for the customers we serve. So you’ll see a lot of that AI in what we deliver from a product perspective, but definitely in how AI supports things like syndicated content, quoting and buying, and all of the programmatic platform upon which our partnerships are built. Robert Dutt: My last question – you touched on 25 or more years in this industry, through the EMC years, through the Dell-EMC merger, and now we’re into the AI chapter. For a partner who’s navigating all of this right now – the infrastructure shifts, the AI opportunity, the evolution of the program – what’s your read on the best opportunity over the next 12 months? Where would you be pointing partners in terms of where to focus? Eric Arcese: Well, if you’re a partner thinking about which relationships you’re going to invest in – with Dell, you have a leader in commercial PCs, a leader in storage, a leader in services. You have the industry heavyweight in infrastructure. And not only that – in a world where we’re seeing some very complicated supply chain dynamics globally, you have the world’s best supply chain supporting you. You have a proven leader that’s committed to partnering in all that we do. And you have tremendous people in Canada there to support you each and every day. So I always think of it this way: if you’re building a business, who are those partnerships you want to create? You want one hand to shake that’s accountable to you, that’s invested in you, that’s committed to you – so that you can deliver on what you’ve promised your customer. With Dell, you have that. And we’re really proud of where we are in the market. This AI moment that we’ve all been afforded is going to create tremendous opportunity – and I couldn’t be more excited about it. Not just for the partner businesses we support, but for the outcomes and problem statements that we’re going to be able to address that we haven’t even fathomed yet. Transformative outcomes across every industry we serve, both public and private. So I’m really excited, Robert. And if I’m a partner, those are the types of things I’m thinking about and why working with Dell is a great bet. And hopefully we’ll all be making that bet in Vegas in May at Dell Technologies World – because that’s what you do in Vegas. You make bets. But it’s an easy one to make with Dell Technologies every day. Robert Dutt: Great point to leave it on. I look forward to catching up at Dell Technologies World and hearing more of the story there. Eric, thanks so much. Eric Arcese: Thanks so much, Robert. I really enjoyed our time together. Much appreciated. There you have it – Eric Arcese from Dell Technologies. I’d like to thank Eric for his time, and of course, thank you for listening today. If I had to pull three things out of the conversation for the Canadian partner to sit with, here’s what I’m thinking. First – the AI Factory framing. Eric described looking at the AI Factory topology slide and seeing the gaps, the seams between the components, as the partner opportunity. The hardware is Dell’s story. The services layer, the data work, the integration, the outcomes – that’s where partners play. If you’re trying to figure out what the AI infrastructure wave actually means to your practice, that’s a useful lens. Second – the VxRail transition. If you’ve built a practice around VxRail, Dell’s message is: the path forward is clear. The hypervisor choice you’ve made is preserved. The economics of the new platform make sense, and there are meaningful incentives to help you build out a Dell Private Cloud practice. The transition is underway and getting ahead of it matters. Third – the AI PC refresh is a security story as much as a productivity story. There are still around 500 million PCs running Windows 10, many of them three to five years old, sitting at the edge of the network while AI is making the threat landscape more sophisticated. For MSPs already in the endpoint security conversation with their customers, that’s a more powerful entry point than “it’s a faster laptop.” And of course – Dell Technologies World, May 18th to 21st in Las Vegas. The Global Partner Summit is the anchor event for partners, and based on what Eric was hinting at around the integrated partner experience and changes to quoting and deal registration, it’s worth watching closely whether you’re going or not. If you found this useful, follow or subscribe to the In The Channel podcast wherever you get your podcasts – we’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major directories. A rating or review is always appreciated if you’ve got a minute – it genuinely helps. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Hewlett Packard Enterprise expands software channel push: Hewlett Packard Enterprise is doubling its dedicated sales team to drive its Hybrid CloudOps software portfolio through the channel. According to CRN, Rocco Lavista, vice president and general manager of worldwide Hybrid CloudOps software sales at HPE, noted that rising global memory prices and the resulting hardware cost pressures are actively driving demand for virtualization alternatives like VM Essentials. For Canadian MSPs and VARs grappling with supply chain volatility and tightening server margins, the vendor’s expanded software push offers a potential pivot point to maintain profitability through higher-margin recurring revenue streams. AvePoint and Omdia research highlights AI governance gap: AvePoint and Omdia have released new global research indicating that governance and compliance, rather than technical capability, represent the primary barrier to AI monetization. Based on a survey of over 300 MSPs, 51 percent cited governance as the main obstacle to customer AI adoption. The report highlights a significant execution gap: while 94 percent of respondents are committed to AI readiness, only 43 percent report high maturity in their service delivery. As Canadian solution providers face increasing data sovereignty requirements, the research suggests that packaging AI governance as a standalone service is a viable path to capturing a share of a market Omdia projects will reach $276 billion by 2030. ESET tracks cyber insurance influence on the channel: Security vendor ESET has published its 2026 SMB Cyber Readiness Index, highlighting the growing influence of cyber insurance underwriters on the managed services landscape. The report found that 78 percent of Canadian small and medium-sized businesses now carry cyber insurance, with insurers increasingly mandating specific security controls. Among Canadian SMBs that outsource their security, 27 percent are now bypassing traditional providers to use a cyber insurer offering Managed Detection and Response (MDR) services. For the Canadian channel, the data underscores a critical shift: insurers are setting the baseline, and MSPs must integrate advanced monitoring capabilities to prevent clients from migrating to insurer-provided solutions. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Thursday, April 23, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Hewlett Packard Enterprise is doubling its dedicated sales team to drive its Hybrid CloudOps software portfolio through the channel. According to Rocco Lavista, vice president and general manager of worldwide Hybrid CloudOps software sales at HPE, the vendor is actively working to accelerate partner attach rates for its software suite. Lavista recently noted that rising global memory prices and the resulting hardware cost pressures are actively driving demand for virtualization alternatives like VM Essentials. For Canadian MSPs and VARs grappling with supply chain volatility and tightening server margins, the vendor’s expanded software push offers a potential pivot point to maintain profitability through higher-margin recurring revenue streams. AvePoint and Omdia have released new global research indicating that governance and compliance, rather than technical capability, represent the primary barrier to AI monetization for managed service providers. Based on a survey of over three hundred MSPs, fifty-one percent cited governance as the main obstacle to customer AI adoption. The report highlights a significant execution gap: while ninety-four percent of respondents are committed to AI readiness, only forty-three percent report high maturity in their actual service delivery. As Canadian solution providers face increasing data sovereignty and privacy requirements, the research suggests that packaging AI governance as a distinct, standalone service may be the most viable path to capturing a share of a market Omdia projects will reach two hundred and seventy-six billion dollars by 2030. Security vendor ESET has published its 2026 SMB Cyber Readiness Index, highlighting the growing influence of cyber insurance underwriters on the managed services landscape. The report found that seventy-eight percent of Canadian small and medium-sized businesses now carry cyber insurance, with underwriters increasingly mandating specific security controls as a condition of coverage. Among Canadian SMBs that outsource their security, twenty-seven percent are now bypassing traditional providers to use a cyber insurer offering Managed Detection and Response services, while thirty-eight percent remain with a traditional MSP. For the Canadian channel, the data underscores a critical shift: insurers are actively setting the security baseline, and MSPs must integrate advanced monitoring capabilities to prevent clients from migrating to insurer-provided solutions. Later today on In The Channel, my conversation with Eric Arcese, vice president of global partner marketing at Dell Technologies, discussing the AI Factory, VxRail’s evolution, and what’s ahead. And if you haven’t heard it yet, be sure to check out yesterday’s chat with Rewst founder Aharon Chernin on building the automated MSP. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening.

Aharon Chernin, founder and CEO of Rewst Aharon Chernin has been building technology specifically for MSPs for more than twenty-five years – including founding Perch Security, which ConnectWise acquired in 2020. His next venture was Rewst, a workflow automation platform purpose-built for managed service providers, now serving over 1,500 MSPs. The founding insight: automation was the foundational promise of managed services, and the tools had never lived up to it. In this conversation, Chernin draws the distinction that frames everything else: there’s a difference between an MSP that does automation and an automated MSP. One is a project. The other is a culture. Success, he argues, is one hundred percent cultural – the person who writes the cheque and the engineer who builds the workflows both have to want it, or it stalls every time. We dig into where AI fits in the MSP operational stack, and why treating AI and automation as interchangeable leads to bad decisions. The Chernin framing: AI thinks, automation acts. Without a connected execution layer like Rewst’s RoboRewsty AI Workflow Builder, AI can only advise. We also get into the governance model – approval gates, trust levels, and the balance between cyber risk and business risk – and the MCP Server architecture enabling genuinely agent-driven MSP operations. Chernin shares numbers from three Canadian MSPs on the platform – Resolved IT, Ideological Systems, and Yardstick – and walks through how to calculate the real economics of automation investment beyond simple time savings. He closes with a practical roadmap for any MSP owner who wants to get serious in the next six months: get out of firefighting mode, find your automation champion, start small, and do not wait for perfection. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last sixteen years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. If you’ve been following the conversation around AI and MSPs over the last year or two, you’ve probably noticed that a lot of it is pretty fuzzy. AI is going to transform your business. AI is the future of service delivery. AI this, AI that – but not a lot of specificity about what it actually means for the way an MSP runs its operations day to day. My guest today has been building technology specifically for MSPs for more than twenty-five years. He founded Perch Security, which was acquired by ConnectWise back in 2020, and then turned around and founded Rewst, a workflow automation platform built from the ground up for managed service providers. Rewst now has over 1,500 MSPs on the platform, which means he has a pretty clear view of where the channel actually stands on automation – not where vendors wish it stood, but where it actually is. We talk about the difference between an MSP that does automation and an automated MSP, and why that distinction matters more than any specific tool. We get into why AI and automation are not the same thing, and why confusing them leads MSPs to make bad decisions. And we look at what the operational stack of an MSP actually starts to look like as AI moves from advising on workflows to generating and executing them. Aharon Chernin is the founder and CEO of Rewst, and he’s been thinking about this a lot longer than most. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Aharon Chernin. Aharon, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Aharon Chernin: Nice being here. Robert Dutt: Rewst isn’t your first time building specifically for the MSP market. You come out of Perch Security, acquired by ConnectWise. What did your time inside ConnectWise’s world teach you, and was Rewst a direct response to something specific you saw from there, or from the community there? Aharon Chernin: I was actually only at ConnectWise a couple of months. Really, the Rewst idea came from working with MSPs for years while I was doing Perch. I was learning more and more about how MSPs operated. I saw the tools they were using, the problems they were having. And, mind you, this is the era circa 2017-18, and they’re using tools called PSAs – professional services automation – that didn’t really automate anything. It had me scratching my head: what’s going on here? But then I just continued moving forward because I had security stuff going on. And then there were RMM tools called Automate, and I was trying to figure out what these things actually automated. It was just endpoint stuff, right? But there’s so much more than just an endpoint. And then I saw a bunch of single-point solutions – software products out there doing a single automation, not even calling it an automation, just calling it a software product. So once I had the opportunity after Perch, I went and started investigating what were these quirks in the market I was seeing, because automation is much, much bigger than what the market actually thought it was. Robert Dutt: Well, and it’s for so long been one of the key premises of managed services – the idea of automate everything you can towards success. So it’s interesting to hear those observations. You’ve got the platform now with 1,500 or more MSPs on it – you probably have a better view of the real state of automation adoption in the channel than almost anyone out there. How would you honestly characterize it today? Is this a story of meaningful progress from the scenario you saw back in your Perch days, or is it still pretty early for many MSPs? Aharon Chernin: It’s still the beginning. We only have 1,500 MSPs. And how many MSPs are there – depending on who you talk to, 60, 80,000. We only have 1,500 of them. So in my mind, these are all early adopters in automation. But when it comes to what adoption actually looks like in an MSP that successfully automates, it’s cultural – 100%. If you look at cybersecurity – Perch was a cybersecurity company – you’d be looking for the correct size MSP that focused on security to resell through. But when it comes to automation, every size MSP needs to automate – small and big. And we’re actually seeing that. We see really, really small MSPs automate and really, really big MSPs automate. And we’ve also seen both those sizes fail. The number one reason they succeed is culture. The buyer – the buyer could be the CEO of the MSP, or a director of managed services, whoever can write a cheque – that person has to want to automate. And the engineer who’s actually going to do the automation, they have to want to do it too. If the buyer wants to automate but the engineer doesn’t, it’s not going to work. If the engineer wants to automate but the buyer doesn’t, it’s not going to work. And that cultural thing extends further than just the want. The CEO of the MSP should be running around saying, “I want to be an automated MSP,” and excited about it. If they’re not excited about it, they’re going to be a part-time automation MSP. The way I like to say it is: you’re either an automated MSP, or you’re an MSP that does automation. Robert Dutt: What do you find helps flip the switch from one to the other? What is it that gets those teams that are either misaligned or not aligned at all to get things lined up and moving in the right direction? Aharon Chernin: It’s really an open line of communication between the buyer and the person implementing. Because if the buyer has an automation idea – just one, a single simple basic thing that would save the company time or help improve service delivery reliability – and that engineer performs that small automation, and they talk to each other, and the engineer says, “Yes, it’s running. Yes, it runs fifty times a day. We’ve saved eight hours today running this automation” – and that actually gets back to the person who writes the cheque – there is alignment. The tide has turned. Suddenly the MSP says, “How do I dedicate more people to helping automate this business?” It’s a matter of getting that first win and getting it in place. Robert Dutt: There’s a lot of talk, obviously, about AI. And Canadian MSPs are being sold a lot of things that blur the line between AI and automation. You’ve talked about that distinction – the idea that AI thinks and automation acts. Can you expand on that? Because I think getting that framing right can help change how MSPs make decisions and think about how they’re structuring things internally. Aharon Chernin: AI can’t touch anything by itself. This goes back to: AI thinks, automation does. Take ChatGPT, for example. ChatGPT is not an AI. ChatGPT is a tool on top of AI. The AI is GPT. The tool is Chat. So just having AI gives you a lot of answers to a lot of questions, but nothing gets done. You need the tool on top of the AI. I can’t think of an easier way to define it than that. There are an infinite number of possibilities of what you can do with a tool that leverages AI. Robert Dutt: So you guys have RoboRewsty now. You’re moving from AI that guides building workflows to AI that generates those workflows. That sounds incremental, but to your point on thinking versus doing, I suspect it’s more significant than that. What actually changes for an MSP team when anyone in the org can describe a workflow in language that’s natural to them and have it built for them, rather than having to go back to that one person who knows how to build out the automation? Aharon Chernin: AI is easier to understand than even that. We need to think of it as just another employee. Now, depending on how much the business trusts that employee is how much governance we’re going to put around that employee. If there is one hundred percent trust, it gets free will and can run freely. If there is zero to ten percent trust, every step of the way needs to be gated by a person. But there’s a balance. One of the funny things about cybersecurity is everyone looks at the cyber risk side of the equation, but no one looks at the business risk. The business risk of having zero trust in your AI means all the other MSPs can surpass you. You need to balance business risk and cyber risk. It’s never one hundred percent cyber risk, or your business won’t move forward. How do you put people in the middle? When you tell the AI to build the automation, you require approval gates along the way. And the AI will build in those approval gates for people to get in the way of automation and approve or deny things. That solves the problem of the AI acting fully independently. Robert Dutt: You’ve announced an MCP server that lets external AI agents trigger Rewst automations directly. That feels like a pretty big architectural shift toward that AI-doing side of things – toward operations that are genuinely agent-driven rather than just automated. What does that look like in practice today, and where do you see that going over the next couple of years? Aharon Chernin: I see three main agent use cases. But if we sit back and think, “Where does this MCP server fit in?” – in my world, in my vision, when I create products, I have to try to predict the future. Because it takes time. If I create a product for what’s needed right now, by the time it gets done and goes to market, it’s already a bad idea. In the future, people will be interacting with agents, not with the user interface of any product – a PSA, an RMM, maybe even an operating system. When you think that way, without a capable MCP server in front of your product, you’re forcing people to always log into it. If everyone is in Claude Code all day long and you’re the one product they have to pop out of Claude Code for, that’s not good. I don’t want to be there. And for folks who want more approval controls in an automation process – what’s cool about using Claude Code to interact with the Rewst platform is you can put requirements in your Claude Code, in your AGENTS.md file, for example, to be enforced however you want them enforced on your side. Which is pretty neat, in my opinion. As far as the three major use cases for agents: I immediately get brain-fried when someone asks what an agent-driven MSP of the future looks like, because I think – what agent are they talking about? I really see three specific, distinct agent implementations that an MSP could ever have. One is an agent that they build for their customers that just does customer-centric business things. That’s not something the MSP would run internally – that’s something they want their customer running. Then they may want an agent that the customer uses to interact with the MSP – “Hey, I need to add a new user,” for example. That may launch Rewst automations, because it’s just an agent – it’s just AI, it can’t go do those things on its own. And then the third type is the agent that an engineer uses at the MSP itself, because that agent is going to have more privileged access and communicate in a much more technical way than you’d want to present to a client. Robert Dutt: How do you see those rolling out in terms of timeline? My first assumption would be that you build the internal side first – get the side the engineers are working with up and running, learn from that, then start building out the customer-facing side, and finally toward the end-user type stuff. Aharon Chernin: You always eat your own dog food first. It’s got to be useful for you. If you’re just doing it to say you’re doing it, you won’t be able to sustain it. It won’t scale. I would have your help desk and your engineers doing simple things first. I love the owner-operators that have grand visions of their AI-automated futures, because those are the ones who are going to succeed. The one downfall they may have is they won’t settle for anything other than that grand vision – they work on the most complex thing first. Or they get a ton of small wins under their belt and never go for the big win because the big vision feels too far away. So: keep it small initially. Eat your own dog food. Get really good at it. Then move bigger successfully internally. Then maybe the next step is the agent the customer uses to interact with your business – do the same thing, start small, then go big. The agent the MSP builds for their customers’ businesses is the toughest. Not because it’s technically challenging – it’s tough because the MSP has to go learn how that customer’s business actually operates. And if you want your agent to provide value, you’re going to have to do that work. Robert Dutt: That’s a chance to really test the “trusted advisor” theory out and get real about it. Aharon Chernin: Exactly. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about the economics of this. Especially as a Canadian MSP – we’ve got a smaller talent pool, cross-border salary competition, the Canadian dollar. The headcount argument for automation is particularly acute here. Where does break-even actually land? What does an MSP need to have in place before this really starts to visibly move the margin needle? Aharon Chernin: You start with understanding the economics of automation. The most basic is: how much time will you save? And even the definition of saving time can be less obvious than you’d think, because saving time might mean “I don’t do this work today” – so how do you calculate that? Well, one of those savings is: will it reduce churn? How much time does it take to go get a new client? Then you realize, oh, there is a time savings there. Or it may not save time, but it improves service delivery reliability. How much time do you spend each month on ticket re-dos because they were done wrong the first time? And some of these savings are security-related. If you can take away privileged access from your lowest-level help desk because automation handles those tasks instead, how much does an incident cost you each month? The next big thing is understanding the cost to build an automation. We’ve dramatically reduced that over the past three months through RoboRewsty – you just describe an automation and it goes and builds it for you, then runs, tests, and fixes it. It could save you roughly ninety percent of the build time. Just like writing code with Claude Code saves you a lot of time building software. So: you’ve got an automation idea. It costs you four hours to build and saves you 400 hours a month – you break even really, really quickly. You have an automation that takes four hours to build but only saves you thirty minutes a month – do you still build it? Yes. Because automation is not a one-month profit thing. It builds off itself each and every month. And that’s when you start to realize: maybe I do start small, because the big grandiose ideas might save you ten hours a month but take you a hundred hours to build. We’ve got a couple of Canadian partners who’ve had great success and are okay with me naming them. Resolved IT: last month they did 420,000 tasks and saved fifty-nine hours – 1,800 endpoints. Ideological Systems: 28,000 tasks, forty-five hours saved – 750 endpoints. And Yardstick: 744,000 tasks, 327 hours saved – 6,500 endpoints. Just some numbers for you. Robert Dutt: That’s certainly some solid data. You’ve talked about where you’re at now with RoboRewsty. Can you share a little about where you see things going in the short term – in terms of the direction of the technology and how you’re automating processes? Aharon Chernin: I feel like I’m more of a future predictor than a startup founder. AI is both scary and exciting at the same time. It’s a huge opportunity for everybody – for MSPs, for vendors that serve MSPs. But it’s also super scary because it’s a disruptor. It could disrupt MSPs, the vendors that serve them, and their customers’ businesses. You have to take risks in how you predict what’s coming. But I really do think the user interface for people is going away, and that the primary user of all products will be AI. That’s where the world is going. Think about that – how does that change how an MSP operates? Look at the tool stack MSPs use today. Is your PSA built for people, or is it built for AI? It’s going to be interesting. Never a dull moment in this industry. Robert Dutt: Last one for me. If I’m an MSP listening to this and being honest with myself about where I’m at in my automation and AI journey – what’s the one thing that most of them should be doing in the next six months that most of them aren’t? Aharon Chernin: Starting at a really high level: you’re a business owner. I’m a business owner. I understand how hard it is to get out of firefighting mode. It’s hard to see thirty days out. There’s so much going on – happy people that want to talk to you, unhappy people pulling you aside. You have to spend some time thinking beyond thirty days. You can’t ignore what’s coming with AI and automation, because there is going to be an MSP that doesn’t ignore it. The next level: come up with an automation idea. As the owner of the MSP, that’s the most valuable automation idea that will ever get identified, because it’s coming straight from the business – not from a random engineer with a random problem. That engineer can go automate something and make their job better, but you may never know about it and it may never impact the business. Come up with an automation idea. If you find that easy, come up with more. Having the ideas is half the battle – not even having a product. Just start writing them down. Next: identify someone in your organization who will become the automation champion. As fast as tech is moving, it may not have to be a super technical person, because they’ll be able to talk to an agent to make the automation happen. But if it were me, I would still pick who I think can automate the best. Go to your team and say, “Who wants to automate?” and pick the hand-raiser. That’ll also help with alignment. Once all that’s done, you’re finally ready to look at automation solutions. Learn everything you can – we have Cluck U, our certification program, get certified in automation. Then build that simple automation as quickly as possible and get it into production. Do not wait for perfection. If you’ve got a ten-step process that takes a hundred minutes, and you only automate nine steps, you’re still saving ninety minutes. Why wait for the last step to get that win? And then we’ve got a conference called Flow – an automation-focused conference for MSPs. The coolest thing about it is that everyone there is an MSP that wants to become an automated MSP, not just one that wants to do some automation. This is our third year. First year we had about 120 people, second year over 300, and this year I think we’ll have 500. It’s in Nashville, June 23rd. Check it out at mspflow.events. Was I allowed to plug that? Robert Dutt: I think you’re good. Aharon Chernin: Sounds good. Robert Dutt: Aharon, I appreciate you taking the time and giving us a view of where automation’s at and where it could be going. Thank you. Aharon Chernin: Thanks – it was nice chatting. Robert Dutt: There you have it – Aharon Chernin from Rewst. I’d like to thank Aharon for his time today, and thank you for listening. A couple of things I’m still thinking about from this conversation. The framing that stuck with me most is the distinction between an MSP that does automation and an automated MSP. It sounds like a subtle difference, but Aharon’s point is that one is a project and the other is a culture – and only one of them actually compounds over time. If automation is something your team does when they get around to it, rather than something that’s baked into how the business operates, you’re probably not going to get the return you think you are. The other thing worth sitting with is the governance question. As AI moves from helping you build workflows to actually generating and running them, the trust model has to evolve with it. The new employee analogy Aharon used – starting with limited access, expanding trust as it earns it – is a practical framework for MSPs who are trying to figure out how much autonomy to give AI in their stack right now. And for any Canadian MSPs listening – the data points Aharon shared from Resolved IT, from Yardstick, from Ideological Systems – those are real Canadian shops with real numbers. The economics of automation are compelling anywhere, but they’re particularly compelling here, given our labour market realities. If this episode was useful to you, the best thing you can do is subscribe to or follow the ChannelBuzz.ca podcast wherever you get your podcasts. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most major directories. A rating or review goes a long way and is always appreciated. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Salesforce launches FDE Partner Network: Salesforce is dedicating 50 million dollars to its new Forward Deployed Engineering Partner Network, providing partners with the same training and direct product team access as internal staff. According to Nick Johnston, senior vice president of partner sales, the program is designed to help partners build and monetize their own agentic AI practices on the Agentforce platform. For Canadian MSPs and consultants, the initiative presents an opportunity to transition from selling software licenses to delivering higher-margin advisory and managed services. Cisco reinstates compute deal registration: Reversing a decision from late February, Cisco has officially reinstated its compute deal registration differential. The initial elimination, driven by rising memory prices, effectively removed roughly eight points of margin on server deals, causing friction within the channel. In a communication to partners, Cisco’s Tim Coogan confirmed the discount restoration, though the tightened seven-day quote protection window remains. The move restores critical profitability and margin predictability for Canadian partners navigating ongoing supply chain volatility. CloudCapsule debuts Manage module: CloudCapsule, a security platform launched by former Pax8 leaders and MSP owner Nick Ross, has introduced its Manage module. The solution extends Microsoft 365 security management into a unified workflow, bringing assessment, remediation, and reporting into a single pane of glass. For Canadian MSPs struggling with fragmented toolsets, the platform reduces administrative overhead and automates the reporting process, providing tangible proof of security outcomes to justify recurring revenue. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Wednesday, April 22, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Salesforce has launched a new Forward Deployed Engineering Partner Network for Agentforce, backing the initiative with a 50 million dollar investment in agent-building incentives. According to Nick Johnston, senior vice president of partner sales, the software vendor is committing to provide channel partners with the same training, tools, and direct product team access that its internal staff receives. The program is designed to help partners build their own agentic AI practices and push beyond basic implementation. For Canadian MSPs and consulting partners, the initiative signals a continued shift away from selling software seats toward delivering measurable business outcomes. As AI deployments become more complex, partners who can demonstrate real-world results will be positioned to capture higher-margin advisory and managed services revenue. Cisco has officially reinstated its compute deal registration differential, reversing a controversial decision made in late February. The networking giant had originally eliminated the discount in response to rising memory prices and supply chain volatility. According to partners, that move effectively erased roughly eight points of margin on server deals, causing friction and prompting some to look at competing infrastructure vendors. In a recent communication, Cisco senior vice president of global partner sales Tim Coogan confirmed the discount restoration for registered compute hardware deals, though the tightened seven-day quote protection window remains in place. For Canadian IT solution providers, the reversal is a necessary correction that restores critical margin predictability, allowing partners to confidently quote hardware projects in an unpredictable supply chain environment. A new security platform built by former Pax8 leaders and an experienced MSP owner is making its official debut this week at the Kaseya event. CloudCapsule, led by CEO Nick Ross, is launching its Manage module, which is designed to help managed service providers assess, remediate, and demonstrate security outcomes within a single workflow. The solution extends Microsoft 365 security management into a unified system, addressing the ongoing problem of fragmented tools and manual reporting. For Canadian MSPs, operational consolidation is becoming increasingly essential. Proving the value of security services to clients is a persistent challenge, and a platform that automates the reporting process can help reduce administrative overhead while providing tangible proof of security posture improvements to justify recurring revenue. Later today on In The Channel, we have a conversation with Rewst founder Aharon Chernin. We will be talking about building the automated MSP, and how AI thinks while automation acts. It is a deep dive into where the service delivery model is headed. And if you haven’t heard it yet, make sure you check out yesterday’s episode featuring Jennifer Roy, CEO of Nucleus Networks. We had a great discussion on maintaining culture while scaling a national presence, and what private equity really looks like from inside a Canadian MSP. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening.

Jennifer Roy, CEO of Nucleus Networks Jennifer Roy knew she was underqualified for her first job in managed services. She applied anyway — and she’d tell you that discomfort is kind of the point. Now CEO of Nucleus Networks, the Vancouver-based MSP that now operates across Victoria, Prince George, Calgary, and Toronto, Roy joined the company as COO in 2021 and stepped into the top job in January 2024, taking over from founder-era CEO Martin DesRosiers. Nucleus was recently named to the CRN MSP 500 Pioneer 250 — the SMB-focused tier of CRN’s annual managed services ranking — and Roy was named CEO of the Year by The Channel Company. In this episode of In The Channel, Roy talks about what a non-technical leader brings to an MSP that a technical founder sometimes can’t, including a willingness to ask basic questions and a genuine orientation toward service over infrastructure. “We’re delivering customer service,” she says. “We’re just doing it through technology.” She gets into the practicalities of scaling across Canadian markets. What breaks when you grow beyond your home city, how vertical specialization in architecture and construction, legal, and mining shapes hiring and delivery, and what it means to maintain culture at 80-plus employees across five cities. Roy is also one of the more honest voices you’ll hear on what life inside a PE-backed platform actually looks like. Nucleus is part of Lyra Technology Group, the Evergreen Services Group portfolio of MSPs. She’s specific about what that relationship delivers — a six-hour cross-portfolio hire, proprietary tooling shared from a sister company, a peer network that can produce a Linux specialist or boots on the ground in Australia on short notice — and honest about what it took to get comfortable operating within that structure. On AI, she’s practical rather than promotional: automated client reporting built around her own communication style, a shadow AI mitigation campaign that turned a risk conversation into a client engagement opportunity. It’s a wide-ranging conversation, and a genuinely candid one. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In the Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. My guest today is Jennifer Roy, CEO of Nucleus Networks, a managed service provider based in Vancouver that now operates across five Canadian cities. Nucleus was recently named to the CRN MSP 500 Pioneer 250 list, and Jennifer herself was named CEO of the Year by The Channel Company in 2024. What I find really interesting about Jennifer’s story is that she didn’t come up through IT. She had no technical background when she took her first MSP job about 15 years ago. She worked her way from service manager to COO to CEO, and along the way built her reputation for people-first leadership and culture building in an industry that doesn’t always prioritize those things. We’re going to talk about what it actually looks like to scale a Canadian MSP nationally, how she thinks about hiring and culture when one wrong person can undo years of work, what it’s like operating inside a PE-backed platform like Lyra Technology Group while keeping your own identity, and where she sees AI fitting into the MSP business model right now. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Jennifer Roy. Robert Dutt: Jennifer, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Jennifer Roy: Thank you so much for having me. Robert Dutt: You’ve talked openly about the fact that when you got your first job in the MSP world, you didn’t know what most of the acronyms in the job description meant — and that’s something I can relate to. I don’t know if you remember or know Nick Tidd, who led 3Com Canada and has gone through a variety of channel roles. But when I was a young reporter, he took me aside and said, “The thing you have to watch for in this industry is the TLAs.” I didn’t bite on that, and it was a great joke at the time. But anyway, the point being — you didn’t come in as a technician. What made you apply anyway? What do you think being a non-technical leader brings to an MSP that someone who has that technical background might not? Jennifer Roy: Great question. When I started in this industry — and I’m going to age myself here — close to 15 years ago, I was working in a quasi-government job and I had gone on maternity leave. I had come back from having my daughter and realized that I was underutilized and really bored. It just wasn’t a fast enough pace for me to feel fulfilled every day. So I had gone to my manager, who was also a good friend of mine, and said to her, “I think it’s time. I’m going to start looking, and I want you to know — I want to be really upfront and clear — that you’re going to lose me likely sooner than later because I’m going to start looking for a new role.” She was so incredibly supportive and said to me, “I’ve got this tech company that’s looking for a service manager. They’re looking for someone to come in and help with their operations. Is it maybe something you want to explore?” I said, “Well, send me the job description and I’ll take a look.” I looked at the job description and I didn’t know any of the acronyms. I didn’t know what ITIL was. I didn’t know what a SAN was. I didn’t know VPN. I didn’t know any of these things. I said to her, “I’m vastly underqualified for this position.” She said, “I know the consultant that’s helping them hire — I think you should at least have a conversation.” I thought, “Okay, what’s the worst that’s going to happen? I apply for this job and don’t get it?” So I applied, and it happened to be the legend Chris Jay’s MSP. They interviewed me — I met with Todd Kane and Chris Jay throughout the process, had a couple of interviews. Really, what they were looking for was somebody who wasn’t going to think from a technical perspective, but look at things from a client perspective and a coaching and leadership perspective — which were tools I had. So I took a leap of faith, and they also took a leap of faith and hired me to run their service desk. I think it was a very unique experience, something I didn’t think I was capable of doing. But I’ve always been a big believer that growth happens when you’re uncomfortable. So I made myself really uncomfortable taking a position I was massively underqualified for — and then 15 years later, this is where I’m at. The piece that I think I offer that’s different than technical leaders is I always look at things from that client perspective. My CTO is really great at finding unique technical solutions. But my first question is always: how does that impact our people? Not just our clients, but our team. Is it going to be a positive benefit for them? So I think that’s what I bring that’s different. Robert Dutt: You joined Nucleus as COO in late 2021 and took over as CEO from Martin DesRosiers in 2024. He’d been in the chair for a decade and built a lot of what Nucleus is. What was it like stepping into that? What did you want to keep, and where did it feel like you needed to put your own stamp on things? Jennifer Roy: Big shoes to fill for sure. I was hired in late 2021 as Chief Operating Officer — operations has been my background forever, so it was a really comfortable position to come in and kind of become Martin’s right hand. I looked at all of Nucleus’s operations. Nucleus had done an incredible job of building their brand and their business, but coming in with a fresh perspective, I was able to optimize a lot of their KPIs and processes and procedures. I had a lot of fun restructuring operations when I first joined. In January of 2024, when Martin asked me to take over as CEO as he elevated up to our parent company, I was definitely nervous. One, I had never been a CEO before. Two, I was stepping into these huge shoes. And then also — the elephant in the room — I’m a woman CEO of an MSP and there’s not a lot of us. So I was also mindful of the fact that I had to live up to that standard as well. Some of the things Martin had done for the last decade I kept, because don’t change what’s not broken. But I also wanted to put my stamp on things. I used that opportunity to make changes that we probably should have made but had stayed comfortable on. I’ll use a really simple example: we were a Microsoft shop, but we used Slack as our main messaging platform. I said, “Why do we have two? This doesn’t make sense.” Everyone was really comfortable with Slack and loved it, but it was a good way for me to say, “With new leadership comes new changes. We’re a Microsoft shop — we need to eat our own dog food. We’re getting rid of Slack.” So I made some small changes, and that really wasn’t just to put my own stamp on things — the timing just made sense. New leadership, some changes we probably should have done a long time ago. I also did a reorg and changed the reporting structure, moved some leaders into different roles I thought they were better suited for. I moved our Director of Client Success into a VP of Operations role because I didn’t backfill my COO position — I just elevated him and put him into a role he can now grow into. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk expansion. Nucleus started in Vancouver and now has offices in Victoria, Prince George, Calgary, and Toronto. For MSP owners listening who are thinking about expanding beyond their home market — what did you learn about scaling a company across cities, and what broke along the way that you had to fix? Jennifer Roy: Scaling across cities is challenging. Anyone who has done it with ease, I would love to learn from. It is hard to get penetration in a market you are not currently in. Building that brand awareness and reputation is difficult unless you have an anchor client that’s really helping you with referrals. Finding talent in a new city, building brand awareness in a new city, getting new logos — a lot of what MSPs sell comes down to trust. You’re asking someone to buy recurring services. This is not a one-time transaction. It’s a recurring relationship, which means you really have to have that trust. It’s harder when you’re an unknown presence. In Vancouver, we have a ton of legal clients. I can sign legal clients much easier here because I can name-drop those other clients. When we move into a new market, I don’t have that big group of logos to point to. The biggest lesson I’ve learned is that you need to be prepared to make an investment when you go into a new market. You need to be prepared that you’re not going to sign new clients before you hire staff and before you get marketing spend going in that area. You really have to be prepared to take a loss before you start to see the rewards. If you haven’t budgeted to lose money to expand, then you’re probably not prepared to do it. Robert Dutt: You touch on the legal vertical, and you’ve built real depth in a number of verticals — in architecture, in construction, in legal, and in very Canadian style, in mining. How deliberate was the choice to specialize, and how does vertical focus change the way that you hire, sell, and ultimately deliver those recurring services? Jennifer Roy: We started in architecture, engineering, and construction. Nucleus’s founder was an engineer by trade who was really handy with computers and ended up branching and developing Nucleus from that. So AEC is where we started. For a long time, the majority of our clients were in that vertical. Then we started to layer in nonprofits and expanded from there — so now, as you mentioned, mining, legal, nonprofits, and AEC are our biggest verticals. Although if you ask me, “Do you have a client in hospitality?” Yes. “Manufacturing?” Yes. We’re really vertical-agnostic, but we hire sometimes based on skill set for a specific vertical. If you’re hiring someone for an architecture and engineering firm, someone who knows AutoCAD is probably going to be helpful. Or if you’re hiring in our legal pod — because we do everything through pods, so we have a pod that supports most of our legal clients — knowing PC Law or Easy Law and being able to troubleshoot errors with those line-of-business applications is going to be super helpful. One of my account executives has a background working in marketing at law firms and is well connected in that space. He is my go-to to sell agreements at law firms because he understands lawyers, he understands their assistants, he understands what’s important. He understands why if you can’t print a document, that’s a crisis at a law firm in a way that it might not be at a marketing agency. So we try to hire looking at where those skills will come in handy for the verticals we mostly support. Robert Dutt: You’ve said that people-first leadership isn’t just a slogan — not just a poster on the wall — it’s a daily operating philosophy. And I think that makes sense given the operational lens you come from. You’ve also been pretty candid about being a Type A personality who’s had to learn to delegate and trust as you move through the ranks. For MSP owners who hear “culture” and think it sounds soft — what does people-first actually look like operationally at Nucleus, and what changed in the business when you leaned into it? Jennifer Roy: People-first to me really means that you make decisions that are going to be the most impactful for your team. Because if you take care of your people, they take care of you, and they take care of your clients. So things like investing in training and development, having better-than-average benefits, better-than-average vacation, better-than-average pay — those are the things that keep people, and you protect your culture like nothing else. I hire by our core values. I fire by our core values. I am so particular about who we let join the team. A warm body is not good enough. I would rather have a vacancy for six months than hire the wrong person, because one toxic person can ruin everything you’ve built. We’re a remote-first company. The majority of our people work remotely — that makes it a challenge to build camaraderie. You don’t get those water cooler conversations, so you have to be very intentional. We have huddles with each team a couple of times a week, and I make a point of joining those huddles even as CEO, just to say hello and get face time. I have an open door policy — anyone can Teams me, text me, call me with anything they want. We do fireside chats where people can sign up and ask anything, an ask-me-anything format that rotates through our executive team. No questions are off limits. Quarterly, we do a town hall. I have a slide I call “the good, the bad, and the ugly” and I am super transparent: what went well, what didn’t go well that quarter, and what is the ugly. Even if the ugly is something I’m responsible for and I made a mistake, I hold myself accountable to the whole company and say, “I did you guys wrong. I made this decision, here’s the impact it had, here’s what I learned, and here’s what I’m going to take away from it.” I’m really proud that employee one and employee two from Nucleus are still here today, over 20 years later. That’s really unheard of in the MSP space. Our average tenure is close to four years — from what I’ve seen, the average at other MSPs I’ve worked from was about two years. So we’re almost double. I think a big piece of that comes down to providing a culture and a place where people feel safe — that psychological safety to challenge, to say “I don’t agree with this” or “this process didn’t roll out smoothly for me and here’s why.” That psychological safety is what builds the culture piece, where people feel invested and feel like they’re part of the bigger picture. It is not just a slogan on the wall. I read every single comment on our ENPS verbatim — I don’t have HR summarize it for me. I read every comment. I want to know exactly what we need to do as an organization to provide a better home for our people. Robert Dutt: Nucleus is part of the Lyra Technology Group family now — 75-plus MSPs under that umbrella. A lot of MSP owners are either being approached by PE-backed platforms, watching peers who’ve gone that route, or thinking about it themselves. What does that relationship actually look like from the inside? What do you get from being part of the group that you wouldn’t have on your own — and conversely, what did you have to give up? Jennifer Roy: Great question. And your count is actually a little lower than what it is — the last I heard was 111 MSPs. Globally, I’m told we are the largest MSP in the world with all 111 MSPs under the Lyra umbrella. I’ll be super honest: when Evergreen purchased Nucleus, it was before I had started. They purchased in July of 2021, I joined in December of 2021. I will admit I was ignorant and did not know about the acquisition. I had known of Nucleus in the marketplace before and did not know they had been purchased by Evergreen. So it was during my first week of onboarding that I found out about Evergreen and Lyra and went, “Oh — what did I get myself into?” Thinking: private equity, this is going to be a lot of red tape, this is going to be really difficult. I was reassured: no, it’s decentralized, we operate as we always have. And one of the best examples I give of that decentralization model is how I was hired. I had exited my last MSP and was looking for a new home. Todd Kane — who’s been a mentor of mine and gave me my first role at Fully Managed — put on LinkedIn that he knew an operations leader who was looking for a new home. He lined up a whole bunch of interviews for me. This was just a few days after I was unemployed. I had all these job offers, and then Nucleus came to the table. I said, “Listen, it’s Friday morning and I’ve told everyone I’ll give them an answer by Friday at five o’clock. You have six hours if you want me.” Martin worked double time, had conversations with me and the rest of the executive team, and got me an offer in six hours. They had not budgeted for a COO. They had not posted for a COO. It was not a role they were actively looking to fill — but Martin knew there was talent there and he wanted to hire it. He didn’t need to go to Evergreen or Lyra and say, “Can I get approval to hire this executive team member?” He was able to just say, “I’ll figure out my budget. It’s my budget. I’m going to hire her.” That to me is the biggest story of decentralization — the fact that you can move that fast and there isn’t a lot of red tape. In addition to that, we’ve got 111 operating companies, which means my geographical reach is incredible. I have a client with an office in Australia — I can pick up the phone and call one of my partners in Australia and say, “Can you do boots on the ground for me?” No problem. And they’ll likewise send their work in Canada to me. So we’ve got this vast network of trusted people, whereas otherwise you’re googling someone and hoping they’ll represent your company well. And I’ve got a built-in peer group. We recently implemented Thread and were having some issues with it. We were able to call a sister company in the US and say, “I know you’re highly successful with Thread — can you help us with this?” And they said, “Here’s our code.” Most MSPs are not that transparent — “here’s our secret sauce, you can have it.” So it’s been really incredible from a professional development standpoint, and just having those relationships to leverage. The team at Lyra genuinely cares about the operating companies. I feel like I’ve got additional support, but not a high level of involvement where they’re stepping on my toes. I’ve just got an arm of support if I need it. Robert Dutt: And I have to imagine — to your point on the Thread issue — with a hundred-plus organizations of people all sitting in the same seat as you, if you go and say, “Hey, I’m seeing X, anyone else seen this?” — odds are pretty good someone’s going to put their hand up. Jennifer Roy: A hundred percent. And it goes the other way too — there are sometimes opportunities. I recently had an RFP that needed Linux support, and we’re not a big Linux shop. I went into my peer group and said, “Does anyone have a Linux expert who can help me bid on this? It’s only two servers — I can support everything else.” I had a handful of people say, “Yes, no problem.” It really creates more opportunity for our business than we would have without it. Robert Dutt: You were just on a panel at the Pax8 sales kickoff talking about AI-driven services. You told CRN that your investments this year are focused on AI-enabled automation and better data integration. Where are you actually deploying AI at Nucleus right now, and how do you think about that as a business opportunity versus a change to the billable-hour model? Jennifer Roy: There are a lot of AI initiatives happening at Nucleus. We’re looking at our internal processes and how we can automate and create smart AI for our current workflows. A perfect example: I have a monthly report I send up to Lyra covering how things are going in each department — initiatives, financial results. I used to ask every department to send me a summary, then I’d take all those summaries, combine them into one, and send it. It was really time-consuming, and I’d often kick things back to leaders and say, “I need more data, more context, this isn’t written clearly enough.” So I’d give coaching, wait for a revision, and go back and forth. Our CTO built a simple smart form so that if a department head didn’t provide enough data in their response, it would say, “You do not have data in this. You need data. Jen will send this back to you.” The coaching was already baked into the form. And then it would consolidate all of their writing to sound like me — he built it by taking my old documents and putting them into AI and saying, “Make it sound like Jen.” It combines all the data, and then I go in and edit and clean it up, versus having to do it all from scratch. It probably saves six hours a month of my time. For our clients, we’re looking at their workflows and starting really small — but we’re starting. We’re taking our noisiest clients, the ones who generate the most support tickets, and using them as guinea pigs to create AI and automation to reduce our support hours. I’m not necessarily billing them a ton of money for it yet — I’m really focused on what we can learn from their environment so we can make it more marketable and repeatable. I’m also working on a big initiative to provide a tool called Synthrio to all of our clients as part of an opt-out campaign — so looking at how we can help our clients use AI in a safe, controlled way. We know shadow AI is happening everywhere. So how do we make it so that we can provide it in a controlled environment where our clients aren’t losing their IP? That should be going live in the next couple of weeks. Robert Dutt: I love that example of automating what you can for those noisier customers. It looks like value add for them as a client, and it’s also value add for you as an MSP — because your effective billing rate goes up. Jennifer Roy: Totally. And at the same time, I’m getting my technicians and engineers trained on how to create workflows. Without those real-life examples, we’re kind of flying blind. Robert Dutt: You’re plugged into the North American MSP community pretty deeply at this point — between Lyra’s peer network and various organizational communities. When you compare notes with your American peers, what feels different about running an MSP in Canada? Is the Canadian market catching up, leading, or playing a different game entirely? Jennifer Roy: Interesting question. I don’t know that there are a lot of differences, honestly. There are differences depending on geographic region — I have a peer in New York City and their hourly rate is basically double mine. Vancouver is an expensive city, but New York is more so. So there are differences in what you can charge per user or per hour. But I don’t actually think there is a ton of difference in how we operate. There are economic challenges in Canada that are different from the US at different times, but they’re all very similar. I think we all operate very similarly. The biggest piece I would say is you have to be a little more mindful of Canadian data residency. Our clients want their data in Canada, so there are certain partnerships I’ve had to exclude because they weren’t willing to guarantee Canadian data residency. I can’t take on a new partner if they can’t host our data in Canada. Those are some small differences — but really, I always say: we’re delivering customer service. We’re just doing it through technology. I don’t think where you are matters that much. Robert Dutt: How do you see that data residency and increasingly data sovereignty conversation evolving with your customers? Jennifer Roy: It’s definitely evolved over the years, and I think it’s become more important — especially around certain verticals that want to ensure their data is protected and kept in Canada. We work with some investment firms and companies with personal identification data that they absolutely do not want released anywhere. So we really need to look at each client specifically: what is the requirement for their vertical, and how do we ensure their data is safe? We are a SOC 2 Type 2 organization, so we take security and governance measures very seriously and ensure we’re following those to a T. And I won’t sign a deal if a client comes to us with requirements that I don’t know how we’d fulfill. I’ll walk away from the opportunity — the last thing I want to do is fail a client. Robert Dutt: My last question. You guys hit 25 next year at Nucleus. Where does Nucleus go from here? What does the next chapter look like? Jennifer Roy: I want to see us double our growth in the next five years — new logos, revenue, team members. Even with the introduction of AI and automation, I don’t want to see our team size shrink. I want to see us be able to work on different and more creative things. I’d love to see us be fully across Canada, not just in the three provinces we’re currently in. That’s a very lofty goal — that’s my BHAG — but that’s where I’d like to see us in five years. Just growth, growth, growth, and brand awareness. I think Nucleus is a well-known brand, especially across Canada, but I’d love to see it even more so. Robert Dutt: Well, good luck on attaining all those goals. And thinking back to something you said in answer to the first question — about feeling like things weren’t changing fast enough in the role you were in before you took that first MSP job — I don’t think that’s a complaint you have about the managed services world. Jennifer Roy: No. And this is why I’m still here 15 years later — I like fast-paced. I always say my peak performance is at the brink of overwhelmed. Just before I’m overwhelmed, that is the time when I am at my best. The MSP industry keeps me on my toes. I actually can’t imagine leaving this space and going anywhere else. I love it. Robert Dutt: Brilliant. Thanks for taking the time and sharing some of your insights. Jennifer Roy: Thank you so much for having me. I appreciate your time. [MUSIC] Robert Dutt: There you have it — Jennifer Roy from Nucleus Networks. I’d like to thank Jennifer for her time, and honestly, for her candor. This was not a corporate interview. She was remarkably open about what it feels like to take a job you’re not qualified for on paper, about the pressures of being one of the very few women CEOs in the MSP space, and about what people-first leadership actually costs you day to day when you’re reading every single employee comment and holding yourself publicly accountable when you get it wrong. A few things that stuck with me. First, her point that customer service is what MSPs actually deliver — the technology is just the vehicle. Simple reframe, but I think a lot of MSP owners would run their businesses a little differently if they really internalized it. Second, the Lyra and Evergreen story. If you’ve been wondering what PE involvement actually looks like from the inside of a Canadian MSP, this is probably the most specific and honest account I’ve heard. Hiring someone in six hours through a sister company, getting proprietary code handed over, having boots on the ground in Australia through the network — those are real, tangible examples of what a platform can do for you. And third, her approach to AI. No hype, no panic — just practical applications like automated reporting and shadow AI mitigation that are already saving her team time and creating new conversations with clients. If you enjoyed this conversation, please follow or subscribe to In The Channel. You can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most podcast directories. And if you’ve got a moment, a rating or review goes a long way toward helping other channel professionals find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Everpure, formerly Pure Storage, has launched a new global partner program that replaces volume tiers with an outcomes-led model focused on service delivery and recurring revenue for MSPs. Copado has introduced Agentia, an AI-driven platform for Salesforce DevOps that uses context-aware agents to automate testing and compliance workflows. Acer Gadget has completed a strategic investment in Plugable Technologies to expand its reach into the AI-peripheral and workspace connectivity markets. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, I’m Robert Dutt, today is Tuesday, April 21, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Everpure, the company formerly known as Pure Storage, has unveiled a comprehensive overhaul of its global partner program. Moving away from traditional tiering based strictly on volume, the new framework focuses on an outcomes-led model designed to reward partners for service delivery and recurring revenue growth. Key features include a simplified incentive structure and enhanced technical support for managed service providers. According to Everpure, the change is intended to align more closely with how modern customers consume storage-as-a-service. For Canadian MSPs, this shift represents a significant opportunity to move beyond hardware resale. By prioritizing service outcomes over box-pushing, partners can leverage Everpure’s consumption-based models to build more predictable margin into their cloud and hybrid storage offerings. The update also includes new competency-based tracks that allow smaller, specialized firms to access benefits previously reserved for high-volume resellers. Copado has officially launched Agentia, a new platform designed to integrate context-aware AI agents into Salesforce DevOps workflows. The tool is positioned by the company as a way to automate complex testing, documentation, and compliance tasks that typically require manual intervention. Copado claims that Agentia can understand the specific business logic of a Salesforce environment, allowing it to provide more accurate suggestions than general-purpose AI models. This launch is particularly relevant for Canadian solution providers managing large-scale Salesforce deployments. As talent shortages in specialized DevOps roles continue, the ability to automate routine oversight through AI agents could allow MSPs to scale their operations without a linear increase in headcount. By reducing the time required for quality assurance and release management, providers may be able to increase their project velocity while maintaining high standards for security and compliance. Acer Gadget has announced a strategic investment in Plugable Technologies, a leading provider of USB and Thunderbolt peripherals. The investment is intended to accelerate the expansion of Acer’s peripheral portfolio, with a specific focus on AI-enabled docking stations and productivity tools. While Plugable will continue to operate as an independent brand, the two companies noted in a statement that they will collaborate on product development and global supply chain logistics. This deal signals a consolidation in the workspace technology sector. MSPs can expect to see a broader range of high-performance connectivity solutions that are increasingly integrated with Acer’s hardware ecosystem. As the hybrid work model evolves, the demand for sophisticated peripheral hardware remains high, and this partnership likely ensures better availability and integrated support for partners providing end-to-end hardware solutions to their clients. And for those of you who have been around the Canadian channel scene for a while, it's worth mentioning that Plugable's CEO is none other than Lynn Smurthwaite-Murphy. Later today on In The Channel, I am joined by Jennifer Roy of Nucleus Networks to discuss the evolving landscape of channel leadership and the importance of mentorship in tech. And if you haven’t heard it yet, be sure to check out my conversation from yesterday with Ben Yerushalmi of OutSystems, where we took a deep dive into the impact of low-code platforms on modern application development. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening.

Benjamin Yerushalmi, senior vice president of partners and alliances at OutSystems OutSystems launched its redesigned Elevate partner program in late February – a ground-up rethink that moves away from volume-based incentives toward a point-based earned level model weighted toward AI credentials and delivery outcomes. To walk through what changed and why, I spoke with Benjamin Yerushalmi, OutSystems’ senior vice president of partners and alliances and a three-time CRN Channel Chief, who came to OutSystems from Automation Anywhere and before that spent seven years at Salesforce building global alliance teams. That arc across three major technology waves gives him an interesting vantage point on what actually gets partners to invest – and how the pitch changes when you’re not working for a juggernaut. The most substantive part of the conversation is about where the services work is moving. Ben describes a clear shift toward front-end advisory – design, architecture, change management, understanding how AI agents will function alongside people – and away from pure back-end implementation. Partners are also doing more objection handling earlier in the cycle, including making the case against what Ben calls “vibe coding tools.” His line: you’re using a vibe coding tool, you’re gonna get vibe code. We also got into the Elevate mechanics: the Elite Delivery Partner credential (earned per individual, not per organization, which changes the calculus for smaller shops), how OutSystems is weighting points toward Agent Workbench and ODC to drive partner behavior toward newer AI products, and Ben’s framing of the competitive landscape as convergence and coexistence rather than zero-sum competition with Microsoft, ServiceNow, and Salesforce. OutSystems is an enterprise play, and not every shop in our audience is landing these deals. But the conversation about where partner economics are heading in the agentic AI era applies well beyond any single vendor’s program. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. My guest today is Benjamin Yerushalmi, senior vice president of partners and alliances at OutSystems, the enterprise low-code and AI development platform. Ben is a three-time CRN channel chief who spent the last decade-plus building partner ecosystems at Salesforce, Automation Anywhere, and now OutSystems – three companies that each represent a different wave of technology transformation, from cloud CRM to intelligent automation to what’s now being called the agentic AI era. OutSystems recently launched Elevate, a ground-up redesign of its partner program that shifts the incentive model away from volume and toward outcomes, customer satisfaction, and AI credentials. Now, OutSystems may not be a name that’s top of mind for a lot of solution providers in our audience, but the conversation we had touches on questions that are very much in play for every partner right now. What does an agentic AI engagement actually look like from a services standpoint? How is the work shifting from implementation to advisory? And what do you do when a customer asks why they shouldn’t just use a vibe coding tool instead? Let’s get right into it. My chat with Ben Yerushalmi. Robert Dutt: Ben, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Ben Yerushalmi: Thank you for having me. Robert Dutt: The last time we spoke, you were at Automation Anywhere – it was their event in Austin a couple years ago. Before that, you were with Salesforce, now OutSystems. Three very different platforms, but in all of them you’ve been building or revamping a partner ecosystem around a technology wave. What’s the thread that connects those experiences for you? What have you learned about what actually works when you’re asking partners to bet on something, especially when it’s early innings of that particular wave? Ben Yerushalmi: Great question. It’s interesting, because three very different experiences. When you’re with a company like Salesforce, Salesforce is a juggernaut in a lot of respects. There are a lot of partners who are very invested in your success. They’ve got big business units, big practices, and there’s a clear ROI. Salesforce is creating a lot of demand in the market. When you’re with a mid-sized software company like Automation Anywhere or OutSystems, the challenge is still the same – you have to present them with a reasonable business case for investing in your technology and then going to market with you. Because you don’t have a shiny blue cloud on your business card, I think it’s a much bigger challenge. You have to do things like build a partner program that’s designed for growth, build a partner program with clear benefits to the partners about how they’re going to lean in, why they’re going to lean in, how they’re going to engage with your brand. It is a slightly different challenge – or a vastly different challenge. And when you’re with the smaller companies, the need to move fast is so urgent, especially where we are right now in this market with AI impacting everything we do. Messaging is changing, the go-to-market models are changing, the expectations of our customers are changing. Building a program that can be flexible, fast-moving, and built for growth is just super critical. Robert Dutt: OutSystems has been around for 25 years now, but Elevate feels like a pretty significant rethink of how you engage partners. I suspect your previous answer may have covered some of the territory, but what was broken – or not working well enough – about the old model that made you say, “All right, fresh sheet of paper, let’s do something new here”? Ben Yerushalmi: Look, nothing was broken. We had a functioning partner program that evolved over time, and none of the iterations it evolved through looked like the market we’re in today. We really needed to take a step back and strategically look at the program, think about what needed to be built in that could move at the pace of the market and give the ecosystem the things it was going to need to grow. For example, if you look at the old program – big emphasis on new logos, big emphasis on partners that had the implementation skills. Both super important, but only a fraction of how our partner ecosystem adds value to our brand, to our customers, and in the things they do to drive outcomes. We really had to reposition the program. First, pivot everything toward AI – everything from how we measure financial impact, to how we reward training and enablement, to how we measure CSAT and outcomes. Everything had to shift to AI. We also had to acknowledge all of the different ways that partners add value. Not just sourcing new logos, but co-sell, resell, managed service, MSP, ISV – and not just new logo acquisition, but growth in our existing accounts. Partners source business in our existing accounts. Partners are the best set of people to go in – especially when they apply their AI expertise, their industry expertise – and really grow our footprint at those accounts and truly drive outcomes and value for our customers. We had to acknowledge that. We also had to think about what we could build into the program to incent our ecosystem to be thinking about industries, to be thinking about agentic solutions, and to drive that behavior. Robert Dutt: One of the things that jumps out about Elevate is the shift toward earned levels based on outcomes and customer sat rather than just volume. That’s a trend we’re seeing across the industry. But it does raise the question: does that model inherently favor larger partners who can invest in multiple certifications and have that CSAT infrastructure, or is there a path for smaller partners as well? Ben Yerushalmi: There is. We have a number of examples of smaller-scale partners that have achieved some of the higher levels in the program. We also have examples of smaller partners who are on path to achieve Elite Delivery Partner status – because it’s not one credential per person. One person can have multiple credentials across the different disciplines. It doesn’t necessarily favor large partners. Now, when we launch Global Strategic – which would be a tier sitting above Platinum – that may, just because of sheer scale, favor larger partners. That said, our company is going to run on the strength of our Silver partners, our Gold partners. It truly takes partners across all of those levels to build a healthy go-to-market. I’m not terribly concerned about where smaller partners are going to find their place in the program. The other thing – and I’ve gotten a lot of questions about this – the Premier level in the old program basically maps to Gold in the new program. Platinum is effectively the level above that for partners to strive for. Robert Dutt: You’ve weighted agentic AI credentials pretty heavily in the point system, for obvious reasons. How are you credentialing something that’s that new and that quickly evolving? What does an agentic AI competency look like for a partner today versus what you expect it to look like a year from now? Ben Yerushalmi: You tell me what the market’s going to look like a year from now. What we’re doing right now is putting emphasis on our AI-built components. For example, Agent Workbench is going to carry a higher number of points in the program than O11. ODC is going to have a higher number of points than O11. As we continue to release additional AI-built products, we’ll continue that over-weighting. It’s simple – it’s trying to encourage a behavior. Staying at pace with the market is a massive challenge. One of the things we need to make sure is that as fast as we’re moving, as fast as our messaging evolves to meet the demands of the market, our partners have to come along with us. Partner enablement is one of the most important things we’re going to do this year – around messaging, around hands-on product enablement on all of the innovation we’re bringing to market. Because we want to encourage partners to go out and get those credentials, we’re putting the weighting in the program. It’s also a faster path to up-leveling within the program. Retooling all of your practitioners is something we need all of our partners to do – it’s a big undertaking. Robert Dutt: Everyone in the industry is talking about agentic AI. You touched on the role of Agent Workbench and how it’s a core piece for you. Curious what you’re hearing from a partner economics standpoint – when a partner takes on an agentic AI engagement, what does that actually look like? Is it a dev project, a consulting engagement, something that becomes a managed service? What are you seeing as the motion for partners today? Ben Yerushalmi: That’s a great question. We’ve historically had – maybe a small army, but a really great ecosystem of – partners with strong technical skills that did a really great job of implementing. We were a leader in the low-code space, implementing rapid application development and doing great things for our customers. We had a lot of folks that were really strong on the back end of a project, on the implementation side. What we’re seeing now with agentic is that there’s a lot more work for partners on the front end – on the design, on the architecture, on thinking through the downstream change management implications, the way agents are going to have to work within the current corporate and IT environment. Just to use the most common example: if you’ve got an agent working alongside humans with humans in the loop, that impacts how an organization functions. You need to be thinking through those things on the early side of these engagements. So we’re seeing a shift to more work on the front end, because you’re not just thinking about how do I architect the solution and how do I build it – you’re thinking about all of the downstream impact on how an organization functions. We’re also seeing a lot more experimentation. What can these tools do? What can these agents really do? Our partners are being asked what the best technology is. Our partners are being asked to evaluate us alongside other technologies. We’re seeing competition from all directions, and our partners really need to understand how to sell the value of our platform and handle a lot of the objection handling earlier in the cycle. Why can’t I just use a vibe coding tool, for example, versus Mentor or Agent Workbench? We always go back to the platform messaging – if you’re using a vibe coding tool, you’re going to get vibe code. At the end of the day, you still need a platform that takes care of governance, security, privacy, compliance. But our partners are being asked all those questions up front. There’s a lot more advisory that now goes into any level of engagement. Robert Dutt: Along the same lines but with a slightly different take – where are you seeing partners actually generating revenue with agentic AI today, versus where is it still more of “we see the opportunity, we’re investing, and expect the payoff in a year or so”? Ben Yerushalmi: Look, I think the end state for a lot of this is envisioning multi-agent systems operating within our customers’ technology and corporate environment. We are starting to see that emerge, and we’re starting to see our partners build multi-agent workflows – not just one-offs. These are starting to look like repeatable solutions, which is really great. Think about areas like claims processing – that’s one where you see a lot of examples. You’re starting to see people build claims assessment agents, claims orchestration agents, claims adjudication, and these are repeatable solutions. You’re also starting to see a lot of things, especially on consumer-facing apps, where digital agents are handling a lot of the customer interface. Those are things that are repeatable and can be used across industries. You’re starting to see really interesting things with voice-enabled agents. I listened to a demo just today where it was every bit as good as talking to a human – a natural language conversation, all built on the core components of OutSystems, and it can be used across industries. You’re also starting to see complex industry use cases. As we go to market in finance, in manufacturing, in public sector, we’re seeing our partners bring repeatable solutions for a joint go-to-market. In addition to the things we’re building, we’re starting to see our partners lean into those industries, bring those repeatable solutions, and color outside the areas where we’re investing so we can cover off other industries. We’re also launching a program within Elevate that contains the framework for industry-focused go-to-market programs. Robert Dutt: A bit earlier, you mentioned there is a space and a motion for the smaller deep-dive specialist kind of partner to succeed with you. Given that a lot of our audience – especially here in Canada – is smaller solution providers, MSPs, VARs, people who live in the Microsoft ecosystem and serve the mid-market, can you elaborate on what makes for a successful partner for OutSystems in that space? What are the common threads you see, and what do those partners typically get out of it? Ben Yerushalmi: One of the things we’re seeing is partners investing in getting the Elite Delivery Partner status. Before, we just had Delivery Partner – a fairly low threshold. Now we have the Elite Delivery Partner threshold, which is an indication to our customers that our partners, big and small, know our platform every bit as well as our professional services team. Reaching EDP is something that can be done by large and small partners alike, and that’s where we’re going to tend to recommend partners who have achieved those higher levels. Those are the partners that will likely get subcontracting work from us – that becomes super important. It also doesn’t take a large partner to invest in an industry solution. You need to be thinking about the demands of the market you want to serve and where you want to make those investments. It doesn’t take a large partner to offer a managed service. Those are all things that drive faster time to market and faster time to value for our customers. Having a niche in a market where you can sell is also important, because financial impact is a big component of how you level up in the program. We have small to mid-sized partners that have achieved the top tier. You need to be thinking about the buckets of contribution – co-sell, resell, anything adding financial impact, new logos, credentials, CSAT, program track. All of those buckets contain a lot of different areas to earn points for partners that don’t have a giant GSI logo. It was really designed for partners of all sizes. Silver, Gold, even Bronze partners are adding a ton of value to our customers. Our sellers recognize who they need to align with in a given market. We’re also putting tools in the hands of our PAMs and sellers so they can understand the capability, capacity, and competency of every partner in our ecosystem – who knows how to sell our platform, who has flawless delivery, who has expertise in a given industry or geo or domain – so that we can really arm our sellers with the information they need to align with the right partner. Robert Dutt: For a partner who’s living in that Microsoft-centric world and has started delivering Power Platform to their customers, what’s the conversation? Is there a both/and at different tiers of the market, or do you see OutSystems occupying a fundamentally different space? Ben Yerushalmi: Great question. Look, just about everywhere I’ve worked, I’ve competed with Microsoft – I’ve never worked for Microsoft. They’re a great company. Here, as at Automation Anywhere, the question of how we compete with Microsoft has come up. I think at the end of the day, it’s going to be co-opetition in a lot of ways, because there is room for coexistence at a lot of our customers. If you step back and look at the competition – from vibe coding tools to a lot of the traditional players – I think where we all converge is around agentic. The Gartner BOAT quadrant – Business Orchestration and Automation Technology – came out about nine months ago. It has the automation players, the low-code players, some of the big ISVs like Salesforce, ServiceNow, and Microsoft, and the process orchestration players like Pega and Appian – and where we all converge is around agentic. I need to be able to compete and win against each one of those players and understand exactly how I’m going to do that. But I also have to understand that in any enterprise architecture, we’re going to need to coexist. We have partnerships with a number of the companies we compete with in that quadrant. I always want to win when we’re going toe to toe, but the right solution for a customer may have one, two, or more of those players in a given solution. There are some great companies in that mix, and we’re going to need to work alongside them. Robert Dutt: You’ve now built partner programs across cloud CRM, RPA, and low-code/agentic AI – three waves of technology. If you had to tell a solution provider today where to place their bets for the next three to five years in terms of building a practice and generating new service revenue – not necessarily OutSystems-specific, but across the industry – what would you tell them? Ben Yerushalmi: Flexibility has to be inherent in everything people do. The ability to move at speed and adapt has to be critical. Every company is under pressure to do something with AI – not I think, I know. So people who are investing need to be thinking about skating to where the puck is going. I woke up too early this morning and was reading the news, and there was a fully AI-enabled humanoid robot at the White House. You see stuff like that and you think, where is all of this headed? But you know there is a world of changing work patterns, a world where AI touches every aspect of everybody’s job. You’ve got to think about the technologies that are going to help companies get to that clearly agentic future. And at OutSystems, we obviously believe we are well positioned to tackle that challenge. But you also have to think about this: it’s not just having those hands-on keyboard skills anymore. Customers want people who can take them on that journey. They want partners who can help them think about what are the high-value use cases, how are we going to architect that into our existing enterprise architecture, how are we going to build the applications – and then also manage all of the downstream implications and continue to evolve what we’ve built. Because if you look at a lot of the technologies out there today, they’re cool, they’re exciting, but the second you roll them out, you’re creating technical debt. You need to be making bets in platforms that are going to evolve with the market. Robert Dutt: Last question. A year from now, what does success look like for Elevate? What’s the number or the outcome that tells you this worked? Ben Yerushalmi: What we rolled out in February was half of the vision. There’s still a lot coming. Working through the roadmap of additional elements to Elevate is going to be really important – everything from how we leverage MDF and rethink that model, to how we rebuild our resell model to promote growth in the market, to continuing to stay ahead of the enablement challenge. But if I step back – when I originally talked about Elevate, it was about building a program built for growth. As we continue to be a partner-first organization, success looks like seeing partners successful in the program, being able to level up to wherever they want to be contributing, having partners invest in solutions that drive faster time to value for our customers and really help them move into this agentic future, and having our partners clearly driving successful outcomes with AI and agentic for our customers. At the end of the day, it’s not about Elevate partner program success. It’s really about OutSystems, and OutSystems customer and partner success, that matters. If we can sit quietly in the background and see our partners successful, see us continue to grow, and see our customers realize amazing agentic outcomes on our platform – that’s success. And then I can just sort of ride off into the sunset. Robert Dutt: Sounds like a plan – although it sounds like you’ve already got phase two well in mind, so I don’t think you’re riding off any time soon. Ben, thank you for taking the time. I appreciate it. Ben Yerushalmi: Thank you. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Ben Yerushalmi from OutSystems. I’d like to thank Ben for his time – and I thought it was a pretty candid look at how a vendor thinks about structuring a partner program in a market that’s moving as fast as this one. And I want to thank you for listening, as always. A few things that stood out for me from this conversation. First, the shift Ben described from partners doing mostly back-end implementation work to doing a lot more on the front end – design, architecture, change management, helping customers think through how AI agents are actually going to work alongside their people. That’s not unique to OutSystems. If you’re a solution provider building any kind of AI-adjacent practice right now, that front-end advisory is where the value is moving, and it’s a different set of muscles than a lot of partners have built over the years. Second, his point about the Elite Delivery Partner credential being something an individual can earn – not something that requires organizational scale – was worth paying attention to. As the industry moves toward outcome-based partner programs – and it is, across the board – understanding which programs are genuinely accessible to smaller firms and which just say they are is going to be a real differentiator in where you invest your time. And third, the convergence point. Ben talked about the Gartner BOAT category putting low-code vendors, automation vendors, process orchestration players, and the big ISVs like Microsoft, Salesforce, and ServiceNow all in the same quadrant. His argument is that agentic AI is the thread that ties them all together. Whether that’s true or just convenient framing, it’s worth thinking about – because wherever you sit in the channel, you’re going to be navigating that convergence whether you planned on it or not. If you’re enjoying the ChannelBuzz.ca podcast, you can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most podcast directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated – they do help people find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Today’s headline news for Canadian IT solution providers: Fleet launches inaugural partner program: Open-source device management vendor Fleet has announced its first partner program, officially moving to a 100 percent channel sales model. According to CEO Mike McNeil, every deal will now flow through a partner. The program includes reseller and services tracks, focusing on enabling partners to build recurring revenue around Fleet’s multi-OS platform. For Canadian MSPs, the move presents an opportunity to consolidate device management across Windows, Apple, and Linux environments. Scale Computing introduces Velocity Partner Program: Edge computing and virtualization provider Scale Computing has launched a competency-based Velocity Partner Program. The new model ties advancement to verified capabilities rather than sales volume, aiming to reduce operational friction and accelerate quote-to-close cycles. The company is positioning the program as a way for partners to increase autonomy and capture more professional services revenue. N-able CEO urges measured AI approach: N-able CEO John Pagliuca is advising MSPs to focus on internal efficiency before rushing to monetize artificial intelligence. Pagliuca outlined a three-step journey: efficiency first, safe deployment next, and monetization last. He noted that the revenue opportunity will come from helping SMBs implement AI securely, but MSPs must first master their own data governance and automation. Read Full Transcript Welcome to The Buzz from ChannelBuzz.ca, our brand spanking new daily podcast, giving you the latest headlines for the IT channel community every morning in five minutes or less. I’m Robert Dutt, today is Monday, April 20, 2026, and here’s what’s happening in the channel today. Fleet, the open-source device management platform, has officially launched its inaugural partner program, signaling a hard pivot to a 100 percent channel sales model. Founded in 2020 and born out of an open-source project at Facebook, Fleet’s technology enables organizations to manage and secure IT assets across MacOS, Windows, Linux, Android, and ChromeOS. According to CEO Mike McNeil, every sales deal will now flow exclusively through a partner. The new program features two distinct tracks: a reseller track for co-selling, and a services track geared specifically toward partners looking to build recurring revenue streams through implementation and managed services. For Canadian MSPs managing increasingly complex, mixed-device environments, Fleet offers an infrastructure-as-code approach to endpoint management that can help consolidate tool sprawl. The company is actively recruiting new partners and is reportedly offering financial incentives, including enhanced margins and deal protection, for solution providers who migrate customers away from established competitors like Jamf or Microsoft Intune. Edge computing and virtualization vendor Scale Computing has unveiled its new Velocity Partner Program, shifting decisively away from traditional volume-based tiers to a fully competency-based model. The company says this new structure is engineered to help partners navigate the evolving virtualization market by reducing operational friction and increasing partner autonomy. According to Scale Computing, advancement in the Velocity program is now tied strictly to verified capabilities, ensuring that technical expertise—rather than raw sales volume—drives partner economics. The framework is designed to accelerate quote-to-close cycles and reduce dependency on vendor resources. For Canadian solution providers, this represents a faster path to revenue and far better margin predictability, especially for regional partners who might be penalized by strict volume quotas. The program also focuses heavily on enabling partners to capture more of the total value of each opportunity, specifically by driving professional services revenue around deployments of the company’s SC Platform and edge orchestration solutions. N-able CEO John Pagliuca is advising the channel to take a highly measured approach to the artificial intelligence boom. In a recent interview, Pagliuca outlined a specific three-step journey for MSP AI adoption: efficiency first, safe deployment next, and monetization last. He noted that while the broader industry is rushing toward AI-driven revenue streams, MSPs must first focus on internal productivity gains and establishing data governance. According to N-able, the monetization opportunity will materialize as small and medium-sized businesses seek third-party help to navigate their own AI implementations and security challenges. For Canadian MSPs, this serves as a pragmatic reminder to prioritize internal automation and secure operational foundations before packaging artificial intelligence as a billable service. It echoes broader industry research suggesting that data governance remains a significant hurdle to AI adoption, reinforcing the need for partners to establish internal standards first. Later today on In The Channel, I sit down with OutSystems channel chief Benjamin Yerushalmi to talk about defining the channel for three different technology waves over the years, and why AI is moving more partner revenue opportunities earlier in engagements. And if you haven’t heard it yet, check out our chat with Alex Webb and Leanne Yeatman of F12.net on what they’ve learned from 20 years and 15-plus acquisitions, which dropped on Friday. That’s how we’re seeing the headlines today. I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, thanks for listening. Have a great day.

Alex Webb, CEO of F12.net and Leanne Yeatman, chief of staff at F12.net F12.net has completed more than 15 acquisitions since founder and CEO Alex Webb and Chief of Staff Leanne Yeatman made their first deal in 2006. What started as a circumstantial opportunity evolved into a deliberate growth strategy that has taken the company from its Alberta roots to a national MSP with offices across Canada and over 500 employees. In this conversation, Webb and Yeatman open up about how they evaluate potential acquisitions – and why the criteria that matter most aren’t the ones on their website. Culture, resilience, and how distributed the workload is across the team all weigh more heavily than the financial table stakes. They also share hard-won lessons on integration, including why they stopped calling deals “mergers” and why leadership can’t outsource the transition work. The conversation takes a turn when Webb discusses F12’s recent private equity transition from Clairvest to Audax, putting him on the other side of the due diligence process he’s put sellers through for years. “Gives me a lot of empathy for what we put our sellers through,” he says. For MSP owners considering a sale, there’s practical advice throughout – from cleaning up your P&L and building leadership depth to understanding why recurring professional services isn’t managed services, and how that distinction affects your valuation when it surfaces in due diligence. Webb and Yeatman also weigh in on the AMTRA Solutions acquisition, a capability play that signals a shift in what acquirers are looking for beyond geographic expansion. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt:  Hello and welcome to In the Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. If you go to F12.net right now — one of Canada’s largest managed service providers — you’ll find something you don’t see on most MSP websites. A page that says “Looking to sell? Let’s talk!” And it’s not vague. It lists exactly what they’re looking for and exactly what a seller gets. That kind of openness tells you something. It tells you that for F12, M&A isn’t opportunistic. It’s a core part of how they’ve grown from an Alberta basement operation in 1994 to a national MSP with over 500 employees and more than 15 acquisitions under their belt. My guests today are Alex Webb, founder and CEO of F12.net, and Leanne Yeatman, Chief of Staff, who’s been deeply involved in the company’s acquisition strategy and adds some valuable perspective throughout our conversation. We cover the full picture here — how F12 decides what to buy and what to walk away from, what integration actually looks like after the deal closes, and what MSP owners on the other side of the table need to know if they’re thinking about selling someday. Alex also shares what it was like to recently go through a recapitalization of his own company, putting him on both sides of the M&A equation. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Alex Webb and Leanne Yeatman. Robert Dutt:  Alex, Leanne, thanks for joining us. Alex Webb: Thanks. Leanne Yeatman: Thank you for having us. Robert Dutt:  Not every MSP has a “looking to sell” page on their website — much less one that is as prescriptive as listing what you’re looking for and what a potential seller gets. Pretty deliberate signal. When did M&A go from something that happened at F12 — an opportunity that came along — to something that became a core part of how you grow and something that you approach intentionally? Alex Webb: Going back to the memory here — I would say that transition happened right around 2015. Prior to that, we did two acquisitions and they were more circumstantial, opportunistic, presented themselves more than us actually going out and seeking them out. But that shifted when we wanted to expand into a new region that we targeted. That region was Ontario. We were Alberta-based in 2014 and we had a plan to expand into two more provinces — Ontario being first, then BC being second. So I would say that was the date. Robert Dutt:  Your first acquisition was CPU Technologies, way back in 2006 — 20 years ago. What was that experience like, and how much of what you do now was shaped by what you learned, for the good and the bad, doing it for the first time? Alex Webb: I’ll actually let Leanne go first. She played a big role in that acquisition. Leanne Yeatman: Going back a long time in history — that was our first transaction. It was different in the sense that we had some outside influence. One of our partners at the time, Wayne Scrivens, played a big role in coaching and teaching us what to look for and how to go through that process. I would say it was foundational in that it sparked this desire to do it more and to recognize that this can be a huge part of our growth story. It’s not the only piece of the journey, of course, but it definitely was a foundational moment for us. And while no two transactions are the same, there are obviously similarities. The more you do it, the more you look back and remember the specific things that went well and the things that maybe didn’t go so well — that you would do differently if given another shot. I remember the details very clearly still to this day. What we learned in that early phase of the CPU acquisition was that when you don’t have the relationships, it’s very hard to convert clients, because they don’t trust you, they don’t know you, they don’t believe you. You have to work really hard to build that trust. That was the biggest education we had: that integration and converting clients was going to be way harder than we thought. Robert Dutt:  Obviously it didn’t scare you off, because you’ve done 15 or so acquisitions over those last 20 years. Is there a rhythm to it? Is it a “you’re always looking” kind of thing, or do you find it comes in waves? Alex Webb: I would say waves. We found it a little easier to have a few acquisitions brought in and do that integration work together, because you’re usually assembling teams, and it tends to work a little better than fully integrating one and then starting another. You can do a lot of things in tandem, because you’re generally ripping and tearing not only at their systems but at your own — learning as you go all of the inadequacies in your own systems that need to be redeveloped. That work has to happen while you’re doing integration. So we just found it a little easier to do them in waves. Robert Dutt:  The technology tradition of batching — it kind of makes sense from that regard too. Your website lists the criteria you look for: north of $5 million in revenue, low churn, a majority of managed services, healthy EBITDA. Those are the table stakes. What’s the stuff that’s not on the website? What makes you lean in on a company that maybe looks more marginal on paper but gives you a good vibe — or conversely, walk away from one that checks all the boxes but just leaves you with a “no” feeling? Alex Webb: Culture plays a big role. The depth in the organization — how distributed is the effort? Does it all sit on one or two people? Or, even if they’re smaller, have they found ways to distribute the workload across the team? The test of resiliency in the organization matters too. Sometimes longevity brings a certain amount of resilience to a team and a culture. Sometimes experience doing their own expansions or acquisitions brings some of that. That’s important, because when you go through integration, things change — and not just for one entity. A wise person in the industry once explained it to us as: there are two cultures, and both cultures change and become one going forward. The pressure integration puts on both teams is significant. So you really want to look for a team that’s going to be able to weather that storm — one that has a good amount of trust built up with their leadership and with each other. Robert Dutt:  How much of the decision comes down to the owner? Their personality, their readiness to move, what they want their life to look like after the acquisition? Alex Webb: That’s a big one. The motivation for why they want to do it is a key ingredient. We try to get to that early, because in M&A, some owners might feel like they can get a little more value out of the business if they portray that they’re staying — but it’s actually traumatic on the business when the alignment is wrong. So we work really hard up front to figure out what’s actually going on. And it’s okay if you want to transition out, or if you want to stay and we work a role around you. Those are very important ingredients for a successful integration outcome. Sometimes there’s indecision — do I want to be part of it or do I want to leave? We just help them with that. We make it okay either way. F12 is a good home for their people and their clients, so they don’t have to worry about that part. We can concentrate our efforts on the outcome the owner actually wants. Robert Dutt:  To Leanne’s point about two cultures becoming one — you close the deal, it’s Monday morning. I presume champagne pops, but that’s just my vision of how these things work. What does that first week actually look like for the employees and the clients of the company you just acquired? Alex Webb: If you’ve done it right, it doesn’t feel any different. I know that’s a bizarre answer, but I think that’s what people build up in their minds — that day one, a bunch of things are going to change. Balloons and fanfare. And really you just wake up Monday morning and, you know what, we need to collect some money, answer the phone, go to the client site. All of the things just keep happening. The only difference is generally that there’s a little more money in your bank account than there was the day before — and that’s significantly the only difference. That’s a bit of an out-of-body experience for most owners who’ve never done it. The real work starts more like two or three weeks in. You want things to be business-as-usual for a beat, and then you’re working through the integration plan and executing against it. But that doesn’t happen on Monday morning. Robert Dutt:  After 15 or more acquisitions, what have you learned about that integration process? How does the playbook look different now than it did for deal three or four — once you’d realized you were going to do this more than once, but before it had become the muscle memory it is today? Alex Webb: I can say for sure what we don’t do: don’t call it a merger anymore. That’s the tendency with people who are new to it — “we’re merging, we’re going to take the best of both businesses.” That communication is false, because inevitably an acquisition is going to become one entity, and you’re not going to change the processes of the mothership too quickly. You might learn some things and adapt, but you’re not going to adopt their RMM tool or their PSA tool — not likely, because you’ve done so much work building your own. On the communication side, we’re very clear on that now. I think we presented it more like a merger in those earlier days, and it didn’t create a better outcome. The better outcome comes when it’s highly communicative all the way through the process, so people know what’s going on and can plan accordingly. Leanne Yeatman: I’d add two things. One — you can’t outsource the integration work. You can use outside parties to support it, but the leadership team needs to be present and own those pieces of integration very intently. And two — really understand the essence of the business: the things that make the culture what it is, the things that drive people’s loyalty and love for that entity. Make sure you foster those things and allow them to continue. Robert Dutt:  What does that transition look like? When you acquire a company, they have their own name, their own culture, their own way of doing things. How do you handle that — it doesn’t sound like it’s “welcome to F12” from day one? Alex Webb: It starts with core systems — getting the tools in place so that we have shared visibility into how the business is performing. That’s the first wave. What we’ve discovered from a culture perspective is that you can still have your identity as a region, as a location. Just because the logo is different, that doesn’t need to change how you do things. You can still have that Friday lunch if that’s what you did. You can still have the barbecues. You could still race RC cars in the parking lot. We don’t need to have a brand above the door to enable those things — but it’s bizarre how people interpret that they’re suddenly not allowed to do them anymore. So for us, it’s about being, as Leanne said, very intentional — making sure people continue doing the things that kept that culture alive. Then when the logo changes over, it shouldn’t feel that different other than it’s a different brand. And now there’s marketing support, sales support, and a lot of things that help that business that they didn’t have before. If you’ve done it right, you’ve added capabilities, expanded the offerings, and people can be more successful and feel more security about their future. That’s the magic. When that occurs, retention stays high — for both clients and team members. Robert Dutt:  You mentioned that you initially started doing acquisitions to expand geographically, and a lot of your acquisitions have looked like that going across Canada. AMTRA Solutions last year looks a little different, though — that’s a capability play, adding Microsoft Cloud and AI Copilot expertise. Is what you’re looking for in an acquisition changing? Alex Webb: It certainly is — or, maybe I should rephrase: it’s not so much changing as expanding. We’re still doing what we did on the geographic side, but we’re now adding strategic capabilities as an additional objective. For us, it’s either build it or buy it, and if it makes sense to buy it and bring that capability in, we will. AMTRA really presented a very unique opportunity. In full transparency — when clients get larger, into that upper mid-market range of roughly 350 to 500 seats, their IT needs shift from what a traditional managed service provider does. We handle level one, level two, level three help desk, patch management, backup, infrastructure management — all of those things. But as those organizations get a little larger, the needs change. They want to bring in more advanced Microsoft capabilities, and we would either lose those clients to larger enterprise providers, or bring those capabilities in-house. AMTRA presented that opportunity. It’s been incredibly successful, and we’ve been able to bring those technologies to our upper-end clients in a way that’s really working. Robert Dutt:  Without tipping your hand on anything specific — where are the gaps? Is the next chapter more geography, more capability, or are you looking at different frontiers altogether? Alex Webb: For us, the primary frontier is still geographic expansion — into Central Canada and Eastern Canada. That’s still on the to-do list. We also have our eye on more advanced security capabilities, because that’s forever changing and moving more toward the AI front. And we’re not ruling out ERP — the things I like to see are capabilities that all of our clients could utilize and benefit from. When we look at ERP applications, Dynamics 365, these are technologies that the broader client base can use and benefit from, having a mid-market provider able to bring them to market at scale. And we’re not ruling out going south of the border either. We already have clients in the U.S., and we’re starting to see opportunities in states just adjacent to Canada. Robert Dutt:  In December, Clairvest exited and Audax came in. You’ve spent 20 years as the buyer. What was it like to be on the other side of that process — having someone evaluate your company the way you evaluate the companies you acquire? Alex Webb: It gives me a lot of empathy for what we put our sellers through. How’s that for an answer? It’s tiring. It was a tiring process. It’s enjoyable on a lot of fronts, and incredibly rewarding when it’s done. But the six to eight months leading up to it — that was a ton of work for the organization. We had some really good support from our banking partners, from Clairvest, and the Audax team were terrific to work with. But even with all that, a lot of work and a lot of sleepless nights. That wasn’t our first experience on that side of the table, though. That was our third private equity transaction. We’ve been through it a few times — just enough to stay in tune with what it actually feels like. Robert Dutt:  You’ve got the muscle memory built on both sides of the equation — that’s an interesting place to be. You mentioned how it gave you empathy for what sellers go through. Did going through it change anything about how you think about and deal with the sellers you work with? Or did it confirm what you already believed, having lived as an MSP in this industry? Alex Webb: I think it did both. It confirmed some things, and I think we approach the process with a little more maturity now — on how we handle due diligence, data collection, and integration strategy — because every time you go through it from the other side, you learn a little more. And even when we’re not going through a full business integration, we’re still integrating at a board level, reporting to different people, going through change when you move from one private equity partner to another. I think that leveled us up a little bit and is making us stronger on the buyer side — helping sellers through the process with a little more elegance. Robert Dutt:  A lot of MSP owners hear “private equity” and get nervous. They picture cost-cutting and layoffs. From your point of view — having been through it a few times now — what actually changes when you have an institutional capital partner? Does it speed up acquisitions? Redirect them? Put guardrails on them? Alex Webb: Every private equity firm has their own view of what a good target looks like. So for any listeners thinking about private equity, it’s really critical that you align on strategy upfront. That becomes part of the conversation — what’s the tolerance, how does this look, who’s driving the acquisitions? These are important questions. Generally speaking, the private equity partners we’ve worked with liked that we had M&A capability and could hit the ground running. But the types of businesses and the size of acquisitions does change as you grow and move from one partner to the next. As your business gets larger, you can take on larger transactions. Leanne Yeatman: I’d add — knowing what you want to get out of the relationship and how you intend to continue operating the business with that new partner is critical. What we would do leading up to any transaction is decide on the top three things we were looking for in a new partner and what our vision for the organization was for the next five years — then stay focused on that through the process, to make sure you’re finding the partner that’s going to help you execute that vision. When done well, it should be a true partnership. It comes down to alignment. Robert Dutt:  You’ve sat across the table from a lot of MSP owners who want to sell. What’s the most common disconnect between what they think their company is worth and what the market says it’s worth? Alex Webb: I would answer that with their understanding of what should be normalized in the business and what shouldn’t — as it relates to EBITDA. The multiples vary a little, but M&A is generally a multiple of EBITDA. So what is that EBITDA, and what’s normalized? The biggest disconnect usually comes from owners running what you might call a lifestyle business — where a lot of their personal world is woven into the business finances. When it comes to doing a transaction, it’s very tricky to determine what’s truly in the business and what isn’t, and to convince the accountants, bankers, and funders of what the real number is. Owners who operate with a clean separation — who take a dividend and keep their personal world out of the business P&L — those are by far the easiest transactions, and you might even pay a little more for a company that runs a pure P&L. That’s one of those intrinsic things we look for. Robert Dutt:  In your experience, how many owners who say they want to sell are actually ready to sell? And what does “not ready” look like when you’re sitting across the table? Alex Webb: Tough to quantify, but I’d say it’s usually not a matter of “no” — it’s “not right now.” Either they’re ready and it makes sense, or they just need another year or two to readjust and get things to where they need to be. Everybody has a number in their mind: “If I could get this number for my business, I would sell it.” But nobody wants to reveal that number, because maybe they’d get more. The reality is, people who know their number and understand the mechanics of what it’s going to take to get there tend to have more success. Maybe they’re there now, or maybe they can get there in six months. But that’s the financial side. The mental side is probably trickier. Am I ready to let go? Am I ready to report into an entity? Am I ready to walk off into the sunset? Because sometimes the motivation for doing the transaction is fear — fear of industry change, all of the AI coming, feeling like you’re not ready to compete. That can be traumatic for an owner, because they’re doing it from a position of fear rather than from a position of opportunity for themselves and for their family. Robert Dutt:  There’s a whole generation of MSP founders who started their businesses in the nineties and early 2000s who are approaching retirement. Is that creating a wave? And if so, does that make it a buyer’s market? Alex Webb: I would still say it’s a seller’s market. The multiples are still high, there’s still lots of opportunity, and the industry loves businesses focused on recurring revenue with multi-year contracts — there’s real value in those businesses. As for the retiring founders — I’d say we’re just at the beginning of that wave. I haven’t seen a meaningful change in M&A deal flow as a result of it yet. But I believe we’re at the beginning, as some of these groups hit their late fifties and early sixties and start thinking about succession. In fact, I just had one of those conversations recently. Robert Dutt:  If I’m an MSP owner three to five years away from wanting to sell, what should I be doing right now to put myself in the best position — not just financially, but operationally and personally? Alex Webb: I’ll let Leanne start with this one. Leanne Yeatman: Build depth in the organization — have multiple leaders present and capable of guiding the rest of the organization through that change. On the normalization side, be clear on what’s acceptable going forward: anything personal that’s wrapped up in the business should start coming out. And third — focus on organic growth. Being able to demonstrate that the business is actively growing and has the ability to keep moving forward. Those three would be my top priorities. Alex Webb: I would add — bring your management team into the conversation when you’re ready to start thinking about a sale. It’s a tough situation when an owner goes through the LOI and due diligence process and then reveals it to the team at the very end. Everybody feels like, “why didn’t you trust me with this earlier?” Bringing them into the dialogue — saying “here’s what I’m thinking about” — you get their input, you get buy-in, you work it together. We do that even when we’re going into a transaction ourselves. When we were going through the Clairvest to Audax transition, we didn’t do it as a cloak-and-dagger move. It was intentional. And I think when it’s done that way, the outcome is even better. Leanne Yeatman: Exactly. The length of the process — if you’ve been in that seat for six or eight months going through due diligence, you’ve already had the time to mentally transition yourself to what’s next. But everybody else at close is just finding out. The more people who are part of that journey earlier, the easier that first week and beyond is. Robert Dutt:  My last question — if you could sit down with every MSP owner in Canada at one big table and tell them one thing about M&A that they probably don’t want to hear, what is it? Alex Webb: That recurring contract revenue needs to actually be in managed services. Meaning: you’re getting compensated on a contract whether you put a person out there or not. Recurring professional services — that isn’t managed services. This comes out in due diligence. People take that bucket of revenue and pile it in, trying to present it as managed services. But it gets found out and the deal gets discounted. So: be really clear about your lines of business. What’s product, what’s professional services, what’s managed services. You can have recurring professional services, and if it’s contractual, you’ll get a little more for it. But if you have true managed services, isolate it — because it won’t have the same revenue volatility, and you’ll get better rewarded for it. And if you want to improve your position, convert that recurring professional services to recurring managed services. It’s a lot of work, but we’ve successfully done that through integration for years. People are afraid to have those conversations — it goes back to the old time-and-materials, block-time days. That was the first wave. But when you look at block time and ask “why does this revenue move up and down?” — well, that’s because it’s getting classified as managed services when it isn’t. To hammer again on normalizations: less normalizations will actually benefit you more. Robert Dutt:  Great insights, and I appreciate you sharing what you’ve learned through 20 years of acquisitions. Good luck on the next 15. Alex Webb: Thank you very much. Leanne Yeatman: Get it. Robert Dutt:  There you have it — Alex Webb and Leanne Yeatman from F12.net. I’d like to thank Alex and Leanne for their time and for their candor. These aren’t always easy conversations to have publicly, and they were both remarkably open about what they’ve learned across 15-plus acquisitions and 30 years of building the company. A few things that stuck with me from this conversation. First, the shift from opportunistic to intentional. 2015 was the year that F12 decided M&A wasn’t just something that happened when a deal fell into their lap, but a deliberate growth strategy. That distinction matters, because it changes everything about how you prepare, how you evaluate, and how you integrate. Second, the culture point. Alex and Leanne both kept coming back to the idea that the numbers can look perfect and you still walk away if the culture isn’t right. And on the flip side, integration isn’t about slapping your logo on the door — it’s about two cultures becoming one new thing. “You don’t need a brand above the door to race RC cars in the parking lot,” as Alex put it. And third — and this is the one I think every MSP owner listening needs to sit with — Alex’s closer about recurring professional services versus managed services. If your recurring revenue is really just project work on a retainer, that gets found out in due diligence and your deal gets discounted. That’s specific, actionable, and probably uncomfortable for more than a few people listening. If you found this episode valuable, I’d appreciate it if you’d follow or subscribe to the show. We’re on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most other podcast directories. And if you’ve got a minute, a rating or a review goes a long way to helping other people in the channel find us. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Frank Vitagliano, CEO of the Global Technology Distribution Council Every few years, someone announces the end of distribution. Direct sales was going to kill it. Then e-commerce. Then cloud. Then hyperscaler marketplaces. And yet here we are. Frank Vitagliano is CEO of the Global Technology Distribution Council, the industry consortium representing 21 of the world’s leading technology distributors, collectively responsible for more than $180 billion in annual IT sales. He spent more than 30 years in the channel as a vendor executive at IBM, Juniper Networks, and Dell – where he served as VP of Global Distribution Sales and Strategy – and as president and CEO of solution provider Computex Technology Solutions, before taking the helm at GTDC in 2019. In this episode, Vitagliano talks about why distribution keeps enduring through waves of disruption that should, on paper, have displaced it. His framing: distribution has evolved from what he calls “bank and warehouse” into the orchestrator of the IT ecosystem – the entity that connects vendors, solution providers, and end users in ways that no single vendor or hyperscaler marketplace can replicate on its own. He also gets into what distribution’s digital platform investments actually change – including GTDC’s recent research showing that 86% of suppliers are using or evaluating digital platforms – and why Vitagliano believes AI-enabled opportunity identification is “the game changer” that will define distribution’s next chapter. Vitagliano also draws on his vendor-side experience to explain what he wasn’t getting from distribution at Dell, and why platforms and data are finally closing that gap. This episode pairs with our solo essay on why reports of distribution’s demise have always been overstated. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. If you caught my recent solo episode on why reports of distribution’s demise have always been overstated, you know this is a topic I’ve been thinking about a lot lately. Distribution has survived every wave of disruption the IT industry has thrown at it – direct sales, e-commerce, cloud, marketplaces – and it keeps evolving. I want to explore that further, and I couldn’t think of a better person to do that than my guest today. Frank Vitagliano is CEO of the Global Technology Distribution Council, the industry consortium representing 21 of the world’s leading technology distributors, collectively responsible for more than $180 billion in annual IT sales. Frank has been in the channel for more than 30 years, holding senior executive roles at IBM, Juniper Networks, and Dell, where he served as VP of Global Distribution Sales and Strategy. He’s also been on the solution provider side as president and CEO of Computex Technology Solutions. He’s a member of the IT Industry Hall of Fame, and he’s one of the few people who’s seen distribution from every angle – vendor, solution provider, and the advocacy side. We talk about why distribution keeps enduring, what it actually does that’s harder to replicate than it looks from the outside, how digital platforms are fundamentally changing the distributor’s role, and what the next chapter looks like. Let’s get right into it. My chat with Frank Vitagliano. [Music] Robert Dutt: Frank, thanks so much for taking the time. It’s nice to catch up with you. Frank Vitagliano: Hi, Rob. Good to see you again. Robert Dutt: I guess to throw it open – you’ve changed roles since last we spoke, and I know you’re well-established at GTDC now, but because it’s an industry organization for distribution, can you tell us a little bit about the mandate of GTDC and what you guys are focused on over there? Frank Vitagliano: Absolutely. So GTDC has been around for quite some time. It stands for Global Technology Distribution Council – it kind of doesn’t exactly roll off your tongue – and it was established more than 20 years ago by some of the major distributors. Initially, the idea was to educate the financial community on the role and value of IT distributors, and this was before they were all public companies. There were a lot of questions about what do they do, how do they do it, why are they needed. For the first five or six years, GTDC focused on educating that group. After most of them went public, it wasn’t really necessary, because companies certainly did a better job of talking to the financial community themselves through earnings calls. So we pivoted to focusing on the supplier community and educating them on the role and value of distribution. You might think, why does the supplier community need to be educated on distribution? A couple of reasons. One, as you know, Rob, every day there are more players coming into the space, particularly in the cybersecurity area. You can’t count the number of cybersecurity vendors out there, and typically they’re all started by and run by very smart technical folks who really don’t know that much about taking a product to market. So that’s one reason. And the second group that continually needs a refresher is the broader vendor community, because most vendors rotate their people through a number of jobs. You start in direct sales, then you move to channel, and you don’t really understand distribution because it tends to be the least well understood aspect of channels. A lot of people view it as a cost element rather than a value driver. We’ve got about 21 members globally representing more than $180 billion of IT sales annually, so all of the major distributors are part of GTDC. We run three big conferences a year – one in Europe, one in Asia, one in North America. We do a lot with research and content – we had a particularly good year last year and released four strong papers on topics important to the vendor community. I do a podcast series every three weeks with members of the ecosystem. And we have global relationships with major data companies – IDC in North America, Context and Nielsen IQ GFK in Europe – where we collect POS data from distributors weekly and compile it into reports that the vendor community uses to track market share and pricing. So those are the major aspects of who we are and what we do. Robert Dutt: You sit in an interesting place. You’ve done the vendor side with Dell, IBM, Juniper. You ran a solution provider business at Computex. And now you lead the organization that represents and promotes the world’s largest distributors. Pretty rare trifecta. I’m curious how each of those vantage points shaped the way you think about distribution’s role today. Frank Vitagliano: That’s an excellent question, and it was actually one I had to answer when I first took the role at GTDC, because most of the folks previously involved in running the organization had worked in distribution, and I never have. But I had the advantage of working extraordinarily closely with distributors over the years. Back in my IBM days – and this is way in the way-back machine – I was involved in the early days of authorizing distributors to sell IBM PCs. It goes back that far. I understood early on the value they provided in getting a vendor’s product to market. Back then, you could argue it was a bank and a warehouse, which is how a lot of people still think about distribution. But it continued to evolve from a bank and a warehouse to a support mechanism that included pre-sale, post-sale, and solution support, to where it is today – a completely digitized route to market that I think orchestrates the IT ecosystem, because distribution sits right in the middle of it. Upstream is the vendor community, which I view as partners with distribution, and downstream are the customers, the solution providers. The second thing you mentioned is that I spent a couple of years running a solution provider, so I was a customer of distribution, not just a partner. It’s really something to have that perspective, because I thought I knew a lot about what distribution did, but I learned a lot more as a customer. And the last thing I’ll mention is that I have watched distribution evolve over the last 40 years – from a bank and a warehouse to what they are today. It’s incredible what they’ve been able to do to keep pace with technological changes and changes in how people buy technology. And they’ve continued to do it while maintaining the core function that a lot of people still consider critically important: help me get my product to market. That evolution has made me genuinely passionate about what they do and how they’ve done it. And it’s continuing now as they evolve into this new digital world with platforms and AI. Robert Dutt: In the time that I’ve covered the channel space, there’s always been a case being made for “well, this is finally the end of distribution” – it was direct sales, e-commerce, cloud, marketplaces, and yet here we are. You’ve touched on the nature of distribution’s evolution. What was the key through-line in that? What is it that distribution was able to do that allowed it to adapt through those waves of change? Frank Vitagliano: I think it’s one thing primarily. They listened very well to their customers – the solution providers – in terms of what they needed, and they listened and collaborated very well with the suppliers. At the end of the day, that’s the most important aspect of what they’ve been able to do. As the technology shifted – from hardware to services to SaaS, to the changing business models in terms of how products are delivered – they’ve been able to watch the evolution, watch the requirements, and adapt. The platforms that are now being built started probably six or seven years ago with very significant investments in an environment where, as you know, it’s a tight margin model. We’re not talking about hundreds of millions of extra dollars for investment. But they started making these major investments because they saw the requirements, and their customers pulled them in that direction. Another great example is that four or five years ago, the supplier community started pushing consumption models. And distributors have done an amazing job of combining their core capabilities – what they’ve been doing well for 40 years – with investments in key areas that keep them relevant. As for the disintermediation discussion, we’ve been hearing that forever. We heard it with the transition from hardware to software to SaaS. We heard it in the cloud transition. Now we hear it with hyperscalers. And the reality is it hasn’t happened. It won’t happen. You can go look at the earnings of the major distributors in 2025 and say, well, that certainly isn’t a business being disintermediated. That’s a business that’s thriving. And the secret is they’ve done an excellent job of understanding what’s required with their core constituency – the vendor community upstream and their customers downstream. Robert Dutt: One thing I’d add, maybe more from a solution provider point of view, is that a lot of the disintermediation predictions were tending to describe distribution as a transaction – the bank and the warehouse, a single point in the supply chain that can be removed. But there’s more to distribution than that transaction. There’s the ecosystem side – the way distribution has made itself stickier through things like partner communities. Can you talk about what distribution does that’s harder to replicate than simply having a bank and a warehouse? Frank Vitagliano: Absolutely. About three or four years ago, we started talking about distribution as the orchestrator of the ecosystem. You can look at that and say, okay, that’s a catchy marketing term, but what does it really mean? What it means is that there needs to be somebody within the IT ecosystem that connects all the pieces, and distribution is the logical point for that. When I do presentations about what distribution does, I can put up a chart with an enormous number of activities, and typically people’s eyes start to glaze over. But what I tell people is: these are all the activities that are part of getting a solution – not a product, but a solution – from the suppliers involved. And typically there are four or five vendors in every solution. It isn’t as simple as putting a PC on someone’s desk anymore. It’s way more comprehensive when you include all the technology, including the whole cybersecurity conversation. Distribution has the ability to do that, and has been doing it in a multi-vendor world since day one. Then when you look at the customer side – and this is the piece I really learned when I became a customer of distribution – there’s a whole set of capabilities around end user experience. Whether it’s managing the myriad of subscriptions that are out there, the typical solution provider today – whether it’s an MSP, a professional services organization, or the hybrid organization that I ran, with hardware, managed services, and professional services all combined – when they look around for who can help them, distribution becomes the natural spot. Vendors are very focused on training solution providers to sell their specific product, not necessarily to sell a complete solution. So partners turn to distribution for that, including now for AI guidance – how do I deal with it, what areas should I focus on, how do I train my people, how do I educate my customers. And then you add the communities. Distributors support partner communities that let a small solution provider in Canada, for example, punch way above their weight – accessing capabilities they couldn’t afford on their own because the distributor and the community members are supporting them. Really big deal. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about some of the recent research. Your report found that 86% of suppliers are either using or actively evaluating digital platforms for transactions, lifecycle management, and analytics. That feels like a pretty fundamental shift in what distribution even looks like day to day. What does that transition mean in practice, and what does a distributor’s digital platform need to do that a vendor or a marketplace can’t? Frank Vitagliano: There are three things it does – and they’re well on the way to doing all three, although the third one is still a bit in transition. The first is that the platform provides an incredible productivity enhancement to just doing business. The basics – getting a quote, getting an order through the system, figuring out the right solution. There are studies showing that in some cases what used to take four hours is now taking 30 to 40 minutes. The productivity gains are significant enough on their own that vendors who have committed and built the appropriate API integrations will tell you it’s worth the engagement for that reason alone. The second thing is that distributor marketplaces are multi-vendor marketplaces. You don’t get that when you’re dealing directly with a vendor – you get their marketplace. Maybe some ancillary support, but it’s not a true multi-vendor, compatibility-tested marketplace. It’s the same with the hyperscalers. Hyperscalers have done a fabulous job and collaborate very well with distribution, but at the end of the day, a hyperscaler is a direct vendor – the same category as an IBM, a Juniper, a Dell. They have more capabilities than a single-vendor marketplace, but they still can’t match the breadth of a distributor marketplace when it comes to multi-vendor compatibility testing, subscription management, training, and services. So it’s not instead of – it’s in addition to. Hyperscaler marketplace, great. Vendor marketplace, great. Distributor marketplace can provide all of that plus. The third thing – which I believe will ultimately be the big differentiator – is this: if you ask any solution provider what the number one thing is they want from distribution, they tend to overlook the basics distribution already provides and say: I want distributors to help me drive sales. I want them to help me identify and close opportunities. AI-enabled opportunity identification, based on years and years of history and data, is providing that in ways that weren’t possible five years ago, two years ago. When you can go to a partner and say: three years ago you sold this configuration to these customers, and those customers now need an upgrade or new security features – here’s the customer, here’s the opportunity, here’s how we can help you close it – that’s the game changer. And it’s starting to happen. Robert Dutt: You hit on a key point there, which is the scale piece. Everything they do, they do at scale. And one of the reasons some of what distribution does gets taken for granted is they’ve been doing it for a long time at scale extraordinarily efficiently – because with a one to two percent net margin model, you don’t have a choice. Frank Vitagliano: Exactly. You can’t run a one to two percent net business and not be able to do it efficiently at scale. The margins aren’t big enough to survive any other way. That’s right. Robert Dutt: We’ve talked about the changing nature of distribution over the decades. When you were on the vendor side building distribution strategies, what did you expect or want from distributors that you weren’t always getting? And has anything changed about what vendors should be expecting today versus ten years ago? Frank Vitagliano: Back then, I was getting the basics – no debate there. What I wasn’t getting, and what I think we now have the opportunity to get, is leverage from data. I’ve been working with distributors for 40 years, so they’ve got 40 years of information. And in many cases, the distributors knew the end users that product was going to – it would go through a solution provider but ship directly to an end user. All that data existed, but we were never able to harness it to get what I needed for opportunity identification. I got inside sales support, both technical and to some degree sales. I got outside sales teams supporting opportunities. But I wasn’t getting the insights I really needed to figure out how to grow to the next level. I was getting the support I needed. I wasn’t getting the sales capabilities I needed. That was always the gap. So when we’d design programs and allocate MDF dollars to distribution, I’d fund inside sales heads focused on IBM, Juniper, or Dell. But the outcome I was looking for was increased volumes, increased opportunities, increased sales. I took for granted that if I brought distribution an opportunity, they’d support it flawlessly and at scale – no question. But I wanted them to bring me opportunities. And I’m not saying it didn’t happen, because it did – but it wasn’t completely consistent or transparent. It required effort. What’s happening now with AI-supported platforms, you have the ability to do that in a way that wasn’t possible before. Smart people are designing these platforms in conjunction with the supplier community and customers, and it’s happening. That’s a huge deal. Robert Dutt: One of the things I keep thinking about with distribution in a country like Canada is that it plays differently here. Part of that is the geography – huge country, relatively few major centres spread throughout. But there’s also Canadian-dollar credit, local peculiarities in terms of language – you have to parler français to be successful in the Quebec market – and different regulatory considerations. How do you see distribution’s role being amplified in markets like Canada versus larger, more centralized markets like the US? Frank Vitagliano: That’s one of the real values the global distributors provide – they have experience dealing with markets beyond their home territory, and they bring that cross-border understanding wherever they operate. One of the papers we did last year talked about how to build a distribution strategy for the vendor community. If you’re a supplier thinking about Canada, what do you think about? How many distributors do I need – one, three, twelve? We go through this in the paper, which is available on our website. You think about the TAM of the market, the geography, where you need warehousing to reach major markets effectively. You think about whether you need global players, what combination of local players – because every market has what we call local heroes who are really strong within their community. And then domain specialists – do you need a cybersecurity-focused distributor in addition to your broadline relationships? A lot of vendors think the more distributors they have, the more business they’ll generate. That’s not true. More distributors fighting with each other becomes a cost issue for the vendor and a margin issue for everyone. Building a thoughtful distribution strategy is genuinely important – and the nuances of a market like Canada are exactly the kind of thing that gets missed by vendors who don’t think it through. Fortunately, it’s all laid out in the paper for those who want the framework. Robert Dutt: My last question. We’ve talked about being at the early stages of the platform evolution and where it has the potential to go. If we’re sitting here again in five years, what does distribution look like? And what should partners and vendors be paying attention to right now? Frank Vitagliano: Good question. When I first took the job at GTDC in 2019, right before the pandemic, I was hearing all this discussion about disintermediation – hyperscalers were coming into play, cloud was a big deal, SaaS transition was accelerating. I took the job thinking: I don’t believe distribution is going to get disintermediated, but let’s go do a study. So we did Distribution 2025 – a five-year view of what we thought would happen. It turned out to be pretty accurate. A big part of that was validated by the pandemic, which made the value of distribution extraordinarily obvious. At the beginning of 2025 we did Distribution 2030, and we laid out what we see ahead. Clearly, a fully functioning AI-supported platform will be in place in five years. Not 86% of vendors – every vendor will be utilizing it. There will be major cybersecurity enhancements, and major opportunity identification scenarios where vendors will really begin to get that level of sales support from distribution with the existing basics still covered. I also see the enhancements creating stickiness. Today, any customer can work with any authorized distributor. The question is: how do you make your services sticky enough that they become primarily focused on one or two distributors rather than spreading everything around? Same on the supplier side – vendors will narrow to a smaller subset of distributors who can provide the level of service and platform integration they need. I don’t think it ever becomes exclusive, because most folks will view that as too risky. But it’ll certainly be a lot more thoughtful than “let me just sign up as many distributors as I can.” And I see potential for additional consolidation in the distributor market, particularly in Europe and Asia – not so much in North America, where five or six distributors already represent 90% of the business. But globally, I think we’ll see that over the next few years. Robert Dutt: Fun to have a talk about the ever-evolving nature of distribution. I appreciate your time, Frank. Frank Vitagliano: Rob, thank you for the platform. I love talking about it, as you can probably sense, because I’m genuinely passionate about what they do. I think distributors have done an excellent job over the years of doing what they needed to do to support existing business, while also making the investments required to ensure they weren’t left behind – they weren’t the Blockbuster or the Kodak of the IT space. You could argue that could have happened. But it isn’t happening. And it goes back to the number one point I made: they’re listening to their customers and their suppliers. Robert Dutt: It certainly has not happened. Frank, thank you. Enjoy the talk. Frank Vitagliano: Thanks, Rob. [Music] Robert Dutt: There you have it. Frank Vitagliano from the Global Technology Distribution Council. I’d like to thank Frank for his time and a really candid conversation. It’s not every day you get someone who sat on the vendor side, the solution provider side, and the industry body side, willing to talk openly about what distribution gets right, what it hasn’t always gotten right, and where it’s headed. A couple of things that stood out to me. Frank’s point about distribution evolving from what he called a bank and a warehouse into an ecosystem orchestrator – that’s not just branding. When you think about what it takes to stitch together multi-vendor solutions, handle consumption models, manage renewals, and now use AI to identify opportunities that individual vendors and solution providers can’t see on their own, that’s a fundamentally different value proposition than moving boxes and extending credit. And his candor about what he wasn’t getting from distribution when he was on the vendor side at Dell, and how platforms and data are finally closing that gap – I thought that was a really honest moment. The other thing I’d flag is his point about stickiness – the idea that vendors are going to narrow their distribution relationships and go deeper with fewer partners. That has real implications for solution providers too, in terms of which distributors they’re aligned with and what platforms they’re investing in. If you haven’t already, check out my solo episode on why distribution endures. It sets up a lot of the themes Frank and I explored here, and the two episodes work well together. If you’re enjoying In The Channel, I’d appreciate it if you’d follow or subscribe. You can find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most podcast directories. And if you have a minute to leave a rating or a review, that goes a long way to helping other people in the channel community find the show. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Rob Falzon, Head of Engineering in the Office of the CTO at Check Point Software Technologies Canada’s data sovereignty landscape is shifting faster than most organizations realize – and according to Rob Falzon, Head of Engineering in the Office of the CTO at Check Point Software Technologies, the conversation isn’t happening early enough. In this episode, Falzon breaks down the regulatory pressure building around Canadian data – including Quebec’s Law 25, Bill C-8, and new federal PIPEDA reform expected this spring that is expected to include data sovereignty provisions. He draws a sharp distinction between data residency (where data sits at rest) and data sovereignty (control over the entire processing chain) that many partners and their customers are still conflating – and explains why contracts alone can’t solve the problem. Falzon unpacks the CLOUD Act dimension: if data lives in the U.S., it is accessible to the U.S. government regardless of where your company is headquartered or what your service agreement says. For MSPs, the conversation turns to opportunity. Recent research from Kiteworks found that 23% of Canadian organizations experienced a data sovereignty incident last year, and mid-market firms lag enterprise by 15 to 25 percentage points in sovereignty maturity – despite facing the same penalties. Falzon’s advice: lead with risk, not product. He also raises a recent U.S. legal judgment holding that all data entered into ChatGPT belongs to OpenAI – and asks whether organizations using AI services even know where that data is going. Check Point launched a dedicated Canadian data region for CloudGuard WAF in March, opening doors to government and regulated-sector contracts that were previously unavailable to partners. But Falzon’s bigger point is this: the regulatory picture is still coming into focus, and MSPs who get educated now – before the legislation fully lands – have a real chance to stake out expertise and become the trusted voice in the room when urgency hits. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In The Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca and your host for the show. There’s a phrase you’re probably hearing more and more in customer conversations: data sovereignty. And if you’re not hearing it yet, you probably will soon. Canada’s regulatory landscape around data is shifting fast. Quebec’s Law 25 is already in force with real financial penalties. Bill C-8, the Critical Cyber Systems Protection Act, is working its way through committee. New federal privacy reform is expected this spring, and underneath all of that, there’s a growing realization that the old assumption—that if it’s okay for the U.S., it’s okay for us—may not hold up much longer. My guest today is Rob Falzon, Head of Engineering in the Office of the CTO at Check Point Software Technologies. Rob has spent over 30 years in large-scale security architecture, including government work, and he’s been with Check Point for over two decades. He’s based here in Canada and has a front-row seat to how this market handles security and compliance differently from the rest of the world. We’re going to talk about what’s driving the urgency around data sovereignty in Canada right now, the distinction between data residency and data sovereignty that a lot of partners are still conflating, and what it all means practically for MSPs serving the Canadian mid-market. Let’s get right into it—my chat with Rob Falzon. Rob, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. Robert Falzon: No trouble. Robert Dutt: You’ve been in the industry a long time, with Check Point for two decades, and you’ve had a front-row seat to how the Canadian market specifically handles security and compliance. For an audience of Canadian VARs and MSPs, how has the data conversation in Canada changed over, say, the last 18 months or so? It feels like something’s shifted in that discussion. Robert Falzon: Yeah, there’s been a significant shift. In the past, obviously, we’ve seen the changes that have happened with our neighbors to the south and how the climate and atmosphere have changed. It’s caused folks in Canada to have a closer look at what their various different arrangements are from a trust perspective, and what their comfort level might be in where they store their data and how they manage that data—and where their customers are based as well. I think that’s been the primary change in the last few months specifically. For a long time, we’ve had this feeling that Canada and the U.S. have been sort of the same. There wasn’t really a big concern because we have agreements back and forth. A lot of the recent changes have forced us to really revisit those arrangements and see: are we actually making sure that the information is safe and protected? As a result of that, we’ve been getting those questions at Check Point, and it’s incumbent upon us to manage it in such a way that our customers get the security and safety they need while meeting their business requirements. Robert Dutt: From the regulatory side of things, there’s a lot going on. We have Quebec’s Law 25 in place with real penalties behind it. We have Bill C-8 working its way through committee. There’s going to be PIPEDA reform coming up sometime fairly soon, which is rumored to include data sovereignty provisions. Back in November, the government introduced the Digital Sovereignty Framework. For a Canadian MSP who hasn’t been tracking all of this closely, what’s the picture they need to have in their head right now of the regulatory scene? Robert Falzon: Well, like you pointed out, there’s no comprehensive federal law just yet. As you mentioned, there are a number of things on the table and we have some direct focus now from the federal government. There’s a minister assigned specifically for AI that’s taking a very close look at how Canada is managing that. We also have this provincial patchwork. Ontario probably has the most established AI-specific roles so far. Alberta’s Privacy Commissioner also has a report they released last year talking about Alberta creating its own AI law and updating its privacy legislation. All of these changes are happening fairly quickly right now, and it’s incumbent upon MSPs to make sure they’re aware of what these changes are and where they are operating their businesses. There are two aspects to this. The first is the business side: if you have customers that want to consume your services, you need to make sure your services are consumable by them—that you are meeting their data regulation requirements and that the residency and sovereignty requirements these new pieces of legislation introduce are met by whatever services you’re providing. The challenge is that there’s not a lot of clarity right now around what these actual services are. Maybe AI is touching it, or some security component is touching it, but maybe it’s a different type of service related to marketing. This is going to be a challenge for MSPs to make sure they understand their compliance obligations and to closely look at their service offerings. They need to start to decouple what we used to think was an accepted understanding—that if it was okay for the U.S., it was okay for us. It’s not going to be the same anymore. Robert Dutt: There’s another piece of legislation, not necessarily on our side, but the CLOUD Act hanging over all this. Can you walk us through how the CLOUD Act changes the calculus for Canadian organizations using a U.S.-headquartered cloud or security provider? Robert Falzon: There are a few things here to unpack. First of all, it’s not finalized; there are still a lot of negotiations underway. This started back in 2021 or 2022, and obviously, when that started, we were in a completely different geopolitical context than we have today. That’s transformed things into a more complex policy debate and even, to some degree, a national security debate. For us, we’re going to have to start looking very carefully about what regulations we put in place at the federal level that impact us from a legal compliance perspective. Is your CISO well aware of what your obligations are under this? I think if I look at what’s going to change, we’re still going to have to start hosting much of the information we work with in Canada. Anything related to security rule sets, business transaction information—all of this is going to have to be stored in Canada. If you are still leveraging contracts that you might have in the U.S., you’re going to have to look at how you separate out those specific types of data that are protected by law and have them processed and stored in Canada. You may not be able to get out of some of these hosting contracts in the U.S., but the fact is, if that data is in the U.S., it’s going to be available to the U.S. government. If that availability contravenes any legislation we have here, it’s something you’re going to be liable for. Robert Dutt: A lot of times, maybe at the customer level and the partner level, there’s some conflation between data residency and data sovereignty. Can you break that apart? I think when a lot of people hear, “We have a Canadian data center,” they assume the compliance checkbox is checked. Robert Falzon: Yeah. The difference fundamentally is essentially data at rest versus data in motion. If you are storing databases or static information about customers, that data must be resident in Canada. Data sovereignty is essentially the entire chain. Any processing has to be done in Canada, storage has to be done in Canada—the data cannot leave the country or its control sphere the entire time it’s in your possession. I think that’s a critical differentiation because they are often, as you say, conflated to be the same thing. Robert Dutt: What does a sovereignty-defensible architecture actually look like? What are the non-negotiables to make sure you’re covered off there, especially as a service provider? Robert Falzon: You have to look at all of your vendors. You have to make sure that not only are you managing your data effectively yourself, but that all of the vendors you interact with are also following the same guidelines. The challenge here is that we are so integrated with U.S. providers—cloud providers, data center providers. All of those things need to come together, and we need to be aware at all times where this information is stored. Our understanding of where that data is has to improve, so we need better tools to manage that visibility. But we also need to start making actual changes in our infrastructure to make sure it physically resides in Canada. And then we need to look at the rule sets you’re using to manage that data. Do you have the proper security context to store and manipulate that information strictly in Canada as per data sovereignty regulations? Robert Dutt: Let’s bring this to the partner level. There’s a recent survey from Kiteworks that shows 23% of Canadian organizations experienced a data sovereignty incident last year. Mid-market firms lag enterprise by 15 to 25 percentage points in maturity, but they face the same penalties. For an MSP serving that mid-market space, where’s the actual opportunity in terms of educating and compliance? Robert Falzon: Well, if MSPs are at the stage where they’re concerned and trying to get information, imagine where many of our customers are standing. Customers are trusting their partners to provide them with guidance and leadership. If we think about verticals like healthcare, financial services, or the public sector—these are not organizations that typically have heavy internal services or the skill sets to make these decisions about where their cloud data is processed. They’re relying on partners for that. If there are issues, the buck stops with the customer themselves. By helping to educate their customers—making them aware of coming changes, understanding the differences between sovereignty and residency, and looking at their other vendors—partners can take a leadership position. There’s a bit of a vacuum right now in speaking with both partners and customers, where everybody’s just going, “I wonder what’s going to happen next? Am I even ready for this?” It’s a great opportunity to improve their business. Robert Dutt: Is the first question to that customer the general, “Do you know where your data is living and who has access to it?” Or what’s the first concrete question an MSP can take to their customers? Robert Falzon: Well, there are a whole lot of things. First, partners are going to have a better understanding of their customer profile. If they have customers with significant multi-cloud complexity or exposure to the CLOUD Act, they’ll want to start by talking to them about their immediate risk. The challenge we often have is that we want to go in and talk about how a product or service is going to make a difference. Ultimately, what we really need to do is share the conversation about risk. The risk conversation is often overlooked in favor of saying, “I’d like this customer to buy some more Check Point.” But at the end of the day, all of that comes back to their understanding of what the risk is. I would start with risk: talk about what’s in the CLOUD Act, talk about complexity, and talk to them about AI data exfiltration and how that impacts leakage from a legal perspective. Stay away from conversations about specific products and focus on the business outcomes for the customers. That’s what’s going to get you the traction. Robert Dutt: Check Point launched a dedicated Canadian region for CloudGuard Web Application Firewall in March at the Victoria Privacy Summit. What’s driving security vendors specifically to put in infrastructure in Canada right now? Robert Falzon: This is an interesting question because it’s really not a “right now” thing. This is something we’ve been actively looking at for some time. It’s not as easy as just saying, “I’m going to do this in Canada only.” There’s a lot of backend stuff that has to happen. Five years ago, the technology and infrastructure available were somewhat limited. You have to be able to trust the infrastructure you’re placed in. It’s taken years to get here, and we’re quite confident in our ability to deliver the exact same level of quality as we did when it was solely based in the U.S. Countries around the world are starting to take a close look at their most important assets—data and intellectual property—and seeing how easily technology is being used to gain access to private information. Companies would be well-served to understand that this has been a long cycle; it’s not something that just happened overnight. Robert Dutt: For a partner who’s already selling Check Point solutions, what practically changes for them now that this Canadian data region is in place? What deals or conversations does it unlock? Robert Falzon: Certainly anywhere where privacy is paramount, it’s going to have a huge impact because you can start the conversation with the understanding that anything we’re talking about today is going to be data resident and data sovereign to your Canadian customers. That immediately sets you apart from many other vendors who cannot make that claim. If you can address the concern of privacy legislation right out of the gate, then you can focus on the actual business outcomes. It’s going to open doors with agencies very sensitive to this—government entities at the municipal, federal, and provincial levels that might have been off-the-table to a partner that didn’t have solutions meeting those criteria. Robert Dutt: For the MSP who’s a little earlier in the process, what’s the first practical step internally to make sure you’re building this out as an opportunity? Robert Falzon: You have to be extremely well-educated in the legal aspects because you’re going to want to make sure you have a compliance story and accountability you can speak to with your customers. But looking at all the uncertainty relating to AI and machine learning, being able to tie data residency and sovereignty into how that impacts their ability to utilize these new technologies would be a real door opener. There’s a tremendous amount of misunderstanding and lack of information available to customers currently running these solutions. If I were a partner today, I’d be looking at how I have the conversation about security, privacy, and data sovereignty in terms of their ability to be more competitive in the future by leveraging these advanced technologies in a secure way. Robert Dutt: What’s the risk of doing nothing? If I’m a partner and I decide to just keep selling the same way and assume data sovereignty is someone else’s problem, what does that look like 12 months from now? Robert Falzon: Hopefully your customers are already taking a zero-trust approach, so it might be easy to say, “I’ll wait until this settles a bit.” It’s not crazy to think that could still be effective. But if one waits too long and it becomes legislation, now you’re playing catch-up. You won’t be perceived as a leader in the space, and as we know, it’s much harder to win business away from someone else than it is to keep business you already have. Robert Dutt: Last question: what’s the thing about data sovereignty in Canada right now that you think isn’t getting enough attention? Robert Falzon: I think honestly, the conversation about data sovereignty and residency itself is not mentioned enough. It seems to be addressed after the fact. I’m starting to see it come to the forefront, but I still don’t have conversations on a daily basis about this. Even though this announcement was made, I’m still not getting a lot of phone calls about what this means for me, and I would have expected to get a lot more. If we look forward five years, we’ll look back at this and go, “Wow, I can’t believe we only just got that then.” Things are moving so rapidly. If we look at the adoption of AI internal to large corporations—I’ll ask them if they are using AI services, where those services are based, and what the legal ramifications are. Nobody is talking about where the data from ChatGPT lives. There was a legal judgment in the U.S. a couple of weeks back where it was agreed that all data entered into ChatGPT belongs to them—it belongs to OpenAI. Imagine if that’s your company’s data, and you don’t even know it’s leaving because the services you’ve invested in are hosting data all over the world and not in Canada. That’s a risk that’s really not being discussed in an appropriate way. Robert Dutt: It’s an interesting indicator. If the conversation isn’t happening early, it suggests we’re still early in the cycle, and that’s an opportunity for an MSP to stake out a brand in this space. Robert Falzon: Exactly. At this very moment, anyone in the partner ecosystem should be looking at their internal systems and processes and finding out how compliant they are personally. If you don’t understand your internal architecture and what partnerships you have in your own pipeline, you’re going to be well behind when it actually comes to implementation. Robert Dutt: Great insights. Thank you very much for your time, Rob. Robert Falzon: Thank you so much. Robert Dutt: There you have it, Rob Falzon from Check Point Software Technologies. I’d like to thank Rob for his time and for a conversation that I think went well beyond the usual talking points. Thank you for listening. Here’s a few things that stood out for me from this conversation. First, there’s a really important distinction between data residency and data sovereignty that Rob laid out cleanly. Residency is about where the data sits at rest. Sovereignty is about the entire chain—processing, storage, the works—and making sure none of it leaves the country’s control sphere. If your customers think having a Canadian data center checks the compliance box, that’s a conversation worth having with them. Second, there was that striking point about AI data exfiltration. A recent U.S. legal judgment held that all data entered into ChatGPT belongs to OpenAI. If your customers are using AI services and don’t know where that data is going and who owns it once it gets there, that’s a risk that most people simply aren’t talking about yet. And that brings me to what I think was the most telling moment: Rob’s candid admission that even after Check Point’s Canada data region announcement, he’s not getting a lot of calls about data residency. That tells me we’re still early. The regulatory picture is coming into focus, but it’s not fully formed yet, and a lot of partners and customers are in wait-and-see mode. That’s actually an opportunity. If you’re an MSP who moves now—gets educated on the regulatory landscape, audits your own internal compliance, and starts leading the sovereignty conversation with your customers—you have a chance to stake out real expertise and become the trusted voice before this becomes urgent and everyone’s scrambling. Follow or subscribe to the show. You can find In The Channel on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, and most podcast directories. Ratings and reviews are always appreciated—they help other folks in the channel find us. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

JoeAnne Hardy, president of WBM Technologies In this episode of In The Channel, I'm joined by JoeAnne Hardy, president of WBM Technologies. WBM is a fixture on the Canadian channel landscape, but its story is one of constant, deliberate reinvention. Founded in 1950 as Western Business Machines in Saskatoon, the company has evolved from a local typewriter and copier shop into a sophisticated managed services provider with a team of 527 professionals across Western Canada and the US. JoeAnne shares her personal journey from starting as a sales assistant to leading a management buyout and eventually taking the helm as President. We dig into the “curse” of the entrepreneur—that moment when a thriving business begins to take a toll on personal well-being—and the specific leadership shift WBM made to ensure that as the company grew, life got better for its people. We also tackle the big questions facing MSP owners today. JoeAnne walks through WBM's strategic decision to partner with Westcap Mgt. Ltd. for growth capital, offering a masterclass in how to evaluate private equity without losing your company's soul. We also discuss the current supply chain volatility, the “RAMmageddon” memory crisis, and how WBM uses its patent-pending Enterprise Experience Platform to turn abstract managed services into measurable end-user outcomes. From the importance of values-based hiring in a competitive talent market to the impact of major regional developments like the Bell AI data center in Regina, this conversation is packed with actionable insights for any channel leader looking to scale with purpose. Read Full Transcript Robert Dutt: Hello and welcome to In the Channel from ChannelBuzz.ca, bringing news and information to the Canadian IT channel community for the last 16 years. I’m Robert Dutt, editor of ChannelBuzz.ca, and your host for the show. My guest today is JoeAnne Hardy, president of WBM Technologies. WBM is one of those companies that if you’re in the Canadian channel, you’ve probably seen on the lists—the CRN Elite 150, nine years running, FastRiser on the SP500—but the story behind those rankings is more interesting than the rankings themselves. WBM started in 1950 as Western Business Machines, a storefront in Saskatoon selling typewriters. 75 years later, it’s a managed services provider with more than 500 IT professionals across five cities in Western Canada and a growing US operation. JoeAnne has been there for more than 20 years. She started as a sales assistant, worked in virtually every department, led a management buyout, and today runs the whole show. We talk about what it actually feels like to reinvent a company across multiple technology eras; the moment she realized her own success was making her life worse and what she did about it; building and keeping a team from a prairie base; the decision to take growth capital from Westcap; and what’s ahead in a market where supply chains are under serious pressure and AI is reshaping what managed services even means. Let’s get right into it. My chat with JoeAnne Hardy. JoeAnne, thanks for taking the time. I appreciate it. JoeAnne Hardy: Good to be here. Thanks for having me. Robert Dutt: WBM opened its doors on May 1st, 1950 in Saskatoon as Western Business Machines, obviously pre-computer by any definition we know. Now you’re a CRN Elite 150 MSP for nine consecutive years. What does it actually feel like from the inside to lead a company through that many transitions, and how do you decide when it’s time to let go of something that’s still working? JoeAnne Hardy: Well, what a big question to start with! Full disclosure, I have not been here since 1950. My journey at WBM started in 1996, but it is really a privilege to be part of an organization that does have this tremendous history in Western Canada. I think our history is really a testament to evolution around the right things. For us, that evolution has been evolving around our customers and our customer needs. We’ve got a picture that hangs in our Saskatoon Operations Centre from the 50s. The shingle says Western Business Machines and in the window there are posters for typewriters and adders. If we had clung to being experts in typewriters, we wouldn’t be here today. What we know with certainty is that we existed before the internet, and our business is not centered around technology evolutions—it’s centered around our client community. That makes sure we’re relevant, whether what we do today exists in 18 months or not. Robert Dutt: You mentioned the anxiety that can come with some of these pivots. Was there ever a pivot point that was scarier or one where you’re looking around the table like, “I don’t know what the outcome is going to be here”? JoeAnne Hardy: There is one thing that comes to mind. In 2008, myself, Brett Bailey, and Bob Hardy did a management buyout. We closed our deal right before the financial collapse. We reached a point where we had our partnership meetings on Tuesday mornings, and the business was doing great. But I came to one of those meetings and I wasn’t feeling so great. I felt like something was really upside down—that the better the business did, the worse my life was getting. It’s the “curse of the entrepreneur.” I didn’t know if I had another hour in the day to give. I said that out loud, and both Bob and Brett felt the same way. We decided in that moment that we wanted to create an environment where the better the business did, the better our lives got. The secret was building a leadership team around us. Since that point, we’ve completed nine acquisitions, expanded across Western Canada, opened a US entity, and taken on a private equity partner. And we’ve had fun the entire time. Robert Dutt: How has that been reflected throughout the ranks of the organization since you made that change? JoeAnne Hardy: We see it in all different ways. A number of years ago, we set a goal to contribute a million dollars back to the communities we live and work in over a five-year period. We hit that goal in 2025—which was our 75th anniversary—just three years in. These initiatives aren’t decided in a boardroom; they come from the connections our team members have in the community. Robert Dutt: You worked your way up from being a sales assistant. How does having been throughout the business in different roles shape how you lead it now? JoeAnne Hardy: I grew up on a cattle ranch in Maple Creek, Saskatchewan. I learned the value of hard work and understanding how things work. Because that was my upbringing, it felt natural at WBM to be curious. Probably the biggest way it impacts my leadership is that when we have a problem, you have to go right to the people doing the work. They’re in front of the customers. Decisions shouldn’t just be made by “smart people in a boardroom.” You have to maintain that curiosity about what the frontline roadblocks are. Robert Dutt: You have offices in Regina, Calgary, Vancouver, and Winnipeg, with headquarters still in Saskatoon. Is being outside the big city tech hubs a disadvantage, or is it part of the value proposition? JoeAnne Hardy: I think it’s part of the value proposition. When we sit down in a governance meeting and we’re telling stories about a local restaurant in their community, it’s a differentiator. One of our customers, Federated Co-op, has retail locations far and wide. When the team supporting them through our enterprise service desk showed up for their first meeting, they introduced themselves by their local Co-op member numbers. Robert Dutt: When you’re hiring, how do you think about values or gut-based “feel” versus technical credentials? JoeAnne Hardy: It has to be a fit on both sides. Hiring isn’t an individual sport; it’s a team sport. It’s important for many members of our team to be involved so they can give an honest assessment of how an individual would thrive here. We want to live up to being a great place to build a career. Robert Dutt: Let’s talk about right now. Your monthly procurement update has become must-read for me. You’re telling customers to “buy the RAM” for the life of the system right now. What are you seeing day-to-day on that front? JoeAnne Hardy: Our customers look to us for expertise in supply chain management. Our role is helping them manage their lifecycle, and that insight comes from deep relationships with manufacturers and distributors. Our ability to help our customers be insulated from the impact of these things is a big differentiator. We have warehouses across Western Canada, so we can help customers think proactively. Our job is to make our customers heroes in their own organizations so they can take that information to their leadership teams. Robert Dutt: In 2022, Westcap made a growth investment in WBM. Walk me through how you thought of that as a leadership team. JoeAnne Hardy: We cast a wide net to see what opportunities were available. We had clear goals: Bob’s retirement, fueling acquisitions, and staying in control of the organization. Before we started the process, we were rooted in what our goals were. That gives you a framework to evaluate everything from strategic takeovers to private equity. We chose Westcap because their value proposition was that they invest in management teams they believe in. They proved it through the process. My advice to other MSPs is to be rooted in what you’re trying to accomplish before you turn the page to looking at options. Robert Dutt: Bell just announced a $1.7 billion AI data center outside Regina. Does that change the opportunity for WBM, and what does AI look like as a service line for you? JoeAnne Hardy: AI has been part of our world for many years, so a news release about a data center isn’t the “turning point.” What’s different now is the rate of acceleration. We’re excited because this is now a conversation in every boardroom. Every CIO has AI initiatives underway, and we’re helping them enable technology they likely already own but need to understand how to leverage. Robert Dutt: You have a patent-pending Enterprise Experience Platform. How do you think about that kind of proprietary IP? JoeAnne Hardy: It takes all the individual service items we offer and looks at them through the customer lens—the end-user experience. If you have disconnected services, the end user feels it. Why doesn’t the service desk know I’m a new employee? Why is there no plan for my old device? The platform allows us to create a governance model built around making that experience seamless. The “end-user” isn’t just the person at the computer—it’s the IT department, the finance department, and the HR department. Robert Dutt: Last question. If you could go back to the JoeAnne who was just starting as a sales assistant and tell her one thing about what this journey was going to look like, what would it be? JoeAnne Hardy: I would say that everything that doesn’t work out is just as valuable as the things that do. As a young woman starting out, I had a fear of making a mistake. But I reached a point where I realized the “butterflies” in my stomach were just the feeling I got before something awesome happened. Those mistakes are the growth moments. They’re way more valuable than the days everything goes exactly as planned. Robert Dutt: “We win or we learn,” right? JoeAnne Hardy: Yes, exactly. Robert Dutt: JoeAnne, thank you so much for your time. JoeAnne Hardy: Thanks, it was great to visit with you. Robert Dutt: There you have it, JoeAnne Hardy from WBM Technologies. I’d like to thank JoeAnne for her time—and for her candour. It’s not often you hear a company president talk openly about the moment they realized the business was winning but they were losing, and then walk you through exactly how they fixed it. A few things I’m taking away from this one. First, the idea that growth should make your life better, not just your revenue bigger. Second, her framework for evaluating outside capital—know your non-negotiables before you start the conversation. And third, the way WBM thinks about the end-user experience as a platform. If you’re enjoying the podcast, find us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and YouTube. Follow or subscribe so you don’t miss an episode. Until next time, I’m Robert Dutt for ChannelBuzz.ca, and I’ll see you in the channel.

Dan Candee, CEO of Cork Cyber When Cork Cyber first showed up on the radar a few years ago, it was easy to file under “cyber warranty” and move on. But Dan Candee, who came in as CEO in mid-2024 from AWS and Dell, has been pushing the company well beyond that starting point. What’s emerged – a risk visibility platform, a scoring system, and now active remediation tools – looks less like a warranty company bolting on features and more like a deliberate platform play built on a foundation most vendors don’t have: financial skin in the game. Candee positions the warranty as Aflac for cyber insurance – a fast-response layer, not a replacement. But the more compelling moment was his account of a Canadian construction company that had every security check mark green and still got hit through a BEC attack because someone didn’t verify an ACH change by phone. Cork paid out. The MSP kept the client. The Cork Score is where things get practical for MSPs. Candee walked through showing a client they’re at a 350 because of incomplete MFA adoption, then demonstrating that three specific changes move them to a 700. It’s a QBR weapon, and the Credit Karma comparison holds up. On the business side, Vantage starts at a dollar per endpoint and scales to 35 cents. Financial protection comes in four tiers ($25,000 to $500,000), with the lower tiers designed for MSPs to absorb and bundle as a retention tool. Cork is active across Canada excluding Quebec, available through Pax8, and runs entirely through API integrations with no agent required. Candee teased an autonomous remediation engine for summer 2026. Whether Cork can deliver at the pace they’re promising is worth watching. Read Full Transcript TRANSCRIPT TO COME